Series 9000 - OEC Business Interiors

Series 9000Systems FurnitureSpecification GuideWhat’s New?What’s New information is now availableon the in2.steelcase.com Web site. Go toWhat’s New, then Show News by Category,then Incentives, Pricing, Promotions.cSee the Specification Guide Library:Reference Guide for information about whereto find products.AvailabilityElectronic price list updated withrelease 158.A (U.S.) and 135.A (Canada),dated January 12, 2004.c See pagesA7 and C2 foran overview ofthe three differentgroupingsof Series 9000Worksurfacesand Storage.Working With This Specification GuideEleven Tips: How to Get the Most Out of This BookThings to Know About Series 9000Worksurfaces and Storage Differences MatrixAdditional ResourcesRelated ProductsSpecifying TipsProduct InformationPanelsWorksurfaces, Storage, and Related ProductsWorksurfaces and Storage Differences MatrixConventional Worksurfaces, Storage, and Related ProductsOptions Worksurfaces, Storage, and Related ProductsWood Selections Worksurfaces, Storage, and Related ProductsWiring and CablingLightingA2A4A7A8A10A12B1C1C2C3D1E1F1G1cFor a list of all trademarks,refer to the last page of thisspecification guide.Surface MaterialsSurface Materials OverviewSurface MaterialsColor Availability MatricesSpecification Guidelines for Vertical Fabric ApplicationsColor Coordination MatricesResourcesLock and Keying OptionsStyle Number IndexH1H2H4H8H16H18J1J2J4For Canadian PricingCalculate in the following orderto avoid rounding errors:• Multiply the base price andeach option by 1.38.• Round each to thenearest dollar.• Add base and optionsfor total list price.

Specification Guide 193Eleven Tips:How to Get the MostOut of This Book.Tip 6Refer to the specifyingpages for all the informationneeded to order aproduct. Each product specifyingpage contains a varietyof elements to help youcomplete a specification:• Product Drawing• Standard Includes• Required to Specify• Options• Specification Information• Dimensions• Style Number• PriceProduct Drawingshows you what theproduct looks like.Enhanced Tackable Acoustical PanelsETip: To price a panel withfabrics in different pricegroups, add the two pricestogether and divide by two.Tip: Surface impressionsappear most clearly definedon light fabric colors. Darkfabrics are not recommended.The following fabricsare not available withsurface impressionsbecause of their thicker,multi-color yarns:• Belgrade• Cordial• Liberty• Scape• Selene• Tweed• WilshireStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifycNeed help? • Panel with two surfaces: vertical surface fabric 1 Style numberProduct details, price group 1 2 Fabric color number for surface 1page 16 • Radius top cap, end trim, and base covers with 3 Fabric color number for surface 2receptacle knockouts: paint price group 2, 3, or 4 4 Paint color number for top cap, end trim,• Hinge: vinyland base covers5 Plastic color number for vinyl hinge6 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 557.Options Price Required to SpecifySurfacePanel surfaceMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 28 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$218 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$290 Specify fabric color number.Fabric direction• Warp vertical on directional fabrics No cost Specify with warp vertical.cPage 561Top cap, end trim, and base covers• Polished Chrome +$193 Specify with 9201 Polished Chrome top cap,end trim, and base covers.Top Cap • Square metal top cap No cost Specify with square metal top cap.• Square wood top cap +$105 Specify with square wood top cap and selectwood color number.• Radius wood top cap +$105 Specify with radius wood top cap and selectwood color number.• Customiz stain on wood top cap +$ 17 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Surface • One side of panel +$ 38 Specify with surface impressionsImpressions on surface 1 (or 2).• Both sides of panel +$ 76 Specify with surface impressionson both surfaces.ElectricalField-installedcPage 46 • Powerway cMust specify powerway separately for fieldinstallation, see page 239.• Panel-to-panel connectorscMust specify panel-to-panel connectorsseparately for field installation, see page 239.Factory-installed power base cover• Substituted on non-powered panel No cost cAdd power base cover style number to panelspecifications, pages 240–241.Related • Panel brackets cPages 224–226Products • Panel accessories cPages 231–235• Panel wiring and cabling cPages 236–261Standard Includes(under the dark grey band)provides a list of whatcomes standard with theproduct192 Series 9000Required to Specify(under the dark grey band)itemizes the informationthat you must provide toorder the standard productand the preferred sequencefor specification.Options(under the black band) listsall the options that apply tothe product, their price, andwhat is required to specify.Related Productsprovide specification informationfor products thatare directly related.Specification InformationSpecificationInformation(under the light grey band)provides product dimensions,style numbers, andprices for the standardproduct and any surfacematerial choices that areavailable.Enhanced Tackable Acoustical PanelsDWidth DStyle DBase Price DStyle DBase Price DStyle DBase Priced dNumber d dNumber d dNumber dd d dZone 1 Zone 2 d dZone 1 Zone 2 d dZone 1 Zone 234 1 ⁄2"H 42"H 53"H20" 9TT3420 $442 $ 460 9TT4220 $ 474 $ 493 9TT5320 $ 499 $ 51925" 9TT3425 $509 $ 529 9TT4225 $ 488 $ 508 9TT5325 $ 551 $ 57330" 9TT3430 $547 $ 569 9TT4230 $ 554 $ 576 9TT5330 $ 600 $ 62435" 9TT3435 $592 $ 616 9TT4235 $ 586 $ 609 9TT5335 $ 654 $ 68036" N.A. 9TT4236 $ 631 $ 656 9TT5336 $ 663 $ 69042" 9TT3442 $670 $ 697 9TT4242 $ 667 $ 694 9TT5342 $ 724 $ 75345" 9TT3445 $704 $ 732 9TT4245 $ 746 $ 776 9TT5345 $ 759 $ 78960" N.A. 9TT4260 $ 799 $ 831 9TT5360 $ 896 $ 932d d d d d d d61"H 65"H 75"H20" 9TT6120 $563 $ 586 9TT6520 $ 576 $ 599 9TT7520 $ 781 $ 81225" 9TT6125 $620 $ 645 9TT6525 $ 633 $ 658 9TT7525 $ 849 $ 88330" 9TT6130 $712 $ 740 9TT6530 $ 725 $ 754 9TT7530 $ 918 $ 95535" 9TT6135 $766 $ 797 9TT6535 $ 781 $ 812 9TT7535 $ 974 $101336" 9TT6136 $779 $ 810 9TT6536 $ 795 $ 827 9TT7536 $ 987 $102642" 9TT6142 $830 $ 863 9TT6542 $ 849 $ 883 9TT7542 $1080 $112345" 9TT6145 $866 $ 901 9TT6545 $ 880 $ 915 9TT7545 $1118 $116360" 9TT6160 $995 $1035 9TT6560 $1014 $1055d d d d d d dPanels.Tip 7Required to SpecifySpecify with 9250 Ember Chrome locSelect key number from FR305–FR4designate quantity per key number.Specify plug and order lock cylindersseperately for field installation.cPage 426Specify key consecutive and must sebeginning key number from FR305–FSpecify master key random.Italic typeface on specifyingpages usually identifieswording that you shoulduse in your order.Tip 8Surface impressionsare available to add visualinterest. These subtle, horizontallines, which arepressed into the surface,do not physically segmentthe panel.Tip: Impressions can bespecified on one side orboth sides of a panel, butfor maximum effect it isbest to specify impressionsWatch for tips throughoutthe text that give youexplanations and helpfulinstructions.Tip 9Three-Panel RunsUnstable. Requiresadditional support at end. of panel run.Learn what you cannotdo by looking for drawingscrossed out with an “X.”.Tip 10Use the surfacematerials listings in theSurface Materials section ofthis book to find surfacematerial color numbers.cPage H4Tip 11StyleNumber981160981162981165981170981172981175981177.Page270272274270272253274Refer to the stylenumber index when youknow a style number andyou need to find the pagethat has more details aboutthe product.cPage J4.Series 9000 Specification GuideA3

Things to Know About Series 9000.Series 9000 is a portfolio of products thatoffers a full range of solutions for creating effectiveworkspaces.PanelsPanels are available to define spaces andcreate privacy for individuals and teams. Panelscan be used to support shelves and storagebins and worksurfaces. Or worksurfaces can befreestanding.4"HEnhanced panels were introduced in 1991and offer square or radius top cap styling, removablesurfaces, and enhanced cord- and cablemanagementcapabilities, including a 4"H base..Pathways Technology Wall can be usedalong with Series 9000 panels and furniture forinstallations that require significant power andcommunication capacity, stackability, and offmoduleconnections. Typical installations, forcustomers with an inventory of existing Series9000 panels, use a spine wall of Technology Walland perpendicular fin walls of Series 9000 panels.Applications that combine PathwaysTechnology Wall and Series 9000 require specialattention to dimensions, surface materials, andrelated issues.cSee Pathways Technology Wall SolutionsSpecification Guide.WorksurfacesWorksurfaces are available in four types thatare not meant to be mixed:• Conventional• Options• Wood SelectionscSee Worksurfaces and StorageDifferences Matrix, pages A7 and C2..Conventional edgeprofileConventional Series 9000 worksurfacesare available in a very broad range of shapesand can be used as freestanding furniture elementsor panel-supported or as a combination ofboth. Conventional worksurfaces have a steelcore and a laminate surface. In freestanding andmost panel-supported applications, the supportingend panel or cantilever is adjacent to andslightly taller than the worksurface level.cPage C3Surface materials:• Laminate.A4Series 9000 Specification Guide

Things to Know AboutSeries 9000.Options edgeprofileOptions Series 9000 worksurfaces areavailable in a very broad range of shapes thatfeature curved contours that smooth the transitionsfrom one part of the worksurface to another.These worksurfaces always rely on Series 9000panels or adjacent worksurfaces for support.Options worksurfaces have a wood core and alaminate surface. Supporting end panels, cantilevers,and end supports are always positionedbelow the worksurface so there is no interruptionwhen two adjacent worksurfaces join.cPage D1Surface materials:• LaminatePVC.Wood Selections edgeprofile•Wood Selections Series 9000 worksurfacesare available in a range of shapes. Theycan be supported by 9000 panels, adjacent worksurfacesor freestanding. Wood Selections worksurfaceshave a wood core. They can have eithera wood veneer surface or a laminate surface witha radiused wood bullnose. Supporting end panels,cantilevers, and end supports are always positionedbelow the worksurface so there is no interruptionwhen two adjacent worksurfaces join.cPage E1Surface materials:• Wood• Laminate with wood bullnoseWoodStorageStorage components are available in fourtypes that correspond to the worksurface choicesdescribed above:• Conventional• Options• Wood SelectionsConventional storage(900 Series lateral files and 970 Seriesstorage cabinets and wardrobes)Conventional Series 9000 storage componentsinclude a very broad array of choices,including freestanding cabinets, panel-supportedshelves and bins, service modules that stand onworksurfaces, and pedestals that are worksurfacesupported. Surfaces are painted.cPage C3Surface materials:• Paint..Series 9000 Specification Guide cThings to Know About Series 9000, continued A5

Things to Know About Series 9000, continuedOptions storage(Use Conventional upper storage)(900 Series lateral files and 970 Seriesstorage cabinets and wardrobes)Options Series 9000 storage componentsinclude pedestals that can be used tosupport worksurfaces, Conventional Series 9000panel-supported shelves and bins, as well asfreestanding cabinets may be used with Optionsproducts. Surfaces are painted.cPage D1Surface materials:• PaintWood Selections Series 9000 storagecomponents include freestanding cabinets,panel-supported storage components, and pedestalsthat support worksurfaces. Surfaces arewood veneer, laminate, or laminate with woodveneer fronts.cPage E1Surface materials:• Wood• Laminate• Laminate with wood front..Wiring and CablingPower distribution systems can be builtthree different ways in Series 9000—powerways,Internode, or Pathways Technology Wall powerdistribution kits.Powerways can be used to build power distributionnetworks within the base of Series 9000Enhanced panels. A full range of components areavailable to allow power networks to go whereverthere are panels and to provide access wherethe user needs it.cPage F28Internode components can be used to buildpower distribution networks and data/voice networks.These components attach above andbelow Series 9000 worksurfaces. Internode componentscannot connect to Series 9000 powerways,but they can access power from PathwaysTechnology Wall.cSee Pathways Technology Wall SolutionsSpecification Guide.Pathways Technology Wall power distributionkits are used to form power distributionsystems inside Pathways Technology Wall.Pathways Technology Wall power componentscannot connect to Series 9000 powerways, butInternode can access power from a PathwaysTechnology Wall.cSee Pathways Technology Wall SolutionsSpecification Guide...A6Series 9000 Specification Guide

Worksurfaces and Storage Differences MatrixWorksurfaces and StorageDifferences MatrixConventionalOptionsWood SelectionsWorksurfacesSurface materials:Surface materials:Surface materials:• Laminate• Laminate• WoodEdge profile Edge profile PVC Edge profile WoodPanel Supported WorksurfacesWorksurface SupportsFreestanding WorksurfacesStorageWorksurface supported Mobile Can support worksurfaceMobile Can support Mobileworksurface(Use Conventional upperstorage)(900 Series lateral files and 970 Seriesstorage cabinets and wardrobes) (900 Series lateral files and 970Series storage cabinets andwardrobes)Surface materials:Surface materials:Surface Materials:• Paint• Paint• Wood• Laminate• Laminate with wood front..Series 9000 Specification GuideA7

Additional Resources.Series 9000 productsare supported with informationalmaterials, tools, andsoftware to help you plan,specify, and order an installationefficiently.Product brochures andplanning tools can beordered through yourSteelcase area office, bycalling 1.800.784.0355,or through the SteelcaseMarketing CommunicationsWeb site atin2.steelcase.com.Product BrochuresPlanning ToolsImagesSeries 9000 IdeasThis brochure with colorThis brochure shows thephotographs is designed torange of performance andgive you a general overviewprice available with Seriesof Series 9000, and Options9000. A variety of workcapabilities.setting and workstationForm number S1280solutions are illustrated.Form number S10308Wood SelectionsThis brochure is designedQuick Deliveryto give a general overviewHandbookof Series 9000 WoodThis handbook describesSelections. It includes aall Steelcase, Turnstone,complete statement of line.Details, and SteelcaseForm number S10779Design Partnership productsthat are available for5-Day (5-day delivery),Express12 (12-day delivery),or 15-Day (15-day shipment).User-AdjustableWorksurfacesThis publication provides anoverview of the advantagesof applying user-adjustableworksurfaces with Steelcasefurniture systems. Adviceabout how adjustable-heightworksurfaces can savemoney is included alongwith planning informationand color photographs oftypical applications. Avisual overview of all useradjustableworksurfacesand the furniture they relateto is also included.Form number S10969Series 9000 TechSolutionsBriefly summarizes howSeries 9000 managescabling in six areas:capability, connectivity,protection, flexibility, management,and office health.Form number S2514...Surface MaterialsSurface MaterialsReference ManualThis publication provides:• An explanation of thesurface materials program•“Available on” matrices• Vertical surface fabricand seating upholsteryselection listing• Pricing for surfacematerials• Technical data for surfacematerials• Surface material care andcleaning instructionsAdditional surfacematerials specificationtools are available toassist you in the specificationprocess—the SurfaceMaterials Binders and theSurface Materials Tool Box.Surface MaterialsFinishes Binderincludes:• Surface MaterialsReference Manual• A complete set of swatchcards for hard surfacesSurface MaterialsVertical Surface FabricBinder includes:• A complete set of swatchcards for vertical surfacefabricSurface MaterialsSeating UpholsteryBinder includes:• Designtex Graded-InCatalog• A complete set ofswatch cards forseating upholsterySurface MaterialsTool Box provides 3" x 3"samples of the followingsurface materials:• Vertical surface fabric• Seating upholstery• Wood veneer• Paint• LaminateForm number S8150.Customer’s OwnMaterial (COM) Website features fabric testresults for all COMfabrics which have beentested by Steelcase andalso allows you to calculateyardage requirements formost Steelcase seatinglines. To confirm whether aparticular COM material hasalready been tested for useon a specific Steelcaseproduct or to determineactual yardage requirements:• Visit www.steelcase.com• Click on “Tools & Insights”• Select “Customer’s OwnMaterial”You can find the sameinformation on the in2 site.Follow these steps:• Visit www.in2.steelcase.com• Click on “Sales/DesignTeam”• Select “Surface Materials”• Select “Customer’s OwnMaterial”For additionalinformation regardingCustomer’s OwnMaterial, call1.888.STEELCASE..A8Series 9000 Specification Guide

Additional Resources.Computer ToolsElectronic CatalogAccurate sales quotationsand purchase orders forSteelcase products are createdwith specification softwarethat uses SteelcaseElectronic Catalog data.Use the data to specify andprice style numbers andoptions for every Steelcaseproduct. The data isupdated quarterly bySteelcase and provided tosoftware programs likeVspec, the HedbergBusiness System, and20/20 CAP StudioWorksheet.Furniture SymbolGraphic DataSteelcase creates 2D and3D furniture symbols (withattributes) for planning andinitially specifying Steelcaseproducts. This data is incorporatedinto several add-onsoftware packages thatwork in either a Microstationor an AutoCAD draftingenvironment.Specification RulesSoftware—AcceleratePathways Technology Wallproduct application rulesreside in an AutoCad addonpackage calledAccelerate. Accelerate is arules-based tool that providesproduct and applicationintelligence tostreamline the planning ofworkspaces.Rules help designers accuratelyassemble panelframes, elevation, and 3Dviews. The software alsoscans the drawing andwarns the user if productapplication rules have beenviolated. Once a layout iscorrect, Accelerate assistsin providing installationdrawings and specificationsthat easily link to industrywidedesign, sales, andordering tools..ProductInfoProduct InfoElectronic versions of thisand many other specificationguides in Acrobat PDF(Portable DocumentFormat) allow you to scan,search, and print any pageon virtually any computer.You can access these filesat the Steelcase.com Website or My Sales Online atin2.Steelcase.com.Photolog CDSteelcase Photolog CDgives you instant accessto a digital library of highqualitycolor photographs ofproducts and workspacesyou can use in your presentationsand proposals.Form number S10580Product ComparisonCDThis interactive tool isfilled with basic productinformation and comprehensivedata detailing howSteelcase and competitorsposition their products,enabling you to compareSteelcase products to thecompetition. Invaluable inhelping you to prepare bids,proposals, and presentations.Form number S10847SupportSteelcase CapabilitiesSteelcase products aredistributed, installed, andserviced through a networkof more than 600 dealersworldwide. Steelcase is alsorepresented with offices andcorporate showrooms in 26U.S. cities, 4 Canadiancities, and in France,Germany, Great Britain, andJapan. Every Steelcaseproduct meets our exceptionallyhigh standards of qualityand durability and comeswith the Steelcase assuranceof excellence in service.For assistance, pleasecall your local dealer, theSteelcase SolutionsResource Team, or theSteelcase SolutionsFulfilled Team at1.888.STEELCASE(1.888.783.3522).Call the Steelcase SolutionsResource Team prior toplacing an order, whenworking on a bid, or whenyou need information aboutproduct applications andspecifications.Call the Steelcase SolutionsFulfilled Team if you havesubmitted an order toSteelcase and you need tospeak to your service representativeabout the order.Also call if you have anypost-shipment quality orwarranty concerns orservice parts questions.Outside the U.S.A.,Canada, Mexico, PuertoRico, and the U.S. VirginIslands, call 1.616.247.2500.For information aboutSteelcase, the name of yournearest Steelcase dealer,or for product literature, call1.800.333.9939, or visit ourWeb site: www.steelcase.com.....Series 9000 Specification GuideA9

Related Products.Steelcase and othermanufacturers produceproducts that are ideal touse with Series 9000.Some of them are listedhere along with detailsabout how to get productliterature.Huddleboard productswere designed to complementthe ways you work, individuallyor as a group. Huddleboardmarkerboards and photo albumcan be used either horizontallyor vertically. These ultra-lightboards attach to a panel,panel-mounted worktool rail,or are used with any of theHuddleboard support tools.Huddleboard products offernew ways to manage yourinformation by supportingthe capture, transfer, anddisplay of individual or groupinformation.cStorage ProductsSpecification Guide900 Series Lateral Filesare available in a comprehensiverange of sizes tomeet all lateral file storageneeds. They feature thesame flush, integral drawerpull found on Series 9000Storage products and areavailable in all the samecolors as Series 9000products.cStorage ProductsSpecification Guide..Details worktoolsinclude a full line ofergonomically designedproducts that enhancesand improves the worksetting. Product platformsinclude computer supporttools, organizational worktools,and personal lighting.For additional product information,contactDetails25 Ottawa Avenue SW4th Floor, Arena StationGrand Rapids, MI 49503Telephone 1.800.833.0411Fax 1.256.230.6551Peerless lights canbe used with Series 9000overhead storage bins.For product details, contactPeerless LightingCorporation, Box 2556,Berkeley, CA 94702-0556Telephone 510.845.2760.A10Series 9000 Specification Guide

Related ProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideA11

Specifying Tips.General Tipsoustical PanelsStandard Includes• Panel with two surfaces: vertical surf• Top cap, end trim, and plain base co• Hinge: vinylReview the features thatare standard for each productbefore you begin tospecify. You only need toinclude specifications foroptions, surface materials,and colors when you want asubstitute for the standard.To ensure that you do notoverlook anything,approach the specifyingprocess in a consistentorder every time. Here arethree common methods:Specify productsaccording to theirorder on the specifyingpages.Specify all workstationsusing a formulatedpattern, such asstarting at the entrance to aworkstation and movingclockwise.Specify each type ofworkstation in yourinstallation and then determinehow many of eachtype are needed..PanelsSpecify style numbers andsurface materials for allpanels.Keep track of panels thatrequire power and list panelswith power separately.Specify fillers and theirsurface materials. Specifychange-of-height trims ifusing wood top caps.WorksurfacesSpecify style numbers andsurface materials for allworksurface packages.Supports are included withpanel-supported worksurfacepackages. Also specifyoptions such as grommets,cord catchers, and anyspecific keying information.A12Series 9000 Specification Guide

Specifying TipsStorageSpecify storage componentstyle numbers andsurface materials.LightingSpecify style numbers oflights.Wiring & CablingIf you specified withpower as you ordered yourpanels, the only things leftto specify are power-ins,power and cable poles (ifdesired), and receptacles.Example of OrderHere’s what the specification would be like for the installationshown at the left.Qty. Style No. DescriptionPanels6 9TT6545P3 65"H x 45"W tackable acoustical panelsw/3-circuit powersides 1 & 2: fabric, 5664top cap and powered base: paint, 4650hinge: plastic, 66082 9TT5345P3 53"H x 45"W tackable acoustical panelsw/3-circuit powersides 1 & 2: fabric, 5664top cap and powered base: paint, 4604hinge: plastic, 66024 9TT6525 65"H x 25"W tackable acoustical panelsside 1: fabric, 5339side 2: fabric, 5664top cap and plain base: paint, 4650hinge: plastic, 6602Fillers1 9XCAP X-configuration filler, cap only:paint, 46502 9T65 65"H T-configuration filler packagesfiller cover: fabric, 5653cap and base: paint, 4650Worksurfaces4 99992CC 25"D x 45"W modular cornerworksurface packages (includesshared cantilevers): laminate, 2722paint, 4651filler strip: vinyl, 6602w/999CHP26 cord catchercover and trim: plastic, 66024 99107APL 25"D x 45"W modular worksurfacesw/locks: laminate, 2722end panel left, no support rightend panel and trim: paint, 46504 99107APR 25"D x 45"W modular worksurfacesw/locks: laminate, 2722end panel right, no support leftend panel and trim: paint, 4650Storage4 9U223 25"D box/box/file pedestals: paint, 46504 9U224 25"D file/file pedestals: paint, 46508 9BBL4515 45"W overhead storage bins w/locks:paint, 4650Lighting8 LSM36KD 37"W standard shelf lights with daisychain cords, black4 LS1FSC daisy chain starter cords8 98862-65BB 17 1 ⁄2"H vertical wire managers for65"H panels: fabric, 5664Wiring and Cabling1ctn 986831DA15S line 1 duplex receptacles: 66081ctn 986832DA15S line 2 duplex receptacles: 66081ctn 986833DA15S line 3 duplex receptacles: 66081 98669 3-circuit base power-in4 98683QC pull-up quad power receptacles forinstallation in cord catchers4 98793F pull-up voice/data receptacles forinstallation in cord catchers..Series 9000 Specification GuideA13

A14Series 9000 Specification Guide

PanelsPanels4"HStatement of LinePanel ComparisonB2B4Enhanced panelswere introduced in 1991and offer new top capstyling, removable surfaces,and enhanced cord- andcable-management capabilities,including a 4"H base.UnderstandingSpecifyingB5B25Series 9000 Specification GuideB1

Panel ComparisonEnhanced Tackable Enhanced EnhancedAcoustical Panels TRI Panels Transparent PanelsandOpen-Frame PanelsWidths availableStraight panels 20", 25", 30", 35", 36", 42", 30", 35", 36", 42", 45", 20", 25", 30", 35", 36", 42",45", and 60" and 60" and 45"Heights availableStraight panels 34 1 ⁄2", 42", 53", 61", 65", 53" and 65" 53", 65", and 75"and 75"Top cap height 1 ⁄4" 1 ⁄4" 1 ⁄4"Base cover height 4" 4" 4"Tackable Yes Yes, in top portion NoRemovable surfaces Yes Yes YesHorizontal cable routing Yes, beneath top cap, Yes, beneath top cap, Yes, beneath top cap,capability in upper base cavity, and in upper base cavity, and in upper base cavity, andin panel boot in panel boot in panel bootVertical cable routing Yes, through recesses in Yes, through recesses in NoframeframeAccommodates powerways Yes, in lower base cavity of Yes, in lower base cavity Yes, in lower base cavity ofstraight panels onlystraight panels onlyAccommodates receptacles Yes, in base cover of straight Yes, in base cover and TRI Yes, in base cover of straightpanels onlybeltsAccommodates voice/data Yes, straight panels only Yes Yes, straight panels onlyreceptacles in baseComponent attachment Yes Yes NoAccepts power or cable pole Yes, straight panels only Yes Yes, straight panels onlyAccepts base power-in Yes, straight panels only Yes Yes, straight panels onlyPanel surface Fabric; or fabric on one side Fabric and TRI, wood Fabric with glass or acrylicand TRI, or TRI both sides. insert or fabric with no insert.TRI sides are fabric.Wood top cap available Yes Yes YesAccepts accent panels No No NoFabric application Molded Molded AdhesiveB4Series 9000 Specification Guide

UnderstandingPanelsPanelsEnhanced Panels and Related ProductsTackable AcousticalTRIStraight TransparentOpen-FramePanel Filler PackagesAdditional Related ProductsPanel BracketsPanel AccessoriesWiring and CablingApplication TopicsRules for Panel StabilityRules for Panel Stability with ComponentsPanel CreepB6B8B10B12B14B16B19F1B20B22B23Series 9000 Specification GuideB5

Enhanced Tackable Acoustical PanelsTackable acousticalpanels are constructedwith a tubular steel frame andacoustical removablesurfaces that are attached toeach side.cSpecifying, page B26Cable door is removableto allow cables to be routedto adjacent panels of thesame height.Slotted channel isconcealed by the panelsurface and accepts panelsupportedcomponents in1" increments.Fabric surface is moldedso it can accept directionalor patterned fabrics. Easyreplacement allows you tochange the color or functionof the workstation withoutdisrupting adjacent workstations.Wood surface isalso available.Base end cover isremovable to allow cordand cable routing throughpanel runs. Base covercontains “invisible” knockoutsfor receptacles.Base cover is removableto allow access to cavities inpanel base. Base covercontains “invisible” knockoutsfor receptacles.Leveling glides adjustto install panels on unevenfloors.Panel Actual DimensionsDepth (thickness) 2 1 ⁄4"Width 20", 25", 30", 35", 36", 42", 45", or 60"Height 34 1 ⁄2", 42", 53", 61", 65", or 75"Top cap height1 ⁄4" (metal) or 7 ⁄16" (wood)Base cover height 4". Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄2"Top cap conceals spacethat can accommodatetwelve 3 ⁄8"-diameter cables.It is available in metal orwood.Fiberglass materialconstruction providesa tackable surface, servesas a sound barrier, andimproves acousticalqualities.Upper base cavityaccommodates up to ten3⁄8"-diameter cables.Lower base cavityaccommodates a factoryorfield-installed powerway,which is shielded fromcables stored in the upperbase cavity.Panel boot allows routingof four 3 ⁄8"-diameter cables.Surface Impressions Actual DimensionsA B CPanelHeight A B C34 1 ⁄2"H 6 1 ⁄16" 17 15 ⁄16" N.A.42"H 13 9 ⁄16" 25 7 ⁄16" N.A.53"H 11 5 ⁄16" 24 9 ⁄16" 36 7 ⁄16"61"H 19 5 ⁄16" 32 9 ⁄16" 44 7 ⁄16"65"H 23 5 ⁄16" 36 9 ⁄16" 48 7 ⁄16"75"H 33 5 ⁄16" 46 9 ⁄16" 58 7 ⁄16".Product DetailsTop caps are availablewith radius detail to articulateindividual panels or withsquare detail to create avisual impression of acontinuous line.Wood surfaces arenon-tackable and cannotaccommodate panelsupportedcomponents.Surface impressionsare available to add visualinterest. These subtle, horizontallines, which arepressed into the surface,do not physically segmentthe panel.Tip: Impressions can bespecified on one side orboth sides of a panel, but formaximum effect it is best tospecify impressions on thesurfaces that form theoutside of the workstation.Exception: Surface impressionsare not available onpanels with a tri-surface ora wood surface..B6Series 9000 Specification Guide

Enhanced TackableAcoustical Panels.ConnectionsFlexible hinges, shippedwith every panel, connectpanels in straight-line, L-, T-,Y-, and X-configurations.Panels of differentheights can be joined inlineor at an angle. No trimpieces are needed forexposed panel ends, butwood or metal end-of-runand wood change-of-heighttrim pieces are available.Panel-run stabilityrecommendations varydepending on the length ofthe run and the use ofpanel-supported componentsor freestanding furniture.cPages B20–B22Wall-attachmentbracket is available to joina panel to an interior wall.cPage B16Wiring & CablingFiller packages providean area for cable routing andfill in the space that resultswhen panels join in L-, T-,and X-configurations.Tip: Wood corner fillersshould be specified whenpanels with wood surfacesform 90° corners.cPage B14Base power-in bringspower to a panel run byconnecting at a designatedreceptacle location.cPage F24Base fiber-in allows fiberopticcables to enter the baseof panels at an angle so thefiber-optic cable isn’t forcedto form a tight radius whichcould damage the cable.cPage F25..Power and cable polesbring power and communicationcables from the ceiling topanels and can be connectedat the junction of L-, T-, andX-configurations.cPage F26Powerways are factory orfield installed. Three-circuitor four-circuit (3+D) powerwaysare available.cPage F28Panel base has onestandard-size and one largersizereceptacle knockout oneach side of the panel.Exception: 20"W panelshave one larger-sizereceptacle knockout onboth sides of the panel.cPage B72Voice/data knockoutsin the base covers acceptmodular furniture communicationfaceplates.Tip: A full-height back panelwill block access tovoice/data knockouts onE9000 panel base..Flexible corners allow acable to exit from the top ofthe panel to serve individualworkstations.Tip: Cables can be routedto the worksurface usingvertical wire managers.Shape of panel frameallows vertical routing of four3⁄8"-diameter cables insidethe panel.Cables can be routedhorizontally at the top orbottom of the panel andvertically inside the panel.All panels are UL listedand CSA certified.Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor orengineer for properinstallation of electricalequipment.Chicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.cPages F17–F19.Surface MaterialsTop cap• Paint (standard)• Wood (option)• Customiz stain (option onwood)Panel surface• Vertical surface fabric(standard)• Wood (option)• Customiz stain (option onwood)Tip: If a panel has differentsurfaces, use theseguidelines:The first surface you specifyis considered surface one.The second surface youspecify is surface two.Directional fabricson panels may be orienteddifferently depending onpanel height. If you want,you can specify fabric directionto ensure that shortand tall panels in a singleinstallation match.cFor detailed advice seepage H16.End trim• PaintHinge• PlasticBase cover• PaintPanel boot• Black plastic onlyPricingTo price a panel withfabrics in two different pricegroups, add the two pricestogether and divide by two.Application TopicsPanel AccessoriescPage B19Panel CreepcPage B23Wiring and CablingcPage F1.PanelsSeries 9000 Specification GuideB7

Enhanced Straight Transparent PanelsTransparent panelsare available with an insertof clear or tinted, temperedglass.cSpecifying, page B42Cable door is removableto allow cables to be routedto adjacent panels of thesame height.Frame surfacesurrounding transparentinsert is available in fabric.Base end cover isremovable to allow cordand cable routing throughpanel runs.Base cover is removableto allow access to cavities inpanel base. Base covercontains “invisible” knockoutsfor receptacles.Fabric surface is moldedso it can accept directionalor patterned fabrics. Easyreplacement allows you tochange the color or functionof the workstation withoutdisrupting adjacentworksurfaces.Leveling glides adjust toinstall panels on unevenfloors.Panel Actual DimensionsDepth (thickness) 2 1 ⁄4"Width 20", 25", 30", 35", 36", 42", or 45"Height 53", 65", or 75"Top cap height1 ⁄4" (metal) or 7 ⁄16" (wood)Base cover height 4". Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄2"Top cap conceals spacethat can accommodatetwelve 3 ⁄8"-diameter cables.It is available in metal orwood.Upper base cavityaccommodates up to ten3 ⁄8"-diameter cables.Lower base cavityaccommodates a factoryorfield-installed powerway,which is shielded fromcables stored in the upperbase cavity.Panel boot allows routingof four 3 ⁄8"-diameter cables.Panel Insert Actual DimensionsB C DAPanelWidthA20" 13 5 ⁄32"25" 18 5 ⁄32"30" 23 5 ⁄32"35" 28 5 ⁄32"36" 29 5 ⁄32"42" 35 5 ⁄32"45" 38 5 ⁄32"PanelHeight B C D53" 40 7 ⁄8" 20 1 ⁄8" 6 5 ⁄8"65" 52 7 ⁄8" 32 1 ⁄8" 18 5 ⁄8"75" 62 7 ⁄8" 42 1 ⁄8" 28 5 ⁄8".Product DetailsFull transparent panelhas a clear insert that issurrounded by a frame.28 1 ⁄2"H sill panelfeatures a fabric-coveredpanel from the floor to worksurfacelevel and a transparentinsert or open portionfrom the worksurface levelto the top of the panel.42"H sill is only transparentin the top one-third of thepanel height.Top caps are availablewith radius detail to articulateindividual panels or withsquare detail to create avisual impression of acontinuous line..B10Series 9000 Specification Guide

Enhanced Open-Frame PanelsOpen-frame panelsare available for applicationswhere pass-through capabilityis needed. A glassinsert can also be added toan open frame panel in thefield.cSpecifying, page B44Cable door is removableto allow cables to be routedto adjacent panels of thesame height.Frame surfacesurrounding transparentinsert is available in fabric.Base end cover isremovable to allow cordand cable routing throughpanel runs.Base cover is removableto allow access to cavities inpanel base. Base covercontains “invisible” knockoutsfor receptacles.Fabric surface is moldedso it can accept directionalor patterned fabrics. Easyreplacement allows you tochange the color or functionof the workstation withoutdisrupting adjacentworksurfaces.Leveling glides adjust toinstall panels on unevenfloors.Panel Actual DimensionsDepth (thickness) 2 1 ⁄4"Width 20", 25", 30", 35", 36", 42", or 45"Height 53", 65", or 75"Top cap height1 ⁄4" (metal) or 7 ⁄16" (wood)Base cover height 4". Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄2"Panel Opening Actual DimensionsBAPanelWidthA20" 13 5 ⁄32"25" 18 5 ⁄32"30" 23 5 ⁄32"35" 28 5 ⁄32"36" 29 5 ⁄32"42" 35 5 ⁄32"45" 38 5 ⁄32"CPanelHeight B C53" 40 7 ⁄8" 20 1 ⁄8"65" 52 7 ⁄8" 32 1 ⁄8"75" 62 7 ⁄8" 42 1 ⁄8"Top cap conceals spacethat can accommodatetwelve 3 ⁄8"-diameter cables.It is available in metal orwood.Upper base cavityaccommodates up to ten3 ⁄8"-diameter cables.Lower base cavityaccommodates a factoryorfield-installed powerway,which is shielded fromcables stored in the upperbase cavity.Panel boot allows routingof four 3 ⁄8"-diameter cables..Product DetailsFull open-frame panelis surrounded by a frame.28 1 ⁄2"H sill panelfeatures a fabric-coveredpanel from the floor to worksurfacelevel and an openportion from the worksurfacelevel to the top of the panel.Top caps are availablewith radius detail to articulateindividual panels or withsquare detail to create avisual impression of acontinuous line..B12Series 9000 Specification Guide

EnhancedOpen-Frame Panels.ConnectionsFlexible hinges, shippedwith every panel, connectpanels in straight-line, L-, T-,Y-, and X-configurations.Panels of differentheights can be joined inlineor at an angle. No trimpieces are needed forexposed panel ends, butwood or metal end-of-runand wood change-of-heighttrim pieces are available.Panel-run stabilityrecommendations varydepending on the length ofthe run and the use of panelsupportedcomponents orfreestanding furniture onadjacent panels.Tip: Panel-supported componentsshould not be usedon open frame panels.cPages B20–B22Panel-supportedcomponents can onlybe attached to the fabriccoveredportion of thesepanels.Series 9000 Specification Guide.Wall-attachmentbracket is available to joina panel to an interior wall.cPage B16Wiring & CablingFiller packages providean area for cable routing andfill in the space that resultswhen panels join in L-, T-,and X-configurations.cPage B14Base power-in bringspower to a panel run byconnecting at a designatedreceptacle location.cPage F24Base fiber-in allows fiberopticcables to enter the baseof panels at an angle so thefiber-optic cable isn’t forcedto form a tight radius whichcould damage the cable.cPage F25.Power and cable polesbring power and communicationcables from the ceilingto panels and can beconnected at the junction ofL-, T-, and X-configurations.cPage F26Powerways are factoryor field installed. Threecircuitor four-circuit (3+D)powerways are available.cPage F28Panel base has onestandard-size and one largersizereceptacle knockout oneach side of the panel.Exception: 20"W panelshave one larger-size receptacleknockout on both sidesof the panel.cPage B72.Voice/data knockoutsin the base covers acceptAMP ® FLEXMODE ® , orequivalent, faceplates forcommunication and computerequipment.Tip: A full-height back panelwill block access to voice/data knockouts on E9000panel base.Cables can be routedhorizontally at the top orbottom of the panel.All panels are UL listedand CSA certified.Chicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.cPages F17–F19Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor orengineer for properinstallation of electricalequipment.Surface MaterialsTop cap• Paint (standard)• Wood (option)• Customiz stain (optionon wood).Frame surface• Vertical surface fabricTip: If a panel frame hasdifferent surfaces, use theseguidelines:The first surface you specifyis considered surface one.The second surface youspecify is surface two.Directional fabricson panels may be orienteddifferently depending onpanel height. If you want,you can specify fabric directionto ensure that shortand tall panels in a singleinstallation match.cFor detailed advice seepage H16.Surface impressionsare available on fabriccoveredportion of panelswith 28 1 ⁄2"H height.cSee page B6 fordimensions.End trim• PaintHinge• PlasticBase cover• PaintPanel boot• Black plastic onlyApplication TopicsPanel AccessoriescPage B19Panel CreepcPage B23Wiring and CablingcPage F1B13.Panels

Enhanced Panel Filler PackagesFillers close the gap thatresults when enhancedpanels form L-, T-, andX-configurations. They alsoconceal cables that runbetween panels.cSpecifying, pagesB49–B57Top cap matches the shapeof the panel top cap and isavailable in wood or metal.Open side on the fillerallows cables to be laid inbefore the cover is snappedinto place.Fillers are fabric coveredor wood.Carrier fastens to the edgeof the panel and allows thefiller to snap into place.Base cover matches thebase of adjacent panels.Actual DimensionsDepth 2 1 ⁄4"Width 2 1 ⁄4". Height 34 1 ⁄2", 42", 53", 61", 65", or 75".Product DetailsFiller must match the heightof the tallest panel in eachconfiguration.Carrier can be cut to matchpanel height.Templates are providedso that openings can be cutin the filler. Cuts accommodatelay-in cable routingthrough varying heights.Back filler closes the sideof the filler that is exposed inchange-of-height applications.Attachment clips areshipped with each filler tofasten the sides of a filler toadjacent panels when thereis no carrier.Base cover can be usedalone to conceal cords andcables in the base of thepanels connected in T- orL-configurations.ConnectionsCarrier fastens to the endof a panel.Filler snaps onto the carrier...Back filler snaps intoplace on the open side ofthe filler.Top cap slides into thechannel in the filler. Usesame top cap for allconfigurations of paneljunctions.Base cover is attachedto the adjacent panel..B14Series 9000 Specification Guide

Enhanced Panel FillerPackages.Wiring & CablingEnd-of-run filler allowsa power or cable pole to befield installed at the end of arun of enhanced Series 9000panels. Filler cover mustmatch the height of the panelthat it is attached to.Surface MaterialsFiller cover• Vertical surface fabric(standard)• Wood (option)• Customiz stain (optionon wood)Back filler• Vertical surface fabric(standard)• Wood (option)• Customiz stain (option onwood)Carrier• Black paint onlyTop cap• Paint (standard)• Wood (option on fabriccoveredfiller; standardon wood fillers)• Customiz stain (optionon wood)Base cover• Paint.Filler packages to accommodate all panel configurationsEnd of RunL-ConfigurationsCover for base only Panels of same height Panels of different heightsT-ConfigurationsCover for base only Panels of same height Middle panel higherGap resulting fromchange of heightX-ConfigurationsTop cap andattachment clipFillerCarrierBase coverBase coverBase coverBack fillerTop capFillerCarrierBase coverTop capTop capFillerCarrierBase coverTop capFillerCarrierBase coverBack fillerTop capFillerCarrierBase coverPanels of different heightsBack fillerTop capFillerTop capBase coverPanels of same height Gap resulting from Panels of different heightschange of heightFillerCarrierTop capFillerCarrierBase coverTop capCarrierFiller.PanelsSeries 9000 Specification GuideB15

Panel BracketsWall-Attachment Bracketfor Enhanced PanelscSpecifying, page B58Series 9000 toTechnology WallOff-Module ConnectorscSpecifying, page B59Panel-StabilizerBracketcSpecifying, page B60.ApplicationUse to attach a perpendicularrun of panels to aninterior wall or column.Available in six heightsto correspond with panelheights: 34 1 ⁄2", 42", 53", 61",65", and 75"H.ApplicationUse to connect Series9000 panels perpendicularto Technology Wall frames.Panels cannot attach to aTechnology Wall junction.Panel-supported furniturecan be used on panels.Available in four heights tocorrespond with panelheights: 42", 53", 61”–65",and 75".ApplicationUse to increase panelstability by connectingpanels to freestandingfurniture, such as desksor files.ConnectionsScrews into architecturalwall or column and acceptsconnecting hinge of adjacentenhanced panel. Functionson any surface, includingsteel, drywall, concreteblock, wood, or plaster. Wallanchors may be required.ConnectionsAttaches into horizontalrails of the frame at:61"–65", 75": Base and66" line ofTechnologyWall42", 53”: Base and41 1 ⁄2" line ofTechnologyWallConnector will addapproximately 1" toyour panel run.ConnectionsScrews to the back offreestanding furniture andhooks into the slottedchannel of the panel.Surface MaterialsBracket• PaintSurface MaterialsOff-module connectors• PaintSurface MaterialsBracket• Black paint onlySpecifyingMust order separately.SpecifyingMust order separately..B16Series 9000 Specification Guide

Panel BracketsEnd Panel-to-PanelStabilizer BracketcSpecifying, page C134Parallel ClampcSpecifying, page B60Alignment PlatecSpecifying, page B60.ApplicationUse to stabilize a panelsupportedworksurfacepackage.ApplicationUse to attach the endpanel of a unit assembly toa panel to provide extrastability for panels thatsupport components.ApplicationUse to maintainvertical alignment on loadbearing right-angled panelconnections.ConnectionsScrews to the endpanel and hooks intothe perpendicular panel.ConnectionsAttaches to the interior ofthe end panel and hooksinto the panel. Non-handed.ConnectionsWraps around the inneruprights of the panel and isscrewed into place on theinside of a 90° angle.Tip: Plate may not beattached within the top 3"of the panel.Surface MaterialsBracket• Tan Value 1 paint onlySurface MaterialsClamp• Black paint onlySurface MaterialsAlignment plate• Black paint onlySpecifyingIncluded when 30"H endpanels are shipped ascomponents or as part ofworksurface packages.Can be orderedseparately for otherapplications.To order, see Worksurfaceschapter of the specifyingsection.SpecifyingMust order separately.SpecifyingOne shipped with everythird 65"H and 75"H panel.Can be orderedseparately..PanelsSeries 9000 Specification Guide cPanel Brackets, continued B17

Panel Brackets, continuedAnchor BracketcSpecifying, page B61.ConnectionsAttaches to the panelglide located at the baseof a panel.Anchors a panel to thefloor at the power entrypoint, such as a power poleor base power-in connection,to prevent panel movementand possible electricalwire damage.Complies with theOffice of Statewide HealthPlanning and DevelopmentOrganization (OSHPD)requirements for 80"Hpanels that are used inhealth care occupancies inthe state of California.Surface MaterialsAnchor bracket• Black paint onlyApplication TopicsBreakaway basepower-in may eliminatethe need for an anchorbracket on a powered panelif the panel is 65"H orshorter.Special Requirementsfor Los AngelescPage F19.B18Series 9000 Specification Guide

Panel AccessoriesPanel AccessoriesPanel Coat HookcSpecifying, page B62Markerboard and TraycSpecifying, page B64TackboardcSpecifying, page B63.ApplicationProvides a convenientplace for hanging coatsand similar light objectsin workstations.ApplicationProvides a writing surfaceon the side of a panel.Laminate surface onboard cleans easily.Tray to hold pens andaccessories is availableas an option.ApplicationProvides increasedtackability betweenoverhead storage and worksurfacewhen non-tackablepanels are used. Can alsoprovide a tackable surfaceon interior walls when usedwith wall channels.ConnectionsFits over the top cap ofenhanced and conventionalpanels.Tip: Cannot be used withwood top caps or expandedtop caps.Coat hook conforms tothe radius of the top cap tohold the hook in place.ConnectionsMarkerboard attachesto panels at any height usingbrackets that are included.Tray is built into the markerboardbottom frame and isavailable as an option.ConnectionsWall channels areavailable to attach tackboardsto interior walls.Brackets, which arefactory installed on the backof the tackboard, lock intothe slotted channel of panelsor into wall channels.Surface MaterialsCoat hook• Clear plastic onlySurface MaterialsBoard surface• White laminate onlyBoard frame and tray• Black onlyApplication TopicsWall channels areavailable to attach markerboardsto interior walls.Functions with enhancedpanels.Surface MaterialsTackboard• Vertical surface fabricHardware• Black paint onlyActual DimensionsPanel coat hookDepth 2 1 ⁄2"Width 1 3 ⁄4"Height 1 1 ⁄2"Actual DimensionsBoardDepth 3 ⁄4"Width 30", 35", 36", 42",45", and 60"Height 33"TrayDepth 1 1 ⁄2"Width 29 1 ⁄2", 34 1 ⁄2",35 1 ⁄2", 41 1 ⁄2", 44 1 ⁄2,and 59 1 ⁄2"Application TopicsFunctions with enhancedpanels.Actual DimensionsDepth 3 ⁄4"Width 30", 35", 36",42", 45", 60",70", and 75"Height 15" or 18".PanelsSeries 9000 Specification GuideB19

Rules for Panel Stability.Series 9000, whenproperly installed, isdesigned to be a very stablefurniture system. Adherenceto the guidelines presentedhere will allow you toefficiently plan stableworkstations using panelsalone, panel-supportedcomponents, or freestandingfurniture. To ensure safeperformance and maximumstability, the installationinstructions that accompanyeach furniture shipmentmust be strictly observed.An “X” over a drawingmeans that this applicationis not recommended.=TRI panels follow thesame stability rules as nontackable,tackableacoustical, and highperformancetackableacoustical panels.Change of height has noeffect on these stability rules.Rules for Tackable Acoustical and High-Performance Tackable Acoustical PanelsTwo-Panel Runs8' maximumThree-Panel Runs12' maximum12' maximum12' maximum30"W minimumUnstable. Requires Stabilizer feet provide Perpendicular panel Furniture provides stabilityadditional support at end of stability at end of panel run. provides stability at end of at end of panel run.panel run.panel run.Tip: Not recommended on75"H panels in a 12' run.Four-Panel Runs16' maximum16' maximum30"W minimumUnstable. Requires Unstable. Requires a Perpendicular panel Furniture provides stabilityadditional support at end of perpendicular panel or provides stability at end of at end of panel run.panel run.furniture as support at panel run.Tip: Not recommended onend of panel run.75"H panels in a 16' run.Five-Panel RunsUnstable. Requiresadditional support...B20Series 9000 Specification Guide

Rules for Panel StabilityRules for Straight Transparent PanelsTwo-Panel Runs8' maximumTwo transparent panels Two panels are stable ifrequire additional support. transparent panel is not atthe end of run.Three-Panel RunsUnstable. Requires Unstable. Requires aadditional support at end of perpendicular panel orpanel run.furniture as support at endof panel run.12' maximumFurniture provides stability Furniture used in front ofif transparent panel is not at transparent panels addsthe end of a run.stability but blocks the view.Tip: Not recommended on75"H panels in a 12' run.Four-Panel Runs16' maximum30"W minimumUnstable. Transparent Perpendicular panelpanels do not provide provides stability at end ofstability as a complete panel run.panel run.Straight transparentpanels can be used only inthe first and second positions..8' maximum 8' maximumStabilizer feet providestability at end of panel run.12' maximumStabilizer feet providestability if last panel is not atransparent panel.16' maximumFurniture provides stabilityat end of panel run.Straight transparentpanels can be used only inthe first and second positions.Perpendicular panelprovides stability at end ofpanel run.12' maximum30"W minimumPerpendicular panelprovides stability when threetransparent panels are usedin a run.Furniture used in front oftransparent panels addsstability but blocks the view..PanelsSeries 9000 Specification GuideB21

Rules for Panel Stability with Components*.Maximum panel stabilityis always achieved whenloads are counterbalancedby similar loads on theopposite side of the panels.The recommendations shownhere apply to all straightpanels except panel doorsand transparent panels.Components should not besupported by straighttransparent panels.An “X” over a drawingmeans that this applicationis not recommended..*Panel components includestorage bins, shelves, worksurfaces,and worksurfacesupportedpedestals.Rules for Tackable Acoustical and High-Performance Tackable Acoustical Panels60" minimumConnect to a wall or a Stabilizer feet should Connect to perpendicularperpendicular run of panels not be used when panels panels, freestandingat least 60"W.have panel-supported furniture, or a worksurfacecomponents.with at least one end panel.Rules for Panel StabilityPanel runs with onepanel-supported componentper panel require stabilityevery three panels.minimum two 20"Wpanel run-offsPanel runs with twopanel-supported componentsper panel require stabilityevery two panels.minimum two 25"Wpanel run-offsPanel runs with twodimension mustpanel-supported componentsmatch worksurfaceper panel can be extendedfor three panels, if the centerpanels only support onecomponent and all loads arecounterbalanced.Fully loaded panelsmust be counterbalanced.In addition, panel run-offsare required at both ends ofthe panel...B22Series 9000 Specification Guide

Panel CreepPanel Creep.PanelcreepSome panel junctionsadd to the length of panelruns. The accumulation ofthese increments is knownas “panel creep.”Change-of-height has nobearing on panel creep.Straight ConnectionsNo creep occurs whenpanels of the same orvarying heights are joinedwith hinges.T-Connections2 1 /4"3 /32" 3 /32"3⁄16" increment occurswhen panels are joined in aT-configuration.Tip: Don’t forget to addthe panel thickness (2 1 ⁄4")gained from L-, T-, andX-configurations whencalculating wall-to-wallmeasurements.Permanent Wall Connections3 /4"3 ⁄4" increment occurswhen panel is attached toa permanent wall with awall-attachment bracket..3 /32"L-Connections3⁄32" increment occursat the intersection whenpanels are joined in anL-configuration.X-Connections3 /32"3⁄16" increment occurson both directions of anX-configuration.Tip: Don’t forget to addthe panel thickness (2 1 ⁄4")gained from L-, T-, andX-configurations whencalculating wall-to-wallmeasurements.3 /32"2 1 /4"3 /32"3 /32"3 /32".PanelsSeries 9000 Specification GuideB23

Bracket Application Rulesfor Curved Front Bin and L-ShelfBasic BracketsBasic brackets are usedto mount bins and shelves topanels with vertical slotpatterns. Answer, Avenir,Elective Elements, Kick,Series 9000, Montage, andPathways Technology Wallpanels can support basicattachment brackets. Basicattachment brackets pushbins and shelves 1 ⁄4" fromframe.6"6"Width of overhead binor shelf must match or bewider than the width of thepanel or panels that it isattached to..12"Basic attachmentbrackets install in panelseams and allow bins andshelves that are wider to beattached. Total width of binor shelf can extend 12"beyond the bracket on oneside..B24Series 9000 Specification Guide

SpecifyingPanelsPanelsEnhanced Panels and Related ProductsTackable AcousticalTRIStraight TransparentOpen-FramePanel TrimPanel Filler PackagesAdditional Related ProductsPanel BracketsPanel AccessoriesPanel Wiring and CablingB26B30B42B44B46B49B58B62B65Series 9000 Specification GuideB25

Enhanced Tackable Acoustical PanelscNeed help?Product details,page B6Standard Includes• Panel with two surfaces: vertical surface fabricprice group 1• Radius top cap, end trim, and base covers withreceptacle knockouts: all paint price groups• Hinge: vinylRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for surface 13 Fabric color number for surface 24 Paint color number for top cap, end trim,and base covers5 Plastic color number for vinyl hinge6 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: To price a panel withtwo surface materials indifferent price groups, addthe two fabric price groupoption prices together anddivide by 2; then add theresult to the panel baseprice.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfacePanel surfaceMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 32 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$128 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$200 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 30 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualto specify.Fabric direction• Warp vertical on directional No cost cSpecify with warp vertical, page H16.fabricsTop Cap • Square metal top cap No cost Specify with square metal top cap.• Square wood top cap +$ 80 Specify with square wood top cap andselect wood color number.• Radius wood top cap +$ 80 Specify with radius wood top cap andselect wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.top capTip: Surface impressionsappear most clearly definedon light fabric colors. Darkfabrics are not recommended.The following fabricsare not available withsurface impressions becauseof their thicker, multicoloryarns:• Belgrade• Cordial• WilshireSurface • One side of panel +$ 27 Specify with surface impressionsImpressions on surface 1 (or 2).• Both sides of panel +$ 54 Specify with surface impressionson surface 1 and 2.ElectricalFactory-installed powerwaycPage F28 • 3-circuit powerway with +$133 Add suffix P3 to panel style number.shared neutral• 3-circuit powerway with +$159 Add suffix P3 to panel style number andseparate neutralsspecify with separate neutrals.• 4-circuit (3+D) powerway +$156 Add suffix P4 to panel style number.• 4-circuit (3I+1) powerway +$187 Add suffix P4 to panel style number andspecify with 3I+1 wiring.• 4-circuit (2+2) powerway +$187 Add suffix P4 to panel style number andspecify with 2+2 wiring.Field-installed powerway• For use in New York CitycMust specify powerway for fieldinstallation only, page B69.Factory-installed raceway• For use in Chicago with +$114 Add suffix W to panel style number.power base coversRelated • Panel brackets cPage B58Products • Panel accessories cPage B62• Panel wiring and cablingcPage B65For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.B26Series 9000 Specification Guide

Enhanced TackableAcoustical PanelsSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBase dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d dPrice d dPrice d dPriced d d d d d d34 1 ⁄2"H 42"H 53"H20" 9TT3420 $404 9TT4220 $454 9TT5320 $45425" 9TT3425 $404 9TT4225 $454 9TT5325 $45430" 9TT3430 $420 9TT4230 $497 9TT5330 $49735" 9TT3435 $483 9TT4235 $547 9TT5335 $54736" N.A. 9TT4236 $547 9TT5336 $54742" 9TT3442 $541 9TT4242 $625 9TT5342 $62545" 9TT3445 $541 9TT4245 $625 9TT5345 $62560" N.A. 9TT4260 $744 9TT5360 $744d d d d d d d61"H 65"H 75"H20" 9TT6120 $525 9TT6520 $525 9TT7520 $72025" 9TT6125 $525 9TT6525 $525 9TT7525 $72030" 9TT6130 $602 9TT6530 $602 9TT7530 $77035" 9TT6135 $658 9TT6535 $658 9TT7535 $81836" 9TT6136 $658 9TT6536 $658 9TT7536 $81842" 9TT6142 $730 9TT6542 $730 9TT7542 $93845" 9TT6145 $730 9TT6545 $730 9TT7545 $93860" 9TT6160 $843 9TT6560 $843 N.A.d d d d d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideB27

Enhanced Tackable Acoustical Panelswith One Wood SurfacecNeed help?Product details,page B6Standard Includes• Panel with two surfaces:—surface 1: wood—surface 2: vertical surface fabric price group 1• Radius top cap and filler strip: wood• End trim and base covers with receptacle knockouts:all paint price groups• Hinge: vinylRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for surface 13 Wood color number for surface 2,top cap, and filler strip4 Paint color number for end trim andbase covers5 Plastic color number for vinyl hinge6 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Wood surfaces are nontackableand cannot accommodatepanel-supportedcomponents.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfacePanel surfaceMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 16 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 40 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 64 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$100 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 15 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualto specify.Fabric direction• Warp vertical on directional No cost cSpecify with warp vertical, page H16.fabricsWood panel surface and filler strip• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Top cap• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Top Cap • Square wood top cap No cost Specify with square wood top cap andselect wood color number.Tip: Surface impressions areavailable on fabric side ofthe panel only.Tip: Surface impressionsappear most clearly definedon light fabric colors. Darkfabrics are not recommended.The following fabricsare not available withsurface impressions becauseof their thicker, multicoloryarns:• Belgrade• Cordial• WilshireSurface • One fabric side of panel +$ 27 Specify with surface impressionsImpressions on surface 2.ElectricalFactory-installed powerwaycPage F28 • 3-circuit powerway with +$133 Add suffix P3 to panel style number.shared neutral• 3-circuit powerway with +$159 Add suffix P3 to panel style number andseparate neutralsspecify with separate neutrals.• 4-circuit (3+D) powerway +$156 Add suffix P4 to panel style number.• 4-circuit (3I+1) powerway +$187 Add suffix P4 to panel style number andspecify with 3I+1 wiring.• 4-circuit (2+2) powerway +$187 Add suffix P4 to panel style number andspecify with 2+2 wiring.Field-installed powerway• For use in New York CitycMust specify powerway for fieldinstallation only, page B69.Factory-installed raceway• For use in Chicago with +$114 Add suffix W to panel style number.power base coversRelated • Panel brackets cPage B58Products • Panel accessories cPage B62• Panel wiring and cablingcPage B65For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.B28Series 9000 Specification Guide

Enhanced TackableAcoustical PanelsSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DOptions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsd dNumber dBase d(Add $ to dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d d d dd d d dCustomiz d d dCustomizd d d dStain on d d dStain ond d d dWood d d dWoodd d d dSurface d d dSurfaced d d dand Filler d d dand Filler42"H 53"H20" 9TW4220 $ 748 +$ 24 9TW5320 $ 748 +$ 4125" 9TW4225 $ 748 +$ 41 9TW5325 $ 748 +$ 4130" 9TW4230 $ 791 +$ 41 9TW5330 $ 791 +$ 6035" 9TW4235 $ 841 +$ 60 9TW5335 $ 841 +$ 6036" 9TW4236 $ 841 +$ 60 9TW5336 $ 841 +$ 6042" 9TW4242 $ 919 +$ 60 9TW5342 $ 919 +$ 6045" 9TW4245 $ 919 +$ 60 9TW5345 $ 919 +$ 84d d d d d d d61"H 65"H20" 9TW6120 $ 819 +$ 41 9TW6520 $ 819 +$ 4125" 9TW6125 $ 819 +$ 60 9TW6525 $ 819 +$ 6030" 9TW6130 $ 896 +$ 60 9TW6530 $ 896 +$ 6035" 9TW6135 $ 952 +$ 60 9TW6535 $ 952 +$ 6036" 9TW6136 $ 952 +$ 60 9TW6536 $ 952 +$ 8442" 9TW6142 $1024 +$ 84 9TW6542 $1024 +$ 8445" 9TW6145 $1024 +$ 84 9TW6545 $1024 +$107d d d d d d d75"H20" 9TW7520 $1014 +$ 6025" 9TW7525 $1014 +$ 6030" 9TW7530 $1064 +$ 6035" 9TW7535 $1112 +$ 8436" 9TW7536 $1112 +$ 8442" 9TW7542 $1232 +$10745" 9TW7545 $1232 +$107d d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideB29

Enhanced TRI Panelswith One TRI SurfacePanel surfaces:• Surface one:desk-high TRI belt• Surface two:tackable acousticalTip: To price a panel withtwo surface materials indifferent price groups, addthe two fabric price groupoption prices together anddivide by 2; then add theresult to the panel baseprice.cNeed help?Product details,page B8Standard Includes• Panel with two surfaces: vertical surface fabricprice group 1:—surface 1: TRI surface—surface 2: non-TRI surface• Radius top cap, end trim, and base covers withreceptacle knockouts: all paint price groups• TRI belt: vertical surface fabric with black vinylaccess slot• Hinge: vinylRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for surface 13 Fabric color number for surface 24 Paint color number for top cap, end trim,and base covers5 Plastic color number for vinyl hinge6 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfacePanel surfaceMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 32 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$128 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$200 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 30 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualto specify.Fabric direction• Warp vertical on directional No cost cSpecify with warp vertical, page H16.fabricsTop Cap • Square metal top cap No cost Specify with square metal top cap.• Square wood top cap +$ 80 Specify with square wood top cap andselect wood color number.• Radius wood top cap +$ 80 Specify with radius wood top cap andselect wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.top capTip: Surface impressions areavailable on the non-TRIsurface of the panel only.Tip: Surface impressionsappear most clearly definedon light fabric colors. Darkfabrics are not recommended.The following fabricsare not available withsurface impressions becauseof their thicker, multicoloryarns:• Belgrade• Cordial• WilshireSurface • One non-TRI side of panel +$ 27 Specify with surface impressionsImpressions on surface 2.ElectricalFactory-installed powerwaycPage F28 • 3-circuit powerway with +$133 Add suffix P3 to panel style number.shared neutral• 3-circuit powerway with +$159 Add suffix P3 to panel style number andseparate neutralsspecify with separate neutrals.• 4-circuit (3+D) powerway +$156 Add suffix P4 to panel style number.• 4-circuit (3I+1) powerway +$187 Add suffix P4 to panel style number andspecify with 3I+1 wiring.• 4-circuit (2+2) powerway +$187 Add suffix P4 to panel style number andspecify with 2+2 wiring.Field-installed powerway• For use in New York CitycMust specify powerway for fieldinstallation only, page B69.Factory-installed raceway• For use in Chicago with +$114 Add suffix W to panel style number.power base coversWithout TRI belt access slot• For use in Los Angeles No cost Add suffix LA to panel style number.Related • Panel brackets cPage B58Products • Panel accessories cPage B62• Panel wiring and cablingcPage B65For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.B30Series 9000 Specification Guide

Enhanced TRI PanelsSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d dPrice d dPriced d d d d53"H 65"H30" 9ET5330 $601 9ET6530 $70635" 9ET5335 $651 9ET6535 $76236" 9ET5336 $651 9ET6536 $76242" 9ET5342 $729 9ET6542 $83445" 9ET5345 $729 9ET6545 $83460" 9ET5360 $848 9ET6560 $947d d d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideB31

Enhanced TRI Panelswith One TRI Surface with Desk-High PowerPanel-surfaces:• Surface one:desk-high TRI belt withreceptacle frame andpower harness• Surface two:fabricTip: To price a panel withtwo surface materials indifferent price groups, addthe two fabric price groupoption prices together anddivide by 2; then add theresult to the panel baseprice.cNeed help?Product details,page B8Standard Includes• Panel with two surfaces: vertical surface fabricprice group 1• Radius top cap, end trim, and base covers withreceptacle knockouts: all paint price groups• TRI belt: vertical surface fabric with black vinylaccess slot• TRI-belt receptacle frame: plastic• Hinge: vinyl• TRI-belt harness• 3-circuit powerway with shared neutralRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for surface 13 Fabric color number for surface 24 Paint color number for top cap, end trim,and base covers5 Plastic color number for receptacle frame6 Plastic color number for vinyl hinge7 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfacePanel surfaceMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 32 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$128 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$200 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 30 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualto specify.Fabric direction• Warp vertical on directional No cost cSpecify with warp vertical, page H16.fabricsTop Cap • Square metal top cap No cost Specify with square metal top cap.• Square wood top cap +$ 80 Specify with square wood top cap andselect wood color number.• Radius wood top cap +$ 80 Specify with radius wood top cap andselect wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.top capTip: Surface impressions areavailable on the non-TRIsurface of the panel only.Tip: Surface impressionsappear most clearly definedon light fabric colors. Darkfabrics are not recommended.The following fabricsare not available withsurface impressions becauseof their thicker, multicoloryarns:• Belgrade• Cordial• WilshireSurface • One non-TRI side of panel +$ 27 Specify with surface impressionsImpressions on surface 2.ElectricalFactory-installed powerwaycPage F28 • 3-circuit powerway with +$ 26 Add suffix P3 to panel style number andseparate neutralsspecify with separate neutrals.• 4-circuit (3+D) powerway +$ 23 Add suffix P4 to panel style number.• 4-circuit (3I+1) powerway +$ 54 Add suffix P4 to panel style number andspecify with 3I+1 wiring.• 4-circuit (2+2) powerway +$ 54 Add suffix P4 to panel style number andand specify with 2+2 wiring.Field-installed powerway• For use in New York CitycMust specify powerway for fieldinstallation only, page B69.Without TRI belt access slot• For use in Los Angeles No cost Add suffix LA to panel style number.Related • Panel brackets cPage B58Products • Panel accessories cPage B62• Panel wiring and cablingcPage B65For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.B32Series 9000 Specification Guide

Enhanced TRI PanelsSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d dPrice d dPriced d d d d53"H 65"H30" 9PT5330P3 $ 813 9PT6530P3 $ 91835" 9PT5335P3 $ 863 9PT6535P3 $ 97436" 9PT5336P3 $ 863 9PT6536P3 $ 97442" 9PT5342P3 $ 941 9PT6542P3 $104645" 9PT5345P3 $ 941 9PT6545P3 $104660" 9PT5360P3 $1060 9PT6560P3 $1159d d d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideB33

Enhanced TRI Panelswith One TRI Surface and One Wood SurfacePanel surfaces:• Surface one:desk-high TRI belt• Surface two:woodTip: Surface impressions arenot available.cNeed help?Product details,page B8Standard Includes• Panel with two surfaces:—surface 1: vertical surface fabric price group 1—surface 2: wood• Radius top cap and filler strip: wood• End trim and base covers with receptacle knockouts:all paint price groups• Hinge: vinylRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for frame surface 13 Wood color number for frame surface 2,top cap, and filler strip4 Paint color number for end trim and basecovers5 Plastic color number for hinge6 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfacePanel surfaceMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 16 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 40 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 64 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$100 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 15 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualto specify.Fabric direction• Warp vertical on directional No cost cSpecify with warp vertical, page H16.fabricsWood panel surface and filler strip• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Top cap• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Top Cap • Square wood top cap No cost Specify with square wood top cap andselect wood color number.ElectricalFactory-installed powerwaycPage F28 • 3-circuit powerway with +$133 Add suffix P3 to panel style number.shared neutral• 3-circuit powerway with +$159 Add suffix P3 to panel style number andseparate neutralsspecify with separate neutrals.• 4-circuit (3+D) powerway +$156 Add suffix P4 to panel style number.• 4-circuit (3I+1) powerway +$187 Add suffix P4 to panel style number andspecify with 3I+1 wiring.• 4-circuit (2+2) powerway +$187 Add suffix P4 to panel style number andspecify with 2+2 wiring.Field-installed powerway• For use in New York CitycMust specify powerway for fieldinstallation only, page B69.Factory-installed raceway• For use in Chicago with +$114 Add suffix W to panel style number.power base coversWithout TRI belt access slot• For use in Los Angeles No cost Add suffix LA to panel style number.Related • Panel brackets cPage B58Products • Panel accessories cPage B62• Panel wiring and cablingcPage B65For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.B34Series 9000 Specification Guide

Enhanced TRI PanelsSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DOptions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsd dNumber dBase d(Add $ to dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d d d dd d d dCustomiz d d dCustomizd d d dStain on d d dStain ond d d dWood d d dWoodd d d dSurface d d dSurfaced d d dand Filler d d dand Filler53"H 65"H30" 9EW5330 $ 895 +$60 9EW6530 $1000 +$ 6035" 9EW5335 $ 945 +$60 9EW6535 $1056 +$ 6036" 9EW5336 $ 945 +$60 9EW6536 $1056 +$ 8442" 9EW5342 $1023 +$60 9EW6542 $1128 +$ 8445" 9EW5345 $1023 +$84 9EW6545 $1128 +$107d d d d d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideB35

Enhanced TRI Panelswith One TRI Surface with Desk-High Power and One Wood SurfacecNeed help?Product details,page B8Standard Includes• Panel with two surfaces:—surface 1: vertical surface fabric price group 1—surface 2: wood• Radius top cap and filler strip: wood• End trim, and base covers with receptacle knockouts:all paint price groups• TRI belt: vertical surface fabric with black vinylaccess slot• TRI-belt receptacle frame: plastic• Hinge: vinyl• TRI-belt harness• 3-circuit powerway with shared neutralRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for surface 13 Fabric color number for surface 24 Paint color number for end trim and basecovers5 Plastic color number for receptacle frame6 Plastic color number for vinyl hinge7 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Surface impressions arenot available.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfacePanel surfaceMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 16 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 40 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 64 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$100 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 15 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualto specify.Fabric direction• Warp vertical on directional No cost cSpecify with warp vertical, page H16.fabricsWood panel surface and filler strip• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Top cap• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Top Cap • Square wood top cap No cost Specify with square wood top cap andselect wood color number.ElectricalFactory-installed powerwaycPage F28 • 3-circuit powerway with +$ 26 Specify with separate neutrals.separate neutrals• 4-circuit (3+D) powerway +$ 23 Replace P3 in style number with P4.• 4-circuit (3I+1) powerway +$ 54 Replace P3 in style number with P4and specify with 3I+1 wiring schematic.• 4-circuit (2+2) powerway +$ 54 Replace P3 in style number with P4and specify with 2+2 wiring schematic.Field-installed powerway• For use in New York CitycMust specify powerway for fieldinstallation only, page B69.Without TRI belt access slot• For use in Los Angeles No cost Add suffix LA to panel style number.Related • Panel brackets cPage B58Products • Panel accessories cPage B62• Panel wiring and cablingcPage B65For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.B36Series 9000 Specification Guide

Enhanced TRI PanelsSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DOptions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsd dNumber dBase d(Add $ to dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price) d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d d d dd d d dCustomiz d d dCustomizd d d dStain on d d dStain ond d d dWood d d dWoodd d d dSurface d d dSurfaced d d dand Filler d d dand Filler53"H 65"H30" 9PW5330P3 $1107 +$60 9PW6530P3 $1212 +$ 6035" 9PW5335P3 $1157 +$60 9PW6535P3 $1268 +$ 6036" 9PW5336P3 $1157 +$60 9PW6536P3 $1268 +$ 8442" 9PW5342P3 $1235 +$60 9PW6542P3 $1340 +$ 8445" 9PW5345P3 $1235 +$84 9PW6545P3 $1340 +$107d d d d d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideB37

Enhanced TRI Panelswith TRI Surfaces Both SidescNeed help?Product details,page B8Standard Includes• Panel with two surfaces: vertical surface fabricprice group 1• Radius top cap, end trim, and base covers withreceptacle knockout: all paint price groups• TRI belt: vertical surface fabric with black vinylaccess slot• Hinge: vinylRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for surface 13 Fabric color number for surface 24 Paint color number for top cap, end trim,and base covers5 Plastic color number for vinyl hinge6 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Panel surfaces:• Both surfaces:desk-high TRI beltTip: To price a panel withtwo surface materials indifferent price groups, addthe two fabric price groupoption prices together anddivide by 2; then add theresult to the panel baseprice.Tip: Surface impressions arenot available.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfacePanel surfaceMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 32 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$128 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$200 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 30 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualto specify.Fabric direction• Warp vertical on directional No cost cSpecify with warp vertical, page H16.fabricsTop Cap • Square metal top cap No cost Specify with square metal top cap.• Square wood top cap +$ 80 Specify with square wood top cap andselect wood color number.• Radius wood top cap +$ 80 Specify with radius wood top cap andselect wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.top capElectricalFactory-installed powerwaycPage F28 • 3-circuit powerway with +$133 Add suffix P3 to panel style number.shared neutral• 3-circuit powerway with +$159 Add suffix P3 to panel style number andseparate neutralsspecify with separate neutrals.• 4-circuit (3+D) powerway +$156 Add suffix P4 to panel style number.• 4-circuit (3I+1) powerway +$187 Add suffix P4 to panel style number andspecify with 3I+1 wiring.• 4-circuit (2+2) powerway +$187 Add suffix P4 to panel style number andspecify with 2+2 wiring.Field-installed powerway• For use in New York CitycMust specify powerway for fieldinstallation only, page B69.Factory-installed raceway• For use in Chicago with +$114 Add suffix W to panel style number.power base coversWithout TRI belt access slot• For use in Los Angeles No cost Add suffix LA to panel style number.Related • Panel brackets cPage B58Products • Panel accessories cPage B62• Panel wiring and cablingcPage B65For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.B38Series 9000 Specification Guide

Enhanced TRI PanelsSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d dPrice d dPriced d d d d53"H 65"H30" 9EE5330 $705 9EE6530 $ 81035" 9EE5335 $755 9EE6535 $ 86636" 9EE5336 $755 9EE6536 $ 86642" 9EE5342 $833 9EE6542 $ 93845" 9EE5345 $833 9EE6545 $ 93860" 9EE5360 $952 9EE6560 $1051d d d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideB39

Enhanced TRI PanelsSpecification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d dPrice d dPriced d d d d53"H 65"H30" 9PP5330P3 $ 996 9PP6530P3 $110135" 9PP5335P3 $1046 9PP6535P3 $115736" 9PP5336P3 $1046 9PP6536P3 $115742" 9PP5342P3 $1124 9PP6542P3 $122945" 9PP5345P3 $1124 9PP6545P3 $122960" 9PP5360P3 $1243 9PP6560P3 $1342d d d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideB41

Enhanced StraightTransparent PanelsSpecification InformationFull Transparent Insert Transparent Insert Transparent InsertAbove 28 1 ⁄2"H SillAbove 42"H SillPanelsDWidth DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBase dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d dPrice d dPrice d dPriced d d d d d d53"H20" 9FG5320 $ 774 9HG5320 $1032 9TG5320 $109625" 9FG5325 $ 774 9HG5325 $1032 9TG5325 $109630" 9FG5330 $ 846 9HG5330 $1102 9TG5330 $116835" 9FG5335 $ 929 9HG5335 $1187 9TG5335 $125236" 9FG5336 $ 929 9HG5336 $1187 9TG5336 $125242" 9FG5342 $1052 9HG5342 $1309 9TG5342 $137445" 9FG5345 $1052 9HG5345 $1309 9TG5345 $1374d d d d d d d65"H20" 9FG6520 $ 774 9HG6520 $1032 9TG6520 $109625" 9FG6525 $ 774 9HG6525 $1032 9TG6525 $109630" 9FG6530 $ 846 9HG6530 $1102 9TG6530 $116835" 9FG6535 $ 929 9HG6535 $1187 9TG6535 $125236" 9FG6536 $ 929 9HG6536 $1187 9TG6536 $125242" 9FG6542 $1052 9HG6542 $1309 9TG6542 $137445" 9FG6545 $1052 9HG6545 $1309 9TG6545 $1374d d d d d d d75"H20" 9FG7520 $ 892 9HG7520 $1186 9TG7520 $125925" 9FG7525 $ 892 9HG7525 $1186 9TG7525 $125930" 9FG7530 $ 972 9HG7530 $1269 9TG7530 $134135" 9FG7535 $1071 9HG7535 $1366 9TG7535 $143936" 9FG7536 $1071 9HG7536 $1366 9TG7536 $143942" 9FG7542 $1214 9HG7542 $1507 9TG7542 $158045" 9FG7545 $1214 9HG7545 $1507 9TG7545 $1580d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideB43

Enhanced Open-Frame PanelscNeed help?Product details,page B12Standard Includes• Two frame surfaces: vertical surface fabricprice group 1• Radius top cap, end trim, and base covers withreceptacle knockouts: all paint price groups• Hinge: vinylRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for frame surface 13 Fabric color number for frame surface 24 Paint color number for top cap, end trim,and base covers5 Plastic color number for hinge6 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: To price a panel withtwo surface materials indifferent price groups, addthe two fabric price groupoption prices together anddivide by 2; then add theresult to the panel baseprice.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfacePanel surfaceMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 32 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$128 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$200 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 30 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualto specify.Fabric direction• Warp vertical on directional No cost cSpecify with warp vertical, page H16.fabricsTop Cap • Square metal top cap No cost Specify with square metal top cap.• Square wood top cap +$ 80 Specify with square wood top cap andselect wood color number.• Radius wood top cap +$ 80 Specify with radius wood top cap andselect wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.top capTip: Surface impressionsappear most clearly definedon light fabric colors. Darkfabrics are not recommended.The following fabricsare not available withsurface impressions becauseof their thicker, multicoloryarns:• Belgrade• Cordial• WilshireSurface • One side of panel +$ 27 Specify with surface impressionsImpressions on surface 1 (or 2).on Panels with • Both sides of panel +$ 54 Specify with surface impressions28 1 ⁄2"H Sill on surface 1 and 2.ElectricalFactory-installed powerwaycPage F28 • 3-circuit powerway with +$133 Add suffix P3 to panel style number.shared neutral• 3-circuit powerway with +$159 Add suffix P3 to panel style number andseparate neutralsspecify with separate neutrals.• 4-circuit (3+D) powerway +$156 Add suffix P4 to panel style number.• 4-circuit (3I+1) powerway +$187 Add suffix P4 to panel style number andspecify with 3I+1 wiring schematic.• 4-circuit (2+2) powerway +$187 Add suffix P4 to panel style number andspecify with 2+2 wiring schematic.Field-installed powerway• For use in New York CitycMust specify powerway for fieldinstallation only, page B69.Factory-installed raceway• For use in Chicago +$114 Add suffix W to panel style number.Related • Panel brackets cPage B58Products • Panel accessories cPage B62• Panel wiring and cablingcPage B65For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.B44Series 9000 Specification Guide

Enhanced Open-Frame PanelsSpecification InformationFull Open FrameOpen FrameAbove 28 1 ⁄2"H SillPanelsDWidth DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d dPrice d dPriced d d d d53"H20" 9FO5320 $ 757 9HO5320 $ 94225" 9FO5325 $ 757 9HO5325 $ 94230" 9FO5330 $ 832 9HO5330 $101735" 9FO5335 $ 901 9HO5335 $108836" 9FO5336 $ 901 9HO5336 $108842" 9FO5342 $1048 9HO5342 $123245" 9FO5345 $1048 9HO5345 $1232d d d d d65"H20" 9FO6520 $ 757 9HO6520 $ 94225" 9FO6525 $ 757 9HO6525 $ 94230" 9FO6530 $ 832 9HO6530 $101735" 9FO6535 $ 901 9HO6535 $108836" 9FO6536 $ 901 9HO6536 $108842" 9FO6542 $1048 9HO6542 $123245" 9FO6545 $1048 9HO6545 $1232d d d d d75"H20" 9FO7520 $ 881 9HO7520 $110325" 9FO7525 $ 881 9HO7525 $110330" 9FO7530 $ 965 9HO7530 $118935" 9FO7535 $1052 9HO7535 $127236" 9FO7536 $1052 9HO7536 $127242" 9FO7542 $1217 9HO7542 $143745" 9FO7545 $1217 9HO7545 $1437d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideB45

Enhanced Panel TrimPainted End-of-Run TrimStandard Includes• End-of-run trim: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Color number for end-of-run trimcSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDPanel DStyle DU.S.dHeight dNumber dPriced d d34 1 ⁄2" 9MER34 $3342" 9MER42 $3353" 9MER53 $3361" 9MER61 $3365" 9MER65 $3375" 9MER75 $33d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.B46Series 9000 Specification Guide

Enhanced Panel TrimWood End-of-Run TrimPanelsStandard Includes• End-of-run trim: woodRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Wood color number3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood +$12 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.MaterialsSpecification InformationBlocks slotted channel onone side of panel.Blocks slotted channel onboth sides of panel.Blocks slotted channel onboth sides of panel.Blocks slotted channel onboth sides of panel.DPanel DStyle DU.S.dHeight dNumber dBased d dPriced d dFor Applications with Panel-Supported Components Attached to One Side of Panel34 1 ⁄2" 9WER34 $10042" 9WER42 $12353" 9WER53 $12361" 9WER61 $13765" 9WER65 $13775" 9WER75 $149For Straight Transparent Panels, Open Frame Panels, and Panels with TackableFabric on Both Sides34 1 ⁄2" 9WERFF34 $10842" 9WERFF42 $12253" 9WERFF53 $12261" 9WERFF61 $13965" 9WERFF65 $13975" 9WERFF75 $148For Panels with Tackable Fabric on One Side, Wood on the Other Side42" 9WERWF42 $11353" 9WERWF53 $12261" 9WERWF61 $13165" 9WERWF65 $13975" 9WERWF75 $148For Curved Non-Tackable and Curved Transparent Panels42" 9WERGG42 $11353" 9WERGG53 $12261" 9WERGG61 $13165" 9WERGG65 $13975" 9WERGG75 $148d d dSeries 9000 Specification Guide cEnhanced Panel Trim, continued B47

Enhanced Panel Trim, continuedIn-Line Change-of-Height TrimStandard Includes• In-line change-of-height trim: woodRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Wood color number forchange-of-height trim3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Blocks slotted channel onboth sides of panel.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.MaterialsSpecification InformationDHighest DLowest DStyle DU.S.dPanel dPanel dNumber dPricedHeight dHeight d dd d d d42" 34 1 ⁄2" 9WCH4234 $6853" 34 1 ⁄2" 9WCH5334 $8253" 42" 9WCH5342 $8261" 34 1 ⁄2" 9WCH6134 $9161" 42" 9WCH6142 $9161" 53" 9WCH6153 $9165" 34 1 ⁄2" 9WCH6534 $9565" 42" 9WCH6542 $9565" 53" 9WCH6553 $9565" 61" 9WCH6561 $9575" 34 1 ⁄2" 9WCH7534 $9975" 42" 9WCH7542 $9975" 53" 9WCH7553 $9975" 61" 9WCH7561 $9975" 65" 9WCH7565 $99d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.B48Series 9000 Specification Guide

Enhanced Panel Filler PackagesEnhanced Panel Filler PackagesEnhanced Panel End-of-Run Filler PackagesPanelscNeed help?Product details,page B14Standard Includes• Filler cover: all vertical surface fabric price groupsor wood• Top cap:—paint with fabric-covered filler cover—wood with wood filler cover• Base cover: all paint price groups• Carrier: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Color number for filler cover3 Color number for top cap4 Paint color number for base cover5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Filler package heightmust match height of tallestpanel.cPage B14Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceFabric directionMaterials • Warp vertical on directional No cost cSpecify with warp vertical, page H16.fabricsFiller cover• Customiz stain on wood filler No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Top cap and base cover with fabric-covered version• Wood top cap +$69 Specify with wood top cap and selectwood color number.• Customiz stain on wood No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.top capTop cap and base cover with wood version• Customiz stain on wood No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.top capTop Cap • Square metal top cap No cost Specify with square top cap.• Square wood top cap +$69 Specify with square wood top cap andselect wood color number.• Radius wood top cap +$69 Specify with radius wood top cap andselect wood color number.Specification InformationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.DPanel DStyle DU.S.dHeight dNumber dBased d dPriced d dFabric-Covered Filler Cover34 1 ⁄2" 9ERF34 $ 8842" 9ERF42 $11253" 9ERF53 $11661" 9ERF61 $12165" 9ERF65 $12575" 9ERF75 $132d d dWood Filler Cover and Top Cap34 1 ⁄2" 9WERF34 $19742" 9WERF42 $22153" 9WERF53 $22561" 9WERF61 $23065" 9WERF65 $23475" 9WERF75 $241d d dSeries 9000 Specification Guide cEnhanced Panel Filler Packages, continued B49

Enhanced Panel Filler Packages, continuedEnhanced Panel L-Configuration Filler PackagescNeed help?Product details,page B14Standard Includes• Filler: all vertical surface fabric price groups or wood• Radius top cap:—paint with fabric-covered filler—wood with wood filler• Base cover: all paint price groups• Carrier: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Color number for filler3 Color number for top cap4 Paint color number for base cover5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceFabric directionMaterials • Warp vertical on directional No cost cSpecify with warp vertical, page H16.fabricsTip: Filler package heightmust match height of tallestpanel.cPage B14Filler• Customiz stain on wood filler No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Top cap and base cover with fabric-covered version• Wood top cap +$69 Specify with wood top cap and selectwood color number.• Customiz stain on wood No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.top capTop cap and base cover with wood version• Customiz stain on wood No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Top Cap • Square metal top cap No cost Specify with square top cap.• Square wood top cap +$69 Specify with square wood top cap andselect wood color number.• Radius wood top cap +$69 Specify with radius wood top cap andselect wood color number.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.B50Series 9000 Specification Guide

Enhanced Panel Filler PackagesSpecification InformationDPanel DStyle DU.S.dHeight dNumber dBased d dPriced d dWith Fabric-Covered Filler34 1 ⁄2" 9L34 $ 8842" 9L42 $11253" 9L53 $11661" 9L61 $12165" 9L65 $12575" 9L75 $132d d dWith Wood Filler and Top Cap34 1 ⁄2" 9LW34 $19942" 9LW42 $22353" 9LW53 $22761" 9LW61 $23265" 9LW65 $23675" 9LW75 $243d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification Guide cEnhanced Panel Filler Packages, continued B51

Enhanced Panel Filler Packages, continuedEnhanced Panel T-Configuration Filler PackagescNeed help?Product details,page B14Standard Includes• Filler: all vertical surface fabric price groups or wood• Radius top cap:—paint with fabric-covered filler—wood with wood filler• Base cover: all paint price groups• Carrier: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Color number for filler3 Color number for top cap4 Paint color number for base cover5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceFabric directionMaterials • Warp vertical on directional No cost cSpecify with warp vertical, page H16.fabricsTip: Back filler must beordered separately to fillthe gap in some changeof-heightapplications.cPage B56Tip: Filler package heightmust match height of tallestpanel.Filler• Customiz stain on wood filler No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Top cap and base cover with fabric-covered version• Wood top cap +$69 Specify with wood top cap and selectwood color number.• Customiz stain on wood No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.top capTop cap and base cover with wood version• Customiz stain on wood No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Top Cap • Square metal top cap No cost Specify with square top cap.• Square wood top cap +$69 Specify with square wood top cap andselect wood color number.• Radius wood top cap +$69 Specify with radius wood top cap andselect wood color number.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.B52Series 9000 Specification Guide

Enhanced Panel Filler PackagesSpecification InformationDPanel DStyle DU.S.dHeight dNumber dBased d dPriced d dWith Fabric-Covered Filler34 1 ⁄2" 9T34 $ 8842" 9T42 $11253" 9T53 $11661" 9T61 $12165" 9T65 $12575" 9T75 $132d d dWith Wood Filler and Top Cap34 1 ⁄2" 9TW34 $19942" 9TW42 $22353" 9TW53 $22761" 9TW61 $23265" 9TW65 $23675" 9TW75 $243d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification Guide cEnhanced Panel Filler Packages, continued B53

Enhanced Panel Filler Packages, continuedEnhanced Panel X-Configuration Filler PackagescNeed help?Product details,page B14Standard Includes• Filler: all vertical surface fabric price groups or wood• Radius top cap:—paint with fabric-covered filler—wood with wood filler• Carrier: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Color number for cover3 Color number for top cap4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceFabric directionMaterials • Warp vertical on directional No cost cSpecify with warp vertical, page H16.fabricsTip: Back filler must beordered separately to fillthe gap in some changeof-heightapplications.cPage B56Filler• Customiz stain on wood filler No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Top cap with fabric-covered version• Wood top cap +$69 Specify with wood top cap and selectwood color number.• Customiz stain on wood No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.top capTop cap with wood version• Customiz stain on wood No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.top capTop Cap • Square metal top cap No cost Specify with square top cap.• Square wood top cap +$69 Specify with square wood top cap andselect wood color number.• Radius wood top cap +$69 Specify with radius wood top cap andselect wood color number.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.B54Series 9000 Specification Guide

Enhanced Panel Filler PackagesSpecification InformationDHigher DLower DStyle DU.S.dPanel dPanel dNumber dBasedHeight dHeight d dPriced d d dWith Fabric-Covered Filler42" 34 1 ⁄2" 9XF4234 $ 6353" 34 1 ⁄2" 9XF5334 $ 7153" 42" 9XF5342 $ 6761" 34 1 ⁄2" 9XF6134 $ 7561" 42" 9XF6142 $ 7161" 53" 9XF6153 $ 6365" 34 1 ⁄2" 9XF6534 $ 8865" 42" 9XF6542 $ 7365" 53" 9XF6553 $ 6765" 61" 9XF6561 $ 5775" 34 1 ⁄2" 9XF7534 $11275" 42" 9XF7542 $ 8875" 53" 9XF7553 $ 7375" 61" 9XF7561 $ 6975" 65" 9XF7565 $ 67d d d dWith Wood Filler and Top Cap42" 34 1 ⁄2" 9XW4234 $17253" 34 1 ⁄2" 9XW5334 $18053" 42" 9XW5342 $17661" 34 1 ⁄2" 9XW6134 $18461" 42" 9XW6142 $18061" 53" 9XW6153 $17265" 34 1 ⁄2" 9XW6534 $19765" 42" 9XW6542 $18265" 53" 9XW6553 $17665" 61" 9XW6561 $16675" 34 1 ⁄2" 9XW7534 $22175" 42" 9XW7542 $19775" 53" 9XW7553 $18275" 61" 9XW7561 $17875" 65" 9XW7565 $176d d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification Guide cEnhanced Panel Filler Packages, continued B55

Enhanced Panel Filler Packages, continuedEnhanced Panel Back FillerscNeed help?Product details,page B14Standard Includes• Back: all vertical surface fabric price groupsor woodRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Color number for back filler3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceBack fillerMaterials • Customiz stain on wood No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Tip: Use in conjunctionwith appropriate T- or X-configuration filler package.cPages B52–B55Specification InformationDHigher DLower DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dPanel dPanel dNumber dPrice dNumber dPricedHeight dHeight d d d dd d d d d dFabric-CoveredWood42" 34 1 ⁄2" 9BF4234 $16 9BW4234 $3553" 34 1 ⁄2" 9BF5334 $20 9BW5334 $3953" 42" 9BF5342 $18 9BW5342 $3761" 34 1 ⁄2" 9BF6134 $23 9BW6134 $4261" 42" 9BF6142 $20 9BW6142 $3961" 53" 9BF6153 $16 9BW6153 $3565" 34 1 ⁄2" 9BF6534 $24 9BW6534 $4365" 42" 9BF6542 $22 9BW6542 $4165" 53" 9BF6553 $18 9BW6553 $3765" 61" 9BF6561 $15 9BW6561 $3475" 34 1 ⁄2" 9BF7534 $26 9BW7534 $4575" 42" 9BF7542 $24 9BW7542 $4375" 53" 9BF7553 $22 9BW7553 $4175" 61" 9BF7561 $18 9BW7561 $3775" 65" 9BF7565 $18 9BW7565 $37d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.B56Series 9000 Specification Guide

Enhanced Panel Filler PackagesEnhanced Panel Top CapPanelsTip: All panels must be thesame height regardless ofconfiguration.cNeed help?Product details,page B14Standard Includes• Carton of six radius top caps: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for top cap3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Square metal top cap No cost Specify with square metal top cap.Materials • Radius wood top cap +$24 Specify with radius wood top cap.• Square wood top cap +$24 Specify with square wood top cap andselect wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood No cost Specify with Customiz stain.top capcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Specification InformationDStyledNumberddDU.S.dBasedPricedFor Use at All Panel Junctions9XCAP $48ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideB57

Panel BracketsWall-Attachment Brackets for Enhanced PanelscNeed help?Product details,page B16Standard Includes• Bracket: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for bracketcSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDHeight DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d dEnhanced Wall-Attachment Brackets34 1 ⁄2" 9AB34 $4942" 9AB42 $6253" 9AB53 $6261" 9AB61 $7165" 9AB65 $7175" 9AB75 $82d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.B58Series 9000 Specification Guide

Panel BracketsSeries 9000 to Technology Wall Off-Module ConnectorsPanelscNeed help?Product details,page B16Standard Includes• Connector: paint price group 1• FastenersRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for connectorcSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$11 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$19 Specify paint color number.Specification InformationDHeight DStyle DU.S.dof dNumber dBasedSeries 9000 ddPricedPanel d dd d d42" C429OFMC $ 8153" C539OFMC $ 9661"–65" C61659OFMC $10975" C759OFMC $116d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification Guide cPanel Brackets, continued B59

Panel Brackets, continuedPanel-Stabilizer BracketcNeed help?Product details,page B16Standard Includes• Pair of brackets: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced98753 $17ddParallel ClampcNeed help?Product details,page B17Standard Includes• Carton of five clamps: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced98757 $62ddAlignment PlatecNeed help?Product details,page B17Standard Includes• Carton of six alignment plates: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced98756 $50ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.B60Series 9000 Specification Guide

OSHPD Panel BracketsOSHPD Panel BracketsIn-Line Hinge (OSHPD)PanelsStandard Includes• Carton of six hinges: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced98756A $46dd90° Hinge (OSHPD)Standard Includes• Carton of six hinges: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced98756B $46ddAnchor Bracket (OSHPD)cNeed help?Product details,page B18Standard Includes• Anchor bracket: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced98769 $18ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideB61

Panel AccessoriesGripper Glide CapStandard Includes• Carton of twelve gripper glide caps:soft black plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedCGGC12 $36ddPanel Coat HookcNeed help?Product details,page B19Standard Includes• Carton of six coat hooks: clear plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced98814B $36ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.B62Series 9000 Specification Guide

Panel AccessoriesTackboardsPanelscNeed help?Product details,page B19Standard Includes• Tackboard: vertical surface fabric price group 1• Hardware: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for tackboard3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyTackboard • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.Surface • Fabric price group 2 +$ 12 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 46 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 62 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$100 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 15 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualto specify.Specification InformationDDepth DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d dPrice d dPriced d d d d15"H Tackboards 18"H Tackboards30" 981530T $104 981830T $11235" 981535T $116 981835T $11836" 981536T $116 981836T $11842" 981542T $133 981842T $13745" 981545T $133 981845T $13760" 981560T $162 981860T $19270" 981570T $192 981870T $23575" 981575T $192 981875T $235d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification Guide cPanel Accessories, continued B63

Panel Accessories, continuedMarkerboardscNeed help?Product details,page B19Standard Includes• Markerboard: white laminate• Frame: black onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Options, if selected (see below)Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyMarkerboard • Black only +$43 Specify with Markerboard tray.TraySpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d d3 ⁄4" 30" 33" 98595P $3193 ⁄4" 35" 33" 98596P $3323 ⁄4" 36" 33" 98597P $3353 ⁄4" 42" 33" 98598P $3583 ⁄4" 45" 33" 98599P $3683 ⁄4" 60" 33" 98594P $415d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.B64Series 9000 Specification Guide

Panel Wiring and CablingPanel Wiring and CablingBase Power-InsPanelscNeed help?Product details,page F24Standard Includes• Right-angle base power-in assembly• 6'-long, 1 ⁄2"-diameter conduit: black only• 3-circuit with shared neutral or 4-circuit 3+DRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number is required for basepower-in for use in New York City3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Three-circuit withseparate neutrals and allfour-circuit base power-inscan only fit in larger sizereceptacle openings.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyWiringThree circuitSchematics • Separate neutrals +$26 Specify with separate neutrals.(large-size opening only)Four circuit• 2+2 wiring schematic +$31 Specify with 2+2 wiring.• 3I+1 wiring schematic +$31 Specify with 3I+1 wiring.Specification InformationDFits DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBased d dPriced d d3-Circuit with Separate NeutralsStandard- or larger-size opening 98669 $180For Use in New York CityStandard- or larger-size opening 986691 $180d d d4-Circuit (3+D)Larger-size opening only 986694 $196For Use in New York CityLarger-size opening only 987801 $196d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification Guide cPanel Wiring and Cabling, continued B65

Panel Wiring and Cabling, continuedBreakaway Base Power-Ins (OSHPD)Standard Includes• Breakaway base power-in assembly• 6'-long, 1 /2"-diameter conduit: black only• 3-circuit wiring schematic with shared neutral or4-circuit 3+DRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Options, if selected (see below)Tip: Three-circuit withseparate neutrals and allfour-circuit base power-inscan only fit in larger sizereceptacle openings.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyWiringThree circuitSchematics • Separate neutrals +$26 Specify with separate neutrals.(large-size opening only)Four circuit• 2+2 wiring schematic +$31 Specify with 2+2 wiring.• 3I+1 wiring schematic +$31 Specify with 3I+1 wiring.Specification InformationDFits DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBased d dPriced d d3-Circuit with Separate NeutralsStandard- or larger-size opening 98669C $219d d d4-Circuit (3+D)Larger-size opening only 986694C $238d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.B66Series 9000 Specification Guide

Panel Wiring and CablingBase Fiber-In Package for Enhanced PanelsPanelscNeed help?Product details,page F25Standard Includes• Base cover: all paint price groups• Wedge-shaped connector: black plastic only• 6' long, 3 /4"-inside diameter conduit: black plastic onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for base covercSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d30" 9EBF30 $9935" 9EBF35 $9936" 9EBF36 $9942" 9EBF42 $9945" 9EBF45 $99For Use in Chicago30" 9EBF30W $9935" 9EBF35W $9936" 9EBF36W $9942" 9EBF42W $9945" 9EBF45W $99d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification Guide cPanel Wiring and Cabling, continued B67

Panel Wiring and Cabling, continuedPower Poles and Cable Poles for Enhanced PanelscNeed help?Product details,page F26Standard Includes• Pole: all paint price groups• Ceiling trim plate: white paint only• Internal electrical harness, in power pole only,3-circuit with shared neutral or 4-circuit 3+D• Junction box• Mounting bracketsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for pole3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyWiringThree circuitSchematics • Separate neutrals +$26 Specify with separate neutrals.Four circuit• 2+2 wiring schematic +$31 Specify with 2+2 wiring.• 3I+1 wiring schematic +$31 Specify with 3I+1 wiring.Specification InformationTip: Must be used inconjunction with fillers.cPage B14For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.DPanel DStyle DU.S.dHeight dNumber dBased d dPriced d d3-Circuit Power Pole34 1 ⁄2" 9MPC34P3 $48042" 9MPC42P3 $48053" 9MPC53P3 $48061" 9MPC61P3 $48065" 9MPC65P3 $48075" 9MPC75P3 $480d d d4-Circuit (3+D) Power Pole34 1 ⁄2" 9MPC34P4 $51542" 9MPC42P4 $51553" 9MPC53P4 $51561" 9MPC61P4 $51565" 9MPC65P4 $51575" 9MPC75P4 $515d d dCable Pole34 1 ⁄2" 9MPC34 $29542" 9MPC42 $29553" 9MPC53 $29561" 9MPC61 $29565" 9MPC65 $29575" 9MPC75 $295d d dB68Series 9000 Specification Guide

Panel Wiring and CablingPowerways (field-installed)PanelsStandard IncludesRequired to Specify40%cNeed help?Product details,page F28• Powerway with 3-circuit with shared neutral or4-circuit 3+D1 Style number2 Options, if selected (see below)Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyWiringThree circuitSchematics • Separate neutrals +$26 Specify with separate neutrals.for StraightPanelsFour circuit• 2+2 wiring schematic +$31 Specify with 2+2 wiring.• 3I+1 wiring schematic +$31 Specify with 3I+1 wiring.Specification InformationTip: Additional wiringschematics are not availablefor curved panels.DPanel DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dWidth dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d dPrice d dPriced d d d d3-Circuit Powerways4-Circuit (3+D) Powerways20" 98691P $133 986914P $15625" 98692P $133 986924P $15630" 98693P $133 986934P $15635" 98694P $133 986944P $15636" 98698P $133 986984P $15642" 98699P $133 986994P $15645" 98695P $133 986954P $15660" 98696P $133 986964P $156Pass-Through PowerwayCurved Panels 98697 $133 986974 $156d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification Guide cPanel Wiring and Cabling, continued B69

Panel Wiring and Cabling, continuedPanel-to-Panel ConnectorcNeed help?Product details,page F29Standard Includes• Package of six panel-to-panel connectorsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Options, if selected (see below)Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyWiringThree circuitSchematics • Separate neutrals +$99 Specify with separate neutrals.for StraightPanelsFour circuit• 2+2 wiring schematic +$73 Specify with 2+2 wiring.• 3I+1 wiring schematic +$73 Specify with 3I+1 wiring.Specification InformationDStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBase dNumber dBased dPrice d dPriced d d d3-Circuit4-Circuit98PTP3 $301 98PTP4 $389d d d dBase Covers for Enhanced PanelscNeed help?Product details,page B14Standard Includes• Carton of six base covers: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for base covercSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdL-Base CoverDU.S.dPriced9LPBC $98ddT-Base Cover9TPBC $98ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.B70Series 9000 Specification Guide

Panel Wiring and CablingTRI-Panel Harness for Enhanced PanelsPanelscNeed help?Product details,page B8Standard Includes• Harness with 3-circuit with shared neutral or4-circuit 3+D• TRI-belt receptacle frame: plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for receptacle frame3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyWiringThree circuitSchematics • Separate neutrals +$18 Specify with separate neutrals.Tip: If desk-height power isrequired on a panel, thelarge size receptacle openingis used by the desk-highpower harness, on the sameside of panel. If belt-highpower is required on bothsides of panel, two harnessesare required, andwill use both large sizeopenings in panel base.Specification InformationDPanel DStyle DU.S.dWidth dNumber dBased d dPriced d d3-Circuit30" 9TRI303 $8535" or 36" 9TRI353 $8542" or 45" 9TRI453 $8560" 9TRI603 $85d d d4-Circuit (3+D)30" 9TRI304 $8535" or 36" 9TRI354 $8542" or 45" 9TRI454 $8560" 9TRI604 $85d d dFour circuit• 2+2 wiring schematic +$18 Specify with 2+2 wiring.• 3I+1 wiring schematic +$18 Specify with 3I+1 wiring.Duplex Cable GrommetStandard Includes• Carton of five cable grommets: plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color numbercSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced98863 $17ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification Guide cPanel Wiring and Cabling, continued B71

Panel Wiring and Cabling, continuedDuplex ReceptaclescNeed help?Product details,page F30Standard Includes• Package of six powerway receptacles: plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for receptaclescSee Surface Materials, page H4.StandardsizeLargersizeTip: You must specify receptacleto match wiringschematic used in othercomponents.Specification InformationDDescription DSize DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d d dNumber dPrice dNumber dPriced d d d d d3-Circuit with Shared Neutral15-amp Receptacles20-amp ReceptaclesLine 1 Standard size 986831DA15S $147 986831DA20S $222Line 2 Standard size 986832DA15S $147 986832DA20S $222Line 3 Standard size 986833DA15S $147 986833DA20S $2223-Circuit with Separate NeutralLine A Standard size 98683ADD15S $222 98683ADD20S $337Line B Standard size 98683BDD15S $222 98683BDD20S $337Line C Larger size 98683CDD15S $286 98683CDD20S $4344-Circuit 3+DLine 1 Standard size 986831DA15S $147 986831DA20S $222Line 2 Standard size 986832DA15S $147 986832DA20S $222Line 3 Standard size 986833DA15S $147 986833DA20S $222Line 4 Larger size 986834DA15S $192 986834DA20S $2864-Circuit with 3+1 WiringLine 1 Standard size 986831DC15S $222 986831DC20S $337Line 2 Standard size 986832DC15S $222 986832DC20S $337Line 3 Standard size 986833DC15S $222 986833DC20S $337Line 4 Larger size 986834DC15S $286 986834DC20S $4344-Circuit with 2+2 WiringLine 1 Standard size 986831DB15S $165 986831DB20S $249Line 2 Standard size 986832DB15S $165 986832DB20S $249Line 3 Larger size 986833DB15S $222 986833DB20S $337Line 4 Larger size 986834DB15S $222 986834DB20S $337d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.B72Series 9000 Specification Guide

Panel Wiring and CablingPanel-Supported ReceptaclePanelscNeed help?Product details,page F11Standard Includes• Three receptacles, each with 9' cord and three-prongplug: black plastic onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for receptaclecSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDFits DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d dDuplex-size opening 98683PM $156d d dPower StripscNeed help?Product details,page F11Standard Includes• Power strip with 6' cord and three-prong plug:grey paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedWithout Line Conditioner88PS $ 68With Line Conditioner88PSLC $171ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideB73

B74Series 9000 Specification Guide

Worksurfaces, Storage,and Related ProductsWorksurfaces and Storage Differences MatrixC2Understanding and SpecifyingConventional Worksurfaces, Storage, and Related ProductsOptions Worksurfaces, Storage, and Related ProductsWood Selections Worksurfaces, Storage, and Related ProductsC3D1E1Series 9000 Specification GuideC1

Worksurfaces and Storage Differences Matrix.ConventionalWorksurfacesSurface materials:• LaminateOptionsPanel Supported WorksurfacesWorksurface SupportsFreestanding WorksurfacesStorageSurface materials:• LaminateWood SelectionsSurface materials:• WoodEdge profile Edge profile PVC Edge profile WoodWorksurface supported Mobile Can support worksurface Mobile Can support MobileworksurfaceSurface materials:• Paint(Use Conventional upperstorage)(900 Series lateral files and 970 Seriesstorage cabinets and wardrobes) (900 Series lateral files and 970Series storage cabinets andwardrobes)Surface materials:• PaintSurface Materials:• Wood• Laminate• Laminate with wood front.C2Series 9000 Specification Guide

Conventional worksurfaces are available inpanel-supported versions for use with all Series9000 panels.ConventionalWorksurfaces, Storage,and Related ProductsConventional Series 9000 worksurfaceshave a steel core with a laminate surface. Infreestanding and most panel-supported applications,the supporting end panel or cantilever isadjacent to and is slightly taller than the worksurfacelevel. Central locking in the worksurfaceis available to secure pre-2004 pedestals that aresuspended beneath the worksurface.Statement of LineC4ConventionalProductsAll panel-supported storage is compatiblewith enhanced panels.UnderstandingC13Panel-supported bins have a door that isframed by the top, bottom, and sides of thecabinet. An integral, recessed door pull extendsthe entire width of the door. Lock is visible nearthe bottom edge, centered in the width of thedoor. Panel-supported shelves have matchingdesign details and proportions.SpecifyingC67Conventional pedestals are suspendedbeneath panel-supported or freestanding worksurfaces.They are available in two differentheights— 3 ⁄4-height and full-height. Full-heightpedestals usually do not extend all the wayto the floor in order to allow clearance for theworksurface to be installed at lower-thannormalheights. Pre-2004 pedestals needno locks since they can be secured by thecentral-locking mechanism of the worksurface.Post-2004 pedestals have a face lock and donot interface with the central-locking mechanismof the worksurface. Both pre- and post-2004pedestals can also be installed beneath Optionsworksurfaces, but require additional ServiceParts.900 Series lateral files are visuallycompatible with Series 9000 storage products.For product details, see Storage ProductsSpecification Guide.Series 9000 Specification GuideC3

Conventional Worksurfaces and StorageStatement of LineConventional Panel-Supported WorksurfacesUnderstandingc Page C14Specifyingc Page C68Worksurface Packages30"W 35"W 36"W 42"W 45"W 60"W 65"W 70"W 75"W 90"W20"D • • • • • M • M • •25"D • M • • • • M • M • • •30"D • M • M • M • • • •M = Modular worksurface available, cPage C47.UnderstandingUnderstandingc Page C1626"H toc Page C18Specifying30"HSpecifying* = Also available with keyboard cutout. = Also available worksurface supported. cPage C129c Page C80c Page C84Corner Worksurface PackagesRadius-End Worksurfaces30"W 35"W 36"W 42"W 45"W60"W 65"W 70"W25"D • • M • M • M * • M *30"D •* •* •*30"D • • M • M35"D •* •* •*M = Modular worksurface available, cPage C47.36"D • • •*Transaction Worksurfaces30"W 35"W 36"W 42"W 45"W 60"W 70"W15"D • • • • • • •Understandingc Page C20Specifyingc Page C85C4Series 9000 Specification Guide

Conventional Worksurfacesand StorageStatement of LineConventional Freestanding WorksurfacesMany conventional worksurfacesare available asunit assemblies, which arefactory-assembled componentsthat can be ordered with asingle style number. Unit assembliesthat are not available asstandard products can be builtup from selected components.Exception: 90"W unit assembliesare shipped knocked down forfield assembly.cPage C162ConventionalProducts30"H 30"HUnderstandingc Page C28Specifyingc Page C86Understandingc Page C28Specifyingc Pages C88,C94, C102, C104,C112Desks30"W 45"W 60"W 65"W 70"W 75"W 90"W20"D • • •25"D • • • • • •30"D • • • • • • •35"D • • •Single-Pedestal Desks30"W 45"W 60"W 65"W 70"W 75"W 90"W20"D • • •25"D • • • • • •30"D • • • • • • •35"D • • • •30"HUnderstandingc Page C28Specifyingc Pages C90, C96,C106, C108, C11430"HUnderstandingc Page C30Specifyingc Pages C116,C120, C124Double-Pedestal DesksReturns60"W 65"W 70"W 75"W 90"W20"D • •25"D • • • •30"D • • • • •35"D • • • •30"W 45"W 60"W20"D • • •25"D • • •30"D • • •Series 9000 Specification Guide cConventional Worksurfaces and Storage Statement of Line, continued C5

Conventional Worksurfaces and StorageStatement of Line, continued30"HUnderstandingc Page C30Specifyingc Pages C118,C122, C12630"HUnderstandingc Page C30Specifyingc Pages C118,C122, C126Returns, One PedestalReturns, Two Pedestals30"W 45"W 60"W20"D • • •25"D • • •30"D • • •60"W20"D •25"D •30"D •DWUnderstandingc Page C32Specifyingc Page C130Understandingc Page C34Specifyingc Page C128Bridges45"W20"D •25"D •30"D •Radius-End Tables60"W 65"W 70"W30"D • • •35"D • • •Understandingc Page C36Specifyingc Page C131Corner Worksurfaces42"W 45"W25"D M* M*30"D MM= Modular worksurfaceC6Series 9000 Specification Guide

Conventional Worksurfacesand StorageStatement of LineDc See the StorageProducts SpecificationGuide for product details.Tops30 1 ⁄8"W 36 1 ⁄8"W 42 1 ⁄32"W 42 1 ⁄8"W 60 3 ⁄16"W 66 3 ⁄16"W 72 1 ⁄16"W 72 3 ⁄16"W 78 3 ⁄16"W 84 3 ⁄16"W 90 3 ⁄16"W 96 3 ⁄16"W 108 3 ⁄16"W15 1 ⁄8"D •15 21 ⁄32"D • •18 1 ⁄8"D • • • • • • • • • • •18 21 ⁄32"D • • • • • • • • • •19 5 ⁄32"D • • • • • • • • •36 1 ⁄4"D • •37 5 ⁄32"D • •ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification Guide cConventional Worksurfaces and Storage Statement of Line, continued C7

Conventional Worksurfaces and StorageStatement of Line, continuedAdjustable-Height WorksurfacesUnderstandingc Page C38Specifyingc Page C132Understandingc Page C38Specifyingc Page C132Straight, with Crank28 1 ⁄4"D S43"W33 1 ⁄4"D DD = Dual worksurfaceS = Single worksurfaceCorner, with Crank42 1 ⁄4"W23 1 ⁄4"D S, DD = Dual worksurfaceS = Single worksurfaceUnderstandingc Page C40Specifyingc Page C133Understandingc Page C40Specifyingc Page C133Straight, Electrically Adjustable28 1 ⁄4"D S43"W34 1 ⁄4"D DD = Dual worksurfaceS = Single worksurfaceCorner, Electrically Adjustable42 1 ⁄4"W23 1 ⁄4"D S, DD = Dual worksurfaceS = Single worksurfaceC8Series 9000 Specification Guide

Conventional Worksurfacesand StorageStatement of LineStorage18 1 /2" or24 1 /2"HUnderstandingc Page C50Specifyingc Page C13921" or27"HUnderstandingc Page C50Specifyingc Page C142Worksurface-Supported Pedestals15"W17 1 ⁄2"D •22 5 ⁄8"D •27 5 ⁄8"D •Mobile Pedestal15"W25"D •ConventionalProductsHalf-HeightShelves7 5 /8"HFull-Height16 5 /8"HUnderstandingc Page C54Specifyingc Page C14525"W 30"W 35"W 36"W 42"W 45"W 60"W 70"W14 7 ⁄8"D • • • • • • • •Understanding16 5 /8"H* Features two doors. c Page C54Specifyingc Page C148Storage Bins25"W 30"W 35"W 36"W 42"W 45"W 60"W 70"W14 7 ⁄8"D • • • • • • •* •*Series 9000 Specification Guide cConventional Worksurfaces and Storage Statement of Line, continued C9

Conventional Worksurfaces and StorageStatement of Line, continued23"H35"HOpen Service Modules with One Shelf and Tackboard45"W 60"W 70"W15"D • • •Understandingc Page C58Specifyingc Page C152Open Service Modules with Two Shelves and Tackboard45"W 60"W 65"W 70"W 75"W15"D • • • • •Understandingc Page C58Specifyingc Page C15235"HUnderstandingc Page C58Specifyingc Page C154Service Modules with Storage Bins45"W 60"W 70"W 75"W15"D •* • • •C10Series 9000 Specification Guide

Conventional Worksurfacesand StorageStatement of LineComponentsUnderstandingc Page C14Specifyingc Pages C164–C169Worksurfaces27 3 ⁄4"W 28 7 ⁄8"W 32 3 ⁄4"W 33 3 ⁄4"W 39 3 ⁄4"W 42 3 ⁄4"W 43 7 ⁄8"W 45"W 57 3 ⁄4"W20"D • • • • • • • • •25"D • • • • • • • • •30"D • •35"D •ConventionalProducts58 7 ⁄8"W 62 3 ⁄4"W 67 3 ⁄4"W 72 3 ⁄4"W 87 3 ⁄4"W20"D • • •25"D • • • • •35"D • • •Understandingc Page C21Specifyingc Page C171End Panels20"D 25"D 30"D 35"D30"H • • • •Understandingc Page C28Specifyingc Page C173Back Panels27 3 ⁄4"W 28 7 ⁄8"W 32 3 ⁄4"W 39 3 ⁄4"W 42 3 ⁄4"W 43 7 ⁄8"W 45"W 57 3 ⁄4"W20 1 ⁄4"H • • • • • • • •25 7 ⁄16"H • • • • • • • •58 7 ⁄8"W 62 3 ⁄4"W 67 3 ⁄4"W 72 3 ⁄4"W 87 3 ⁄4"W20 1 ⁄4"H ••••••••••Series 9000 Specification GuideC11

C12Series 9000 Specification Guide

UnderstandingConventionalWorksurfaces, Storage,and Related ProductsPanel-Supported WorksurfacesWorksurface PackagesRadius-End WorksurfacesTransaction WorksurfacesWorksurface SupportsWorksurface BracketsC14C18C20C21C25ConventionalProductsMany conventionalworksurfaces are availableas unit assemblies,which are factory-assembledcomponents that can beordered with a single stylenumber. Unit assemblies thatare not available as standardproducts can be built up fromselected components.Exception: 90"W unitassemblies are shippedknocked down for fieldassembly.cPage C162Freestanding (Unit Assembly) WorksurfacesDesksReturnsBridgesRadius-End TablesCorner WorksurfacesAdjustable-Height WorksurfacesRelated ProductsWorksurface AccessoriesGrommetsGrommet LocationsWorksurface Wiring and CablingApplication TopicsSide Attachment of Freestanding Unit AssembliesModular WorksurfacesClearance Dimensions and Pedestal DepthsC28C30C32C34C36C38C42C44C45F6C46C47C48StorageWorksurface-Supported PedestalsMobile PedestalsStorage Bins and ShelvesAdditional Matching Storage ProductsService ModulesRelated ProductsStorage AccessoriesWall ChannelsApplication TopicsStorage CapacitiesC50C52C54C56C58C60C63C64Series 9000 Specification GuideC13

Panel-Supported Worksurface PackagesWorksurface packages arestandard with two cantilevers thatattach the worksurface to thepanel.cSpecifying, pages C68and C164Supports extend 1 ⁄8" abovethe level of the worksurface.Worksurface is steelconstruction with laminatesurface.Radius edge is located onthe front and back of theworksurface.End panel-to-panelstabilizer bracketships with the worksurfacepackage to attach thesupports into the panel’sslotted channel.cPage C25End panels or clearaccessend panelscan be substituted for thecantilever on one side of25"D and 30"D worksurfacepackages.D3"14"11"4 1 /2"Actual DimensionsDepth 20", 25", or 30"Width 30", 35", 36", 42", 45",60", 65", 70", 75", or 90"Worksurface thickness 1 1 ⁄2"Cantilever depth 20", 25", or 30". Cantilever thickness 1 1 ⁄8"Center drawer can befield installed to provideadditional storage on 25"Dand 30"D worksurfacepackages.cPage C42Central lock allowsdrawers and pre-2004pedestals beneath theworksurface to be lockedwith a single action.Products with locks ship witha lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2Product Details1 1 /8"Modular worksurfacepackages have onecantilever or end panel. Theother end of the worksurfaceattaches to the adjacentworksurface with a sharedcantilever or attachmentbracket or to a radius-endworksurface with anattachment bracket. Theoverall width, includingsupport, remains modularwith panel dimensionsbecause the work- surface is1 1 ⁄8" longer.Pedestals can be suspendedbeneath panelsupportedworksurfacepackages. Order pedestalsseparately and install themin the field.cPage C50Tip: Pre-2004 pedestalsare locked by engaging thecentral-locking mechanismof the worksurface. Post-2004 pedestals have a facelock and do not interfacewith the central-lockingmechanism of the worksurface.Both pre- and post-2004 pedestals physicallyconnect to the worksurfacein the same way...C14Series 9000 Specification Guide

Panel-SupportedWorksurface Packages.Lock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks ship witha lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2ConnectionsCantilevers allow worksurfacesto be attached atany height. End panels andclear-access end panelssupport the worksurface atany of four heights: 26 1 ⁄4"H,27 1 ⁄4"H, 28 3 ⁄4"H, or 29 3 ⁄4"H.Cantilever-to-cantileverclamp is used to alignside-by-side cantileversupportedworksurfaces atthe same height..Change-of-heightcantilever-to-cantileverclamp aligns cantileversupportedworksurfaces atdifferent heights. Clamp willaccommodate heightvariations of 1", 2", or 3".Spring-activated safetycatch prevents cantileversfrom accidentally dislodgingfrom the panel.Cantilever end-supportbracket is shipped withevery cantilever. It connectsthe front of the cantilever toan adjacent panel..Wiring & CablingGrommets are available,factory installed, to allowcords and cables to passthrough the worksurface.c Page C44Wiring access holes inthe cantilever allow cablesto pass through. End panelsand clear-access end panelscan also accommodatecable routing.A variety of productsis available to managecords and cables underthe worksurface.cPage F2.Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate (option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Cantilevers• PaintCantilever trim• PaintGrommets• PlasticLock• 9201 Polished Chrome(standard)• 9250 Ember Chrome(option).Application TopicsIn an “L” configurationworkstation in which eachworksurface is supported bytwo cantilevers, the frontedge of the return worksurfacewill rise 3 ⁄16" abovethe primary worksurface.Use a modular worksurfaceapplication to eliminate thissituation.cPage C47End panel stabilizerbracket is required whenthe end panel does not meeta panel seam. It must beordered separately.cPage C25Center support isshipped with 90"W worksurfacepackages to provideadditional support.Tip: Center support canconflict with center drawer.If 90"W worksurface isintended to span two 45"Wpanels, you must order centerdrawer offset to left or rightto avoid center support.Center drawer will not lockwhen offset.Panels with woodsurfaces cannot supportworksurfaces.WorksurfaceAccessoriescPage C423 /16" higherModular WorksurfacescPage C70Clearance Dimensionsand Pedestal DepthscPage C48.ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideC15

Panel-Supported Corner Worksurface PackagesCorner worksurfaces fitinto the 90° angle formed bypanels and form a transitionbetween two right-angleworksurfaces of the samedepth.cSpecifying, page C80Two types of panel-supportedworksurface packagesare available—cantileversupportedand shared cantilever-supported.Cantilevers support theworksurface and attach it tothe panel at any height. Twocantilevers are shipped witheach panel-supported cornerworksurface package.Front edge, facing theuser, is laminate. Keyboardcutout edge is vinyl.Back corner edge isunfinished. The other backedges are radiused to matchthe front edge.Worksurface has awood core with laminatesurface.Two shared cantileversare shipped with a modularcorner worksurface package.They support both the cornerworksurface and the adjacentworksurfaces at the sameheight.Actual DimensionsCantilever-supportedDepth 25" or 30"Width 30", 35", 42", or 45"Front edge 5 5 ⁄8", 19 3 ⁄4", 22 5 ⁄8", or 27"Thickness 1 1 ⁄2"Cantilever depth 25" or 30"Cantilever width (thickness) 1 1 ⁄8"Shared-cantilever supportedDepth 25" or 30"Width 35", 36", 42", or 45"Front edge 14 1 ⁄4", 15 5 ⁄8", 17 1 ⁄8", 21 1 ⁄4",24 1 ⁄8", or 28 1 ⁄2"Width (thickness) 1 1 ⁄2". Cantilever depth 25"8 1 /4"5 1 /4"22"WDAngled corner allowscords and cables to passbehind the worksurface.Back edges and cornerare unfinished, so the worksurfaceshould not beattached to a transparentpanel.Rear attachmentbracket is included withthe corner worksurfacepackage to connect the backcorner of the worksurface tothe panel.Vinyl filler strip, shippedwith shared cantilever,finishes edge.Adjacent worksurfacemust be modular. It is 1 1 ⁄8"longer to make up for thethickness of a cantileverthat is not required.cPage C708 1 /4"5 1 /4"22 1 /2"WD.Product DetailsLocks are not available oncorner worksurfaces.ConnectionsSpring-activated safetycatch prevents cantileversfrom accidentally dislodgingfrom the panel.Back edge of cornerworksurface is not finished;therefore, corner worksurfaceshould not be attached totransparent panels.Cantilever-to-cantileverclamp, ordered separately,is used to align side-by-sidecantilever-supported worksurfacesof the same height.Change-of-heightcantilever-to-cantileverclamp aligns cantileversupportedworksurfaces atdifferent heights. Clamp willaccommodate heightvariations of 1", 2", or 3"..C16Series 9000 Specification Guide

Panel-SupportedCorner Worksurface PackagesWiring & CablingSurface MaterialsApplication TopicsShippingWorksurfacePanels with woodPalletizing streamlines• Laminate (standard)surfaces cannot supportunloading and staging of• Accent laminate (option)worksurfaces.worksurfaces. IdenticalA family of pre-approved,worksurfaces with sharednon-Steelcase laminatescantilevers ordered on thethat reflect the latest trendssame line item are packedin color.on pallets containing 10–17cSee Surface Materialsworksurfaces. RemainingA variety of productsReference Manual.worksurfaces are packedis available to manage• Open line laminate (option)individually in cartons. Ifcords and cables underA program including non-palletizing is not desired,Grommets are available,the worksurface.Steelcase laminates thatorder in quantities of nine orfactory installed, to allowcPage F2are suitable for use onless per line item. Forcords and cables to passSteelcase products.maximum unload efficiency,through the worksurface.cSee Surface Materialsutilize pallet handlingcPage C44Reference Manual.equipment at job sitewhenever possible. WoodCantileversworksurfaces cannot be• Paintpalletized.Cantilever trim• PaintKeyboard cutout edge• PlasticShared cantilevers• PaintWiring access holes inFiller stripthe cantilever allow cables• Plasticto pass through. SharedTip: If color is not specified,cantilever has no wiringblack will be provided.and cabling capability.Grommets• Plastic....Worksurface Areas (in square inches)With CantileversWith Shared Cantilevers30"35"42"45"45"42"45"45"820 25" 1134 30" 1537 25" 1738 25" 1821 30" 1604 25" 1809 25" 1897 30"5 3 /4"5 3 /4"22 3 /4"27"19 3 /4" 24 1 /8" 28 1 /2" 21 3 /8"45"42"45"1460 25" 1338 25" 1527 25"22 1 /2"22 1 /2" 22 1 /2"27" 24 1 /8" 28 1 /2"..ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideC17

Radius-End WorksurfacesRadius-end worksurfacescan be panelsupported, or they can beattached to worksurfacesto form a return.cSpecifying,pages C84, C129Back edge is unfinished.Worksurface has a woodcore with laminate surface.Edge is radiused vinyl.Column support isadjustable within a rangeof 4".Actual DimensionsPanel-supported depth 30", 35", or 36"Panel-supported radius 15", 17 1 ⁄2", or 18"Return depth 30" or 35"Return radius 15" or 17 1 ⁄2"Width 60", 65", or 70"Height 26" to 30"Worksurface thickness 1 1 ⁄4". Column diameter 4".Product DetailsPanel-supportedapplication uses lockingside supports to attach theend of the worksurface to apanel.Spring-activated safetycatch prevents the sidesupport from accidentallydislodging from the panel.Return worksurface is30"D or 35"D and attachesto an adjacent perpendicularfreestanding or panelsupportedworksurface atthe same height.Filler strip is included toconceal the connectionbetween the straight edgeand the radius edge..ConnectionsPanel-supportedworksurfaces can beattached to 30"W, 35"W, or36"W panels only.Modular worksurfacepackage can connect tothe radius-end worksurfaceusing an attachment bracket.Opposite end of worksurfacecan be specified with anend panel or cantilever.cPage C70.Wiring & CablingRadius-end worksurfacesdo not have cordorcable- managementcapability. Use adjacentworksurfaces..C18Series 9000 Specification Guide

Radius-End Worksurfaces.Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate (option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Worksurface edge• PlasticColumn support• Paint (standard)• 9201 Polished Chrome(option)Attachment brackets• Black paint onlyFiller strip• PlasticApplication TopicsFor bridge applications,use a 45"W worksurfacefrom the components sectionand order two differentattachment brackets—oneworksurface-to-radius-endworksurfacebracket andone bridge-attachmentbracket package.65"W30"WReturn worksurfacescan be attached at the sameheight to any worksurfacethat is more than twice aswide as the worksurfacedepth. Attachment to aworksurface that is less widewill block the lock and limitkneespace.Return worksurfacescan be attached flush to theadjacent worksurface, orthey can be inset 1 1 ⁄8".Center drawer, lock,and pedestals are notavailable for installation onradius-end worksurfaces.Panels with woodsurfaces cannot supportworksurfaces.Modular WorksurfacescPage C70..ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces with sharedcantilevers ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–17worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. Ifpalletizing is not desired,order in quantities of nine orless per line item. Formaximum unload efficiency,utilize pallet handlingequipment at job sitewhenever possible. Woodworksurfaces cannot bepalletized....ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideC19

Panel-Supported Transaction WorksurfacesTransactionworksurfaces areavailable to match Series9000 furniture. Series 9000transaction worksurfaces arelaminate with a vinyl edge.cSpecifying, page C85Radius edge is located onall four sides.Actual DimensionsDepth 15"Width 24 15 ⁄16", 29 15 ⁄16", 34 15 ⁄16",35 15 ⁄16", 41 15 ⁄16", 44 15 ⁄16",59 15 ⁄16", or 69 15 ⁄16".Thickness 1 1 ⁄4"..Connections43 1 /4"H.Transaction worksurfacescan be installedbetween adjacent tallerpanels.Typical height for atransaction worksurface isachieved by attaching it toa 42"H panel.Two-piece bracket,standard, locks in place toprevent transaction worksurfacefrom accidentallydislodging from the panel.Brackets are not visibleoutside the workstation.Panel top caps remainin place beneath thetransaction worksurface.Tip: Will not work withexpanded top caps onconventional panels.Wiring & CablingCable routing throughpanel is not impaired.Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate (option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Worksurface edge• PlasticSupport brackets• PaintApplication TopicsTransaction worksurfacesare not intendedto be load bearing.Transaction worksurfacesdo not attachto 34 1 ⁄2"H conventional orenhanced panels..C20Series 9000 Specification Guide

Worksurface SupportsWorksurface SupportsEnd PanelsWiring access capTrim on end panel can beselected to match or tocomplement the end panelcolor.Cord and cable exitLeveling glides allowinstallation on uneven floors.cSpecifying, page C171Actual DimensionsDepth 20", 25", 30", or 35"Height 30"Thickness 1 1 ⁄8". Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄2".Product DetailsEnd panels support unitassemblies and panelsupportedworksurfacepackages. They should beused to provide sufficientsupport for pedestals whenthe worksurface is notpanel-wrapped.Dimensions of freestandingfurniture includetwo 1 1 ⁄8"W end panels.Therefore, a 60"W deskhas 57 3 ⁄4" of laminateworksurface..ConnectionsEnd panel-to-panelstabilizer bracket isincluded when end panelsare ordered as componentsor as parts of a worksurfacepackage. It willaccommodate left- orright-hand applications.cPage C25End panel stabilizerbracket is required whenthe end panel does not meeta panel seam, and there isno back panel.cPage C25.Wiring & CablingRemovable outer coverallows access to cords andcables that are routed throughthe reinforced steel core.Cords and cables can berouted through the end panelwiring access cap. They exitthrough an opening at thebottom of the end panel.Surface MaterialsEnd panels• PaintEnd panel trim• PaintApplication TopicsBuildupscPage C162.ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification Guide cWorksurface Supports, continued C21

Worksurface Supports, continuedClear-Access End PanelsWiring access capOuter cover is notremovable.Foot provides additionalsupport for worksurfaces.cSpecifying, page C172Leveling glides allowinstallation on uneven floors.25" or 30"5 3/4 "30"24 1 /4"11 13 /16"Actual DimensionsDepth 25" or 30"Width (thickness) 1 1 ⁄8"Height 30"Support arm height 5 3 ⁄4". Leveling glide range 3 ⁄8".Product DetailsClear-access endpanels can be substitutedfor 25"D and 30"D endpanels.Clear-access endpanels provide worksurfaceattachment at 26 1 ⁄4"H,27 1 ⁄4"H, 28 3 ⁄4"H, or 29 3 ⁄4"H.Field modification onouter cover is required on27 1 ⁄4" and 28 3 ⁄4" heights.ConnectionsLeft- and right-handclear-access end panelsare available.15"D service modulescan be attached to 25"Dor 30"D clear-access endpanels.Center clear-accessend panels can bespecified left or right tosupport adjacent freestandingcorner worksurfaces. Holeson both sides allow attachmentof two worksurfaces toa single support..End panel-to-panelstabilizer bracket isincluded when clear-accessend panel is ordered as acomponent or as part of aworksurface package. It willaccommodate left- or righthandapplication.cPage C25Wiring & CablingCords and cables can befed through the wiring accesscap. Punch-out accesscover can be removed in thefield to allow cables to exitnear the base. Grommetmust be ordered separately.Surface MaterialsClear-access end panel• PaintClear-access end paneltrim• PaintClear-access end panelgrommet• Plastic.Application TopicsClear-access end panelwithout a foot can beused to support a freestandingcorner worksurface.It must be ordered separately.Pedestals should not bepositioned next to a clearaccessend panel becausethe pedestal will block thekneespace.When using shelf lights withstorage, a straight plug isrequired to pass through theclear-access end panel.Contact “Specials” for moreinformation..C22Series 9000 Specification Guide

Worksurface SupportsCantileverscSpecifying, page C170D14"4 1 /2"Actual DimensionsDepth 20", 25", or 30". Thickness 1 1 ⁄8"Wiring access holeSpring-activated safetycatch prevents thecantilever from accidentallydislodging from a panel.3"11".Product DetailsCantilevers support worksurfacesand leave the floorunobstructed. They can befield or factory installed onpanel-supported furniture andmust match the depth of theworksurface.ConnectionsCantilevers are availablein left- and right-hand versionsand attach to the panel atany height in 1" increments.Cantilever-to-cantileverclamp is used to align sideby-sidecantilever-supportedworksurfaces at the sameheight..Change-of-heightcantilever-to-cantileverclamp aligns worksurfacesat different heights. Clampwill accommodate heightvariations of 1", 2", or 3".Cantilever end-supportbracket is shipped withevery cantilever. It connectsthe front of a cantilever to anadjacent panel.Wiring & CablingWiring access hole intrim allows routing of cordsbeneath the worksurface..Surface MaterialsCantilever• PaintCantilever trim• PaintCenter support• PaintApplication TopicsCantilevers are includedwith worksurface packages.Center support is standardon 90"W worksurfacepackages to provide additionalsupport for the worksurface.It can also be orderedseparately.When using shelf lightswith storage, a straight plugis required to pass throughthe cantilever. Contact“Specials” for moreinformation.Panels with woodsurfaces cannot supportcantilevers..ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification Guide cWorksurface Supports, continued C23

Worksurface Supports, continuedShared CantileverscSpecifying, page C17023 3 /4"12 3 /4"9 3 /4"4 3 /4"Actual DimensionsDepth 23 3 ⁄4"Width 1 1 ⁄9". Height 12 3 ⁄4"Spring-activated safetycatch prevents the sharedcantilever from accidentallydislodging from the panel..Product DetailsShared cantileverssupport modular cornerworksurfaces and provideconcealed connections tothe adjacent worksurface.They can also be used toconceal connections betweentwo straight modular worksurfaces.Tip: Overall width of adjacentworksurfaces should notexceed 120" when a sharedcantilever is used.One size is used for both25"D and 30"D worksurfaceapplications.Filler strip is shippedwith all shared cantileverpackages to provide asmooth transition betweenworksurfaces..ConnectionsShared cantileverlocks into a panel at anyheight and fastens to theworksurface with screws.Adjacent worksurfacesmust be attached at thesame height..Surface MaterialsShared cantilever• PaintFiller strip• PlasticTip: If color is not specified,black will be provided.Application TopicsTwo shared cantileversare included with modularcorner worksurface packages.Order separately for usewith straight worksurfaces.Shared cantilever cannotbe used to connect perpendicularworksurfaces. Theymust be used in straightconnections only..C24Series 9000 Specification Guide

Worksurface BracketsWorksurface BracketsEnd PanelStabilizer BracketcSpecifying, page C134End Panel-to-PanelStabilizer BracketcSpecifying, page C134Cantilever-to-CantileverClampcSpecifying, page C134.ApplicationUse to stabilize the 90°connection between the endpanel and the worksurfacewhen the end panel doesn’tmeet a panel seam.End panel stabilizerbracket is available in leftandright-hand versions.ApplicationUse to stabilize a panelsupportedworksurfacepackage.ApplicationUse to align two side-bysidecantilever-supportedworksurfaces at the sameheight.ConnectionsConnects with screws tothe underside of the worksurfaceand the inside of theend panel.ConnectionsScrews to the end paneland hooks into the perpendicularpanel. Non-handed.Locks up for left-handattachment; down, for righthandattachment.ConnectionsScrews into the bottom ofeach of the cantilevers.Surface MaterialsBracket• Black paint onlySurface MaterialsBracket• Black paint onlySurface MaterialsClamp• Black paint onlySpecifyingMust be ordered separately.SpecifyingIncluded when 30"H endpanels are shipped ascomponents or as parts ofworksurface packages.Can be ordered separatelyfor other applications.SpecifyingMust be ordered separately..ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification Guide cWorksurface Brackets, continued C25

Worksurface Brackets, continuedChange-of-HeightCantilever-to-CantileverClampcSpecifying, page C135Straight-HeightBridge or ReturnAttachment BracketPackagescale 125cSpecifying, page C174Drop-HeightBridge or ReturnAttachment BracketPackagecSpecifying, page C174.ApplicationUse to align two side-bysidecantilever-supportedworksurfaces at differentheights.Accommodates heightvariations of 1", 2", or 3".ApplicationUse to attach a return orbridge to an adjacent worksurfaceat 29 3 ⁄4"H.ApplicationUse to attach a return orbridge to an adjacent worksurfaceat 26 1 ⁄4"H, 27 1 ⁄4"H,or 28 3 ⁄4"H.ConnectionsScrews to the bottom ofeach of the cantilevers.ConnectionsPackage includes a fillerstrip to provide a smoothtransition between worksurfacesof the same height.ConnectionsPackage includes a coverplate with an opening forcords and cables to passthrough.Surface MaterialsClamp• Black paint onlySurface MaterialsFiller strip• PlasticTip: If color is not specified,black will be provided.Surface MaterialsBracket• PaintFiller strip• PlasticTip: If color is not specified,black will be provided.SpecifyingMust be ordered separately.SpecifyingIncluded with all returnsand bridges.Can be ordered separately.SpecifyingIncluded with all returnsand bridges.Can be ordered separately..C26Series 9000 Specification Guide

Worksurface BracketsReturn Radius-EndApplicationWorksurface BracketcSpecifying, page C174Worksurface-to-Radius-End Worksurface BracketApplicationcSpecifying, page C175Cantilever End-SupportApplicationBracketscSpecifying, page C170.Use to attach a radiusendworksurface to anadjacent modularworksurface.Use to attach a modularworksurface package to apanel-supported radius-endtable.Use to stabilize a panelsupportedworksurface byconnecting the front of itssupporting cantilever to aparallel panel.ConnectionsPackage includes a fillerstrip to provide a smoothtransition betweenworksurfaces.Matches depth of radiusendworksurface.ConnectionsPackage includes a fillerstrip to provide a smoothtransition betweenworksurfaces.Matches depth ofperpendicular worksurface.ConnectionsScrews into the cantileverand hooks into the slottedchannel of the panel.Recommended forincreased support of allpanel-supported worksurfaces.It is necessaryon 90"W panel-supportedworksurfaces.Surface MaterialsBracket• Black paint onlyFiller strip• VinylTip: If color is not specified,black will be provided.Surface MaterialsBracket• Black paint onlyFiller strip• PlasticTip: If color is not specified,black will be provided.Surface MaterialsBracket• Black paint onlySpecifyingIncluded with all returnradius-end tables.Can be ordered separately.SpecifyingIncluded with modularworksurface packages foruse with panel-supportedradius-end tables.Can be ordered separately.SpecifyingOne shipped with eachcantilever in a worksurfacepackage.Cantilevers withbrackets can be orderedas components..ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideC27

DesksUnit AssemblyUnit assembly desksare factory-assembledcomponents that can beordered with a single stylenumber.Exception: 90"W desks areshipped knocked down forfield assembly.cSpecifying, page C86Worksurface is steelconstruction with laminatesurface.Back panels can be3⁄4-height (20 1 ⁄4"H) orfull-height (25 7 ⁄16"H).Face lock is standard onpost-2004 pedestals andsecures all drawers. Lockis located in the top drawer.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.Leveling glides adjust toinstall furniture on unevenfloors.Drawer pulls are integral,flush, and span the width ofthe drawer.Drawers are made ofsteel. Box- and file-sizedrawers are available.Actual DimensionsDepth 20", 25", 30", or 35"Width 30", 45", 60", 65", 70",75", or 90"Worksurface height 29 3 ⁄4" (standard); 26 1 ⁄4",27 1 ⁄4", and 28 3 ⁄4"(options)Worksurface thickness 1 1 ⁄2"End panel thickness 1 1 ⁄8"End panel height 30"Back panel height 20 1 ⁄4" or 25 7 ⁄16"Pedestal depth 17 1 ⁄2", 22 5 ⁄8", or 27 5 ⁄8"Pedestal width 15"Pedestal height 18 1 ⁄2"or 24 1 ⁄2". Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄2"Grommets are availablefactory installed.Radius edge is locatedon the front and back of theworksurface.Pedestals are suspendedbeneath the worksurface.You can specify their positions.3 ⁄4- and full-height areavailable.Central lock allowscenter drawer and pre-2004pedestals beneath the worksurfaceto be locked with asingle action. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2Center drawer, if selected,is factory installed in thecenter of desks that are atleast 25"D and 45"W.Exception: Center drawer isfield installed on 90"W unitassembliescPage C42.Product Details5"Back panels are flushto the worksurface, or areavailable recessed 5" on30"D desks. 35"D desks areavailable only with recessedback panels.Back panel substitutionis possible. You can substitutea full-height backpanel on unit assemblydesks with 3 ⁄4-heightpedestals, but you cannotsubstitute a 3 ⁄4-height backpanel on a desk with fullheightpedestals.Lock is standard keyedrandom on worksurfaceand post-2004 pedestals.Consecutive and specifickeying options are available.Master-keyed locks are alsoavailable. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2.C28Series 9000 Specification Guide

Desks.Pedestal substitutionsare available.cPage C50Tip: Pre-2004 pedestalsare locked by engaging thecentral-locking mechanismof the worksurface. Post-2004 pedestals have a facelock and do not interfacewith the central-lockingmechanism of the worksurface.Both pre- and post-2004 pedestals physicallyconnect to the worksurfacein the same way.Individual drawer locksare available on file/filepedestals for applicationswhere you want to limitaccess to each drawer.Pedestals include a securityshield above each drawer toprevent unauthorized access.Clear-access endpanels can be substitutedon one or both sides of 25"Dand 30"D desks.Tip: Specify center clearaccessend panel when usingan adjacent freestandingcorner worksurface.ConnectionsSide attaching of a deskto a panel is possible.cPage C46Standard worksurfaceheight is 29 3 ⁄4". Desks with3⁄4-height back panels allowheight to be set at 26 1 ⁄4"H,27 1 ⁄4"H, or 28 3 ⁄4"H. Deskswith full-height back panelsallow height to be set at 27 1 ⁄4"or 28 3 ⁄4".Exception: 35"D desks areavailable 28 3 ⁄4"H or 29 3 ⁄4"Honly.Returns and bridgesattach to desks usingbrackets that are suppliedwith the return or bridge.Service modules can beattached to the end panelsto provide overhead storageon 25"D, 30"D, or 35"Ddesks.cPage C58..Wiring & CablingGrommets are available,factory installed, to allowcords and cables to passthrough the worksurface.cPage C44Channel, between theunderside of the worksurfaceand the top of the pedestal,allows space for cord andcable routing.Cords and cables canbe routed through the endpanel and accessed throughthe end panel wiring accesscap and through an openingat the bottom of the endpanel.A variety of productsis available to managecords and cables underthe worksurface.cPage F2.Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate (option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.End panels• PaintEnd panel trim• PaintBack panel• PaintCenter drawer• Paint• Black plasticPedestals• PaintGrommets• PlasticLock• 9201 Polished Chrome(standard)• 9250 Ember Chrome(option).Application Topics3 ⁄4-height pedestals canbe used with full-height backpanels, but full-heightpedestals cannot be usedwith 3 ⁄4-height back panels.Factory-installedcenter drawer is offsettoward the pedestal on all60"W, 65"W, 70"W, and75"W single-pedestal desksto accommodate attachmentof a return or bridge. Lockwill still secure the centerdrawer.Back panel clearancefrom the floor varies as theworksurface height varies.cPage C48Buildups are unit assemblies,custom made to yourspecifications.cPage C162WorksurfaceAccessoriescPage C42Clearance Dimensionsand Pedestal DepthscPage C48Storage CapacitiescPage C64.ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideC29

ReturnsUnit AssemblyReturns attach to a deskor credenza to form anL-shaped configuration.cSpecifying, page C116Worksurface is steelconstruction with laminatesurface.Radius edge is located onthe front and back of theworksurface.Drawer pulls are integral,flush, and span the width ofthe drawer.Face lock is standard onpost-2004 pedestals andsecures all drawers. Lockis located in the top drawer.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.Drawers are made ofsteel. Box- and file-sizedrawers are available.Leveling glides adjust toinstall furniture on unevenfloors.Actual DimensionsDepth 20", 25", or 30"Width 30", 45", or 60"Worksurface height 29 3 ⁄4" (standard); 26 1 ⁄4",27 1 ⁄4", and 28 3 ⁄4"(options)Worksurface thickness 1 1 ⁄2"End panel thickness 1 1 ⁄8"End panel height 30"Back panel height 20 1 ⁄4" or 25 7 ⁄16"Pedestal width 15". Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄2"Back panels can be 3 ⁄4-height (20 1 ⁄4"H) or full-height(25 7 ⁄16"H), and are flushonly.Pedestals are suspendedbeneath the worksurface.3 ⁄4-height and full-height areavailable.cPage C50Brackets are available toattach return to adjacentdesks.Central lock allowscenter drawer and pre-2004pedestals beneath the worksurfaceto be locked with asingle action. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2.Product DetailsStandard worksurfaceheight is 29 3 ⁄4"H on 25"Dand 30"D returns. Returnswith 3 ⁄4-height back panelsallow height to be set at26 1 ⁄4"H, 27 1 ⁄4"H, or 28 3 ⁄4"H.Returns with full-height backpanels allow height to be setat 27 1 ⁄4"H or 28 3 ⁄4"H.Exception: Standard worksurfaceheight on 20"Dreturn with 3 ⁄4-height backpanel is 26 1 ⁄4"H; 27 1 ⁄4"Hwith full-height back panel.Center drawer can befactory or field installed on25"D or 30"D returns.cPage C42Pedestal substitutionsare available.cPage C50Tip: Pre-2004 pedestalsare locked by engaging thecentral-locking mechanismof the worksurface. Post-2004 pedestals have a facelock and do not interfacewith the central-lockingmechanism of the worksurface.Both pre- and post-2004 pedestals physicallyconnect to the worksurfacein the same way.Individual drawer locksare available on file/filepedestals for applicationswhere you want to limitaccess to each drawer.Pedestals include a securityshield above each drawer toprevent unauthorized access..C30Series 9000 Specification Guide

Returns.Filler strip, shippedwith the attachment bracket,finishes the connectionbetween worksurfacesattached at the same height.Lock is standard keyedrandom on worksurfaceand post-2004 pedestals.Consecutive and specifickeying options are available.Master-keyed locks are alsoavailable. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2ConnectionsStraight-heightattachment bracketis shipped with a return thathas a worksurface height of29 3 ⁄4"H.Drop-height attachmentbracket is shipped with areturn that has a worksurfaceheight of 26 1 ⁄4"H, 27 1 ⁄4"H, or28 3 ⁄4"H. It has an openingfor cords and cables to passthrough.Returns install to the leftside of the adjacent worksurface,unless specified asa right-hand return.Returns can be attachedflush to the end panel of theadjacent unit, or they can beinset 1 1 ⁄8" (the width of theend panel) to allow cordsand cables to pass behind. the worksurface..Wiring & CablingGrommets are available,factory installed, to allowcords and cables to passthrough the worksurface.cPage C44Channel, between theunderside of the worksurfaceand the top of thepedestal, allows space forcord and cable routing.Cords and cables canbe routed through the endpanel and accessed throughthe end panel wiring accesscap and through an openingin the bottom of the endpanel.A variety of productsis available to managecords and cables underthe worksurface.cPage F2.Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate (option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.End panel• PaintEnd panel trim• PaintBack panel• PaintCenter drawer• Paint• Black plasticPedestals• PaintLock• 9201 Polished Chrome(standard)• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Attachment bracket• PaintFiller strip• PlasticTip: If color is not specified,black will be provided.Grommets• Plastic.Application TopicsBack panel clearancefrom the floor varies as theworksurface height varies.cPage C47;;; Lockisblocked;;;Avoid blocking the lockon the adjacent desk bymaking sure that the depthof the return is less than halfthe width of the desk.WorksurfaceAccessoriescPage C42Storage CapacitiescPage C64.ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideC31

BridgesUnit AssemblyBridges span the spacebetween two parallelworksurfaces to form aU-shaped configuration.cSpecifying, page C130Worksurface is steelconstruction with laminatesurface.Back panels can be 3 ⁄4-height (20 1 ⁄4"H) or full-height(25 7 ⁄16"H).Actual DimensionsDepth 20", 25", or 30"Width 45"Height when attached 26 1 ⁄4", 27 1 ⁄4", 28 3 ⁄4", or 29 3 ⁄4"Worksurface thickness 1 1 ⁄2". Back panel height 20 1 ⁄4" or 25 7 ⁄16"Brackets are available toattach bridges to adjacentdesks.Radius edge is located onthe front of the worksurface.Product DetailsCenter drawer can befactory or field installed on25"D and 30"D bridges.cPage C42Tip: The center drawer willnot lock because there is nocentral locking system in thebridge worksurface.Filler strips, shippedwith the bridge, finish theconnection between worksurfacesof the same height.Locks are not available...C32Series 9000 Specification Guide

Bridges.ConnectionsBridges are shipped withtwo attachment brackets andvinyl filler strips. Bracketsallow bridge to be positionedat all the standard worksurfaceheights.Bridges can be attachedinset 1 1 ⁄8" to provide spacefor cords and cables, orflush with end panel of aperpendicular desk.Straight-heightattachment bracketsallow bridge to be positionedat 29 3 ⁄4"H.Drop-height attachmentbrackets concealchange-of-height betweenbridge and desk or credenza.They have an opening forcords and cables to passthrough. These brackets arean option that will allow thebridge to be positioned at26 1 ⁄4"H, 27 1 ⁄4"H, and28 3 ⁄4"H.Wiring & CablingGrommets are available,factory installed, to allowcords and cables to passthrough the worksurface.cPage C44A variety of productsis available to managecords and cables underthe worksurface.cPage F2..Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate (option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Back panel• PaintGrommet• PlasticAttachment brackets• PaintFiller strips• PlasticTip: If color is not specified,black will be provided..Application Topics;;; Lock;;;Avoid blocking thelock on the adjacent deskby making sure the depth ofthe bridge is less than halfthe width of the desk.Pedestals cannot beattached beneath a bridge.Back panel clearancefrom the floor varies as theworksurface height varies.cPage C47PanelsupportedBridge cannot be usedwhen both perpendicularworksurfaces are panelsupported. One or both ofthe adjacent units must befreestanding.Bridges must be attachedat the same height orlower than both adjacentworksurfaces.WorksurfaceAccessoriescPage C42isblockedFreestanding..ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideC33

Radius-End TablesRadius-end tables areperfect for conferencing andcan serve as a primaryworksurface. Unit must beconnected to a bridge, return,or adjoining worksurface toform a L- or U-shapedconfiguration and to provideproper stability. Additionalattachment hardware mayneed to be ordered.cSpecifying, page C128Edge is vinyl on laminateworksurfaces.End panel providessupport for freestandingradius-end table.Leveling glides adjust toinstall furniture on unevenfloors.Center panel increasesstability of end panelsupport.Actual DimensionsDepth 30", 35"Width 60", 65", or 70"Height 29 3 ⁄4"Kneespace width 60" x 30" table 26 7 ⁄8"W65" x 30" table 31 7 ⁄8"W70" x 30" table 36 7 ⁄8"W60" x 35" table 24 3 ⁄8"W65" x 35" table 29 3 ⁄8"W70" x 35" table 34 3 ⁄8"WThickness 1 1 ⁄4". Column support diameter 4"Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate..Product DetailsModesty panel isavailable and fits betweenthe center support and thecolumn support to provideadditional privacy in thekneespace area. Themodesty panel is attached inthe field to the centersupport and the bottom ofthe worksurface; a columnbracket is also included.Modesty panels are 14"Hto 1 1 ⁄16" thick; width variesby the size of the table asfollows:60" x 30" table 26 7 ⁄8"W65" x 30" table 31 7 ⁄8"W70" x 30" table 36 7 ⁄8"W60" x 35" table 24 3 ⁄8"W65" x 35" table 29 3 ⁄8"W70" x 35" table 34 3 ⁄8"W.C34Series 9000 Specification Guide

Radius-End Tables.ConnectionsSupport plate fromadjacent worksurfaceensures alignment.Worksurface fillers areavailable as transition fillersfor radius-edge worksurfacesin a perpendicular or straightlineapplication.cPage C24Tip: Because of differentfurniture applications andinstallation techniques, it issuggested that worksurfacefillers be ordered after theworksurface installation..Wiring & CablingGrommet is available,factory-installed, to allowcords and cables to passthrough the worksurface.cPage C44.Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate (option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Edge• Vinyl (standard onlaminate worksurface)Column support• Paint (standard)• 9201 Polished Chrome(option).Application TopicsRadius end table mustbe used in conjunction withan adjacent worksurface ofthe same thickness..ShippingRadius end table andmodesty panel areshipped knocked down(K.D.).Palletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces with sharedcantilevers ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–17worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. Ifpalletizing is not desired,order in quantities of nine orless per line item. Formaximum unload efficiency,utilize pallet handlingequipment at job sitewhenever possible. Woodworksurfaces cannot bepalletized..ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideC35

Corner WorksurfacesFor Use with Freestanding WorksurfacesCorner worksurfacesare used to make a transitionbetween two freestandingunit assemblies that are atright angles to each other.cSpecifying, page C131Worksurface has a woodcore with laminate surface.Back panels are 3 ⁄4-height(20 1 ⁄4"H) and are flush only.Front edge, facing theuser, is laminate. Keyboardcutout edge is vinyl.W5 1 /4"8 22"1 /4"8 1 /4"D22 1 /2"5 1 /4"Actual DimensionsDepth 25" or 30"Width 42" or 45"Height when attached 26 1 ⁄4", 27 1 ⁄4", 28 3 ⁄4", or 29 3 ⁄4"Thickness 1 1 ⁄2". Back panel height 20 1 ⁄4"WDRadius vinyl edge islocated on the back of theworksurface.Product DetailsLocks are not available.ConnectionsCorner worksurfaceheight can be set at26 1 ⁄4"H, 27 1 ⁄4"H, 28 3 ⁄4"H,or 29 3 ⁄4"H and can be setindependently of adjacentworksurfaces.Center clear-accessend panel on adjacentunit assembly hasattachment holes on bothsides and provides supportfor the corner worksurface...C36Series 9000 Specification Guide

Corner WorksurfacesWiring & CablingSurface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate (option)A program including non-Grommets are available,Steelcase laminates thatfactory installed, to alloware suitable for use oncords and cables to passSteelcase products.through the worksurface.cSee Surface MaterialscPage C44Reference Manual.Back panel• PaintGrommets• PlasticBack edge andkeyboard cutout edge• PlasticA variety of productsis available to managecords and cables underthe worksurface.cPage F2.Worksurface Areas (in square inches)42"45"45"1612 25" 1817 25" 190530"24 1 /4" 28 1 /2" 21 1 /4"42"45"1345 25" 1533 25"22 1 /2"22 1 /2"24 1 /4"28 1 /2"..Application TopicsModular worksurfacescPage C47.ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces with sharedcantilevers ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–17worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. Ifpalletizing is not desired,order in quantities of nine orless per line item. Formaximum unload efficiency,utilize pallet handlingequipment at job sitewhenever possible. Woodworksurfaces cannot bepalletized...ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideC37

Adjustable-Height WorksurfacesCrank-Adjustable.Crank-adjustable,adjustable-height worksurfacessupportcomputers, keyboards, andmouse for users in taskintensiveor high-churnenvironments.cSpecifying, page C132Worksurfaces havea wood core with alaminate surface.Knobs adjust keyboardtilt on dual adjustableheightworksurfaces.Release lever activatescontinuous height adjustmentof keyboard surfaceon dual adjustable-heightworksurfaces.Leveling glides adjust toinstall unit on uneven floors.Actual Dimensions43" 43" 42 1 /4"28 1 /4" 21 3 /4"11"26 7 /8"23 1 /4"Hand crank allows seatedleft- or right-handed users toraise or lower the monitorworksurface. Crank can bestored away when not inuse.5 9 /16"42 1 /4"26 7 /8"15 9 /16".Product DetailsTwo variations ofcrank-adjustable worksurfacesare available—single and dual. Both variationsare available in bothstraight and corner shapes.39 3 /4"26 3 /8"Single worksurfacesare one piece to accommodatesingle or multiple monitorsand a keyboard. Youcan adjust the height of theworksurface with the crankmechanism from 26 3 ⁄8"H to39 3 ⁄4"H.39 3 /4"26 3 /8"Dual worksurfaces aretwo pieces—a large monitorworksurface with a smallerkeyboard worksurfaceattached. You can adjustthe height of the monitorworksurface with the crankfrom 26 3 ⁄8"H to 39 3 ⁄4"H, andthe keyboard worksurfacemoves along with it.Dual worksurfacescannot be used withExtension Linkworksurfaces..24 1 /2"H to 40"HKeyboard worksurfaceon dual worksurfaces issupported by a spring mechanismthat allows it to adjustto positions up to 6" higheror 5" lower than the monitorworksurface.PVCSideEdgeConventional straightworksurfaces have aradius-edge profile on theuser’s side and the back,and self-edge vinyl (PVC) onall other sides. The color ofthe self-edge vinyl is adefault determined by thelaminate color chosen forthe worksurface.PVCSideEdgeRadiusFrontEdgeMonitorRadiusBackEdgeRadiusFrontEdgeKeyboardFloorRadiusBackEdgePVCSideEdge6"5".RadiusBackEdgePVCSideEdgeConventional cornerworksurfaces have aradius-edge profile on thefront user’s side and theback sides, and self-edgevinyl (PVC) on the sides thatface adjacent worksurfaces.The color of the self-edgevinyl is a default determinedby the laminate color chosenfor the worksurface.C38Series 9000 Specification Guide

Adjustable-HeightWorksurfaces.2"At least a 1 3 ⁄4" gapmust separate backs of aworksurface and panels toaccommodate cables andprevent pinching. A 1"gap separates sides andadjacent furniture. There isalso a 1 1 ⁄2" space betweenthe keyboard and monitorsurfaces on units with twosurfaces.Keyboard surface tiltswith a range of 25°.GasCylinders1 3 /4"Gas cylinder packagecan be field installed to singleand dual crank-adjustableworksurfaces to provide anadditional 110 pounds of liftassistance (55 pounds foreach cylinder). Gas cylindersfit into the empty rear columnsof single and dualcrank-adjustable bases anddecrease the load up to 50percent.Adjustable-heightmechanism requiresassembly. Worksurfacerequires assembly tomechanism.1".Surface MaterialsWorksurfaces• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate (option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Adjustable-height base• Paint.Application TopicsAdjustable-heightworksurfaces support atotal of 150 pounds. If theunit has two surfaces, themonitor surface will supportup to 130 pounds and thekeyboard surface willsupport up to 20 pounds.Moving worksurfacescan collide with othercomponents. Don’t installoverhead storage, deskheightpower, or deskaccessories in the pathof adjustable-heightworksurfaces.Crank-adjustable,adjustable-heightworksurfaces will travel1" for approximately every6.5 turns of the crank handle..Crank Adjustability DetailsCrank drives wormscrew in leg of straightsingle, straight dual, cornersingle, and corner dualworksurfaces to raise orlower worksurface.Chain connects to heightadjustmentmechanismin adjacent leg so it movesup or down in sync withcrank leg. Crank handlecan be used in either leg..ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification Guide cAdjustable-Height Worksurfaces, continued C39

Adjustable-Height WorksurfacesElectrically AdjustableElectrically adjustable,adjustable-height worksurfacessupportcomputers, keyboards, andmouse for intensive computerusers in single-occupant,multi-occupant, or high-churnenvironments. Allows usersto quickly and easily varybetween seated and standingpostures.cSpecifying, page C133Knobs adjust keyboard tilton dual adjustable-heightworksurfaces.9' power cord is provided.Release lever activatescontinuous adjustmentof keyboard surface ondual adjustable-heightworksurfaces.Actual Dimensions43" 43" 42 1 /4"28 1 /4" 21 3 /4"11".26 7 /8"Leveling glides adjust toinstall unit on uneven floors.23 1 /4"42 1 /4"5 9 /16"15 9 /16"26 7 /8"Worksurface has a150 pound weight capacitywith a wood core anda laminate surface.Worksurface with a 250pound weight capacity isavailable as an option.Drawer-mounted twobuttoncontrolleractivates smooth,continuous heightadjustment of single ormonitor worksurface.Controller is included with150 pound weight capacityworksurfaces.Programmable memoryis available as anoption..Product DetailsTwo variations ofelectrically adjustable,adjustable-heightworksurfaces areavailable—single and dual.Both variations are availablein straight and cornershapes.40"24 1 /2"Single worksurfacesare one piece to accommodatea monitor and a keyboard.You can adjust theheight of the worksurfacefrom 24 1 ⁄2"H to 40"H.40"24 1 /2"Dual worksurfaces aretwo pieces—a large monitorworksurface with a smallerkeyboard worksurfaceattached. You can adjustthe height of the monitorworksurface from 24 1 ⁄2"H to40"H, and the keyboardworksurface moves alongwith it.Programmable memoryis available as an option andallows three users to programthree height settings each, fora total of nine settings.Included, is a drawermountedsix-button controllerwith an LED display thatshows settings in inches, andsoft-start/soft-stop adjustmentfor an extra smooth start andstop motion..C40Series 9000 Specification Guide

Adjustable-HeightWorksurfaces.High-performanceadjustable-heightworksurface is availableas an option and accommodatesa 250 pound weightcapacity. Programmablememory is included.Controller drawer shipswith the worksurface andallows for easy access to thecontroller while helping toprevent unintentionaladjustment.Keyboard surface tiltswith a range of 25°.24 1 /2"H to 40"HMonitorKeyboardFloor6"5"Keyboard worksurfaceon dual worksurfaces issupported by a spring mechanismthat allows it to adjustto positions up to 6" higheror 5" lower than the monitorworksurface..PVCSideEdgeConventional straightworksurfaces have aradius-edge profile on theuser’s side and the back,and self-edge vinyl (PVC)on all other sides. The colorof the self-edge vinyl is adefault determined by thelaminate color chosen forthe worksurface.PVCSideEdgeRadiusFrontEdgeRadiusBackEdgeRadiusFrontEdgeRadiusBackEdgePVCSideEdgeRadiusBackEdgePVCSideEdgeConventional cornershave a radius-edge profileon the user’s side and theback sides, and self-edgevinyl (PVC) on the sides thatface adjacent worksurfaces.The color of the self-edgevinyl is a default determinedby the laminate color chosenfor the worksurface..2"1 3 /4"At least a 1 3 ⁄4" gapmust separate backs of aworksurface and panels toaccommodate cables andprevent pinching. A 1"gap separates sides andadjacent furniture. There isalso a 2" space between thekeyboard and monitorsurfaces on units with twosurfaces.Adjustable-heightmechanism requiresattachment to the base andworksurface.1".Surface MaterialsWorksurfaces• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate (option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Adjustable-height baseand column• Paint.Application TopicsAdjustable-heightworksurfaces support atotal of 150 pounds. If theunit has two surfaces, themonitor surface will supportup to 130 pounds and thekeyboard surface willsupport up to 20 pounds.Maximum power consumptionis 3.38 amps. 9' powercord is provided.Optional highperformanceadjustableheightworksurfacesupports 250 pounds on topof worksurface. Maximumpower consumption is 3.38amps.Moving worksurfacescan collide with othercomponents. Don’t installoverhead storage, deskheightpower, or deskaccessories in the path ofadjustable-heightworksurfaces.Worksurfaces with 150pound weight capacity willtravel 1.3" per second.Worksurfaces with 250pound weight capacity willtravel 1" per second..ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideC41

Worksurface Accessories.Metal Center DrawercSpecifying, page C137Actual DimensionsDepth 21 3 ⁄8"Inside depth 16 1 ⁄2"Width 22"Inside width 19 7 ⁄8"Height 2"Inside height 1 7 ⁄8"Plastic Center DrawercSpecifying, page C137Product DetailsCenter drawer providesconvenient personal storagebelow the worksurface.Available factory or fieldinstalled.Center drawers can beinstalled on worksurfaceswith a depth of 25", 30",and 35".Tray for pencils and paperclips is built in.9"Lock in the worksurfacesecures the center drawer.Tip: The center drawer canbe shifted 9" off center underthe worksurface, and stilllock.Product DetailsStores pens, pencils,paper, and other lightweightpersonal tools.Center drawer does notlock.Wiring & CablingDrawer frame andattaching hardware areincluded for field installation.Surface MaterialsCenter drawer• PaintTip: Drawer will match thecolor of the end panels orsupport substitutions. If youprefer a complementarycolor, you should order thedrawer separately for fieldinstallation.ConnectionsField install drawerwherever space is availablebeneath the worksurface.Minimum area required is19 1 ⁄2"D x 21"W.Tip: Can also be fieldinstalled on Optionsworksurfaces.Surface MaterialsDrawer• Black textured plastic onlySlides• Black plastic onlyApplication Topics23"W kneespaceclearance is required.Factory-installedcenter drawer is offsettoward the pedestal on allsingle-pedestal desks toaccommodate attachmentof a return or bridge.Exception: Center drawer isfield installed on 90"W unitassemblies.Grommets cannot be usedover center drawers.cPage C44Cord catcher cannot beused with center drawers.Actual DimensionsDepth 19"Inside depth 14 7 ⁄8"(includespencil tray)Width 21"Inside width 19"Overall height 2"installedInside height 1 3 ⁄8"Pencil spacesClip spaces2 7 ⁄8"D x7 1 ⁄2"W1"D x3 3 ⁄4"W.C42Series 9000 Specification Guide

Worksurface AccessoriescSpecifying, page C138Actual DimensionsDepth 19 1 ⁄2"Inside depth 19"Width 7 1 ⁄2"Inside width 7"Height 22"Inside height 21 1 ⁄2".Vertical Processor Storage UnitProduct DetailsVertical processorstorage unit is availablefor storing CPUs beneathany worksurface.Accommodates asystem unit or a processingunit.ConnectionsProcessor storageunits can be used with allversions of Series 9000worksurfaces.Installation requirementsmay vary. Consultthe CPU manufacturer’sinstructions for properattaching position.Wiring & CablingCable routing under aworksurface is not impaired.Surface MaterialsProcessor storage unit• Black paint only.ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideC43

Grommets.Actual DimensionsDepth 2 1 ⁄8"Width 3 1 ⁄2"Height 1 ⁄2"Opening depth 1 5 ⁄8"Opening width 3"Size of pass-through hole 3 ⁄4" x 13 ⁄16".Product DetailsGrommets are factoryinstalled to allow cords andcables to pass through theworksurface.Snap-out cover allowsplugs and connectors to passthrough, holds cords in placewhen replaced.Grommet receptaclescan be placed in the grommetopening of a worksurface toprovide two power outlets atdesk top level.Grommet adapter platecan be installed in grommetopening in the field. It allowsinstallation of an AMP ®FLEXMODE ® , or equivalent,connector plate..Surface MaterialsGrommet• PlasticTip: If color is not specified,black will be provided.Grommet receptacle• Black plastic onlyGrommet adapter plate• Paint.Application Topics35"D30"DAll locations are availableon desks with recessed backpanels. On 35"D desks, thegrommet openings are insidethe recessed back panel.On 30"D desks, the openingsare outside the recessedback panel.FrontCenter drawers will blockaccess to center keyboardgrommet. On 25"D worksurfacesthe center drawerwill also block the centergrommet.FrontFront grommets shouldnot be specified directly overpedestals..C44Series 9000 Specification Guide

Grommet LocationsGrommet Locations3 5 /16"Centerline4 5 /8"99954L99954C99954R99954KBL 99954KBC 99954KBR10 3 /16"Front of worksurface13 7 /8"Any combination of upto six grommet locationsis available on rectangularworksurfaces.Centerline99954C99954KBC22"8 1 /4"Front of worksurface5 1 /4"Two grommet positionsare available on cornerworksurfaces withoutkeyboard cutouts.Radius end table4 5 /8"4 5 /8"99954R99954LLeft-hand end panel unit.Exception:10 3 ⁄16" on 35"D worksurfaces.99954KBC99954C5 1 /4"Two grommet positionsare available on cornerworksurfaces with keyboardcutouts.Centerline8 1 /4"22"Front of worksurface99954L99954R4 5 /8"Right-hand end panel unit4 5 /8".ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideC45

Side Attachment of Freestanding Unit AssembliesBack PanelSide-Connector BracketcSpecifying, page C136Back Panel Parallel-Connector BracketcSpecifying, page C136WorksurfaceEnd-Support BracketcSpecifying, page C136.Product DetailsProduct DetailsProduct DetailsApplicationUse to attach back panelof unit assembly to perpendicularpanel when endpanel is omitted.ApplicationUse to attach back panelof a return unit assembly toparallel panel when endpanel is omitted. This applicationwould be used whenprimary worksurface is panelsupported.ApplicationUse to attach the end ofa worksurface to a panel.ConnectionsAttaches to back panelwith screws.Exception: Does not attachto machine support units, ordesks with recessed backpanels.Left- and right-handversions are available.ConnectionsAttaches to back panelwith screws.Exception: Does not attachto machine support units, ordesks with recessed backpanels.Left- and right-handversions are available.ConnectionsAttaches to worksurfacewith screws.Exception: Does not attachto machine-support unitsand desks with recessedback panels.Three lengths—20", 25",and 30"—match the depthsof worksurfaces.SpecifyingBack panel sideconnectorbracketand worksurface endsupportbracket (below)can be ordered separatelyor substituted for one endpanel on 20"D, 25"D, and30"D unit assemblies.Overall width of unitassembly is 1 1 ⁄8" shorterwhen end panel is omitted.SpecifyingBack panel parallelconnectorbracketmust be ordered separately.SpecifyingWorksurface endsupportbracket andback panel side-connectorbracket (above) can beordered separately orsubstituted for one endpanel on 20"D, 25"D, and30"D unit assemblies..C46Series 9000 Specification Guide

Modular WorksurfacesModular Worksurfaces.60"In Series 9000, the totalworksurface width includingend supports matches thewidth of panels.60"57 3 /4"1 1 /8"58 7 /8"1 1 /8"1 1 /8"60"MODULARIn configurations inwhich the end support—end panel, clear-access endpanel, or cantilever—is absent, there are specialworksurfaces available thatare slightly longer to makeup for the end-panel dimension.These worksurfacesare called modular becausethey allow the overall dimensionto remain modular withthe panel dimensions.With modular worksurfacesthere are fewerintrusions in the worksurfaceby supports. Worksurfacesattach with shared cantileversor brackets. Brackets are alsoavailable to connect modularworksurfaces to panels.Tip: Shared cantilevercannot be used to connectperpendicular worksurfaces.They must be used instraight connections only..Standard ConfigurationsConfigurations with Modular WorksurfacesPanel-Supported Tip: In an “L” configurationPanel-Supportedworkstation in which eachworksurface is supported by= Modular worksurface30"two cantilevers, the front30"edge of the return worksurfacewill rise 3 ⁄16" abovethe primary worksurface.45" 42 3 /4" Use a modular worksurface45"43 7 /8" Shared cantilevers cannotapplication to eliminate thisbe used to connectsituation.perpendicular worksurfaces.45" 45"45" 45"42 3 /4"43 7 /8"Two cantileversShared cantilever45" 45"42 3 /4"Two cantilevers43 7 /8"Shared cantileverFreestandingFreestandingFreestandingModular30"unit assembly30"returnin returnapplication45"45"43 7 /8"45" 45"FreestandingModularunit assemblybridgein bridgeapplication45"ModularcornerCenter clear-accessend panels..ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideC47

Clearance Dimensions and Pedestal DepthsClearance DimensionsDesk Return BridgeAAABCBCBWorksurface height29 3 ⁄4"H 28 3 ⁄4"H 27 1 ⁄4"H 26 1 ⁄4"H(A) Kneespace height 28 1 ⁄4" 27 1 ⁄4" 25 3 ⁄4" 24 3 ⁄4"(B) 3 ⁄4-height back panel to floor 7 13 ⁄16" 6 13 ⁄16" 5 5 ⁄16" 4 5 ⁄16"(B) Full-height back panel to floor 2 13 ⁄16" 1 13 ⁄16" 5⁄16" N.A.(C) 3 ⁄4-height pedestal to floor 9 25 ⁄32" 8 25 ⁄32" 7 9 ⁄32" 6 9 ⁄32"(C) Full-height pedestal to floor 3 23 ⁄32" 2 23 ⁄32" 1 7 ⁄32" N.A.Tip: You can substitute Tip: A full-height back panela full-height back panel will block access toon desks with 3 ⁄4-height voice/data knockouts onpedestals, but you cannot E9000 panel base.substitute a 3 ⁄4-heightback panel on desks withfull-height pedestals.Pedestal DepthsPedestal depthDesk depth*Pedestal adapter package requiredPedestal depth canmatch worksurface depthor, in some cases, be lessdeep. Pedestal adapterpackage is available toattach 25"D pedestals to30"D worksurfaces.cPage C156.20"D Desk 25"D Desk 30"D Desk 30"D Desk 35"D DeskFlush back panel Flush back panel Flush back panel Recessed back panel Recessed back panel20"D Pedestal (nominal)•25"D Pedestal (nominal)• •* • *30"D Pedestal (nominal)• •.C48Series 9000 Specification Guide

Clearance Dimensionsand Pedestal DepthsConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideC49

Worksurface-Supported PedestalsPedestals provide storagebeneath the worksurface.They are available factoryinstalled on unit assembliesand can be ordered separatelyfor field installation. Twoheights are available—3⁄4-height (18 1 ⁄2"H) andfull-height (24 1 ⁄2"H).Worksurface-supportedpedestals lock into predeterminedpositionsbeneath the worksurface.cSpecifying, page C139Finished back andsides are standard.Lock is standard onpedestals and securesall drawers. Lock is locatedin the top drawer. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.Drawers open their fulldepth for total access to thecontents. Box and filedrawers are available.Actual DimensionsDepth 17 1 ⁄2", 22 5 ⁄8", and 27 5 ⁄8"Width 15". Height 18 1 ⁄2" or 24 1 ⁄2"Drawer fronts are onlyavailable in steel.Pull on flush-frontpedestal is full-width andintegral. Full-width wood pullis available as an option..Product DetailsBox drawers are awelded steel construction.One divider is included witheach box drawer.File drawers are a weldedsteel construction. Drawerbody sides are full-heightand accommodate front-tobackfiling of hanging lettersizefile folders. One rail isincluded with each filedrawer to accommodateside-to-side filing of letter-,A4- and legal-size hangingfolders.Exception: Legal-size filefolders cannot be filed in17 1 ⁄2"D pedestals.Drawer fronts can beremoved and changed in thefield to create a differentaesthetic or to replacedamaged drawer fronts..C50Series 9000 Specification Guide

Worksurface-SupportedPedestals.Flush-front pull is fullwidthand integral with thedrawer.Optional full-widthwood pulls attach tointegral pull with doublesidedtape. Wood pull shipsseparately from pedestal forfield installation.Pencil tray to hold smalloffice supplies is includedwith each box/box/filepedestal.Label holders areavailable from CustomerService Parts. Label holderfits inside the integral pull.Lock is standard and keyedrandom on all pedestals.Consecutive and specifickeying options are available.Master-keyed locks are alsoavailable. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2Individual drawer locksare available on file/filepedestals for applicationswhere you want to limitaccess to each drawer.Pedestals include a securityshield above each drawerto prevent unauthorizedaccess.ConnectionsPanel-supportedworksurfaces can supportpedestals. Use an end panelto provide sufficient supportfor the worksurface.Recessed back panelsrequire that pedestalsbe 5" less deep than theworksurface...25"D pedestals whenattached to 30"D unitassemblies with recessedback panel will require apedestal adapter bracket tobe specified. A pedestaladapter bracket can only beused in this application.Important: When specifying a30"D unit assembly with oneor two pedestals andrecessed back panel,adapter brackets areincluded.Fixed pedestals can beattached two in a row on45"W, 60"W, 65"W, 70"W, or75"W worksurfaces, or threein a row on 70"W, 75"W, or90W" worksurfaces.Exception: 90"W panelsupportedworksurfaceships with a center support.If the worksurface is to beattached to two 45"Wpanels, the center supportwill block attachment of thethird pedestal..3 /4-height pedestals(18 23 ⁄32"H) can be used onunit assemblies with 3 ⁄4-heightor full-height back panels,but full-height pedestals(24 27 ⁄32"H) can only be usedwith full-height back panels.Field-installed accessoriesare available,including pencil trays,media trays, stationerytrays, dividers, and rails.cPage C60Wiring & CablingFront grommetsshould not be specifiedover pedestals.Pedestals do not reachto the floor, which allowsaccess to receptacles in thepanel base. Pedestals canbe used to conceal accessto power on the floor.Surface MaterialsPedestal, steel drawerfronts, and integralpulls• PaintWood drawer pulls• Open-pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Lock face ring• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Drawer bodies, drawersuspensions, rails,dividers, and glides• BlackApplication Topics26 1 /4"HFull-height pedestal26 1 /4"H3 /4-height pedestal26 1 ⁄4"H worksurfacesdo not allow enough spacefor a full-height pedestal orback panel. Use 3 ⁄4-heightpedestals or raise theworksurface.45"W modular returnor 45"W modular worksurfacepackage willaccommodate twopedestals.45"W modular bridgedoes not accommodatepedestals.60"W modular worksurfacepackageswill accommodate threepedestals.Clearance Dimensionsand Pedestal DepthscPage C48Storage CapacitiescPage C64ShippingPedestals are normallyshipped in heavy-duty,recyclable stretch wrap toreduce the amount ofcorrugated board needed...ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideC51

Mobile PedestalsMobile pedestals fitunder a worksurface andcan be moved whereverstorage is needed. Theyprovide an auxiliary worksurfacewhen you needmore space to spread outyour work.Tip: 27"H mobile pedestal willfit under 29 3 ⁄4”H worksurfacewith adequate kneespace. Itwill not fit under worksurfacesthat are 26 1 ⁄4"H or 27 1 ⁄4"H.cSpecifying, page C142Lock is standard on mobilepedestals and secures alldrawers. Lock is locatedin the top drawer. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.Mobile pedestal cushion top providesa temporary seat ideal for informalgatherings. Handle can be extended toeasily transport mobile pedestal. Availablefactory- or field-installed.cSpecifying, page C144Actual DimensionsBox/FileBox/Box/File and File/FileDepth 22 5 ⁄8" 22 5 ⁄8"Width 15" 15"Overall height with 1 ⁄8"H top 21" 27".Top is 1 ⁄8"H steel. Additionaltop options are available.Pull on mobile pedestalis full-width and integral.Wood pull is available as anoption.Drawer fronts areavailable in steel.Casters are hardcomposition and nonlocking.Drawers open their fulldepth for total access to thecontents. Box and filedrawers are available..Product DetailsBox drawer is a weldedsteel construction. Onedivider is included with eachbox drawer.File drawer is a weldedsteel construction. Drawerbody sides are full-heightand accommodate front-tobackfiling of hanging lettersizefile folders. One rail isincluded with each filedrawer to accommodateside-to-side filing of letter-,A4- and legal-size hangingfolders.Drawer fronts can beremoved and changed in thefield to create a differentaesthetic or to replacedamaged drawer fronts..C52Series 9000 Specification Guide

Mobile Pedestals.Flush-front pull is fullwidthand integral with thedrawer.Pencil tray to hold smalloffice supplies is includedwith each mobile pedestal.Optional full-widthwood pull attaches tointegral pull with doublesidedtape. Wood pull shipsseparate from pedestal forfield-installation.Label holders areavailable from CustomerService Parts. Label holderfits inside the integral pull..Steel top1"HLaminate topwith squareedge 1 3 /16"HLaminate topwith bullnose1 7 /16"HVeneer top1 3 /16"HSteel, laminate, andwood veneer tops areavailable in place ofstandard 1 ⁄8"H steel tops.1"H steel tops, 1 3 ⁄16"Hlaminate with square edgeprofile, 1 7 ⁄16"H laminate withbullnose edge profile on thefront edge, and 1 3 ⁄16"H woodveneer with square edgeprofile.Handle of mobilepedestal cushion topis retractable and hasthree stages. In the stowedposition, handle is flushwith mobile pedestal front.In station position, handleextends 3" to allow mobilepedestal to be easily moved.In the travel position, handleis completely extended andarticulates upward for longerdistance transport.Mobile pedestalcushion top for fieldinstallationcan be usedwith mobile pedestal9U111MH only.Safety interlocksystem allows only onedrawer to be opened at atime for added stability..Lock is standard andkeyed random on all mobilepedestals. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyed locksare also available. Productswith locks ship with a lockface ring and removableplastic plug to accommodatea lock cylinder installed onsite. Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2Four non-lockingcasters have a full-rotationswivel mechanism and areexposed at the base of thepedestal. Mobile pedestalsmaintain drawer pull anddrawer front alignment withother storage componentsthat have a 3" base.Counter-weights areincluded to provide addedstability. All pedestals areshipped with a factoryinstalledcounter-weightpackage that meets orexceeds standards for theindustry..ConnectionsMobile pedestals are notintended to directly interfacewith panels or other furniturecomponentsField-installed accessoriesare available,including pencil trays,media trays, stationarytrays, dividers, and rails.cPage C60Wiring & CablingMobile pedestals do notaccommodate cable routing.Plan accordingly wheninstalling mobile pedestalsunderneath worksurfaceswith grommets or othercable-routing accessories..Surface MaterialsMobile pedestal, steeldrawer fronts, andintegral pulls• PaintWood veneer top• Wood veneer—Open-pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Laminate top• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)• Open Line laminate(option)Square edge profileon laminate top• PVC edge defaultTip: Bullnose edge topshave a self-edgeWood drawer pulls• Open-pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Cushion top• Seating upholsteryCushion top handle• 9201 Polished ChromeonlyLock face ring• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Drawer bodies, drawersuspensions, rails,dividers, and glides• BlackApplication TopicsStorage CapacitiescPage C64Safe Use ofStorage ProductscStorage ProductsSpecification GuideShippingMobile pedestals arenormally shipped in heavyduty,recyclable stretch wrapto reduce the amount ofcorrugated board needed..ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideC53

Storage Bins and Shelves.Panel-supportedstorage attaches directlyto the panel. Shelves,storage bins, and lateral filesare available.cSpecifying, pagesC145, C148Shelves are available withhalf-height or full-height endsupports.End supports attach topanels or wall channels in 1"increments.Storage bins that arebetween 30"W and 45"Whave one door. 60"W and70"W bins have two doors.Tip-up doors open andclose quietly. When open,doors fully recess into thebin to provide easy accessto stored materials. Doorsare available painted orfabric-covered.Actual DimensionsFull-HeightShelfStorage BinHalf-height shelf Full-height shelf Storage binDepth 14 7 ⁄8" 14 7 ⁄8" 14 7 ⁄8"Width 25", 30", 35", 36", 42", 45", 60", or 70” 25", 30", 35", 36", 42", 45", 60", or 70" 25", 30", 35", 36", 42", 45", 60", or 70"Height 7 5 ⁄8" 16 5 ⁄8" 16 5 ⁄8"Back stop preventsnotebooks and equipmentfrom damaging panel fabricor walls.Adjustable divider isavailable for use on shelvesor bins.cPage C61Door on conventionalbin is surrounded by top,bottom, and sides.Locks are available onstorage bins. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2Half-Height ShelfHalf-height shelves areavailable for installationswhere full-height shelf sidesare not needed..C54Series 9000 Specification Guide

Storage Bins and Shelves.Product DetailsSpring-activated safetycatch locks shelves andbins to the panel or wallchannel to preventaccidental disengagement.Accessories, such asdividers, compressors, andrails, are available.cPage C60Shelf lights are availableto recess into the bottom ofshelves or bins.cPage G8Lock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks ship witha lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2Connections60"WShelves and storagebins can span two structuralpanels that equal the overallwidth of the shelf or bin.Wall channels areavailable to attach storagebins and shelves to concreteor block walls. Storage binsand shelves can be attachedto a wood, drywall, orplaster wall if the wall isreinforced.Horizontal brace isavailable to reinforce verticalwall channels that supportstorage bins and shelvesthat are attached to walls.Brace is used with verticalwall channels manufacturedafter November 6,1995. Withthe horizontal brace, thevertical wall channel weightrestriction of 150 pounds percomponent no longerapplies...Up to two componentscan be supported with onehorizontal brace. The braceshould be positioned atthe top of the vertical wallchannels. If more than twocomponents must besupported, an additionalbrace can be added atthe appropriate height.Width of horizontalbrace must match widthof shelf of storage bin. Braceis not required forapplications that involveshelves and bins that are36"W or less.Vertical-attachmentrails can be specifiedseparately to allow a halfheightshelf to be placedunder the storage bin whenthe storage bin is positionedat its highest point.Rail cover is included toconceal cords and cables..Tackboards are availableto provide a tackable surfacebetween the worksurface andstorage bins or shelves.Tackboards are not neededin this application if the panelis a tackable acousticalpanel.cPage B19Tackboard installed beneatha storage bin or shelfrequires 18" of space. If afull-height shelf or bin isinstalled on a panel with awood top cap, there will notbe enough space for atackboard because the shelfor bin must be attached 1 ⁄4"lower..Wiring & CablingVertical wire manageris available to route task-lightcord or harness.cPage G10Surface MaterialsStorage bins• Paint• Paint with fabric-covereddoorsLocks• 9201 Polished Chrome(standard)• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Application TopicsPanels with woodsurfaces cannot supportstorage bins or shelves.Rules for PanelStability withComponentscPage B22Storage CapacitiescPage C64.ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideC55

Additional Matching Storage Products.A wide array of additionalstorage products areavailable for use with Series9000.cFor details, see theStorage ProductsSpecification Guide.900 Series Lateral Files30", 36",or 42"41 1 52/4"3 /8"27" 28 1 /4"900 Series Combination Cabinets30", 36",or 42"52 3 64/8"11 /16" 64 11 /16"900 Series Personal Cabinets30"52 3 64/8"11 /16"970 Series Storage and Wardrobe Cabinets18"36"W 18"41 1 52/4"3 64/8"11 /16"900 Series Vertical Files14 7 /8" or17 7 /8"41 1 52/4"3 /8" 59 1 /2"27 7 /8",29",29 3 /8".24"80 1 /2"64 11 /16"24".C56Series 9000 Specification Guide

Additional MatchingStorage ProductsConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideC57

Service ModulesService modules attachto the top of unit assemblydesks and credenzas toprovide privacy and overheadstorage. Service modulesinclude attachment clamp,two end panels, a back panel,four dividers, and storage binor bins or adjustable shelf orshelves. Service modules withstorage bins are available withor without tackboards. Servicemodules with shelves areavailable only with tackboards.cSpecifying, pages C152,C154End panels support theshelves or storage bins.Back channel of servicemodule is painted, andback of tackboard is fabriccovered, so the servicemodule does not needto be panel wrapped.Actual DimensionsService module Service modulewith shelves with doorsDepth 15" 15"Width 45", 60", 65", 70", or 75" 45", 60", 70", or 75". Height 23" or 35" 23" or 35"Tip up doors open andclose quietly. When opened,the doors recess fully intothe storage bin to provideeasy access to storedmaterials.Locks are available in thetop drawer of pedestals tosecure all drawers in thepedestal. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2Shelves are heightadjustable. The top shelfadjusts from 29 9 ⁄32" to32 11 ⁄32" and the bottom shelfheight adjusts from 16 17 ⁄32"to 19 19 ⁄32".Adjustable dividersare provided.cPage C61.Product DetailsLock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks ship witha lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2Tackboards are availableon service modules. Theydivide space, increaseprivacy, and provide adisplay surface.Steel channel, top andbottom, allows the tackboardto adjust up and down, if youchoose to vary the height ofthe worksurface..C58Series 9000 Specification Guide

Service Modules.Product DetailsShelf lights are availableto recess into the bottom ofservice modules with storagebins. Shelf lights must bebolted to the bottom of aservice module with shelvessince the bottom is flush.45"W service-modulestorage bin has one tip-updoor. Service modules widerthan 45" have two tip-updoors.ConnectionsService modules canbe used on 25"D, 30"D, and35"D freestanding desksand credenzas.Exception: Service modulescannot be used on sharedunit assemblies.Service-module endpanels attach to the endpanels of the desk orcredenza using attachmenthardware that is shippedwith all service modules...Wiring & CablingLight cords can be routedthrough knockouts in theservice module end panels.End panel receptaclesare available for fieldinstallation on the innersurface of the end panel.They provide access topower at worksurface height.Duplex cable grommets,ordered separately, can befield installed in the servicemoduleend panel to provideaccess to communications atworksurface height..Surface MaterialsStorage bin, shelf,and end panels• PaintEnd panel trim• PaintTackboard• Vertical surface fabricDividers• Clear textured plasticEnd panel receptacle• Black plastic onlyDuplex cable grommet• PlasticLock• 9201 Polished Chrome(standard)• 9250 Ember Chrome(option).PricingTip: To price a tackboardwith fabrics in two differentprice groups on oppositesides, add the two pricestogether and divide by two.Application TopicsMaximum clearancebetween 29 3 ⁄4"H worksurfaceand the upper case is 18 3 ⁄8".Shelf lights reduce thatclearance to 16".ShippingService modules withstorage bins are shippedassembled.Service modules withshelves are shippedknocked down (K.D.)..ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideC59

Storage Accessories.Pencil Tray, Bi-LevelTray, Media Tray, FileDrawer StationeryInsert, and ReferenceShelfcSpecifying, pagesC157–C158Product DetailsPencil tray, bi-leveltray, media tray, filedrawer stationeryinserts, and referenceshelf are used in:• Conventional and Optionspedestals• Mobile pedestalsPencil tray is available tohold small office supplies.Tip: Pencil trays are standardin box drawers ofpedestals. One pencil trayper pedestal is included.Bi-level tray is availableto hold small office suppliesand includes two traydividers for organizingmedia.Media tray is available tostore and organize media.Four tray dividers areincluded.File drawer stationeryinsert is for use in 12"H filedrawers only and includesthree pockets to store andorganize paper documentsand supplies such asenvelopes.Reference shelf protectsreference papers in boxdrawers. Shelf rests on topof drawer edges and canslide the entire depth of thedrawer. A clear plastic insertis standard with eachreference shelf.Surface MaterialsPencil tray, bi-leveltray, media tray, filedrawer stationeryinsert, dividers, andreference shelf• BlackInsert for referenceshelf• Clear plasticActual DimensionsPencil TrayDepth 4 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 1 1 ⁄2"Bi-level TrayDepth 4 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 3 3 ⁄8"Media TrayDepth 4 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 3 3 ⁄8"Vertical Stationery TrayDepth 4 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 8"Reference ShelfDepth 9 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 3 ⁄8".C60Series 9000 Specification Guide

Storage AccessoriesAdjustable Divider forStorage Bins andShelvescSpecifying, page C159Vertical AttachmentRailscSpecifying, page C160.Product DetailsDivides space in servicemodules and panel-supportedbins and shelves.Product DetailsVertical attachmentrails attach a storage bin orshelf to a Technology Wall.Rail covers are includedto conceal the rails, cords,and cables routed vertically.Rail covers are 21 1 ⁄2" long.SpecifyingA carton of fourdividers is standard onservice modules.Must be orderedseparately for panelsupportedbins and shelves.Shipped in cartons of four.SpecifyingMust be orderedseparately.Surface MaterialsDivider• Clear textured plastic onlyWiring & CablingRail covers conceal therail and cords and cablesrouted vertically. The railcover extends slightly belowthe worksurface.Surface MaterialsVertical attachmentrail• PaintRail cover• PlasticActual DimensionsDepth 10 3 ⁄4"Width 4" at the base1 ⁄2" at the topHeight 4 1 ⁄2"Actual DimensionsHeight 25”.ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification Guide cStorage Accessories, continued C61

Storage Accessories, continuedRailscSpecifying, page C156DividerscSpecifying, page C156.Product DetailsRails accommodate bothfront-to-back and side-tosidefiling of letter-, A4international-, and legalsizehanging folders.Rail packages areavailable in quantities oftwo or four rails.Rails can be used for sideto-sidefiling in 12"H filedrawers of:• Conventional and Optionspedestals• Mobile pedestalsProduct DetailsDividers are available foruse in 6"H box drawers and12"H file drawers of:• Conventional and optionspedestals• Mobile pedestalsSurface MaterialsRails• Black12"H drawer dividersare available in letter-width(15").Dividers ship in a packageof two.Tip: Dividers must be usedwith hanging folder bars tosupport side-to-side filing orwith rails to support front-tobackfiling. Hanging folderbars and rails are orderedseparately.Actual DimensionsFor use with drawersWidth 15"Surface MaterialsDividers• BlackActual DimensionsFor use in 6"H drawersWidth 15"For use in12"H drawersWidth 15".C62Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wall ChannelsWall ChannelsSlotted steel channelaccepts shelves or overheadstorage bins.cSpecifying, page C159.Screw hole positions70 3 /4"H3 /8"11"60 3 /4"H3 /8"11"16"48 3 /4"H3 /8"11"16"16"6"26"16" 16"11" 11" 11"Floor.Actual DimensionsDepth 13 ⁄16"Width 13 ⁄16". Height 48 3 ⁄4", 60 3 ⁄4", or 70 3 ⁄4"Product DetailsWall channel can bepositioned on wall at varyingheights.Order wall channel heightaccording to its intendeduse. Cutting wall channels isnot recommended.ConnectionsWall channels can beused to support both storagebins and shelves.Field install on:• Concrete walls: Hilti ® typeanchors• Drywall or plywood:5⁄8" thick,Toggler ® type 3 ⁄16" wallanchor• Steel and wood studs:#10 sheet metal or woodscrews of appropriatelengthAnchors must be used oneach screw hole location ofthe wall channel.screw positionComponents attach at1" increments, but screwsblock some slot locations..Limit to two panelsupportedcomponents foreach pair of wall channels.Horizontal brace isrequired to reinforce verticalwall channels that supportstorage bins and shelvesthat are wider than 45" andare attached to walls.Attachingworksurfaces to wallHorizontal brace ischannels is notrequired for each componentrecommended.that is wider than 48". Thebrace should be positionedat the top location of eachbin or shelf of the verticalSurface Materialswall channel. HorizontalWall channelbrace is also available in 42"• Paintand 45" widths and can beused in applications whereHorizontal bracethere is concern about the• Paintstrength of the wall.Tip: Horizontal brace will bevisible until hidden byWidth of horizontalcontents of shelf or storagebrace must match width ofbin.shelf of storage bin. Brace isnot required for applicationsthat involve shelves and binsthat are 45"W or less..Application TopicsB = Distance between center linesof reinforced wall channelsTop viewA = Width of storage componentA B30" 29 1 ⁄16"35" 34 1 ⁄16"36" 35 1 ⁄16"42" 41 1 ⁄16"45" 44 1 ⁄16"..ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideC63

Storage CapacitiesWorksurface-Supported and Mobile PedestalsTip: Drawer capacities formobile pedestals are thesame as for 25"D fixedpedestal drawers.Box Drawers, 6"H Size Inside DimensionsD W H20"D Pedestal (nominal) 13 19 ⁄32" 12 3 ⁄4" 4 7 ⁄32"25"D Pedestal (nominal) 18 23 ⁄32" 12 3 ⁄4" 4 7 ⁄32"30"D Pedestal (nominal) 24 23 ⁄32" 12 3 ⁄4" 4 7 ⁄32"File Drawers, 12"H Size Inside Dimensions Letter-Size Legal-Size Letter- andD W H Storage Storage Legal-SizeStorage20"D Pedestal (nominal) 13 1 ⁄8" 12 1 ⁄16" 9 3 ⁄8" 13 1 ⁄8" 12 3 ⁄8" 12 1 ⁄16"25"D Pedestal (nominal) 18 1 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄16" 9 3 ⁄8" 18 1 ⁄4" 17 1 ⁄2" 12 1 ⁄16" 3 1 ⁄4" letter and12 1 ⁄16" legal30"D Pedestal (nominal) 24 1 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄16" 9 3 ⁄8" 24 1 ⁄4" 23 1 ⁄2" 12 1 ⁄16" 8 1 ⁄2" letter and12 1 ⁄16" legal..C64Series 9000 Specification Guide

Storage Capacities.Panel-Supported StorageFull-Height Shelves Size Inside DimensionsD W H25"W Shelf 13 7 ⁄8" 23 1 ⁄2" 14 11 ⁄16"30"W Shelf 13 7 ⁄8" 28 1 ⁄2" 14 11 ⁄16"35"W Shelf 13 7 ⁄8" 33 1 ⁄2" 14 11 ⁄16"36"W Shelf 13 7 ⁄8" 34 1 ⁄2" 14 11 ⁄16"42"W Shelf 13 7 ⁄8" 40 1 ⁄2" 14 11 ⁄16"45"W Shelf 13 7 ⁄8" 43 1 ⁄2" 14 11 ⁄16"60"W Shelf 13 7 ⁄8" 58 1 ⁄2" 14 11 ⁄16"70"W Shelf 13 7 ⁄8" 68 1 ⁄2" 14 11 ⁄16"Half-Height Shelves Size Inside DimensionsD W H25"W Shelf 13 7 ⁄8" 23 1 ⁄2" 5 11 ⁄16"30"W Shelf 13 7 ⁄8" 28 1 ⁄2" 5 11 ⁄16"35"W Shelf 13 7 ⁄8" 33 1 ⁄2" 5 11 ⁄16"36"W Shelf 13 7 ⁄8" 34 1 ⁄2" 5 11 ⁄16"42"W Shelf 13 7 ⁄8" 40 1 ⁄2" 5 11 ⁄16"45"W Shelf 13 7 ⁄8" 43 1 ⁄2" 5 11 ⁄16"60"W Shelf 13 7 ⁄8" 58 1 ⁄2" 5 11 ⁄16"70"W Shelf 13 7 ⁄8" 68 1 ⁄2" 5 11 ⁄16"Bins Size Inside Dimensions Inside Dimensionswithout Lockswith LocksD W H D W H25"W Bin 12 15 ⁄16" 23 1 ⁄2" 12 3 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄4" 23 1 ⁄2" 12 1 ⁄8"30"W Bin 12 15 ⁄16" 28 1 ⁄2" 12 3 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄4" 28 1 ⁄2" 12 1 ⁄8"35"W Bin 12 15 ⁄16" 33 1 ⁄2" 12 3 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄4" 33 1 ⁄2" 12 1 ⁄8"36"W Bin 12 15 ⁄16" 34 1 ⁄2" 12 3 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄4" 34 1 ⁄2" 12 1 ⁄8"42"W Bin 12 15 ⁄16" 40 1 ⁄2" 12 3 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄4" 40 1 ⁄2" 12 1 ⁄8"45"W Bin 12 15 ⁄16" 43 1 ⁄2" 12 3 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄4" 43 1 ⁄2" 12 1 ⁄8"60"W Bin 12 15 ⁄16" 58 1 ⁄2" 12 3 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄4" 58 1 ⁄2" 12 1 ⁄8"70"W Bin 12 15 ⁄16" 68 1 ⁄2" 12 3 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄4" 68 1 ⁄2" 12 1 ⁄8".ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification Guide cStorage Capacities, continued C65

Storage Capacities, continuedService ModulesShelves Size Inside DimensionsD W30"W Service Module 13 1 ⁄16" 27 3 ⁄4"45"W Service Module 13 1 ⁄16" 42 3 ⁄4"60"W Service Module 13 1 ⁄16" 57 3 ⁄4"65"W Service Module 13 1 ⁄16" 62 3 ⁄4"70"W Service Module 13 1 ⁄16" 67 3 ⁄4"75"W Service Module 13 1 ⁄16" 72 3 ⁄4"Storage Bins Size Inside Dimensions Inside Dimensionswithout Lockswith LocksD W H D W H45"W Service Module 12 15 ⁄16" 42 3 ⁄4" 12 3 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄4" 42 3 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄8"60"W Service Module 12 15 ⁄16" 57 3 ⁄4 12 3 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄4" 57 3 ⁄4 12 1 ⁄8"70"W Service Module 12 15 ⁄16" 67 3 ⁄4" 12 3 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄4" 67 3 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄8"75"W Service Module 12 15 ⁄16" 72 3 ⁄4" 12 3 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄4" 72 3 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄8"Metal Center DrawerInside DimensionsD W H16 1 ⁄2" 19 7 ⁄8" 1 7 ⁄8"Tip: Inside depth does notinclude pencil tray. Depth is18" when pencil tray isincluded in dimensions.Plastic Center DrawerInside DimensionsD W H12" 19" 1 3 ⁄8"Tip: Inside depth does notinclude pencil tray. Depth is14 7 ⁄8" when pencil tray isincluded in dimensions...C66Series 9000 Specification Guide

Specifying ConventionalWorksurfaces, Storage,and Related ProductsPanel-Supported WorksurfacesWorksurface PackagesRadius-End WorksurfacesTransaction WorksurfacesC68C84C85ConventionalProductsMany conventionalworksurfaces are availableas unit assemblies,which are factory-assembledcomponents that can beordered with a single stylenumber. Unit assemblies thatare not available as standardproducts can be built up fromselected components.Exception: 90"W unit assembliesare shipped knockeddown for field assembly.cPage C162Freestanding (Unit Assembly) WorksurfacesDesksReturnsRadius-End TablesRadius-End WorksurfacesBridgesCorner WorksurfacesAdjustable-Height WorksurfacesRelated ProductsWorksurface Brackets and ClampsSide-Attachment BracketsWorksurface AccessoriesWorksurface Wiring and CablingC86C116C128C129C130C131C132C134C136C137F38StoragePedestalsShelvesStorage BinsStorage Bins with Fabric-Covered DoorsService ModulesRelated ProductsStorage Brackets and Storage AccessoriesC139C145C148C150C152C156Tip: To determine what componentscomprise a standardproduct, find the product’sstyle number in the breakdownof components listing.cPage C176ComponentsBuildup Guidelines for Factory AssemblyWorksurfacesWorksurface SupportsBack PanelsWorksurface BracketsBreakdown of ComponentsC162C164C170C173C174C176Series 9000 Specification GuideC67

20"D Worksurface PackagesStandard IncludesRequired to Specify20"DcNeed help?Product details,page C14• Worksurface: laminate• Cantilevers, end panel, and end panel trim: paint pricegroup 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for cantilevers, endpanel, and end panel trim4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateCantilevers, end panel, and end panel trim• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$17 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$29 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Grommets +$26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Related • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• PedestalscPages C139–C144• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C68Series 9000 Specification Guide

20"D Worksurface PackagesSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dTwo Cantilevers20" 30" 98401ACC $39220" 35" 98403ACC $39820" 36" 98422ACC $40320" 42" 98424ACC $40420" 45" 99004ACC $40220" 60" 99005ACC $42520" 70" 99006ACC $43820" 90" 98433ACC $685d d dCantilever Left, End Panel Right20" 30" 98401ACP $56620" 35" 98403ACP $57220" 36" 98422ACP $57720" 42" 98424ACP $57820" 45" 99004ACP $57620" 60" 99005ACP $59920" 70" 99006ACP $61220" 90" 98433ACP $859d d dEnd Panel Left, Cantilever Right20" 30" 98401APC $56620" 35" 98403APC $57220" 36" 98422APC $57720" 42" 98424APC $57820" 45" 99004APC $57620" 60" 99005APC $59920" 70" 99006APC $61220" 90" 98433APC $859d d dConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC69

20"D Modular Worksurface Packages20"DcNeed help?Product details,page C14Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Cantilevers, end panel, and end panel trim: paint pricegroup 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Filler strip: vinyl• Attachment bracket: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for cantilevers, endpanel, and end panel trim4 Plastic color number for filler strip5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateCantilevers, end panel, and end panel trim• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$17 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$29 Specify paint color number.Filler strip No cost Select plastic color number for filler strip.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Grommets +$26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Related • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• PedestalscPages C139–C144• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C70Series 9000 Specification Guide

20"D ModularWorksurface PackagesSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dCantilever Left, Attachment Bracket Right20" 45" 99004ACW $41020" 60" 99005ACW $433d d dAttachment Bracket Left, Cantilever Right20" 45" 99004AWC $41020" 60" 99005AWC $433d d dEnd Panel Left, Attachment Bracket Right20" 45" 99004APW $58420" 60" 99005APW $607d d dConventionalProductsAttachment Bracket Left, End Panel Right20" 45" 99004AWP $584Tip: Attachment bracketsecures worksurface toadjacent panel-supportedradius-end table.20" 60" 99005AWP $607d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC71

25"D Worksurface Packages25"DcNeed help?Product details,page C14Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Cantilevers, end panel, and end panel trim: paint pricegroup 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished ChromeRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for cantilevers, endpanel, and end panel trim4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateCantilevers, end panel, and end panel trim• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$17 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$29 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Grommets +$26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Support • Clear-access end panel No cost Left: specify with 99157A.Substitutions in place of end panel Right: specify with 99159A.• Center clear-access end No cost Left or right: specify with 99161A.panel in place of end panelRelated • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• Center drawercPage C137• PedestalscPages C139–C144• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C72Series 9000 Specification Guide

25"D Worksurface PackagesSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dTwo Cantilevers25" 30" 98405ACC $40525" 35" 98407ACC $40925" 36" 98426ACC $41025" 42" 98428ACC $41925" 45" 99107ACC $42925" 60" 99108ACC $51025" 70" 98409ACC $52825" 75" 99109ACC $52825" 90" 98439ACC $746d d dCantilever Left, End Panel Right25" 30" 98405ACP $57925" 35" 98407ACP $58325" 36" 98426ACP $58425" 42" 98428ACP $59325" 45" 99107ACP $60325" 60" 99108ACP $68425" 70" 98409ACP $70225" 75" 99109ACP $70225" 90" 98439ACP $920d d dEnd Panel Left, Cantilever Right25" 30" 98405APC $57925" 35" 98407APC $58325" 36" 98426APC $58425" 42" 98428APC $59325" 45" 99107APC $60325" 60" 99108APC $68425" 70" 98409APC $70225" 75" 99109APC $70225" 90" 98439APC $920d d dConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC73

25"D Modular Worksurface Packages25"DcNeed help?Product details,page C14Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Cantilevers, end panel, and end panel trim: paint pricegroup 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Filler strip with “CW/WC” and “PW/WP” models only: vinyl• Attachment bracket with “CW/WC” and “PW/WP” modelsonly: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for cantilevers, endpanel, and end panel trim4 Plastic color number for filler strip,when applicable5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateCantilevers, end panel, and end panel trim• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$17 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$29 Specify paint color number.Filler strip No cost Select plastic color number for filler strip.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Grommets +$26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Support • Clear-access end panel No cost Left: specify with 99157A.Substitutions in place of end panel Right: specify with 99159A.• Center clear-access end No cost Left or right: specify with 99161A.panel in place of end panelRelated • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• Center drawercPage C137• PedestalscPages C139–C144• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C74Series 9000 Specification Guide

25"D ModularWorksurface PackagesTip: Attachment bracketsecures worksurface toadjacent panel-supportedradius-end table.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dCantilever Left, No Support Right25" 30" 98405ACL $32325" 45" 99107ACL $34725" 60" 99108ACL $428d d dCantilever Right, No Support Left25" 30" 98405ACR $32325" 45" 99107ACR $34725" 60" 99108ACR $428d d dEnd Panel Left, No Support Right25" 30" 98405APL $49725" 45" 99107APL $52125" 60" 99108APL $602d d dNo Support Left, End Panel Right25" 30" 98405APR $49725" 45" 99107APR $52125" 60" 99108APR $602d d dCantilever Left, Attachment Bracket Right25" 45" 99107ACW $43525" 60" 99108ACW $516d d dAttachment Bracket Left, Cantilever Right25" 45" 99107AWC $43525" 60" 99108AWC $516d d dEnd Panel Left, Attachment Bracket Right25" 45" 99107APW $60925" 60" 99108APW $690d d dAttachment Bracket Left, End Panel Right25" 45" 99107AWP $60925" 60" 99108AWP $690d d dConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideC75

30"D Worksurface Packages30"DcNeed help?Product details,page C14Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Cantilevers, end panel, and end panel trim: paint pricegroup 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished ChromeRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for cantilevers, endpanel, and end panel trim4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateCantilevers, end panel, and end panel trim• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$17 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$29 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Grommets +$26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Support • Clear-access end panel No cost Left: specify with 99163A.Substitutions in place of end panel Right: specify with 99165A.• Center clear-access end No cost Left or right: specify with 99167A.panel in place of end panelRelated • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• Center drawercPage C137• PedestalscPages C139–C144• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C76Series 9000 Specification Guide

30"D Worksurface PackagesSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dTwo Cantilevers30" 30" 99268ACC $ 43730" 45" 99266ACC $ 45230" 60" 99213ACC $ 54230" 65" 99214ACC $ 56130" 70" 99262ACC $ 59130" 75" 99260ACC $ 60430" 90" 99052ACC $ 831d d dCantilever Left, End Panel Right30" 30" 99268ACP $ 64730" 45" 99266ACP $ 66230" 60" 99213ACP $ 75230" 65" 99214ACP $ 77130" 70" 99262ACP $ 80130" 75" 99260ACP $ 81430" 90" 99052ACP $1041d d dEnd Panel Left, Cantilever Right30" 30" 99268APC $ 64730" 45" 99266APC $ 66230" 60" 99213APC $ 75230" 65" 99214APC $ 77130" 70" 99262APC $ 80130" 75" 99260APC $ 81430" 90" 99052APC $1041d d dConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC77

30"D Modular Worksurface Packages30"DcNeed help?Product details,page C14Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Cantilevers, end panel, and end panel trim: paint pricegroup 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Filler strip with “CW/WC” and “PW/WP” models only: vinyl• Attachment bracket with “CW/WC” and “PW/WP” modelsonly: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for cantilevers, endpanel, and end panel trim4 Plastic color number for filler strip, whenapplicable5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateCantilevers, end panel, and end panel trim• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$17 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$29 Specify paint color number.Filler strip No cost Select plastic color number for filler strip.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Grommets +$26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Support • Clear-access end panel No cost Left: specify with 99163A.Substitutions in place of end panel Right: specify with 99165A.• Center clear-access end No cost Left or right: specify with 99167A.panel in place of end panelRelated • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• Center drawercPage C137• PedestalscPages C139–C144• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C78Series 9000 Specification Guide

30"D ModularWorksurface PackagesSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dCantilever Left, No Support Right30" 30" 99268ACL $34930" 45" 99266ACL $36430" 60" 99213ACL $454d d dNo Support Left, Cantilever Right30" 30" 99268ACR $34930" 45" 99266ACR $36430" 60" 99213ACR $454d d dEnd Panel Left, No Support Right30" 30" 99268APL $55930" 45" 99266APL $57430" 60" 99213APL $664d d dNo Support Left, End Panel Right30" 30" 99268APR $55930" 45" 99266APR $57430" 60" 99213APR $664d d dCantilever Left, Attachment Bracket Right30" 45" 99266ACW $45230" 60" 99213ACW $542d d dAttachment Bracket Left, Cantilever Right30" 45" 99266AWC $45230" 60" 99213AWC $542d d dEnd Panel Left, Attachment Bracket Right30" 45" 99266APW $66230" 60" 99213APW $752d d dAttachment Bracket Left, End Panel Right30" 45" 99266AWP $66230" 60" 99213AWP $752d d dConventionalProductsTip: Attachment bracket securesworksurface to adjacent panelsupportedradius-end table.Series 9000 Specification GuideC79

Corner Worksurface PackagesStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyWcNeed help?Product details,page C16• Worksurface: laminate• Left- and right-hand cantilevers and cantilever trim:all paint price groups• Rear attachment bracket1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for cantilevers andcantilever trim4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateGrommets +$26 Back center: 99954C and color numbercPage C44 each Keyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Specification InformationDDimensions DFront DStyle DU.S.dD W dEdge dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d d25" 30" 5 3 ⁄4" 98864CC $50825" 42" 22 3 ⁄4" 98865CC $66725" 45" 27" 98898CC $70530" 35" 5 3 ⁄4" 98866CC $60730" 45" 19 3 ⁄4" 98867CC $682d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C80Series 9000 Specification Guide

Corner Worksurface Packageswith Keyboard CutoutCorner Worksurface PackagesStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyWcNeed help?Product details,page C16• Worksurface with keyboard cutout: laminate• Worksurface front edge: vinyl• Left- and right-hand cantilevers and cantilever trim:all paint price groups• Grommet 99954KBC: black plastic• Rear attachment bracket1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Plastic color number for front edge4 Paint color number for cantilevers andcantilever trim5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateConventionalProductsGrommets +$26 Back center: 99954C and color numbercPage C44 each cSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Specification InformationDDimensions DFront DStyle DU.S.dD W dEdge dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dCorner Worksurface with Keyboard Cutout25" 45" 27" 98898RCC $783d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC81

Modular Corner Worksurface Packageswith Shared CantileversStandard IncludesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for shared cantilevers4 Plastic color number for filler strip(reveal)5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.WcNeed help?Product details,page C16• Worksurface: laminate• Two shared cantilevers: all paint price groups• Reveal strips: vinyl• Rear attachment bracketOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate• Reveal strip No cost Select plastic color number for filler strip.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Grommets +$26 Back center: 99954C and color numbercPage C44 each Keyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Specification InformationDDimensions DFront DStyle DU.S.dD W dEdge dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d d25" 35" 14 1 ⁄4" 99988CC $60925" 36" 15 5 ⁄8" 99989CC $61925" 42" 24 1 ⁄8" 99991CC $75725" 45" 28 1 ⁄2" 99992CC $79530" 42" 17 1 ⁄8" 99990CC $68030" 45" 21 3 ⁄8" 99993CC $818d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C82Series 9000 Specification Guide

Modular Corner Worksurface Packageswith Shared Cantilevers, Keyboard CutoutModular CornerWorksurface PackagesStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyWcNeed help?Product details,page C16• Worksurface with keyboard cutout: laminate• Worksurface front edge: vinyl• Two shared cantilevers: all paint price groups• Grommet 99954KBC: black plastic• Two reveal strips: vinyl• Rear attachment bracket1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Plastic color number for front edge4 Paint color number for shared cantilevers5 Plastic color number for filler strip(reveal)6 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate• Reveal strip No cost Select plastic color number for filler strip.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.ConventionalProductsGrommet +$26 Back center: 99954C and color numbercPage C44 each cSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Specification InformationDDimensions DFront DStyle DU.S.dD W dEdge dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dCorner Worksurface with Shared Cantilevers and Keyboard Cutout25" 42" 24 1 ⁄8" 99991RCC $83525" 45" 28 1 ⁄2" 99992RCC $842d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC83

Radius-End WorksurfacesPanel-SupportedStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyWcNeed help?Product details,page C18• Worksurface: laminate• Worksurface edge: vinyl• Height-adjustable column support: all paint price groups• Attachment brackets: black paint only• Radius edge with self edge at panel attachment1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Plastic color number for worksurfaceedge4 Paint color number for column support5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateColumn support• Polished Chrome +$99 Specify with 9201 Polished Chromecolumn.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d d30"D Radius-End Worksurfaces30" 60" 8560309 $ 93630" 65" 8565309 $ 95730" 70" 8570309 $ 981d d d35"D Radius-End Worksurface35" 70" 8570359 $1032d d d36"D Radius-End Worksurface36" 70" 8570369 $1045d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C84Series 9000 Specification Guide

Transaction WorksurfacesTransaction Worksurfaces15"DcNeed help?Product details,page C20Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Worksurface edge: vinyl• Support brackets for use with conventional andenhanced panel top caps: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Plastic color number for worksurfaceedge4 Paint color number for support bracketscSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateConventionalProductsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dPriced d d15" 25" 9TT2515 $18015" 30" 9TT3015 $19915" 35" 9TT3515 $21315" 36" 9TT3615 $21315" 42" 9TT4215 $24715" 45" 9TT4515 $24715" 60" 9TT6015 $29715" 70" 9TT7015 $329d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC85

20"D Unit Assembly Desks without Pedestalswith 3 ⁄4- or Full-Height Flush Back Panel20"DcNeed help?Product details,page C28Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• End panels, back panel, and end panel trim:paint price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• 29 3 ⁄4"H worksurfaceRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panels, backpanel, and end panel trim4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateDesk• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 59 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$101 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Grommets +$ 26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Worksurface • 28 3 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 28 3 ⁄4" height.Height • 27 1 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 27 1 ⁄4" height.• 26 1 ⁄4"H (not available with No cost Specify with 26 1 ⁄4" height.full-height back panel)Side • Left (right) end panel –$208 Specify omit left (right) end panel; addAttachment omitted; side-attachment side-attachment brackets.cPage C46brackets includedRelated • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• PedestalscPages C139–C144• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C86Series 9000 Specification Guide

20"D Unit Assembly Deskswithout PedestalsSpecification InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S.dD W H dspace dNumber dBased dWidth d dPriced d d dWith 3 ⁄4-Height Flush Back Panel20" 45" 30" 42 3 ⁄4" 9013AL $85320" 60" 30" 57 3 ⁄4" 9017AL $88420" 70" 30" 67 3 ⁄4" 9021AL $908d d d dWith Full-Height Flush Back Panel20" 45" 30" 42 3 ⁄4" 9213AL $86120" 60" 30" 57 3 ⁄4" 9217AL $92120" 70" 30" 67 3 ⁄4" 9221AL $949d d d dConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC87

20"D Unit Assembly Desks, Single Pedestalwith 3 ⁄4- or Full-Height Flush Back Panel20"DcNeed help?Product details,page C28Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• End panels, back panel, end panel trim, and pedestal:paint price group 1• Worksurface and pedestal lock face rings with plastic plugto accommodate lock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• 29 3 ⁄4"H worksurface• Pedestal located at right• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/file or box/box/file pedestal,box drawer dividers, and adjustable file railsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panels,back panel, end panel trim, and pedestal4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key for both the worksurface andpedestal.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateDesk• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 97 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$166 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals only eachGrommets +$ 26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.BackSubstitutions of full-height back panel on desks with 3 ⁄4-height back panelPanel • 45"W +$ 8 Specify with 99171 back panel.• 60"W +$ 37 Specify with 99172 back panel.• 70"W +$ 41 Specify with 99174 back panel.PedestalSubstitutions for desks with full-height back panel• File, file No cost Specify with 9U893.Location• Left No cost Specify with pedestals left.Worksurface • 28 3 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 28 3 ⁄4" height.Height • 27 1 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 27 1 ⁄4" height.• 26 1 ⁄4"H (not available with No cost Specify with 26 1 ⁄4" height.full-height back panel)Side • Left (right) end panel –$208 Specify omit left (right) end panel; addAttachment omitted; side-attachment side-attachment brackets.cPage C46brackets includedRelated • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• Storage brackets and storage accessoriescPage C156• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C88Series 9000 Specification Guide

20"D Unit Assembly Desks,Single PedestalTip: Central locking mechanismwith worksurface canbe used to secure centerdrawer and pre-2004pedestals.Specification InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S.dD W H dspace dNumber dBased dWidth d dPriced d d dWith 3 ⁄4-Height Flush Back Panel20" 45" 30" 27 3 ⁄4" 9013TL $118820" 60" 30" 42 3 ⁄8" 9017TL $121920" 70" 30" 52 3 ⁄4" 9021TL $1243d d d dWith Full-Height Flush Back Panel20" 45" 30" 27 3 ⁄4" 9213TL $135620" 60" 30" 42 3 ⁄8" 9217TL $141620" 70" 30" 52 3 ⁄4" 9221TL $1444d d d dConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC89

20"D Unit Assembly Desks, Double Pedestalwith 3 ⁄4- or Full-Height Flush Back Panel20"DcNeed help?Product details,page C28Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• End panels, back panel, end panel trim, and twopedestals: paint price group 1• Worksurface and pedestal lock face rings with plastic plugto accommodate lock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• 29 3 ⁄4"H worksurface• Pedestal located at left and right• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/file or box/box/file pedestal,box drawer dividers, and adjustable file railsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panels,back panel, end panel trim, andpedestals4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key for both the worksurface andpedestal.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateDesk• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$135 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$231 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals only eachGrommets +$ 26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.BackSubstitutions of full-height back panel on desks with 3 ⁄4-height back panelPanel • 60"W +$ 37 Specify with 99172 back panel.• 70"W +$ 41 Specify with 99174 back panel.PedestalsSubstitutions for desks with full-height back panel• File, file No cost Specify with 9U893 and location.• Box, box, file No cost Specify with 9U881 and location.Location• Both left (right) No cost Specify with all pedestals left (right).Worksurface • 28 3 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 28 3 ⁄4" height.Height • 27 1 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 27 1 ⁄4" height.• 26 1 ⁄4"H (not available with No cost Specify with 26 1 ⁄4" height.full-height back panel)Side • Left (right) end panel –$208 Specify omit left (right) end panel; addAttachment omitted; side-attachment side-attachment brackets.cPage C46brackets includedRelated • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• Storage brackets and storage accessoriescPage C156• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C90Series 9000 Specification Guide

20"D Unit Assembly Desks,Double PedestalSpecification InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S.dD W H dspace dNumber dBased dWidth d dPriced d d dWith 3 /4-Height Flush Back Panel20" 60" 30" 27 3 ⁄4" 9017UL $159020" 70" 30" 37 3 ⁄4" 9021UL $1614d d d dWith Full-Height Flush Back Panel20" 60" 30" 27 3 ⁄4" 9217UL $191120" 70" 30" 37 3 ⁄4" 9221UL $1939d d d dConventionalProductsTip: Central locking mechanismwith worksurface canbe used to secure centerdrawer and pre-2004pedestals.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC91

25"D Unit Assembly Desks without Pedestalswith 3 ⁄4- or Full-Height Flush Back Panel25"DcNeed help?Product details,page C28Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• End panels, back panel, and end panel trim:paint price group 1• End panel trim: paint price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• 29 3 ⁄4"H worksurfaceRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panels, backpanel, and end panel trim4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateDesk• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 59 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$101 Specify paint color number..Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Grommets +$ 26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Clear-Access No cost Left: with 99157AEnd PanelRight: with 99159AcPage C172Center: with 99161A and locationTip: Center drawer isavailable field installed onlyon 90"W desks.Center Drawer +$135 Specify with 99409 center drawer.cPage C137Worksurface • 28 3 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 28 3 ⁄4" height.Height • 27 1 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 27 1 ⁄4" height.• 26 1 ⁄4"H (not available with No cost Specify with 26 1 ⁄4" height.full-height back panel)Side • Left (right) end panel –$210 Specify omit left (right) end panel; addAttachment omitted; side-attachment side-attachment brackets.cPage C46brackets includedRelated • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• PedestalscPages C139–C144• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C92Series 9000 Specification Guide

25"D Unit Assembly Deskswithout PedestalsSpecification InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S.dD W H dspace dNumber dBased dWidth d dPriced d d dWith 3 ⁄4-Height Flush Back Panel25" 30" 30" 27 3 ⁄4" 9031A $ 84125" 45" 30" 42 3 ⁄4" 9035A $ 88025" 60" 30" 57 3 ⁄4" 9039A $ 96925" 70" 30" 67 3 ⁄4" 9047A $ 99825" 75" 30" 72 3 ⁄4" 9043A $100525" 90" 30" 87 3 ⁄4" 9082A $1155d d d dWith Full-Height Flush Back Panel25" 30" 30" 27 3 ⁄4" 9231A $ 84925" 45" 30" 42 3 ⁄4" 9235A $ 88825" 60" 30" 57 3 ⁄4" 9239A $100625" 70" 30" 67 3 ⁄4" 9247A $103925" 75" 30" 72 3 ⁄4" 9243A $104825" 90" 30" 87 3 ⁄4" 9282A $1198d d d dConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC93

25"D Unit Assembly Desks, Single Pedestalwith 3 ⁄4- or Full-Height Flush Back Panel25"DcNeed help?Product details,page C28Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• End panels, back panel, end panel trim, and pedestal:paint price group 1• Worksurface and pedestal lock face rings with plastic plugto accommodate lock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• 29 3 ⁄4"H worksurface• Pedestal located at right• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/file or box/box/file pedestal,box drawer dividers, and adjustable file railsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panels,back panel, end panel trim, and pedestal4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key for both the worksurface andpedestal.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateDesk• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 97 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$166 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals only eachGrommets +$ 26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Clear-Access • Available on non-pedestal No cost Left: with 99157AEnd Panel side only Right: with 99159AcPage C172Center: with 99161A and locationBackSubstitutions of full-height back panel on desks with 3 ⁄4-height back panelPanel • 30"W +$ 8 Specify with 99169 back panel.• 45"W +$ 8 Specify with 99171 back panel.• 60"W +$ 37 Specify with 99172 back panel.• 70"W +$ 41 Specify with 99174 back panel.• 75"W +$ 43 Specify with 99175 back panel.• 90"W +$ 43 Specify with 99178 back panel.PedestalSubstitutions for desks with full-height back panel• File, file No cost Specify with 9U223.Tip: Center drawer isavailable field installed onlyon 90"W desks.Location• Left No cost Specify with pedestals left.Center Drawer • Available on 45"W or wider +$135 Specify with 99409 center drawer.cPage C137desks onlycOptions continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C94Series 9000 Specification Guide

25"D Unit Assembly Desks,Single PedestalTip: Central locking mechanismwith worksurface canbe used to secure centerdrawer and pre-2004pedestals.cOptions, continuedOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyWorksurface • 28 3 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 28 3 ⁄4" height.Height • 27 1 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 27 1 ⁄4" height.• 26 1 ⁄4"H (not available with No cost Specify with 26 1 ⁄4" height.full-height back panel)Side • Left (right) end panel –$210 Specify omit left (right) end panel; addAttachment omitted; side-attachment side-attachment brackets.cPage C46brackets includedRelated • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• Storage brackets and storage accessoriescPage C156• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38Specification InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S.dD W H dspace dNumber dBased dWidth d dPriced d d dWith 3 ⁄4-Height Flush Back Panel25" 30" 30" 12 3 ⁄4" 9031B $118125" 45" 30" 27 3 ⁄4" 9035B $122025" 60" 30" 42 3 ⁄4" 9039B $130925" 70" 30" 52 3 ⁄4" 9047B $133825" 75" 30" 57 3 ⁄4" 9043B $134525" 90" 30" 72 3 ⁄4" 9082B $1495d d d dWith Full-Height Flush Back Panel25" 30" 30" 12 3 ⁄4" 9231B $134425" 45" 30" 27 3 ⁄4" 9235B $138325" 60" 30" 42 3 ⁄4" 9239B $150125" 70" 30" 52 3 ⁄4" 9247B $153425" 75" 30" 57 3 ⁄4" 9243B $154325" 90" 30" 72 3 ⁄4" 9282B $1693d d d dConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC95

25"D Unit Assembly Desks, Double Pedestalswith 3 ⁄4- or Full-Height Flush Back Panel25"DcNeed help?Product details,page C28Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• End panels, back panel, end panel trim, and twopedestals: paint price group 1• Worksurface and pedestal lock face rings with plastic plugto accommodate lock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• 29 3 ⁄4"H worksurface• Pedestal located at left and right• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/file or box/box/file pedestal,box drawer dividers, and adjustable file railsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panels,back panel, end panel trim, andpedestals4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key for both the worksurface andpedestal.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateDesk• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$135 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$231 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals only eachGrommets +$ 26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Clear-Access • Available on non-pedestal No cost Left: with 99157AEnd Panel side only Right: with 99159AcPage C172Center: with 99161A and location45BackSubstitutions of full-height back panel on desks with 3 ⁄4-height back panelPanel • 60"W +$ 37 Specify with 99172 back panel.• 70"W +$ 41 Specify with 99174 back panel.• 75"W +$ 43 Specify with 99175 back panel.• 90"W +$ 43 Specify with 99178 back panel.PedestalsSubstitutions for desks with full-height back panel• File, file No cost Specify with 9U223 and location.• Box, box, file No cost Specify with 9U224 and location.Location• Both left (right) No cost Specify with all pedestals left (right).cOptions continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C96Series 9000 Specification Guide

25"D Unit Assembly Desks,Double PedestalscOptions, continuedOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyCenter Drawer +$135 Specify with 99409 center drawer.cPage C137Worksurface • 28 3 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 28 3 ⁄4" height.Height • 27 1 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 27 1 ⁄4" height.• 26 1 ⁄4"H (not available with No cost Specify with 26 1 ⁄4" height.full-height back panel)Side • Left (right) end panel –$210 Specify omit left (right) end panel; addAttachment omitted; side-attachment side-attachment brackets.cPage C46brackets includedRelated • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• Storage brackets and storage accessoriescPage C156• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38ConventionalProductsSpecification InformationTip: Central locking mechanismwith worksurface canbe used to secure centerdrawer and pre-2004pedestals.DDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S.dD W H dspace dNumber dBased dWidth d dPriced d d dWith 3 ⁄4-Height Flush Back Panel25" 60" 30" 27 3 ⁄4" 9039C $168025" 70" 30" 37 3 ⁄4" 9047C $170925" 75" 30" 42 3 ⁄4" 9043C $171625" 90" 30" 57 3 ⁄4" 9082C $1866d d d dWith Full-Height Flush Back Panel25" 60" 30" 27 3 ⁄4" 9239C $199625" 70" 30" 37 3 ⁄4" 9247C $202925" 75" 30" 42 3 ⁄4" 9243C $203825" 90" 30" 57 3 ⁄4" 9282C $2188d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC97

30"D Unit Assembly Desks without Pedestalswith 3 ⁄4- or Full-Height Flush Back Panel30"DcNeed help?Product details,page C28Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• End panels, back panel, and end panel trim:paint price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• 29 3 ⁄4"H worksurfaceRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panels, backpanel, and end panel trim4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateDesk• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.. • Paint price group 2 +$ 59 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$101 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Grommets +$ 26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Clear-Access No cost Left: with 99163AEnd PanelRight: with 99165AcPage C172Center: with 99167A and locationTip: Center drawer isavailable field installed onlyon 90"W desks.Center Drawer +$135 Specify with 99409 center drawer.cPage C137Worksurface • 28 3 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 28 3 ⁄4" height.Height • 27 1 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 27 1 ⁄4" height.• 26 1 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 26 1 ⁄4" height.Side • Left (right) end panel –$252 Specify omit left (right) end panel; addAttachment omitted on desks with flush side-attachment brackets.cPage C46back panel only: sideattachmentbrackets includedRelated • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• PedestalscPages C139–C144• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C98Series 9000 Specification Guide

30"D Unit Assembly Deskswithout PedestalsSpecification InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S.dD W H dspace dNumber dBased dWidth d dPriced d d dWith 3 ⁄4-Height Flush Back Panel30" 30" 30" 27 3 ⁄4" 9051A $ 94530" 45" 30" 42 3 ⁄4" 9055A $ 97530" 60" 30" 57 3 ⁄4" 9059A $107330" 65" 30" 62 3 ⁄4" 9063A $109630" 70" 30" 67 3 ⁄4" 9067A $113330" 75" 30" 72 3 ⁄4" 9072A $115330" 90" 30" 87 3 ⁄4" 9083A $1312d d d dWith Full-Height Flush Back Panel30" 30" 30" 27 3 ⁄4" 9251A $ 95330" 45" 30" 42 3 ⁄4" 9255A $ 98330" 60" 30" 57 3 ⁄4" 9259A $111030" 65" 30" 62 3 ⁄4" 9263A $113930" 70" 30" 67 3 ⁄4" 9267A $117430" 75" 30" 72 3 ⁄4" 9272A $119630" 90" 30" 87 3 ⁄4" 9283A $1355d d d dConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC99

30"D Unit Assembly Desks without Pedestalswith 3 ⁄4- or Full-Height Recessed Back Panel30"DcNeed help?Product details,page C28Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• End panels, back panel, and end panel trim:paint price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• 29 3 ⁄4"H worksurfaceRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panels,back panel, and end panel trim4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateDesk• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 59 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$101 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Grommets +$ 26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Center Drawer +$135 Specify with 99409 center drawer.cPage C137Worksurface • 28 3 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 28 3 ⁄4" height.Height • 27 1 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 27 1 ⁄4" height.• 26 1 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 26 1 ⁄4" height.Related • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• PedestalscPages C139–C144• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C100Series 9000 Specification Guide

30"D Unit Assembly Deskswithout PedestalsSpecification InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S.dD W H dspace dNumber dBased dWidth d dPriced d d dWith 3 ⁄4-Height Recessed Back Panel30" 60" 30" 57 3 ⁄4" 9059AR $107330" 65" 30" 62 3 ⁄4" 9063AR $109630" 70" 30" 67 3 ⁄4" 9067AR $113330" 75" 30" 72 3 ⁄4" 9072AR $1153d d d dWith Full-Height Recessed Back Panel30" 60" 30" 57 3 ⁄4" 9259AR $111030" 65" 30" 62 3 ⁄4" 9263AR $113930" 70" 30" 67 3 ⁄4" 9267AR $117430" 75" 30" 72 3 ⁄4" 9272AR $1196d d d dConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC101

30"D Unit Assembly Desks, Single Pedestalwith 3 ⁄4- or Full-Height Flush Back PanelStandard pedestal:• Right: one box andone file drawer30"DcNeed help?Product details,page C28Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• End panels, back panel, end panel trim, and pedestal:paint price group 1• Worksurface and pedestal lock face rings with plastic plugto accommodate lock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• 29 3 ⁄4"H worksurface• Pedestal located at right• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/file or box/box/file pedestal,box drawer dividers, and adjustable file railsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panels,back panel, end panel trim, and pedestal4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key for both the worksurface andpedestal.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateDesk• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 97 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$166 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals only eachGrommets +$ 26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Clear-Access No cost Left: with 99163AEnd PanelRight: with 99165AcPage C172Center: with 99167A and locationBackSubstitutions of full-height back panel on desks with 3 ⁄4-height back panelPanel • 30"W +$ 8 Specify with 99169 back panel.• 45"W +$ 8 Specify with 99171 back panel.• 60"W +$ 37 Specify with 99172 back panel.• 65"W +$ 43 Specify with 99173 back panel.• 70"W +$ 41 Specify with 99174 back panel.• 75"W +$ 43 Specify with 99175 back panel.• 90"W +$ 43 Specify with 99178 back panel.PedestalSubstitutions for desks with full-height back panel• File, file No cost Specify with 9U947.Location• Left No cost Specify with pedestals left.cOptions continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C102Series 9000 Specification Guide

30"D Unit Assembly Desks,Single PedestalTip: Center drawer isavailable field installed onlyon 90"W desks.cOptions, continuedOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyCenter Drawer • Available on 45"W or +$135 Specify with 99409 center drawer.cPage C137wider desksWorksurface • 28 3 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 28 3 ⁄4" height.Height • 27 1 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 27 1 ⁄4" height.• 26 1 ⁄4"H (Not available with No cost Specify with 26 1 ⁄4" height.full-height back panel)Side • Left (right) end panel –$252 Specify omit left (right) end panel; addAttachment omitted on desks with flush side-attachment brackets.cPage C46back panel only: sideattachmentbrackets includedRelated • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• Storage brackets and storage accessoriescPage C156• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38ConventionalProductsSpecification InformationTip: Central locking mechanismwith worksurface canbe used to secure centerdrawer and pre-2004pedestals.DDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S.dD W H dspace dNumber dBased dWidth d dPriced d d dWith 3 ⁄4-Height Flush Back Panel30" 30" 30" 12 3 ⁄4" 9051B $129030" 45" 30" 27 3 ⁄4" 9055B $132030" 60" 30" 42 3 ⁄8" 9059B $141830" 65" 30" 47 3 ⁄4" 9063B $144130" 70" 30" 52 3 ⁄4" 9067B $147830" 75" 30" 57 3 ⁄4" 9072B $149830" 90" 30" 72 3 ⁄4" 9083B $1657d d d dWith Full-Height Flush Back Panel30" 30" 30" 12 3 ⁄4" 9251B $145830" 45" 30" 27 3 ⁄4" 9255B $148830" 60" 30" 42 3 ⁄8" 9259B $161530" 65" 30" 47 3 ⁄4" 9263B $164430" 70" 30" 52 3 ⁄4" 9267B $167930" 75" 30" 57 3 ⁄4" 9272B $170130" 90" 30" 72 3 ⁄4" 9283B $1860d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC103

30"D Unit Assembly Desks, Single Pedestalwith 3 ⁄4- or Full-Height Recessed Back PanelStandard pedestal:• Right: two box andone file drawer30"DcNeed help?Product details,page C28Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• End panels, back panel, end panel trim, and pedestal:paint price group 1• Worksurface and pedestal lock face rings with plastic plugto accommodate lock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• 29 3 ⁄4"H worksurface• Pedestal located at right• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/file or box/box/file pedestal,box drawer dividers, and adjustable file railsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panels,back panel, end panel trim, and pedestal4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key for both the worksurface andpedestal.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateDesk• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 97 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$166 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals only eachGrommets +$ 26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.BackSubstitutions of full-height back panel on desks with 3 ⁄4-height back panelPanel • 60"W +$ 37 Specify with 99172 back panel.• 65"W +$ 43 Specify with 99173 back panel.• 70"W +$ 41 Specify with 99174 back panel.• 75"W +$ 43 Specify with 99175 back panel.PedestalSubstitutions for desks with full-height back panel• File, file No cost Specify with 9U223.Location• Left No cost Specify with pedestal left.Center Drawer +$135 Specify with 99409 center drawer.cPage C137Worksurface • 28 3 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 28 3 ⁄4" height.Height • 27 1 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 27 1 ⁄4" height.• 26 1 ⁄4"H (Not available with No cost Specify with 26 1 ⁄4" height.full-height back panel)cOptions continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C104Series 9000 Specification Guide

30"D Unit Assembly Desks,Single PedestalcOptions, continuedOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyRelated • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• Storage brackets and storage accessoriescPage C156• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38Tip: Central locking mechanismwith worksurface canbe used to secure centerdrawer and pre-2004pedestals.Specification InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S.dD W H dspace dNumber dBased dWidth d dPriced d d dWith 3 ⁄4-Height Recessed Back Panel30" 60" 30" 42 3 ⁄4" 9059BR $146530" 65" 30" 47 3 ⁄4" 9063BR $148830" 70" 30" 52 3 ⁄4" 9067BR $152530" 75" 30" 57 3 ⁄4" 9072BR $1545d d d dWith Full-Height Recessed Back Panel30" 60" 30" 42 3 ⁄4" 9259BR $165730" 65" 30" 47 3 ⁄4" 9263BR $168630" 70" 30" 52 3 ⁄4" 9267BR $172130" 75" 30" 57 3 ⁄4" 9272BR $1743d d d dConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC105

30"D Unit Assembly Desks, Double Pedestalwith 3 ⁄4- or Full-Height Flush Back Panel30"DcNeed help?Product details,page C28Standard IncludesRequired to Specify• Worksurface: laminate• End panels, back panel, end panel trim, and twopedestals: paint price group 1• Worksurface and pedestal lock face rings with plastic plugto accommodate lock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• 29 3 ⁄4"H worksurface• Pedestal located at left and right• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/file or box/box/file pedestal,1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panels,back panel, end panel trim, andpedestals4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key for both the worksurface andpedestal.cLock Cylinders, page J3box drawer dividers, and adjustable file railsOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateDesk• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$135 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$231 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals only eachGrommets +$ 26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Clear-Access No cost Left: with 99163AEnd PanelRight: with 99165AcPage C172Center: with 99167A and locationBackSubstitutions of full-height back panel on desks with 3 ⁄4-height back panelPanel • 60"W +$ 37 Specify with 99172 back panel.• 65"W +$ 43 Specify with 99173 back panel.• 70"W +$ 41 Specify with 99174 back panel.• 75"W +$ 43 Specify with 99175 back panel.• 90"W +$ 43 Specify with 99178 back panel.PedestalsSubstitutions for desks with full-height back panel• File, file No cost Specify with 9U947 and location.• Box, file No cost Specify with 9U948 and location.Location• Both left (right) No cost Specify with all pedestals left (right).cOptions continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C106Series 9000 Specification Guide

30"D Unit Assembly Desks,Double PedestalTip: Center drawer isavailable field installed onlyon 90"W desks.cOptions, continuedOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyCenter Drawer +$135 Specify with 99409 center drawer.cPage C137Worksurface • 28 3 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 28 3 ⁄4" height.Height • 27 1 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 27 1 ⁄4" height.• 26 1 ⁄4"H (Not available with No cost Specify with 26 1 ⁄4" height.full-height back panel)Side • Left (right) end panel –$252 Specify omit left (right) end panel; addAttachment omitted on desks with flush side-attachment brackets.cPage C46back panel only: sideattachmentbrackets includedRelated • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• Storage brackets and storage accessoriescPage C156• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38ConventionalProductsSpecification InformationTip: Central locking mechanismwith worksurface canbe used to secure centerdrawer and pre-2004pedestals.DDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S.dD W H dspace dNumber dBased dWidth d dPriced d d dWith 3 ⁄4-Height Flush Back Panel30" 60" 30" 27 3 ⁄4" 9059C $179630" 65" 30" 32 3 ⁄4" 9063C $181930" 70" 30" 37 3 ⁄4" 9067C $185630" 75" 30" 42 3 ⁄4" 9072C $187630" 90" 30" 57 3 ⁄4" 9083C $2035d d d dWith Full-Height Flush Back Panel30" 60" 30" 27 3 ⁄4" 9259C $212030" 65" 30" 32 3 ⁄4" 9263C $214930" 70" 30" 37 3 ⁄4" 9267C $218430" 75" 30" 42 3 ⁄4" 9272C $220630" 90" 30" 57 3 ⁄4" 9283C $2365d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC107

30"D Unit Assembly Desks, Double Pedestalwith 3 ⁄4- or Full-Height Recessed Back Panel30"DStandard pedestal:• Left: two box and onefile drawer• Right: two file drawerscNeed help?Product details,page C28Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• End panels, back panel, end panel trim, and twopedestals: paint price group 1• Worksurface and pedestal lock face rings with plastic plugto accommodate lock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• 29 3 ⁄4"H worksurface• Pedestal located at left and right• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/file or box/box/file pedestal,box drawer dividers, and adjustable file railsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panels,back panel, end panel trim, andpedestals4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key for both the worksurface andpedestal.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateDesk• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$135 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$231 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals only eachGrommets +$ 26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.BackSubstitutions of full-height back panel on desks with 3 ⁄4-height back panelPanel • 60"W +$ 37 Specify with 99172 back panel.• 65"W +$ 43 Specify with 99173 back panel.• 70"W +$ 41 Specify with 99174 back panel.• 75"W +$ 43 Specify with 99175 back panel.PedestalsSubstitutions for desks with full-height back panel• File, file No cost Specify with 9U223 and location.• Box, box, file No cost Specify with 9U224 and location.Location• Both left (right) No cost Specify with all pedestals left (right).Center Drawer +$135 Specify with 99409 center drawer.cPage C137Worksurface • 28 3 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 28 3 ⁄4" height.Height • 27 1 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 27 1 ⁄4" height.• 26 1 ⁄4"H (Not available with No cost Specify with 26 1 ⁄4" height.full-height back panel)cOptions continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C108Series 9000 Specification Guide

30"D Unit Assembly Desks,Double PedestalcOptions, continuedOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyRelated • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• Storage brackets and storage accessoriescPage C156• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38Tip: Central locking mechanismwith worksurface canbe used to secure centerdrawer and pre-2004pedestals.Specification InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S.dD W H dspace dNumber dBased dWidth d dPriced d d dWith 3 ⁄4-Height Recessed Back Panel30" 60" 30" 27 3 ⁄4" 9059CR $188830" 65" 30" 32 3 ⁄4" 9063CR $191130" 70" 30" 37 3 ⁄4" 9067CR $194830" 75" 30" 42 3 ⁄4" 9072CR $1968d d d dWith Full-Height Recessed Back Panel30" 60" 30" 27 3 ⁄4" 9259CR $220430" 65" 30" 32 3 ⁄4" 9263CR $223330" 70" 30" 37 3 ⁄4" 9267CR $226830" 75" 30" 42 3 ⁄4" 9272CR $2290d d d dConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC109

35"D Unit Assembly Desks without Pedestalswith 3 ⁄4- or Full-Height Recessed Back Panel35"DcNeed help?Product details,page C28Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• End panels, back panel, and end panel trim:paint price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• 29 3 ⁄4"H worksurfaceRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panels, backpanel, and end panel trim4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateDesk• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 59 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$101 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Grommets +$ 26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Center Drawer +$135 Specify with 99409 center drawercPage C137Worksurface • 28 3 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 28 3 ⁄4" height.HeightRelated • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• PedestalscPages C139–C144• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C110Series 9000 Specification Guide

35"D Unit Assembly Deskswithout PedestalsSpecification InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S.dD W H dspace dNumber dBased dWidth d dPriced d d dWith 3 ⁄4-Height Recessed Back Panel35" 60" 30" 57 3 ⁄4" 9071A $118635" 70" 30" 67 3 ⁄4" 9079A $124435" 75" 30" 72 3 ⁄4" 9080A $1271d d d dWith Full-Height Recessed Back Panel35" 60" 30" 57 3 ⁄4" 9271A $122335" 70" 30" 67 3 ⁄4" 9279A $128535" 75" 30" 72 3 ⁄4" 9280A $1314d d d dConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC111

35"D Unit Assembly Desks, Single Pedestalwith 3 ⁄4- or Full-Height Recessed Back Panel35"DcNeed help?Product details,page C28Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• End panels, back panel, end panel trim, and pedestal:paint price group 1• Worksurface and pedestal lock face rings with plastic plugto accommodate lock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• 29 3 ⁄4"H worksurface• Pedestal located at right• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/file or box/box/file pedestal,box drawer dividers, and adjustable file railsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panels,back panel, end panel trim, and pedestal4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key for both the worksurface andpedestal.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateDesk• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 97 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$166 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals only eachGrommets +26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.BackSubstitutions of full-height back panels on desk with 3 ⁄4-height back panelPanel • 60"W +$ 37 Specify with 99172 back panel.• 65"W +$ 43 Specify with 99173 back panel.• 70"W +$ 41 Specify with 99174 back panel.• 75"W +$ 43 Specify with 99175 back panel.PedestalSubstitutions for desks with full-height back panel• File, file No cost Specify with 9U947.Location• Left No cost Specify with pedestals left.Center Drawer +$135 Specify with 99409 center drawer.cPage C137Worksurface • 28 3 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 28 3 ⁄4" height.HeightRelated • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• Storage brackets and storage accessoriescPage C156• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C112Series 9000 Specification Guide

35"D Unit Assembly Desks,Single PedestalTip: Central locking mechanismwith worksurface canbe used to secure centerdrawer and pre-2004pedestals.Specification InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S.dD W H dspace dNumber dBased dWidth d dPriced d d dWith 3 ⁄4-Height Recessed Back Panel35" 60" 30" 42 3 ⁄4" 9071B $153135" 65" 30" 47 3 ⁄4" 9075B $155935" 70" 30" 52 3 ⁄4" 9079B $158935" 75" 30" 57 3 ⁄4" 9080B $1616d d d dWith Full-Height Recessed Back Panel35" 60" 30" 42 3 ⁄4" 9271B $172835" 65" 30" 47 3 ⁄4" 9275B $176235" 70" 30" 52 3 ⁄4" 9279B $179035" 75" 30" 57 3 ⁄4" 9280B $1819d d d dConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC113

35"D Unit Assembly Desks, Double Pedestalwith 3 ⁄4- or Full-Height Recessed Back Panel35"DcNeed help?Product details,page C28Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• End panels, back panel, end panel trim, andtwo pedestals: paint group 1• Worksurface and pedestal lock face rings with plastic plugto accommodate lock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• 29 3 ⁄4"H worksurface• Pedestal located at left and right• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/file or box/box/file pedestal,box drawer dividers, and adjustable file railsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panels,back panel, end panel trim, andpedestals4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key for both the worksurface andpedestal.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateDesk• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$135 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$231 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals only eachGrommets +$ 26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.BackSubstitutions of full-height back panel on desks with 3 ⁄4-height back panelPanel • 60"W +$ 37 Specify with 99172 back panel.• 65"W +$ 43 Specify with 99173 back panel.• 70"W +$ 41 Specify with 99174 back panel.• 75"W +$ 43 Specify with 99175 back panel.PedestalsSubstitutions for desks with full-height back panel• File, file No cost Specify with 9U947 and location.• Box, box, file No cost Specify with 9U948 and location.Location• Both left (right) No cost Specify with all pedestals left (right).Center Drawer +$135 Specify with 99409 center drawercPage C137Worksurface • 28 3 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 28 3 ⁄4" height.HeightRelated • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• Storage brackets and storage accessoriescPage C156• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C114Series 9000 Specification Guide

35"D Unit Assembly Desks,Double PedestalTip: Central locking mechanismwith worksurface canbe used to secure centerdrawer and pre-2004pedestals.Specification InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S.dD W H dspace dNumber dBased dWidth d dPriced d d dWith 3 ⁄4-Height Recessed Back Panel35" 60" 30" 27 3 ⁄4" 9071C $190935" 65" 30" 32 3 ⁄4" 9075C $193735" 70" 30" 37 3 ⁄4" 9079C $196735" 75" 30" 42 3 ⁄4" 9080C $1994d d d dWith Full-Height Recessed Back Panel35" 60" 30" 27 3 ⁄4" 9271C $223335" 65" 30" 32 3 ⁄4" 9275C $226735" 70" 30" 37 3 ⁄4" 9279C $229535" 75" 30" 42 3 ⁄4" 9280C $2324d d d dConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC115

20"D Unit Assembly Returns without Pedestalswith 3 ⁄4- or Full-Height Back PanelcNeed help?Product details,page C30Standard Includes• Left-hand return• Worksurface: laminate• End panel, flush back panel, and end panel trim:paint price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Attachment bracketRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panel, backpanel, and end panel trim4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateReturn• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$42 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$72 Specify paint color number.Filler strip No cost Select plastic color number for filler strip.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Grommets +$26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Return • Right-hand return No cost Specify with right-hand return.LocationWorksurface • 29 3 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 29 3 ⁄4" height.Height • 28 3 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 28 3 ⁄4" height.• 27 1 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 27 1 ⁄4" height.Related • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• PedestalscPages C139–C144• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C116Series 9000 Specification Guide

20"D Unit Assembly Returnswithout PedestalsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStandard DKnee- DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWork- dspace dNumber dBased dsurface dWidth d dPriced dHeight d d dd d d d dWith 3 ⁄4-Height Back Panel20" 30" 30" 26 1 ⁄4" 28 7 ⁄8" 9001AEFL $65720" 45" 30" 26 1 ⁄4" 43 7 ⁄8" 9013DEFL $68220" 60" 30" 26 1 ⁄4" 58 7 ⁄8" 9017AEFL $713d d d d dWith Full-Height Back Panel20" 30" 30" 27 1 ⁄4" 28 7 ⁄8" 9201AEFL $66520" 45" 30" 27 1 ⁄4" 43 7 ⁄8" 9213DEFL $69020" 60" 30" 27 1 ⁄4" 58 7 ⁄8" 9217AEFL $750d d d d dConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC117

20"D Unit Assembly Returns, One or Two Pedestalswith 3 ⁄4- or Full-Height Back PanelScNeed help?Product details,page C30Standard Includes• Left-hand return• Worksurface: laminate• End panel, flush back panel, end panel trim, andpedestal: paint price group 1• Worksurface and pedestal lock face rings with plastic plugto accommodate lock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Attachment bracket• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/file or box/box/file pedestal,box drawer dividers, and adjustable file railsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panel,back panel, end panel trim, and pedestal4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key for both the worksurface andpedestal.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateReturn with one pedestal• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 80 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$137 Specify paint color number.Return with two pedestals• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$118 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$202 Specify paint color number.Filler strip No cost Select plastic color number for filler strip.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals only eachGrommets +$ 26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.PedestalsSubstitutions for returns with full-height back panel• File, file No cost Specify with 9U893 and location.Return • Right-hand return No cost Specify with right-hand return.LocationWorksurface • 29 3 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 29 3 ⁄4" height.Height • 28 3 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 28 3 ⁄4" height.• 27 1 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 27 1 ⁄4" height.Related • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• Storage brackets and storage accessoriescPage C156• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C118Series 9000 Specification Guide

20"D Unit Assembly Returns,One or Two PedestalsStandard pedestal:• Left: one box and onefile drawerStandard pedestal:• Left: two box and onefile drawerSpecification InformationDDimensions DStandard DKnee- DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWork- dspace dNumber dBased dsurface dWidth d dPriced dHeight d d dd d d d dOne Pedestal with 3 ⁄4-Height Back Panel20" 30" 30" 26 1 ⁄4" 13 7 ⁄8" 9005REFL $ 99220" 45" 30" 26 1 ⁄4" 28 7 ⁄8" 9013REFL $101720" 60" 30" 26 1 ⁄4" 43 7 ⁄8" 9017TEFL $1048d d d d dOne Pedestal with Full-Height Back Panel20" 30" 30" 27 1 ⁄4" 13 7 ⁄8" 9205REFL $116020" 45" 30" 27 1 ⁄4" 28 7 ⁄8" 9213REFL $118520" 60" 30" 27 1 ⁄4" 43 7 ⁄8" 9217TEFL $1245d d d d dConventionalProductsTwo Pedestals with 3 ⁄4-Height Back Panel20" 60" 30" 26 1 ⁄4" 28 7 ⁄8" 9017UEFL $1383d d d d dStandard pedestals:• Left: two pedestals,one box and one filedrawer per pedestalTwo Pedestals with Full-Height Back Panel20" 60" 30" 27 1 ⁄4" 28 7 ⁄8" 9217UEFL $1740d d d d dStandard pedestals:• Left: two pedestals,two box and one filedrawer per pedestalTip: Central locking mechanismwith worksurface canbe used to secure centerdrawer aned pre-2004pedestals.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC119

25"D Unit Assembly Returns without Pedestalswith 3 ⁄4- or Full-Height Back Panel25"DcNeed help?Product details,page C30Standard Includes• Left-hand return• Worksurface: laminate• End panel, flush back panel, and end panel trim:paint price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Filler strip: black vinyl• 29 3 /4"H worksurface• Attachment bracketRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panel,back panel, and end panel trim4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateReturn• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 42 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 72 Specify paint color number.Filler strip No cost Select plastic color number for filler strip.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Grommets +$ 26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Clear-Access No cost Left: with 99157AEnd PanelRight: with 99159AcPage C172Center: with 99161A and locationReturn • Right-hand return No cost Specify with right-hand return.LocationCenter Drawer +$135 Specify with 99409 center drawer.cPage C137Worksurface • 28 3 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 28 3 ⁄4" height.Height • 27 1 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 27 1 ⁄4" height.• 26 1 ⁄4"H (not available with No cost Specify with 26 1 ⁄4" height.full-height back panel)Related • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• PedestalscPages C139–C144• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C120Series 9000 Specification Guide

25"D Unit Assembly Returnswithout PedestalsSpecification InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S.dD W H dspace dNumber dBased dWidth d dPriced d d dWith 3 ⁄4-Height Back Panel25" 30" 30" 28 7 ⁄8" 9031AEFL $67425" 45" 30" 43 7 ⁄8" 9035DEFL $71325" 60" 30" 58 7 ⁄8" 9039EEFL $802d d d dWith Full-Height Back Panel25" 30" 30" 28 7 ⁄8" 9231AEFL $68225" 45" 30" 43 7 ⁄8" 9235DEFL $72125" 60" 30" 58 7 ⁄8" 9239EEFL $839d d d dConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC121

25"D Unit Assembly Returns, One or Two Pedestalswith 3 ⁄4- or Full-Height Back Panel25"DcNeed help?Product details,page C30Standard Includes• Left-hand return• Worksurface: laminate• End panel, flush back panel, end panel trim, andpedestal: paint price group 1• Worksurface and pedestal lock face rings with plastic plugto accommodate lock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Filler strip: black vinyl• 29 3 ⁄4"H worksurface• Attachment brackets• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/file or box/box/file pedestal,box drawer dividers, and adjustable file railsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panel,back panel, end panel trim, and pedestal4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key for both the worksurface andpedestal.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateReturn with one pedestal• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 80 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$137 Specify paint color number.Return with two pedestals• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$118 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$202 Specify paint color number.Filler strip No cost Select plastic color number for filler strip.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals only eachTip: Back grommets are notavailable on a 45"W deskwith cord catcher.Grommets +$ 26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.BackSubstitutions of full-height back panel on return with 3 ⁄4-height back panelPanel • 30"W +$ 8 Specify with 99169EF back panel.• 45"W +$ 8 Specify with 99171EF back panel.• 60"W +$ 37 Specify with 99172EF back panel.PedestalsSubstitutions for returns with full-height back panel• File, file No cost Specify with 9U223 and location.Return • Right-hand return No cost Specify with right-hand return.LocationcOptions continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C122Series 9000 Specification Guide

25"D Unit Assembly Returns,One or Two PedestalsRelated ProductsWorksurface bracketsand clampscPage C134Worksurface accessoriescPage C137PedestalscPages C139–C144Worksurface wiring andcablingcPage F38Standard pedestal:• Left: one box and onefile drawercOptions, continuedOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyCenter Drawer • Available on 45"W or 60"W +$135 Specify with 99409 center drawer.cPage C137returns onlyWorksurface • 28 3 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 28 3 ⁄4" height.Height • 27 1 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 27 1 ⁄4" height.• 26 1 ⁄4"H (not available with No cost Specify with 26 1 ⁄4" height.full-height back panel)Specification InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S.dD W H dspace dNumber dBased dWidth d dPriced d d dOne Pedestal with 3 ⁄4-Height Back Panel25" 30" 30" 13 7 ⁄8" 9031BEFL $101425" 45" 30" 28 7 ⁄8" 9035GEFL $105325" 60" 30" 43 7 ⁄8" 9039GEFL $1142d d d dConventionalProductsStandard pedestal:• Left: two box and onefile drawerOne Pedestal with Full-Height Back Panel25" 30" 30" 13 7 ⁄8" 9231BEFL $117725" 45" 30" 28 7 ⁄8" 9235GEFL $121625" 60" 30" 43 7 ⁄8" 9239GEFL $1334d d d dTwo Pedestals with 3 ⁄4-Height Back Panel25" 60" 30" 28 7 ⁄8" 9039CEFL $1482d d d dStandard pedestals:• Left: two pedestals,one box and one filedrawer per pedestalTwo Pedestals with Full-Height Back Panel25" 60" 30" 28 7 ⁄8" 9239CEFL $1829d d d dStandard pedestals:• Left: two pedestals,two box and one filedrawer per pedestalTip: Central locking mechanismwith worksurface canbe used to secure centerdrawer and pre-2004pedestals.Series 9000 Specification GuideC123

30"D Unit Assembly Returns without Pedestalswith 3 ⁄4- or Full-Height Back Panel30"DcNeed help?Product details,page C30Standard Includes• Left-hand return• Worksurface: laminate• End panel, flush back panel, and end panel trim:paint price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Filler strip: black vinyl• 29 3 ⁄4"H worksurface• Attachment bracketsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panel, backpanel, and end panel trim4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateReturn• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 42 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 72 Specify paint color number.Filler strip No cost Select plastic color number for filler strip.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Grommets +$ 26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Return • Right-hand return No cost Specify with right-hand return.LocationClear-Access • Available on non-pedestal No cost Left: with 99163AEnd Panel side of return with flush back Right: with 99165AcPage C172 panel only Center: with 99167A and locationCenter Drawer +$135 Specify with 99409 center drawer.cPage C137Worksurface • 28 3 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 28 3 ⁄4" height.Height • 27 1 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 27 1 ⁄4" height.• 26 1 ⁄4"H (not available with No cost Specify with 26 1 ⁄4" height.full-height back panel)Related • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• PedestalscPages C139–C144• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C124Series 9000 Specification Guide

30"D Unit Assembly Returnswithout PedestalsSpecification InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S.dD W H dspace dNumber dBased dWidth d dPriced d d dWith 3 ⁄4-Height Back Panel30" 30" 30" 27 7 ⁄8" 9051AEFL $73830" 45" 30" 43 7 ⁄8" 9055AEFL $76830" 60" 30" 58 7 ⁄8" 9059AEFL $866d d d dWith Full-Height Back Panel30" 30" 30" 27 7 ⁄8" 9251AEFL $74630" 45" 30" 43 7 ⁄8" 9255AEFL $77630" 60" 30" 58 7 ⁄8" 9259AEFL $903d d d dConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC125

30"D Unit Assembly Returns, One or Two Pedestalswith 3 ⁄4- or Full-Height Back Panel30"DcNeed help?Product details,page C30Standard Includes• Left-hand return• Worksurface: laminate• End panel, flush back panel, end panel trim, andpedestal: paint price group 1• Worksurface and pedestal lock face rings with plastic plugto accommodate lock cylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Filler strip: black vinyl• 29 3 ⁄4"H worksurface• Attachment bracket• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/file or box/box/file pedestal,box drawer dividers, and adjustable file railsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panel,back panel, end panel trim, and pedestal4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key for both the worksurface andpedestal.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateReturn with one pedestal• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 80 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$137 Specify paint color number.Return with two pedestals• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$118 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$202 Specify paint color number.Filler strip No cost Select plastic color number for filler strip.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals only eachBack PanelSubstitution of full-height back panel• 30"W +$ 8 Specify with 99169EF back panel.• 45"W +$ 8 Specify with 99171EF back panel.• 60"W +$ 37 Specify with 99172EF back panel.Grommets +$ 26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.PedestalsSubstitutions for returns with full-height back panel• File, file No cost Specify with 9U947 and location.• Box, box, file No cost Specify with 9U948 and location.Return • Right-hand return No cost Specify with right-hand return.LocationCenter Drawer • Available on 45"W or 60"W +$135 Specify with 99409 center drawer.cPage C137returnsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.cOptions continued on next pageC126Series 9000 Specification Guide

30"D Unit Assembly Returns,One or Two PedestalsStandard pedestal:• Left: one box and onefile drawerStandard pedestal:• Left: two box and onefile drawercOptions, continuedOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyWorksurface • 28 3 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 28 3 ⁄4" height.Height • 27 1 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 27 1 ⁄4" height.• 26 1 ⁄4"H (not available with No cost Specify with 26 1 ⁄4" height.full-height back panel)Related • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• PedestalscPages C139–C144• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38Specification InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S.dD W H dspace dNumber dBased dWidth d dPriced d d dOne Pedestal with 3 ⁄4-Height Back Panel30" 30" 30" 13 7 ⁄8" 9051BEFL $108330" 45" 30" 28 7 ⁄8" 9055BEFL $111330" 60" 30" 43 7 ⁄8" 9059BEFL $1211d d d dOne Pedestal with Full-Height Back Panel30" 30" 30" 13 7 ⁄8" 9251BEFL $125130" 45" 30" 28 7 ⁄8" 9255BEFL $128130" 60" 30" 43 7 ⁄8" 9259BEFL $1408d d d dTwo Pedestals with 3 ⁄4-Height Back Panel30" 60" 30" 28 7 ⁄8" 9059CEFL $1556d d d dConventionalProductsStandard pedestals:• Left: two pedestals, onebox and one file drawerper pedestalTwo Pedestals with Full-Height Back Panel30" 60" 30" 28 7 ⁄8" 9259CEFL $1913d d d dStandard pedestals:• Left: two pedestals, twobox and one file drawerper pedestalTip: Central locking mechanismwith worksurface canbe used to secure centerdrawer and pre-2004pedestals.Series 9000 Specification GuideC127

Radius-End TablesDWTip: Unit must be connectedto a bridge, return, or adjoiningworksurface to form a L-or U-shaped configurationand to provide proper stability.Additional attachmenthardware may need to beordered.cNeed help?Product details,page C34Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Worksurface edges: vinyl• Column support, end panel, center panel, back panel,and end panel trim: paint price group 1Required to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Plastic color number for vinylworksurface edge4 Paint color number for column support,end panel, center panel, back panel,and end panel trim5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateColumn support• Polished Chrome +$99 Specify with 9201 Polished Chromecolumn.End panel, center panel, and back panel• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$25 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$43 Specify paint color number.Tip: If optional cablewayis selected, be sure tocheck the handedness ofthe end panel and locationof cableway.Modesty • Modesty panel and column Prices below Specify with modesty panel.Panelbracket: paint to matchother painted componentsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dModestyd d d dPanel30" 60" 8560309LFS $1491 +$24530" 60" 8560309RFS $1491 +$24530" 65" 8565309LFS $1511 +$25630" 65" 8565309RFS $1511 +$25630" 70" 8570309LFS $1535 +$26930" 70" 8570309RFS $1535 +$26935" 70" 8570359LFS $1602 +$26935" 70" 8570359RFS $1602 +$269d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C128Series 9000 Specification Guide

Radius-End WorksurfacesReturnRadius-End WorksurfacesStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyWcNeed help?Product details,page C18• Worksurface: laminate• Worksurface edge: vinyl• Height-adjustable column support: all paint price groups• Filler strip: vinyl• Attachment bracket: black paint only• Radius edge with self edge at worksurface attachment1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Plastic color number for vinylworksurface edge4 Paint color number for column support5 Plastic color number for filler strip6 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateConventionalProductsColumn support• Polished Chrome +$99 Specify with 9201 Polished Chromecolumn.Filler strip No cost Select plastic color number for filler strip.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d d30" 60" 8560309A $ 99130" 65" 8565309A $101530" 70" 8570309A $103535" 70" 8570359A $1086d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC129

Unit Assembly Bridgeswith 3 ⁄4- or Full-Height Back PanelDcNeed help?Product details,page C32Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Flush back panel: paint price group 1• Two filler strips: vinyl• 29 3 ⁄4"H worksurface• Attachment brackets: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for back panel4 Plastic color number for filler strip5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateBridge• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$25 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$43 Specify paint color number.Filler strip No cost Select plastic color number for filler strip.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Grommets +$26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Worksurface • 28 3 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 28 3 ⁄4" height.Height • 27 1 ⁄4"H No cost Specify with 27 1 ⁄4" height.• 26 1 ⁄4"H (not available with No cost Specify with 26 1 ⁄4" height.full-height back panel)Related • Worksurface accessories cPage C137Products • Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage F38Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dWith 3 ⁄4-Height Back Panel20" 45" 9013EWP $46525" 45" 9035EWP $49430" 45" 9055EWP $509d d dWith Full-Height Back Panel20" 45" 9213EWP $47325" 45" 9235EWP $50230" 45" 9255EWP $517d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C130Series 9000 Specification Guide

Corner WorksurfacesFor Use with Freestanding WorksurfacesCorner WorksurfacesStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyWcNeed help?Product details,page C36• Worksurface: laminate• Three-piece, 3 ⁄4-height back panel: paint pricegroup 1• Back edge: vinyl• Front edge on worksurface with keyboard cutout: vinyl• Attachment hardware• Keyboard grommet 99954KBC on corner worksurfacewith keyboard cutout: black plastic1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Plastic color number for vinyl edges4 Paint color number for back panel5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateConventionalProductsBack panel• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$25 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$43 Specify paint color number.Grommets +$26 Back center: 99954C and color numbercPage C44 each Keyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Specification InformationDDimensions DFront DStyle DU.S.dD W dEdge dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dWithout Keyboard Cutout25" 42" 24 1 ⁄4" 99996 $81525" 45" 28 1 ⁄2" 99994 $83930" 45" 21 1 ⁄4" 99995 $862d d d dWith Keyboard Cutout25" 42" 24 1 ⁄4" 99996R $87925" 45" 28 1 ⁄2" 99994R $933d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC131

Adjustable-Height Worksurfaceswith CrankTip: Adjustable-heightmechanism requiresassembly. Worksurfacerequires assembly tomechanism.Tip: Extension worksurfacesmay be usedonly with a crankversion of a single orbi-level corner worksurface.Tip: Dual corner and bi-levelcorner worksurfaces cansupport a keyboard and amouse pad on the samesurface.cNeed help?Product details,page C38Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateSpecification InformationLeg shrouds and feet• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$34 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$58 Specify paint color number.DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dStraight WorksurfaceStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Straight-worksurface edges are radius profile front andback and self-edge vinyl PVC (default) on the sides• Corner-worksurface edges are radius on the front andon the width edges, and vinyl PVC (default) on all otheredges• Adjustable-height mechanism• Leg shrouds and feet: paint price group 1• Crank handle28 1 ⁄4" 43" Q9CKSS45 $1662d d dRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for leg shroudsand feet4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Dual Straight Worksurface34 1 ⁄4" 43" Q9CKDS45 $2304d d dCorner Worksurface23 1 ⁄4" 42 1 ⁄4" Q9CKSC45 $1758d d dDual Corner Worksurface23 1 ⁄4" 42 1 ⁄4" Q9CKDC45 $2400d d dTip: Gas cylinder packagecan be field installed tosingle and dual crankadjustableworksurfacesto provide additional lift.cPage C39Pair of Gas CylindersADJHTGASCYL $ 160d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C132Series 9000 Specification Guide

Adjustable-Height Worksurfaceswith Electrically Adjustable Column SupportAdjustable-HeightWorksurfacesTip: Adjustable-height mechanismrequires attachmentto the base and worksurface.Tip: Dual corner worksurfacescan support a keyboardand a mouse pad onthe same surface.cNeed help?Product details,page C40Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Straight worksurface edges are radius profile front andback and self-edge vinyl PVC (default) on the sides• Corner worksurface edges are radius on the front andon the width edges, and vinyl PVC (default) on all otheredges• Drawer-mounted two-button controller• Adjustable-height column mechanism and base:paint price group 1• 9' power cord: black vinyl only• Attachment hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for column and base4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateConventionalProductsBase and Column• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 34• Paint price group 3 +$ 58 Specify paint color number.Programmable • Drawer-mounted six-button +$299 Specify with SSM.Memorycontroller with 3x3programmable memoryand soft-start/soft-stopHigh-Performance • 250 pound weight capacity +$699 Specify with 250SSM.Adjustable-Height and drawer-mountedWorksurface with six-button controller withProgrammable 3x3 programmable memoryMemoryand soft-start/soft-stopSpecification InformationU.S.DDimensions DStyle DBasedD W dNumber dPriced d dd d dStraight Worksurface28 1 ⁄4" 43" Q9ECSS45 $2011d d dDual Straight Worksurface34 1 ⁄4" 43" Q9ECDS45 $2653d d dCorner Worksurface23 1 ⁄4" 42 1 ⁄4" Q9ECSC45 $2107d d dDual Corner Worksurface23 1 ⁄4" 42 1 ⁄4" Q9ECDC45 $2749d d dSeries 9000 Specification GuideC133

Worksurface Brackets and ClampsEnd Panel Stabilizer BracketscNeed help?Product details,page C25Standard Includes• Stabilizer bracket: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedFor Left End Panel98722 $26For Right End Panel98723 $26ddEnd Panel-to-Panel Stabilizer BracketcNeed help?Product details,page C25Standard Includes• Carton of two stabilizer brackets: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced98755 $18ddCantilever-to-Cantilever ClampcNeed help?Product details,page C25Standard Includes• Carton of five clamps: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced98754 $24ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C134Series 9000 Specification Guide

Worksurface Bracketand ClampsChange-of-Height Cantilever-to-Cantilever ClampcNeed help?Product details,page C26Standard Includes• Carton of two clamps: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced98882 $26ddConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC135

Side-Attachment BracketsBack Panel Side-Connector BracketscNeed help?Product details,page C46Standard Includes• Side-connector bracket: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedFor Left End of Back Panel98724 $22For Right End of Back Panel98725 $22ddBack Panel Parallel-Connector BracketscNeed help?Product details,page C46Standard Includes• Parallel-connector bracket: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationTip: For attachment to 20"Wpanel only.DStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedFor Left End of Back Panel98741 $18For Right End of Back Panel98742 $18ddWorksurface End-Support BracketscNeed help?Product details,page C46Standard Includes• End-support bracket: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.DWork- DStyle DU.S.dsurface dNumber dPricedDepth d dd d d20" 98707 $2425" 98708 $2430" 98709 $24d d dC136Series 9000 Specification Guide

Worksurface AccessoriesWorksurface AccessoriesMetal Center DrawercNeed help?Product details,page C42Standard Includes• Center drawer: all paint price groups• Frame• Attaching hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for center drawercSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: For use on worksurfaceswith a minimum21 1 ⁄2"W kneespace.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d21 3 ⁄8" 22" 2" 99409 $135d d dConventionalProductsPlastic Center DrawercNeed help?Product details,page C42Standard Includes• Drawer: black textured plastic only• Slides: black plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d19" 21" 1 3 ⁄8" ASHC1921X1 $49d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification Guide cWorksurface Accessories, continued C137

Worksurface Accessories, continuedVertical Processor Storage UnitcNeed help?Product details,page C43Standard Includes• Processor storage unit: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d19 1 ⁄2" 7 1 ⁄2" 22" 85PSUVLG $187d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C138Series 9000 Specification Guide

3⁄4-Height Worksurface-Supported Pedestals3/4-Height Worksurface-Supported PedestalscNeed help?Product details,page C50Standard Includes• Pedestal: paint price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Removable drawer fronts with integral pulls:paint to match pedestal• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—Pencil tray, box drawer dividers, and adjustable file railsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for pedestal3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.ConventionalProductsPulls • Full-width wood pull +$115 Specify with wood pull and indicatewood color number.• Customiz stain on wood pull +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Related • Pedestal accessories cPage C156ProductsSpecification InformationTip: Central locking mechanismwith worksurface canbe used to secure pre-2004pedestals.DActual Dimensions DOld DNew DU.S.dD W H dStyle dStyle dBased dNumber dNumber dPriced d d dOne Box and One File Drawer17 1 ⁄2" 15" 18 1 ⁄2" 99872 9U872 $33522 5 ⁄8" 15" 18 1 ⁄2" 99111 9U111 $34027 5 ⁄8" 15" 18 1 ⁄2" 99230 9U230 $345d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC139

Full-Height Worksurface-Supported PedestalscNeed help?Product details,page C50Standard Includes• Pedestal: paint price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Removable drawer fronts with integral pulls:paint to match pedestal• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/box/file pedestal,box drawer dividers, and adjustable file railsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for pedestal andpartition3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.Pulls • Full-width wood pull +$115 Specify with wood pull and indicatewood color number.• Customiz stain on wood pull +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals onlySpecification InformationTip: Central locking mechanismwith worksurface canbe used to secure pre-2004pedestals.DActual Dimensions DOld DNew DU.S.dD W H dStyle dStyle dBased dNumber dNumber dPriced d d dTwo File Drawers17 1 ⁄2" 15" 24 1 ⁄2" 99893 9U893 $49522 5 ⁄8" 15" 24 1 ⁄2" 99223 9U223 $49527 5 ⁄8" 15" 24 1 ⁄2" 99947 9U947 $505d d dTwo Box and One File Drawer17 1 ⁄2" 15" 24 1 ⁄2" 99881 9U881 $49522 5 ⁄8" 15" 24 1 ⁄2" 99224 9U224 $49527 5 ⁄8" 15" 24 1 ⁄2" 99948 9U948 $505d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C140Series 9000 Specification Guide

Full-HeightWorksurface-SupportedPedestalsConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC141

Mobile PedestalscNeed help?Product details,page C50Standard Includes• Pedestal: paint price group 1• 1 /8"H steel top: paint to match pedestal• Removable drawer fronts with integral pulls: paint tomatch pedestal• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/file or box/box/file pedestal,box drawer dividers, and adjustable file rails• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Four-hard composition, non-locking casters: black only• Safety interlock mechanism• Counter-weight package• Factory-installed cushion top, if selected:–Cushion upholstery: price group 1–Retractable handle: 9201 Polished ChromeRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for pedestal3 Fabric color number for cushionupholstery (99111MHC only)4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfacePedestalMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.Tip: Optional tops willincrease the overall pedestalheight.Tops • 1"H square edge steel top +$ 45 Specify with steel square top.Laminate top• 1 3 ⁄16"H Square edge +$195 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate toplaminate color number.• 1 7 ⁄16"H Bullnose laminate top +$215 Specify with bullnose laminate top andindicate laminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminatecOptions, continued on next pageWood veneer top• 1 3 ⁄16"H Wood veneer top +$285 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Full-fill finish on wood +$ 15 Specify with full-fill finish.veneer top• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.veneer topcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Upholstery on cushion top• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 33 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 50 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 85 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$125 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$195 Specify fabric color number.• Leather price group +$500 Specify leather color number.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.• Customer’s own material +$ 15 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual(COM) or Customer’s ownto specify.leather (COL)For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C142Series 9000 Specification Guide

Mobile PedestalscOptions, continued from previous pageOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyPulls • Full-width wood pull +$115 Specify with wood pull and indicatewood color number.• Customiz stain on wood pull +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals only eachRelated • Storage accessories c Page C156ProductsConventionalProductsSpecification InformationDDimensions DOld DNew DU.S.dD W H dStyle dStyle dBased dNumber dNumber dPriced d d dTwo File Drawers22 5 ⁄8" 15" 27" 99223MH 9U223MH $680d d d dTwo Box and One File Drawer22 5 ⁄8 15" 27" 99224MH 9U224MH $695d d d dOne Box and One File Drawer22 5 ⁄8 15" 27" 99111MH 9U111MH $625d d d dOne Box and One File Drawer with Factory-Installed Pedestal Cushion Top withHandle22 5 ⁄8 15" 27" 99111MHC 9U111MHC $925d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC143

Mobile Pedestal Cushion TopField-Installed KitcNeed help?Product details,page C50Standard Includes• Cushion upholstery: fabric price group 1• Cushion top handle, if specified: 9201 Polished Chrome• Template for installationRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for cushionupholstery3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceUpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 33 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 50 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 85 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$125 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$195 Specify fabric color number.• Leather price group +$500 Specify leather color number.c See Surface Materials, page H4.• Customer’s Own Material +$ 15 c See Surface Materials Reference Manual(COM) or Customer’s Ownto specify.Leather (COL)Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dFor Use with Series 9000 Box File Mobile Pedestal (9U111MH)Cushion Top without Handle22 5 ⁄8" 15" RPXTC24F $230Cushion Top with 9201 Polished Chrome Handle22 5 ⁄8" 15" RPXTCH24F $300d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C144Series 9000 Specification Guide

Half-Height ShelvesHalf-Height ShelvescNeed help?Product details,page C54Standard Includes• Half-height shelf: paint price group 1Required to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for shelf3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$13 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$21 Specify paint color number.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d d14 7 ⁄8" 25" 7 5 ⁄8" 9HBS2515 $13014 7 ⁄8" 30" 7 5 ⁄8" 9HBS3015 $13914 7 ⁄8" 35" 7 5 ⁄8" 9HBS3515 $14914 7 ⁄8" 36" 7 5 ⁄8" 9HBS3615 $14914 7 ⁄8" 42" 7 5 ⁄8" 9HBS4215 $15314 7 ⁄8" 45" 7 5 ⁄8" 9HBS4515 $16514 7 ⁄8" 60" 7 5 ⁄8" 9HBS6015 $18714 7 ⁄8" 70" 7 5 ⁄8" 9HBS7015 $236d d dConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC145

Full-Height ShelvescNeed help?Product details,page C54Standard Includes• Full-height shelf: paint price group 1Required to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for shelf3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$13 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$21 Specify paint color number.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d d14 7 ⁄8" 25" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BS2515 $14514 7 ⁄8" 30" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BS3015 $15114 7 ⁄8" 35" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BS3515 $16414 7 ⁄8" 36" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BS3615 $16414 7 ⁄8" 42" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BS4215 $17014 7 ⁄8" 45" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BS4515 $18214 7 ⁄8" 60" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BS6015 $20714 7 ⁄8" 70" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BS7015 $260d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C146Series 9000 Specification Guide

Full-HeightShelvesConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC147

Storage BinscNeed help?Product details,page C54Standard Includes• Storage bin: paint price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder, if selected: 9201 Polished ChromeRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for storage bin3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceBin with one doorMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$65 Specify paint color number.Bin with two doors• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$53 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$90 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Related • Storage brackets and storage accessories cPage C156ProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C148Series 9000 Specification Guide

Storage BinsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dWith One Door14 7 ⁄8" 25" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BB2515 $32814 7 ⁄8" 30" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BB3015 $33314 7 ⁄8" 35" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BB3515 $35414 7 ⁄8" 36" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BB3615 $35414 7 ⁄8" 42" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BB4215 $37014 7 ⁄8" 45" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BB4515 $376d d dWith Two Doors14 7 ⁄8" 60" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BB6015 $56314 7 ⁄8" 70" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BB7015 $645d d dWith One Door and One Lock14 7 ⁄8" 25" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BBL2515 $37814 7 ⁄8" 30" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BBL3015 $38314 7 ⁄8" 35" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BBL3515 $40414 7 ⁄8" 36" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BBL3615 $40414 7 ⁄8" 42" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BBL4215 $42014 7 ⁄8" 45" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BBL4515 $426d d dWith Two Doors and Two Locks14 7 ⁄8" 60" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BBL6015 $66314 7 ⁄8" 70" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BBL7015 $745d d dConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC149

Storage Bins with Fabric-Covered DoorscNeed help?Product details,page C54Standard Includes• Storage bin: paint price group 1• Storage bin door: fabric price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder, if selected: 9201 Polished Chrome or 9250Ember ChromeRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for storage bin3 Fabric color number for storage bin door4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceBin with one doorMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.Bin with two doors• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 53 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 90 Specify paint color number.Fabric- • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.Covered • Fabric price group 2 +$ 12 Specify fabric color number.Door • Fabric price group 3 +$ 46 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 62 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$100 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 15 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualto specify.Fabric • Warp directional fabrics No cost Specify with warp direction if otherDirectionthan standard.cPage H16 for standard direction.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Related • Storage brackets and storage accessories cPage C156ProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C150Series 9000 Specification Guide

Storage Bins with Fabric-Covered DoorsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dWith One Door14 7 ⁄8" 25" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BB2515F $ 47214 7 ⁄8" 30" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BB3015F $ 48614 7 ⁄8" 35" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BB3515F $ 51514 7 ⁄8" 36" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BB3615F $ 51514 7 ⁄8" 42" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BB4215F $ 53814 7 ⁄8" 45" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BB4515F $ 548d d dWith Two Doors14 7 ⁄8" 60" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BB6015F $ 85914 7 ⁄8" 70" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BB7015F $ 964d d dWith One Door and One Lock14 7 ⁄8" 25" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BBL2515F $ 52214 7 ⁄8" 30" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BBL3015F $ 53614 7 ⁄8" 35" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BBL3515F $ 56514 7 ⁄8" 36" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BBL3615F $ 56514 7 ⁄8" 42" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BBL4215F $ 58814 7 ⁄8" 45" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BBL4515F $ 598d d dWith Two Doors and Two Locks14 7 ⁄8" 60" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BBL6015F $ 95914 7 ⁄8" 70" 16 5 ⁄8" 9BBL7015F $1064d d dConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC151

Service Moduleswith ShelvescNeed help?Product details,page C58Standard Includes• End panels, back panel, end panel trim, and adjustableshelves, if selected: paint price group 1• Tackboard front and back: vertical surface fabricprice group 1• Attachment hardware• Four dividers: clear textured plastic onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for end panels, backpanel, end panel trim, and shelves, ifselected3 Fabric color number for tackboardsurface 1 (front)4 Fabric color number for tackboardsurface 2 (back)5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceService module with one shelfMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 47 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 79 Specify paint color number.Service module with two shelves• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 60 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$100 Specify paint color number.Tip: To price a tackboardwith fabrics in two differentprice groups on oppositesides, add the two pricestogether and divide by two.Tackboard• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 24 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 92 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$124 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$200 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 30 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualto specify.Side23"H service modulesAttachment • Left (right) end panel omitted; –$112 Specify omit left (right) end panel; addcPage C46 side-attachment brackets side-attachment brackets.included35"H service modules• Left (right) end panel omitted; –$124 Specify omit left (right) end panel; addside-attachment bracketsside-attachment brackets.includedRelated • Storage brackets and storage accessories cPage C156Products • Storage wiring and cabling cPage F43For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C152Series 9000 Specification Guide

Service ModulesSpecification InformationDDimensions DCartons DStyle DU.S.dD W H dShipped dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dWith One Shelf15" 45" 23" 5 9084C $ 62215" 60" 23" 5 9086C $ 68515" 70" 23" 5 9090C $ 734d d d dWith Two Shelves15" 45" 35" 5 9085C $ 84715" 60" 35" 5 9087C $ 91015" 65" 35" 5 9089C $ 95315" 70" 35" 5 9091C $100615" 75" 35" 5 9093F $1050d d d dConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC153

Service Moduleswith Storage BinscNeed help?Product details,page C58Standard Includes• End panels, back panel, end panel trim, andstorage bins: paint price group 1• Tackboard front and back, if selected:vertical surface fabric price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder, if selected: 9201 Polished Chrome• Attachment hardware• Four dividers: clear textured plastic onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for end panels,back panel, end panel trim, and storagebins3 Fabric color number for tackboardsurface 1 (front), if selected4 Fabric color number for tackboardsurface 2 (back), if selected5 Color number for lock, if selected6 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceService module with one doorMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 87 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$148 Specify paint color number.Service module with two doors• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$118 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$202 Specify paint color number.Tip: To price a tackboardwith fabrics in two differentprice groups on oppositesides, add the two pricestogether and divide by two.Tackboard• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 24 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 92 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$124 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$200 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 30 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualto specify.Related • Storage brackets and storage accessories cPage C156Products • Storage wiring and cabling cPage F43For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C154Series 9000 Specification Guide

Service ModulesSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dWith One Door and No TackboardWithout Lock15" 45" 35" 9085SMNTB $1193With Lock15" 45" 35" 9085SMLNTB $1243d d dConventionalProductsWith Two Doors and No TackboardWithout Lock15" 60" 35" 9087SMNTB $129415" 70" 35" 9091SMNTB $155315" 75" 35" 9093SMNTB $1678d d dWith Lock15" 60" 35" 9087SMLNTB $139415" 70" 35" 9091SMLNTB $165315" 75" 35" 9093SMLNTB $1778d d dWith One Door and TackboardWithout Lock15" 45" 35" 9085SM $1370With Lock15" 45" 35" 9085SML $1420d d dWith Two Doors and TackboardWithout Lock15" 60" 35" 9087SM $150615" 70" 35" 9091SM $178815" 75" 35" 9093SM $1954d d dWith Lock15" 60" 35" 9087SML $160615" 70" 35" 9091SML $1888For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.15" 75" 35" 9093SML $2054d d dSeries 9000 Specification GuideC155

Storage Brackets and Storage AccessoriesPedestal Adapter PackageStandard Includes• Pair of brackets: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: When 25"D pedestalsare used on a 30"D worksurface,you must specify apedestal adapter packagefor each pedestal specified.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced9U239 $50ddRailscNeed help?Product details,page C62Standard Includes• Package of two or four rails: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationU.S.DWidth DStyle DPriced dNumber dd d dFor Use with DrawersPackage of Two15" RXADRL15 $16d d dDividerscNeed help?Product details,page C62Standard Includes• Package of two dividers: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationU.S.DDimensions DStyle DPricedW dNumber dd d dFor Use in 6"H Drawers15" RXADV1506 $26ddFor Use in 12"H Drawers15" RXADV1212 $26d d dC156Series 9000 Specification Guide

Storage Brackets andStorage AccessoriesBookendsStandard Includes• Package of 2 or 20 dividers: 6695 Midnight onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyle DQuantity DU.S.dNumber d dPriced d dKDIV02 2 $ 19KDIV20 20 $185d d dConventionalProductsReference ShelfcNeed help?Product details,page C60Standard Includes• Reference shelf: black only• Insert: clear plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedRPXDRS $30ddFile Drawer Stationery Insert (Three-Pocket)cNeed help?Product details,page C60Standard Includes• Stationery insert: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Stationery insertcan be used in 12"H filedrawers only.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedRPXFST $38ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification Guide cStorage Brackets and Storage Accessories, continued C157

Storage Brackets and Storage Accessories, continuedPencil TraycNeed help?Product details,page C60Standard Includes• Pencil tray: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Pedestals with boxdrawers include one penciltray per pedestal.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdU.S.DPriceddRPXDPT $22ddBi-Level TraycNeed help?Product details,page C60Standard Includes• Bi-level tray: black only• Two tray dividers: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdU.S.DPriceddRPXDBT $26ddMedia TraycNeed help?Product details,page C60Standard Includes• Media tray: black only• Four tray dividers: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdU.S.DPriceddRPXDMT $26ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C158Series 9000 Specification Guide

Storage Brackets andStorage AccessoriesAdjustable Dividers for Storage Bins and ShelvescNeed help?Product details,page C61Standard Includes• Carton of four dividers: clear textured plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d10 3 ⁄4" 4" 4 1 ⁄2" 98512A $37d d dConventionalProductsWall ChannelscNeed help?Product details,page C63Standard Includes• Two wall channels: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for channelscSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDHeight DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d53" 98718 $80Tip: Horizontal brace isrequired for wall channelapplication supporting componentsthat are up to 60"W.65" 98719 $8075" 98720 $80d d dHorizontal BracecNeed help?Product details,page C55Standard Includes• Horizontal brace: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for bracecSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d42" 987HB42 $5645" 987HB45 $5660" 987HB60 $5670" 987HB70 $56d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification Guide cStorage Brackets and Storage Accessories, continued C159

Storage Brackets and Storage Accessories, continuedVertical Attachment RailcNeed help?Product details,page C61Standard Includes• Rail: all paint price groups• Rail cover: plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for rail3 Plastic color number for rail covercSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDHeight DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d25" GSCAVS9 $125d d dTip: Use to attach storagebins and shelves toTechnology Wall.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C160Series 9000 Specification Guide

Storage Brackets andStorage AccessoriesConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC161

Buildup Guidelines for Factory AssemblyBuildups are factoryassembledcomponents,built to your specifications,and in most cases, shippedfully assembled. Unit assembliesthat are not availableas standard products can bespecified as buildups.Example: This 25"D x 65"Wdesk is not available in thestatement of line. But youcan have it built up from thecomponents shown below:Buildup99253Aw/99954L99157A99102 25"D right-hand end panel,4682 Grey Value 1 paint,4682 Grey Value 1 trim99173 62 3 ⁄4"W full-height back panel,4682 Grey Value 1 paint9U223.Worksurface (25"D x 62 3 ⁄4"W) with lock,2782 Grey Value 1 laminateGrommet, rear left, 6612 Grey Value 2 plastic25"D left-hand clear-access end panel,4682 Grey Value 1 paint,4682 Grey Value 1 trim25"D pedestal with two file drawers, right,4682 Grey Value 1 paint.Steps1Indicate that your componentlist is a buildup bybeginning the specificationwith the style numberbuildup.2List all the componentswith their individual stylenumbers.3Specify the locationof storage components(left, right).4Include descriptions ofany options you want onthe components (keying,grommets, etc.).5Specify the appropriatesurface materials..C162Series 9000 Specification Guide

Buildup Guidelinesfor Factory Assembly.TipsAfter listing componentsfor a buildup, check the tipsbelow to verify that the componentsare compatible.Remember, anything thatyou can’t do with a unitassembly, you can’t do witha buildup. For example, youcan’t have a clear-accessend panel next to a pedestalon a unit assembly; therefore,you can’t specify thatconfiguration on a buildupeither.Match width of the backpanel to the width of theworksurface.DWWDMatch depth of thepedestals to the depth ofthe worksurface.Exception: You can specify25"D pedestals with a 30"Dworksurface, but you mustalso specify a 9U239adapter bracket packagefor each pedestal.3 /4-height back panels3 /4-heightpedestalFull-heightpedestalFull-height back panels3 /4-heightpedestalFull-heightpedestalCombine pedestalswith appropriate back panels.3⁄4-height pedestals can beused with either 3 ⁄4-height orfull-height back panels. Butfull-height pedestals canonly be used with full-heightback panels...Only componentscan be used to specifybuildups. Buildups cannotinclude assemblies in thecomponents list.Fully assembledbuildups are standard, butlarge products cannot beshipped in one piece. If youspecify a unit with a 90"Wworksurface, the unit will notship fully assembled....ConventionalProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideC163

20"D Worksurfaces20"DcNeed help?Product details,page C14Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder, if selected: 9201 Polished ChromeRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateLock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Grommets +$26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Related • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C164Series 9000 Specification Guide

20"D WorksurfacesSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dWithout Lock20" 42 3 ⁄4" 99004B $19020" 45" 99004BEWP $19020" 57 3 ⁄4" 99005B $21320" 67 3 ⁄4" 99006B $226d d dWith Lock20" 27 3 ⁄4" 98401A $23220" 28 7 ⁄8" 98401AEFL $23220" 32 3 ⁄4" 98403A $23820" 33 3 ⁄4" 98422A $24320" 39 3 ⁄4" 98424A $24420" 42 3 ⁄4" 99004A $24220" 43 7 ⁄8" 99004AEFL $24220" 57 3 ⁄4" 99005A $26520" 58 7 ⁄8" 99005AEFL $26520" 67 3 ⁄4" 99006A $27820" 87 3 ⁄4" 98433A $445d d dConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC165

25"D Worksurfaces25"DcNeed help?Product details,page C14Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder, if selected: 9201 Polished ChromeRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateLock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Tip: Center drawer will blockaccess to grommets.Grommets +$26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Related • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C166Series 9000 Specification Guide

25"D WorksurfacesSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dWithout Lock25" 45" 99107BEWP $213d d dWith Lock25" 27 3 ⁄4" 98405A $24125" 28 7 ⁄8" 98405AEFL $24125" 32 3 ⁄4" 98407A $24525" 33 3 ⁄4" 98426A $24625" 39 3 ⁄4" 98428A $25525" 42 3 ⁄4" 99107A $26525" 43 7 ⁄8" 99107AEFL $26525" 57 3 ⁄4" 99108A $34625" 58 7 ⁄8" 99108AEFL $34625" 62 3 ⁄4" 99253A $35725" 67 3 ⁄4" 98409A $36425" 72 3 ⁄4" 99109A $36425" 87 3 ⁄4" 98439A $502d d dConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC167

30"D Worksurfaces30"DcNeed help?Product details,page C14Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder, if selected: 9201 Polished ChromeRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateLock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Grommets +$26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Related • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38Specification InformationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dWithout Lock30" 45" 99266BEWP $22430" 57 3 ⁄4" 99213B $31430" 67 3 ⁄4" 99262B $363d d dWith Lock30" 27 3 ⁄4" 99268A $26130" 28 7 ⁄8" 99268AEFL $26130" 42 3 ⁄4" 99266A $27630" 43 7 ⁄8" 99266AEFL $27630" 57 3 ⁄4" 99213A $36630" 58 7 ⁄8" 99213AEFL $36630" 62 3 ⁄4" 99214A $38530" 67 3 ⁄4" 99262A $41530" 72 3 ⁄4" 99260A $42830" 87 3 ⁄4" 99052A $575d d dC168Series 9000 Specification Guide

35"D Worksurfaces35"D WorksurfacesStandard IncludesRequired to Specify35"DcNeed help?Product details,page C14• Worksurface: laminate• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateConventionalProductsLock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Grommets +$26 Back left: 99954L and color numbercPage C44 each Back right: 99954R and color numberBack center: 99954C and color numberKeyboard left: 99954KBL and colornumberKeyboard right: 99954KBR and colornumberKeyboard center: 99954KBC and colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page H4,for plastic color numbers.Related • Worksurface brackets and clamps cPage C134Products • Worksurface accessories cPage C137• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d d35" 57 3 ⁄4" 99215A $44135" 62 3 ⁄4" 99216A $46535" 67 3 ⁄4" 99217A $48835" 72 3 ⁄4" 99258A $508d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC169

Worksurface SupportsCantileverscNeed help?Product details,page C23Standard Includes• Cantilever and cantilever trim: all paint price groups• Cantilever end-support bracketsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for cantilever andcantilever trimcSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDWorksurface DStyle DU.S.dDepth dNumber dPriced d dLeft-Hand Cantilevers20" 98701 $8025" 98703 $8230" 98705 $88d d dRight-Hand Cantilevers20" 98702 $8025" 98704 $8230" 98706 $88d d dCenter Supports for 90"W Worksurfaces20", 25", or 30" 98795 $80d d dShared CantilevercNeed help?Product details,page C24Standard Includes• Non-handed shared cantilever: all paint price groups• Reveal strip: black vinylRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for shared cantilever3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Reveal strip No cost Select plastic color number for filler strip.MaterialsSpecification InformationDWorksurface DStyle DU.S.dDepth dNumber dPriced d d25" or 30" 98763 $127d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C170Series 9000 Specification Guide

Worksurface SupportsEnd PanelscNeed help?Product details,page C21Standard Includes• End panel and end panel trim: paint price group 1• End panel-to-panel stabilizer bracketRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for end panel andend panel trim3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceEnd panel and end panel trimMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$17 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$29 Specify paint color number.ConventionalProductsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dNon-Handed End Panels20" 30" 99001 $254d d dLeft-Hand End Panels25" 30" 99101 $25630" 30" 99201 $29835" 30" 99207 $317d d dRight-Hand End Panels25" 30" 99102 $25630" 30" 99202 $29835" 30" 99208 $317d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification Guide cWorksurface Supports, continued C171

Worksurface Supports, continuedClear-Access End PanelscNeed help?Product details,page C22Standard Includes• Clear-access end panel and clear-access end paneltrim: paint price group 1• End panel-to-panel stabilizer bracketRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for end panel andend panel trim3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceClear-access end panel and clear-access end panel trimMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$17 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$29 Specify paint color number.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dLeft-Hand Clear-Access End Panels with Feet25" 30" 99157A $25630" 30" 99163A $298d d dRight-Hand Clear-Access End Panels with Feet25" 30" 99159A $25630" 30" 99165A $298d d dCenter Clear-Access End Panels with Feet25" 30" 99161A $25630" 30" 99167A $298d d dCenter Clear-Access End Panels without Feet25" 30" 99162A $23530" 30" 99168A $274d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.C172Series 9000 Specification Guide

Back PanelsBack PanelscNeed help?Product details,page C28Standard Includes• Back panel: paint price group 1Required to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for back panel3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$25 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$43 Specify paint color number.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dW H dNumber dBased d dPriced d d3 ⁄4-Height Back PanelsConventionalProducts27 3 ⁄4" 20 1 ⁄4" 99121 $ 8828 7 ⁄8" 20 1 ⁄4" 99121EF $ 8832 3 ⁄4" 20 1 ⁄4" 99122 $ 9239 3 ⁄4" 20 1 ⁄4" 99183 $ 9742 3 ⁄4" 20 1 ⁄4" 99118 $10343 7 ⁄8" 20 1 ⁄4" 99118EF $10345" 20 1 ⁄4" 99118EWP $10357 3 ⁄4" 20 1 ⁄4" 99119 $11158 7 ⁄8" 20 1 ⁄4" 99119EF $11162 3 ⁄4" 20 1 ⁄4" 99227 $11567 3 ⁄4" 20 1 ⁄4" 99228 $12272 3 ⁄4" 20 1 ⁄4" 99120 $129For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.87 3 ⁄4" 20 1 ⁄4" 99123 $141d d dFull-Height Back Panels27 3 ⁄4" 25 7 ⁄16" 99169 $ 9628 7 ⁄8" 25 7 ⁄16" 99169EF $ 9632 3 ⁄4" 25 7 ⁄16" 99170 $10439 3 ⁄4" 25 7 ⁄16" 99184 $10842 3 ⁄4" 25 7 ⁄16" 99171 $11143 7 ⁄8" 25 7 ⁄16" 99171EF $11145" 25 7 ⁄16" 99171EWP $11157 3 ⁄4" 25 7 ⁄16" 99172 $14858 7 ⁄8" 25 7 ⁄16" 99172EF $14862 3 ⁄4" 25 7 ⁄16" 99173 $15867 3 ⁄4" 25 7 ⁄16" 99174 $16372 3 ⁄4" 25 7 ⁄16" 99175 $17287 3 ⁄4" 25 7 ⁄16" 99178 $184d d dSeries 9000 Specification GuideC173

Worksurface BracketsBridge or Return Attachment Bracket PackagesStandard IncludesRequired to Specifyscale 125cNeed help?Product details,page C26• Attachment bracket: all paint price groups• Filler strip for straight-height bracket package: black vinyl1 Style number2 Paint color number for attachmentbracket3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Filler strip No cost Select plastic color number for filler strip.Materials cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification Informationscale 125DReturn DStyle DU.S.dor Bridge dNumber dPricedDepth d dd d dStraight-Height Bracket Package for 29 3 /4"H Application20" 99365 $8625" 99366 $8930" 99367 $91Drop-Height Bracket Package for 26 1 /4"H, 27 1 /4"H, or 28 3 /4"H Application20" 99365A $8325" 99366A $8730" 99367A $89d d dReturn Radius-End Worksurface BracketcNeed help?Product details,page C27Standard Includes• Bracket: black paint only• Filler strip: black vinylRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Options, if selected (see below)Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Filler strip No cost Select plastic color number for filler strip.Materials cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDReturn DStyle DU.S.dRadius dNumber dPricedEnd Table d ddDepth d dd d d30" 99376 $90For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.35" 99377 $90d d dC174Series 9000 Specification Guide

Worksurface BracketsWorksurface-to-Radius-End Worksurface BracketcNeed help?Product details,page C27Standard Includes• Bracket package: black paint only• Filler strip: black vinylRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Options, if selected (see below)Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Filler strip No cost Select plastic color number for filler strip.Materials cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDWork- DStyle DU.S.dsurface dNumber dPricedDepth d dd d d20" 99388 $8825" 99389 $8830" 99390 $88d d dConventionalProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideC175

Breakdown of Components20"D Unit Assembly Desks (see pages C86–C91)Without Pedestals Single-Pedestal Double-Pedestal3 ⁄4-Height Full-Height 3 ⁄4-Height Full-Height 3 ⁄4-Height Full-HeightBack Panel Back Panel Back Panel Back Panel Back Panel Back Panel45"W 9013AL 9213AL 9013TL 9213TL99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP99004A-WS 99004A-WS 99004A-WS 99004A-WS99118-BP 99171-BP 99118-BP 99171-BP9U872-PD 9U881-PD60"W 9017AL 9217AL 9017TL 9217TL 9017UL 9217UL99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP99005A-WS 99005A-WS 99005A-WS 99005A-WS 99005A-WS 99005A-WS99119-BP 99172-BP 99119-BP 99172-BP 99119-BP 99172-BP9U872-PD 9U881-PD 9U872-PD 9U893-PD9U881-PD70"W 9021AL 9221AL 9021TL 9221TL 9021UL 9221UL99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP99006A-WS 99006A-WS 99006A-WS 99006A-WS 99006A-WS 99006A-WS99228-BP 99174-BP 99228-BP 99174-BP 99228-BP 99174-BP9U872-PD 9U881-PD 9U872-PD 9U893-PD9U881-PD25"D Unit Assembly Desks (see pages C92–C97)30"W 9031A 9231A 9031B 9231B99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP99102-EP 99102-EP 99102-EP 99102-EP98405A-WS 98405A-WS 98405A-WS 98405A-WS99121-BP 99169-BP 99121-BP 99169-BP9U111-PD 9U224-PD45"W 9035A 9235A 9035B 9235B99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP99102-EP 99102-EP 99102-EP 99102-EP|99107A-WS 99107A-WS 99107A-WS 99107A-WS99118-BP 99171-BP 99118-BP 99171-BP9U111-PD 9U224-PD60"W 9039A 9239A 9039B 9239B 9039C 9239C99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP99102-EP 99102-EP 99102-EP 99102-EP 99102-EP 99102-EP99108A-WS 99108A-WS 99108A-WS 99108A-WS 99108A-WS 99108A-WS99119-BP 99172-BP 99119-BP 99172-BP 99119-BP 99172-BP9U111-PD 9U224-PD 9U111-PD 9U223-PD9U224-PD70"W 9047A 9247A 9047B 9247B 9047C 9247C99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP99102-EP 99102-EP 99102-EP 99102-EP 99102-EP 99102-EP98409A-WS 98409A-WS 98409A-WS 98409A-WS 98409A-WS 98409A-WS99228-BP 99174-BP 99228-BP 99174-BP 99228-BP 99174-BP9U111-PD 9U224-PD 9U111-PD 9U223-PD9U224-PDAbbreviation Codes AB Attachment bracket LC Lower case SF Shelf Components listedBP Back panel PD Pedestal TB Tackboard from left to right.EP End panel RS Reference shelf WS WorksurfaceG GrommetC176Series 9000 Specification Guide

Breakdown of ComponentsWithout Pedestals Single-Pedestal Double-Pedestal3 ⁄4-Height Full-Height 3 ⁄4-Height Full-Height 3 ⁄4-Height Full-HeightBack Panel Back Panel Back Panel Back Panel Back Panel Back Panel25"D Unit Assembly Desks, continued (see pages C92–C97)75"W 9043A 9243A 9043B 9243B 9043C 9243C99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP99102-EP 99102-EP 99102-EP 99102-EP 99102-EP 99102-EP99109A-WS 99109A-WS 99109A-WS 99109A-WS 99109A-WS 99109A-WS99120-BP 99175-BP 99120-BP 99175-BP 99120-BP 99175-BP9U111-PD 9U224-PD 9U111-PD 9U223-PD9U224-PD90"W 9082A 9282A 9082B 9282B 9082C 9282C99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP99102-EP 99102-EP 99102-EP 99102-EP 99102-EP 99102-EP98439A-WS 98439A-WS 98439A-WS 98439A-WS 98439A-WS 98439A-WS99123-BP 99178-BP 99123-BP 99178-BP 99123-BP 99178-BP9U111-PD 9U224-PD 9U111-PD 9U223-PD9U224-PDConventionalProducts30"D Unit Assembly Desks (see pages C98–C109)30"W 9051A 9251A 9051B 9251B99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP99268A-WS 99268A-WS 99268A-WS 99268A-WS99121-BP 99169-BP 99121-BP 99169-BP9U230-PD 9U948-PD45"W 9055A 9255A 9055B 9255B99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP99266A-WS 99266A-WS 99266A-WS 99266A-WS99118-BP 99171-BP 99118-BP 99171-BP9U230-PD 9U948-PD60"W 9059A 9259A 9059B 9259B 9059C 9259C99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP99213A-WS 99213A-WS 99213A-WS 99213A-WS 99213A-WS 99213A-WS99119-BP 99172-BP 99119-BP 99172-BP 99119-BP 99172-BP9U230-PD 9U948-PD 9U230-PD 9U947-PD9U948-PD9059AR 9259AR 9059BR 9259BR 9059CR 9259CR99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP99213A-WS 99213A-WS 99213A-WS 99213A-WS 99213A-WS 99213A-WS99119-BP 99172-BP 99119-BP 99172-BP 99119-BP 99172-BP9U111-PD 9U224-PD 9U111-PD 9U224-PD9U239-AB 9U239-AB 9U239-AB 9U223-PD9U239-AB 9U239-AB9U239-ABAbbreviation Codes AB Attachment bracket LC Lower case SF Shelf Components listedBP Back panel PD Pedestal TB Tackboard from left to right.EP End panel RS Reference shelf WS WorksurfaceG GrommetSeries 9000 Specification Guide cBreakdown of Components, continued C177

Breakdown of Components, continuedWithout Pedestals Single-Pedestal Double-Pedestal3 ⁄4-Height Full-Height 3 ⁄4-Height Full-Height 3 ⁄4-Height Full-HeightBack Panel Back Panel Back Panel Back Panel Back Panel Back Panel30"D Unit Assembly Desks, continued (see pages C98–C109)65"W 9063A 9263A 9063B 9263B 9063C 9263C99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP99214A-WS 99214A-WS 99214A-WS 99214A-WS 99214A-WS 99214A-WS99227-BP 99173-BP 99227-BP 99173-BP 99227-BP 99173-BP9U230-PD 9U948-PD 9U230-PD 9U947-PD9U948-PD9063AR 9263AR 9063BR 9263BR 9063CR 9263CR99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP99214A-WS 99214A-WS 99214A-WS 99214A-WS 99214A-WS 99214A-WS99227-BP 99173-BP 99227-BP 99173-BP 99227-BP 99173-BP9U111-PD 9U224-PD 9U111-PD 9U224-PD9U239-AB 9U239-AB 9U239-AB 9U223-PD9U239-AB 9U239-AB9U239-AB70"W 9067A 9267A 9067B 9267B 9067C 9267C99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP99262A-WS 99262A-WS 9262A-WS 99262A-WS 99262A-WS 99262A-WS99228-BP 99174-BP 99228-BP 99174-BP 99228-BP 99174-BP9U230-PD 9U948-PD 9U230-PD 9U947-PD9U948-PD9067AR 9267AR 9067BR 9267BR 9067CR 9267CR99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP99262A-WS 99262A-WS 99262A-WS 99262A-WS 99262A-WS 99262A-WS99228-BP 99174-BP 99228-BP 99174-BP 99228-BP 99174-BP9U111-PD 9U224-PD 9U111-PD 9U224-PD9U239-AB 9U239-AB 9U239-AB 9U223-PD9U239-AB 9U239-AB9U239-AB75"W 9072A 9272A 9072B 9272B 9072C 9272C99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP99260A-WS 99260A-WS 99260A-WS 99260A-WS 99260A-WS 99260A-WS99120-BP 99175-BP 99120-BP 99175-BP 99120-BP 99175-BP9U230-PD 9U948-PD 9U230-PD 9U947-PD9U948-PD9072AR 9272AR 9072BR 9272BR 9072CR 9272CR99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP99260A-WS 99260A-WS 99260A-WS 99260A-WS 99260A-WS 99260A-WS99120-BP 99175-BP 99120-BP 99175-BP 99120-BP 99175-BP9U111-PD 9U224-PD 9U111-PD 9U224-PD9U239-AB 9U239-AB 9U239-AB 9U223-PD9U239-AB 9U239-AB9U239-ABAbbreviation Codes AB Attachment bracket LC Lower case SF Shelf Components listedBP Back panel PD Pedestal TB Tackboard from left to right.EP End panel RS Reference shelf WS WorksurfaceG GrommetC178Series 9000 Specification Guide

Breakdown of ComponentsWithout Pedestals Single-Pedestal Double-Pedestal3 ⁄4-Height Full-Height 3 ⁄4-Height Full-Height 3 ⁄4-Height Full-HeightBack Panel Back Panel Back Panel Back Panel Back Panel Back Panel30"D Unit Assembly Desks, continued (see pages C98–C109)90"W 9083A 9283A 9083B 9283B 9083C 9283C99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP 99202-EP99052A-WS 99052A-WS 99052A-WS 99052A-WS 99052A-WS 99052A-WS99123-BP 99178-BP 99123-BP 99178-BP 99123-BP 99178-BP9U230-PD 9U948-PD 9U948-PD 9U947-PD9U230-PD35"D Unit Assembly Desks (see pages C110–C115)60"W 9071A 9271A 9071B 9271B 9071C 9271C99207-EP 99207-EP 99207-EP 99207-EP 99207-EP 99207-EP99208-EP 99208-EP 99208-EP 99208-EP 99208-EP 99208-EP99215A-WS 99215A-WS 99215A-WS 99215A-WS 99215A-WS 99215A-WS99119-BP 99172-BP 99119-BP 99172-BP 99119-BP 99172-BP9U230-PD 9U948-PD 9U230-PD 9U947-PD9U948-PD65"W 9075B 9275B 9075C 9275C99207-EP 99207-EP 99207-EP 99207-EP99208-EP 99208-EP 99208-EP 99208-EP99216A-WS 99216A-WS 99216A-WS 99216A-WS99227-BP 99173-BP 99227-BP 99173-BP9U230-PD 9U948-PD 9U230-PD 9U947-PD9U948-PD70"W 9079A 9279A 9079B 9279B 9079C 9279C99207-EP 99207-EP 99207-EP 99207-EP 99207-EP 99207-EP99208-EP 99208-EP 99208-EP 99208-EP 99208-EP 99208-EP99217A-WS 99217A-WS 99217A-WS 99217A-WS 99217A-WS 99217A-WS99228-BP 99174-BP 99228-BP 99174-BP 99228-BP 99174-BP9U230-PD 9U948-PD 9U230-PD 9U947-PD9U948-PD75"W 9080A 9280A 9080B 9280B 9080C 9280C99207-EP 99207-EP 99207-EP 99207-EP 99207-EP 99207-EP99208-EP 99208-EP 99208-EP 99208-EP 99208-EP 99208-EP99258A-WS 99258A-WS 99258A-WS 99258A-WS 99258A-WS 99258A-WS99120-BP 99175-BP 99120-BP 99175-BP 99120-BP 99175-BP9U230-PD 9U948-PD 9U230-PD 9U947-PD9U948-PDConventionalProductsAbbreviation Codes AB Attachment bracket LC Lower case SF Shelf Components listedBP Back panel PD Pedestal TB Tackboard from left to right.EP End panel RS Reference shelf WS WorksurfaceG GrommetSeries 9000 Specification Guide cBreakdown of Components, continued C179

Breakdown of Components, continued20"D Unit Assembly Returns (see pages C116–C119)30"W 9001AEFL 9201AEFL 9005REFL 9205REFL98401AEFL-WS 98401AEFL-WS 98401AEFL-WS 98401AEFL-WS99365A-AB 99365A-AB 99365A-AB 99365A-AB99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP99121EF-BP 99169EF-BP 99121EF-BP 99169EF-BP9U872-PD 9U881-PD45"W 9013DEFL 9213DEFL 9013REFL 9213REFL99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP99004AEFL-WS 99004AEFL-WS 99004AEFL-WS 99004AEFL-WS99118EF-BP 99171EF-BP 99118EF-BP 99171EF-BP99365A-AB 99365A-AB 99365A-AB 99365A-AB9U872-PD 9U881-PD60"W 9017AEFL 9217AEFL 9017TEFL 9217TEFL 9017UEFL 9217UEFL99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP 99001-EP99005AEFL-WS 99005AEFL-WS 99005AEFL-WS 99005AEFL-WS 99005AEFL-WS 99005AEFL-WS99119EF-BP 99172EF-BP 99119EF-BP 99172EF-BP 99119EF-BP 99172EF-BP99365A-AB 99365A-AB 99365A-AB 99365A-AB 99365A-AB 99365-AB9U872-PD 9U881-PD 9U872-PD 9U881-PD9U872-PD 9U881-PD25"D Unit Assembly Returns (see pages C120–C123)Without Pedestals Single-Pedestal Double-Pedestal3 ⁄4-Height Full-Height 3 ⁄4-Height Full-Height 3 ⁄4-Height Full-HeightBack Panel Back Panel Back Panel Back Panel Back Panel Back Panel30"W 9031AEFL 9231AEFL 9031BEFL 9231BEFL98405AEFL-WS 98405AEFL-WS 98405AEFL-WS 98405AEFL-WS99366-AB 99366-AB 99366-AB 99366-AB99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP99121EF-BP 99169EF-BP 99121EF-BP 99169EF-BP9U111-PD 9U224-PD45"W 9035DEFL 9235DEFL 9035GEFL 9235GEFL99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP99107AEFL-WS 99107AEFL-WS 99107AEFL-WS 99107AEFL-WS99118EF-BP 99171EF-BP 99118EF-BP 99171EF-BP99366-AB 99366-AB 99366-AB 99366-AB9U111-PD 9U224-PD60"W 9039EEFL 9239EEFL 9039GEFL 9239GEFL 9039CEFL 9239CEFL99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP 99101-EP99108AEFL-WS 99108AEFL-WS 99108AEFL-WS 99108AEFL-WS 99108AEFL-WS 99108AEFL-WS99119EF-BP 99172EF-BP 99119EF-BP 99172EF-BP 99119EF-BP 99172EF-BP99366-AB 99366-AB 99366-AB 99366-AB 99366-AB 99366-AB9U111-PD 9U224-PD 9U111-PD 9U224-PD9U111-PD 9U224-PDAbbreviation Codes AB Attachment bracket LC Lower case SF Shelf Components listedBP Back panel PD Pedestal TB Tackboard from left to right.EP End panel RS Reference shelf WS WorksurfaceG GrommetC180Series 9000 Specification Guide

Breakdown of ComponentsWithout Pedestals Single-Pedestal Double-Pedestal3 ⁄4-Height Full-Height 3 ⁄4-Height Full-Height 3 ⁄4-Height Full-HeightBack Panel Back Panel Back Panel Back Panel Back Panel Back Panel30"D Unit Assembly Returns (see pages C124–C127)30"W 9051AEFL 9251AEFL 9051BEFL 9251BEFL99268AEFL-WS 99268AEFL-WS 99268AEFL-WS 99268AEFL-WS99367-AB 99367-AB 99367-AB 99367-AB99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP99121EF-BP 99169EF-BP 99121EF-BP 99169EF-BP9U230-PD 9U948-PD45"W 9055AEFL 9255AEFL 9055BEFL 9255BEFL99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP99266AEFL-WS 99266AEFL-WS 99266AEFL-WS 99266AEFL-WS99118EF-BP 99171EF-BP 99118EF-BP 99171EF-BP99367-AB 99367-AB 99367-AB 99367-AB9U230-PD 9U948-PD60"W 9059AEFL 9259AEFL 9059BEFL 9259BEFL 9059CEFL 9259CEFL99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP 99201-EP99213AEFL-WS 99213AEFL-WS 99213AEFL-WS 99213AEFL-WS 99213AEFL-WS 99213AEFL-WS99119EF-BP 99172EF-BP 99119EF-BP 99172EF-BP 99119EF-BP 99172EF-BP99367-AB 99367-AB 99367-AB 99367-AB 99367-AB 99367-AB9U230-PD 9U948-PD 9U230-PD 9U948-PD9U230-PD 9U948-PDConventionalProducts20"D Unit Assembly Bridges (see page C130)45"W 9013EWP 9213EWP99004BEWP-WS 99004BEWP-WS99118EWP-BP 99171EWP-BP99365-AB 99365-AB99365-AB 99365-AB25"D Unit Assembly Bridges (see page C130)45"W 9035EWP 9235EWP99107BEWP-WS 99107BEWP-WS99118EWP-BP 99171EWP-BP99366-AB 99366-AB99366-AB 99366-AB30"D Unit Assembly Bridges (see page C130)45"W 9055EWP 9255EWP99266BEWP-WS 99266BEWP-WS99118EWP-BP 99171EWP-BP99367-AB 99367-AB99367-AB 99367-ABAbbreviation Codes AB Attachment bracket LC Lower case SF Shelf Components listedBP Back panel PD Pedestal TB Tackboard from left to right.EP End panel RS Reference shelf WS WorksurfaceG GrommetSeries 9000 Specification GuideC181

C182Series 9000 Specification Guide

Options worksurfaces are available in panelsupportedversions for use with all Series 9000panels. However, unlike Conventional Series 9000worksurfaces, all Options worksurfaces are panelsupportedonly. They have different visual detailsand offer different surface materials choices. Theyare not intended to be used together.Options Worksurfaces,Storage, and RelatedProductsStatement of LineD2Options worksurfaces have a wood corewith a laminate surface. They are supported frombeneath the worksurface, and therefore can be usedto create uninterrupted curvilinear worksurfacesand allow a wide range of configurations thatare not possible with Conventional Series 9000worksurfaces. Supports are varied and uniqueto Options worksurfaces—including pedestals,end panels, and cantilevers—all beneath the worksurface.Therefore, these worksurfaces cannot bemixed with or interchanged with conventional Series9000 worksurface supports. Central locking is notavailable, but full-to-the-floor Options pedestals withlocks can be installed below the worksurface.UnderstandingSpecifyingD5D33Options ProductsOptions pedestals extend all the way to thefloor and support Options worksurfaces at 28 1 ⁄2"H.They are available with or without locks. Optionspedestals cannot be installed beneath Conventionalworksurfaces but require additional Service Parts.Series 9000 Specification GuideD1

Options Worksurfaces and StorageStatement of LinePanel-Supported WorksurfacesUnderstandingc Page D8Specifyingc Pages D34–D37Corner Worksurfaces42", 45"42", 45"42", 45"42", 45"42",45"25"42",45"30" 42",25" 42",30"45"45"25"42", 45"25" 30"30"42",45"25"25"42", 45"42",45"25"25"Understandingc Page D10Specifyingc Page D38Extended Corner Worksurfaces42", 45" 42", 45" 42", 45" 42", 45"24 5 /16"29 5 /16"24 5 /16"60" 60" 60" 60"29 5 /16"24 5 /16" 24 5 /16"29 5 /16" 29 5 /16"42", 45" 42", 45" 42", 45" 42", 45"24 5 /16"29 5 /16"24 5 /16"70" 70" 70" 70"29 5 /16"24 5 /16" 24 5 /16"29 5 /16" 29 5 /16"42", 45" 42", 45" 42", 45" 42", 45"24 5 /16"29 5 /16"24 5 /16"75" 75" 75" 75"29 5 /16"24 5 /16" 24 5 /16"29 5 /16" 29 5 /16"Dimensions are nominal, butsquare inch measurementsare exact.D2Series 9000 Specification Guide

Options Worksurfacesand StorageStatement of LineUnderstandingc Page D12Specifyingc Page D40Straight Worksurfaces25" 30" 35" 36" 42" 45" 60" 65" 66" 70" 75"25"25" 30" 35" 36" 42" 45" 60" 65" 66" 70" 75"30"Options ProductsUnderstandingc Page D14Specifyingc Page D42Understandingc Page D14Specifyingc Page D43Jetty Worksurfaces*Enterprise Worksurfaces*45"45"45"45"45"45"75"25"75"25"75"30"75"30"25"45" 30" 45" 30"90" 90"30"25"30"*Drawings and dimensions show left-hand units. Right-hand units arealso available.25"30"45"*Drawings and dimensions show left-hand units. Right-hand units arealso available.45"Visitor Worksurfaces*Understandingc Page D16Specifyingc Page D44Spanner WorksurfacesUnderstandingc Page D16Specifyingc Page D4525"25",30"30" 35" 36"25",30"25",30"25",30"51 13 /32"51 13 /32" 51 13 /32"30" 35" 36"*Drawings and dimensions show left-hand units. Right-hand units arealso available.Dimensions are nominal, butsquare inch measurementsare exact.61 13 /32"61 13 /32"61 13 /32"30" 35" 36"Series 9000 Specification Guide cOptions Worksurfaces and Storage Statement of Line, continued D3

Options Worksurfaces and StorageStatement of Line, continuedAdjustable-Height WorksurfacesUnderstandingc Page D18Specifyingc Page D46Understandingc Page D18Specifyingc Page D46Corner, with Crank42 1 ⁄4"W23 1 ⁄4"D S, D, BB = Bi-level worksurfaceD = Dual worksurfaceS = Single worksurfaceStraight, with Crank28 1 ⁄4"D S43"W34 1 ⁄4"D D, BB = Bi-level worksurfaceD = Dual worksurfaceS = Single worksurfaceUnderstandingc Page D18Specifyingc Page D48Understandingc Page D20Specifyingc Page D49Extension Worksurfaces, Crank Adjustable25"W 30"W23 1 ⁄4"D L, R L, RL = Left-hand worksurfaceR = Right-hand worksurfaceCorner, Electrically Adjustable42 1 ⁄4"W23 1 ⁄4"D S, DD = Dual worksurfaceS = Single worksurfaceStorageUnderstandingc Page D20Specifyingc Page D4927"HUnderstandingc Page D26Specifyingc Page D53Straight, Electrically Adjustable28 1 ⁄4"D S43"W34 1 ⁄4"D DD = Dual worksurfaceS = Single worksurfacePedestals15"W25"D •30"D •Options pedestalsare for use with Optionsworksurfaces.cPages D8–D17D4Series 9000 Specification Guide

UnderstandingOptions Worksurfaces,Storage, and RelatedProductsPlanning with 9000 Options WorksurfacesDirectional Laminate Grain Directions for 9000 OptionsD6D7Panel-Supported WorksurfacesCorner WorksurfacesExtended Corner WorksurfacesStraight WorksurfacesJetty and Enterprise WorksurfacesVisitor and Spanner WorksurfacesAdjustable-Height WorksurfacesD8D10D12D14D16D18Options ProductsRelated ProductsWorksurface SupportsWorksurface AccessoriesD22D24StoragePedestalsAdditional Matching Storage ProductsRelated ProductsStorage AccessoriesApplication TopicsStorage CapacitiesD26D30D28D31Series 9000 Specification GuideD5

Planning with 9000 Options WorksurfacesThe worksurface configurationsthat are possiblewith Options worksurfacesare different from those ofConventional worksurfaces.Series 9000 Conventionalworksurfaces are rectilinear;Options worksurfaces arecurvilinear.The planning approachesare logically different.Directional laminatesFor grain direction,see page D7.For laminate availability,see page H10.For PVC edge color default,see page H20.Rectilinear and Curvilinear Planning ApproachesConventional WorksurfacesStraightReturn Two Straights Bridge CornerOption WorksurfacesTip: Use an extended cornerTip: Use two extendedand a straight for the returncorners for the bridgeapplication with Optionsapplication with OptionsWorksurfaces.Worksurfaces...D6Series 9000 Specification Guide

Directional Laminate Grain Directions for 9000 OptionsStraight, Straight Corner, Curved Corner, Extended Corner, Spanner,Jetty, Enterprise, Visitor, and Adjustable-Height WorksurfacesDirectional LaminateGrain Directionsfor 9000 OptionsDirectional laminatesare standard with the graindirections shown.Scale 30StraightWorksurfaceSpannerWorksurfaceand TableMake a sketch of thegrain direction on adjacentworksurfaces to be sure theyare suitable for your installation.Examples:.LeftHandStraight CornerWorksurfaceJettyWorksurfaceRightHandCurved CornerWorksurfaceLeftHandEnterpriseWorksurfaceExtended CornerWorksurfaceRightHandVisitorWorksurface.Options ProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideD7

Corner WorksurfacesOptions worksurfacesare panel-supported andavailable in seven basicshapes to create uninterrupted,curvilinear worksurfacesfor a wide variety ofworkspaces.cSee pages D10–D17for additional Optionsworksurface shapes.cSpecifying, pagesD34–D37Supports must bespecified separately.cSee Connections onnext page.1 1 ⁄2" space separatesthe keyboard and monitorsurfaces on units with twosurfaces.Actual Dimensions42", 45"42", 45"42", 45"42", 45"42",24 5 /16" 42",29 5 /16" 42",24 5 /16" 42",29 5 /16"45"45"45"45"24 5 /16" 24 5 /16"29 5 /16" 29 5 /16"42"45"42"45"24 42"5 /16"24 24 5 /16"45"5 /16" 2442"5 /16"45"* *11"11"24 5 22/16"1 /2"23 5 /16"24 5 22/16"1 /2"27 1 /2"24 5 /16"24 5 /16"* Keyboard* Keyboard. cutout is 11 3 /4"Dcutout is 12 1 /8"DWorksurface has a woodcore with a laminate surface.Worksurface is 1 1 ⁄2" thick.Radius edge is located onthe user’s front edge of theworksurface. This edge is avinyl T-mold.Straight edge is locatedon the back and sides of theworksurface. This edge isself-edged PVC.Corner bracket isincluded with corner worksurfacesto support theback corner.Cutout accommodatesfixed keyboard shelf. Edgesare self-edged PVC.Adjustable-heightkeyboard shelf accommodateskeyboard andmouse pad..Product DetailsOptions worksurfacesand supports work on bothconventional and enhancedSeries 9000 panels. However,unlike conventionalSeries 9000 worksurfaces,all Options worksurfaces arepanel-supported. Supportsare varied and unique toOptions worksurfaces. All—including pedestals, endpanels, and cantilevers—areinstalled beneath the worksurfaces.Therefore, theycannot be mixed with or interchangedwith conventionalSeries 9000 worksurfacesand supports.1 /4"1 /4"User’s edges of Optionsworksurfaces are finishedwith a vinyl T-mold radiusedge detail that can bespecified to match or contrastwith the laminate worksurface.Edge has 1 ⁄4" radiusat top and bottom and is 1 ⁄4"thick.cSee Color CoordinationMatrices, page H20.Central locks arenot available on Optionsworksurfaces.KeyboardMonitor6"5"FloorKeyboard worksurfaceis supported by a springmechanism that allows it toadjust to positions up to 6"higher or 5" lower than themonitor worksurface..D8Series 9000 Specification Guide

Corner WorksurfacesKeyboard surface tiltswith a range of 25°.Freestandingadjustable-heightcorner worksurfacesthat match Options worksurfacesare also available.ConnectionsDCBAA B C D25" 25" 42" 42"25" 30" 42" 42"30" 25" 42" 42"30" 30" 42" 42"25" 25" 45" 45"25" 30" 45" 45"30" 25" 45" 45"30" 30" 45" 45"Supports include:• End panel• End cantilever• Shared cantilever• Side-support brackets• Corner bracket..End panel connects to apanel and supports eitherthe left- or right-hand end ofa worksurface. They supportOptions worksurfaces at28 1 ⁄2"H.End cantilever connectsto a panel and supports theend of a worksurface. Youmust order either left- orright-hand version. Use ashared cantilever to supporttwo adjacent worksurfacesat the same time.Shared cantileverconnects to a panel andsupports two adjacentworksurfaces.Side-support bracketscan be used to support theends of worksurfaces whenthey are wrapped by panelswith a width dimension thatmatches the worksurface’sdepth. Side support bracketsare shipped in pairs..Wiring & Cabling3 /16"Cable scallops are includedcentered in the backedges of many Optionsworksurfaces to providespace for plugs to passover the back edge of theworksurface.Worksurfaces areinstalled with a 3 ⁄16" gapseparating the back of theworksurface from the supportingpanels. This smallspace permits cord movement.Worksurface supportshave stop tabs to ensureproper installation.20" 20"1 1 /2"Worksurface edgeshave scallops 20" fromthe back corner.Cable managementdevices are available tohelp manage conventionaland fiber-optic cablesbeneath the worksurface.cPage F2.Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate (option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.User’s edge(s)• Vinyl T-moldTip: The color of theseedges must be specifiedseparately.cSee Color CoordinationMatrices, page H20.Back and side edges• Vinyl (PVC) defaultcSee Color CoordinationMatrices, page H20.End panel• PaintEnd cantilever andshared cantilever• PaintSide-support bracketsand corner bracket• Black paint only.Application TopicsL-shape workstationscan be configured using acorner and two straightOptions worksurfaces.U-shape workstationscan be configured using twocorner Options worksurfacesand three straight Optionsworksurfaces.Worksurface SupportscPage D22ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces with sharedcantilevers ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–17worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderin quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilize pallethandling equipment at jobsite whenever possible.Wood worksurfaces cannotbe palletized..Options ProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideD9

Extended Corner Worksurfaces.Options worksurfacesare panel-supported andavailable in seven basicshapes to create uninterrupted,curvilinear worksurfacesfor a wide variety of workspaces.cSee pages D8,D12–D17 for additionalOptions worksurfaceshapes.cSpecifying, page D38Supports must bespecified separately.cSee Connections onnext page.Actual Dimensions70",75"42", 45" 42", 45" 42", 45" 42", 45"24 5 /16"29 5 /16"24 5 /16"60" 60" 60" 60"24 5 /16" 24 5 /16"29 5 /16"29 5 /16"42", 45" 42", 45" 42", 45" 42", 45"24 5 /16"29 5 /16"29 5 /16"24 5 /16"70",29 5 /16"70",24 5 /16"70",29 5 /16"75"75"75"24 5 /16"29 5 /16"Corner bracket is includedwith extendedcorner worksurfaces tosupport the back corner.Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate surface.Worksurface is 1 1 ⁄2" thick.Straight edge is locatedon the back and sides of theworksurface and is selfedgedPVC.Radius edge is located onthe user’s front edge of theworksurface. This edge is avinyl T-mold..Product DetailsOptions worksurfacesand supports work on bothconventional and enhancedSeries 9000 panels. However,unlike conventional Series9000 worksurfaces, allOptions worksurfaces arepanel-supported. Supports arevaried and unique to Optionsworksurfaces. All—includingpedestals, end panels, andcantilevers—are installedbeneath the worksurfaces.Therefore, they cannot bemixed with or interchangedwith conventional Series 9000worksurfaces and supports.1 /4"1 /4"User’s edges of Optionsworksurfaces are finished witha vinyl T-mold radius edgedetail that can be specified tomatch or contrast with thelaminate worksurface. Edgehas 1 ⁄4" radius at top and bottomand is 1 ⁄4" thick.cSee Color CoordinationMatrices, page H20.Plastic center drawercan be field installed beneathOptions worksurfaces whenthere is sufficient space.Space required for attachmentof center drawer is19 1 ⁄2"D x 21"W.cPage D24Central locks are notavailable on Options worksurfaces,but pedestals withlocks are available to fieldinstallbelow Options worksurfaces..D10Series 9000 Specification Guide

ExtendedCorner WorksurfacesConnectionsStraight segment ofextended corner worksurfacevaries depending on worksurfacesize. Refer to the followingchart to determine if oneor more pedestals will fit.When straight segment is atleast 15"W, it can accommodatea pedestal without thecurved portions of the user'sedge of the worksurfaceoverhanging the pedestal. Astraight segment that is atleast 30"W will accommodatetwo pedestals side by side.DBStraightCEAA B C D E25" 25" 42" 60" 18"25" 30" 42" 60" 18"30" 25" 42" 60" 18"30" 30" 42" 60" 18"25" 25" 45" 60" 18"25" 30" 45" 60" 18"30" 25" 45" 60" 18"30" 30" 45" 60" 18"25" 25" 42" 70" 28"25" 30" 42" 70" 28"30" 25" 42" 70" 28"30" 30" 42" 70" 28"25" 25" 45" 70" 28"25" 30" 45" 70" 28"30" 25" 45" 70" 28"30" 30" 45" 70" 28"25" 25" 42" 75" 33"25" 30" 42" 75" 33"30" 25" 42" 75" 33"30" 30" 42" 75" 33"25" 25" 45" 75" 33"25" 30" 45" 75" 33"30" 25" 45" 75" 33"30" 30" 45" 75" 33"Tip: Illustration and dimensionsshow left-hand unit.Right-hand units have the.same dimensions. .Supports include:• Pedestal• Pedestal filler• Center support• End panel• End cantilever• Shared cantilever• Side-support brackets• Corner bracketPedestals to supportOptions worksurfacesextend full to the floor.They support Options worksurfacesat 28 1 ⁄2"H.Pedestals are available withor without locks.cPage D26End panel connects to apanel and supports eitherthe left- or right-hand end ofa worksurface. They supportOptions worksurfaces at28 1 ⁄2"H.End cantilever connectsto a panel and supports theend of a worksurface. Youmust order either left- orright-hand version.Shared cantileverconnects to a panel and supportstwo adjacentworksurfaces.Side-support bracketscan be used to support theends of worksurfaces whenthey are wrapped by panelswith a width dimension thatmatches the worksurface’sdepth. Side support bracketsare shipped in pairs.oldCenter supports areincluded and must be usedto provide additional supportfor worksurfaces widerthan 60".Wiring & Cabling1 1 /2"3 /16"Cable scallops are includedcentered in the backedges of many Optionsworksurfaces to providespace for plugs to pass overthe back edge of the worksurface.Worksurfaces areinstalled with a 3 ⁄16" gapseparating the back of theworksurface from the supportingpanels. This smallspace permits cord movement.Worksurface supportshave stop tabs to ensureproper installation.20" 20"20"Worksurface edgesthat are 70"W or wider havetwo scallops, with scallopslocated 20" from the backcorner. 60"W worksurfaceshave one scallop that iscentered.Lateral file can be usedto support worksurface in situationswhere full-depthpedestals would block acable scallop. Use a sidesupportbracket to supportthe back of the worksurface...Cable managementdevices are available tohelp manage conventionaland fiber-optic cablesbeneath the worksurface.cPage F2Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.User’s edge(s)• Vinyl T-moldTip: The color of theseedges must be specifiedseparately.cSee Color CoordinationMatrices, page H20.Back and side edges• Vinyl (PVC) defaultTip: The color of these edgesis determined by the laminatecolor that you select.cSee Color CoordinationMatrices, page H20.Pedestal• PaintEnd panel• PaintEnd cantilever andshared cantilever• PaintSide-support bracketsand corner bracket• Black paint only.Application TopicsL-shape workstationscan be configured usingan extended corner and astraight Options worksurface.U-shape workstationscan be configured using twoextended corner Optionsworksurfaces.70"W or wider side ofextended corner worksurfacecan accommodate twopedestals side by side.Extended corner worksurfacesthat are less than 70"Wcan accept only one pedestalbecause the curved portion ofthe user’s edge would overhang the second pedestal.Full-depth pedestalswill block access to panelbasereceptacle locationbehind them.60"W worksurfaceexpanse must include onepedestal support.Worksurface SupportscPage D22ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces with sharedcantilevers ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–17worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderin quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilize pallethandling equipment at jobsite whenever possible.Wood worksurfaces cannotbe palletized..Options ProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideD11

Straight WorksurfacesOptions worksurfacesare panel-supported andavailable in seven basicshapes to create uninterrupted,curvilinear worksurfacesfor a wide variety of workspaces.cSee pages D8–D11,D14–D17 for additionalOptions worksurfaceshapes.cSpecifying, page D40Supports must bespecified separately.cSee Connections onnext page.Actual Dimensions25" 30" 35" 36" 42" 45" 60" 65" 66" 70" 75"25" 30" 35" 36" 42" 45" 60" 65" 66" 70" 75".Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate surface.Worksurface is 1 1 ⁄2" thick.Radius edge is located onthe user’s front edge of theworksurface. This edge is avinyl T-mold.Straight edge is locatedon the back and sides of theworksurface. This edge isself-edged PVC.Pedestals are available tosupport the end of a worksurface.They can be usedat either end and will supportOptions worksurfaces at28 1 ⁄2"H.24 5 /16"29 5 /16".Product DetailsOptions worksurfacesand supports work on bothconventional and enhancedSeries 9000 panels. However,unlike conventionalSeries 9000 worksurfaces,all Options worksurfaces arepanel-supported. Supportsare varied and unique toOptions worksurfaces. All—including pedestals, endpanels, and cantilevers—areinstalled beneath the worksurfaces.Therefore, theycannot be mixed with or interchangedwith conventionalSeries 9000 worksurfacesand supports.1 /4"1 /4"User’s edges of Optionsworksurfaces are finishedwith a vinyl T-mold radiusedge detail that can bespecified to match or contrastwith the laminateworksurface. Edge has 1 ⁄4"radius at top and bottomand is 1 ⁄4" thick.cSee Color CoordinationMatrices, page H20.Plastic center drawercan be field installedbeneath Options worksurfaceswhen there is sufficientspace. Space requiredfor attachment of centerdrawer is 19 1 ⁄2"D x 21"W.cPage D24Central locks are notavailable on Options worksurfaces,but pedestals withlocks are available to fieldinstallbelow Options worksurfaces..D12Series 9000 Specification Guide

Straight WorksurfacesConnectionsSupports include:• Pedestal• Pedestal filler• Center support• End panel• End cantilever• Shared cantilever• Side-support brackets• Corner bracketPedestals to supportOptions worksurfacesextend full to the floor. Theysupport Options worksurfacesat 28 1 ⁄2"H. Pedestalsare available with or withoutlocks.cPage D26End panel connects to apanel and supports eitherthe left- or right-hand end ofa worksurface.End cantilever connectsto a panel and supports theend of a worksurface. Youmust order either left- orright-hand version. Use ashared cantilever to supporttwo adjacent worksurfacesat the same time.Shared cantilever connectsto a panel and supportstwo adjacent worksurfaces...Side-support bracketscan be used to support theends of rectangular and cornerworksurfaces when theyare wrapped by panels witha width dimension thatmatches the worksurface’sdepth. Side support bracketsare shipped in pairs.oldCenter supports on25"D worksurfaces areincluded and must be usedto provide additional supportfor worksurfaces widerthan 60".oldCenter supports on30"D worksurfaces areincluded and must be usedto provide additional supportfor worksurfaces widerthan 60".Wiring & CablingSurface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,1 1 /2"non-Steelcase laminates3 /16"that reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate (option)A program including non-Cable scallops are includ-Steelcase laminates thated centered in the backare suitable for use onedges of many Options work-Steelcase products.surfaces to provide space forcSee Surface Materialsplugs to pass over the back Reference Manual.edge of the worksurface.ShippingUser’s edge(s)Worksurfaces are installed • Vinyl T-moldwith a 3 ⁄16" gap separating Tip: The color of these edgesthe back of the worksurface must be specified separately.from the supporting panels. cSee Color CoordinationThis small space permits Matrices, page H20.cord movement. Worksurfacesupports have stop tabs Back and side edgesto ensure proper installation. • Vinyl (PVC) defaultcSee Color CoordinationMatrices, page H20.30" or lessPedestal• Paint35" to 60"End panel• PaintEnd cantilever and65" or moreshared cantilever• PaintSide-support bracketsand corner bracketWorksurface edges that• Black onlyare 30"W or less have noscallops. Worksurfaces thatare 35"W to 60"W have onecentered scallop. 65"W andApplication Topicswider worksurfaces havetwo scallops, located 20"from the edges.Lateral file can be usedto support worksurface in situationswhere full-depthpedestals would block acable scallop. Use a sidesupportbracket to supportthe back of the worksurface.Cable managementdevices are available tohelp manage conventionalL-shape workstationsand fiber-optic cablescan be configured using anbeneath the worksurface.extended corner and acPage F2straight Options worksurface....U-shape workstationscan be configured using twoextended corner Optionsworksurfaces.Full-depth pedestalswill block access to panelbasereceptacle locationbehind them.60"W worksurfaceexpanse must include onepedestal support.Worksurface SupportscPage D22Palletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces with sharedcantilevers ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–17worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderin quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilize pallethandling equipment at jobsite whenever possible.Wood worksurfaces cannotbe palletized..Options ProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideD13

Jetty and Enterprise WorksurfacesOptions worksurfacesare panel-supported andavailable in seven basic shapesto create uninterrupted,curvilinear worksurfaces for awide variety of workspaces.cSee pages D8–D13,D16–D17, for additionalOptions worksurface shapes.cSpecifying, pagesD42 and D43Support bracket isincluded with worksurfaceand attaches to a panel.Actual Dimensions45"45"45"45"24 5 /16" 24 5 /16" 29 5 /16" 29 5 /16"75"75"75"75"25"30"25"30"45"45"24 5 /16" 29 5 /16"30" 30"90" 90"47" Diameter 47" Diameter.Straight edge is locatedon the back and sides of theworksurface. This edge isself-edged PVC.Radius edge is located onthe user’s front edge(s) ofthe worksurface. This edgeis a vinyl T-mold.Column support isincluded with worksurface.It adjusts 4" to accommodateuneven floors.Shared cantilever joinsadjacent worksurfaces.Worksurface has a woodcore. Worksurface is 1 1 ⁄2"thick..Product DetailsJetty and enterpriseworksurfaces offer adesk-like worksurface thatextends from from the supportingpanels and providesmeeting space for as manyas four people.Options worksurfacesand supports work on bothconventional and enhancedSeries 9000 panels. However,unlike conventionalSeries 9000 worksurfaces,all Options worksurfaces arepanel-supported. Supportsare varied and unique toOptions worksurfaces. All—including pedestals, endpanels, and cantilevers—areinstalled beneath the worksurfaces.Therefore, theycannot be mixed with or interchangedwith conventionalSeries 9000 worksurfacesand supports.1 /4"1 /4"User’s edges of Optionsworksurfaces are finishedwith a vinyl T-mold radiusedge detail that can bespecified to match or contrastwith the laminateworksurface. Edge has 1 ⁄4"radius at top and bottomand is 1 ⁄4" thick.cSee Color CoordinationMatrices, page H20.Vinyl (PVC) edge finishesthe sides and back of worksurfaces.The color of theseedges is determined by thelaminate color that youselect.cSee Color CoordinationMatrices, page H20..D14Series 9000 Specification Guide

Jetty and EnterpriseWorksurfaces.Plastic center drawercan be field installedbeneath Options worksurfaceswhen there is sufficientspace. Space requiredfor attachment of centerdrawer is 19 1 ⁄2"D x 21"W.cPage D24Central locks are notavailable on Options worksurfaces,but pedestals withlocks are available to fieldinstall below adjacentOptions worksurfaces..ConnectionsPedestals should not beinstalled below jetty or enterpriseworksurfaces. Useadjacent worksurfacesinstead.End cantilever connectsto a panel and supports theend of a worksurface. Youmust order either left- orright-hand version.Shared cantilever connectsto a panel and supportstwo adjacent worksurfaces..Wiring & Cabling3 /16"1 1 /2"Cable scallop is includedcentered in the back edge ofOptions jetty and enterpriseworksurfaces to providespace for plugs to pass overthe back edge of the worksurface.Worksurfaces areinstalled with a 3 ⁄16" gap separatingthe back of the worksurfacefrom the supportingpanels. This small spacepermits cord movement.Worksurface supports havestop tabs to ensure properinstallation.Cable managementdevices are available tohelp manage conventionaland fiber-optic cablesbeneath the worksurface.cPage F2.Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate (option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.User’s edge(s)• Vinyl T-moldTip: The color of theseedges must be specifiedseparately.cSee Edge Default Matrix,page H20.Back and side edges• Vinyl (PVC) defaultcSee Edge Default Matrix,page H20.Conference support• PaintColumn• PaintShared cantilever• PaintSupport bracket• Black paint only.Application TopicsWorksurface SupportsTip: To achieve adequatechair travel, a jetty or enterpriseworksurface should beadjacent to an extendedcorner worksurface.cPage D22ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces with sharedcantilevers ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–17worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderin quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilize pallethandling equipment at jobsite whenever possible.Wood worksurfaces cannotbe palletized..Options ProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideD15

Visitor and Spanner WorksurfacesOptions worksurfacesare panel-supported andavailable in seven basicshapes to create uninterrupted,curvilinear worksurfacesfor a wide variety of workspaces.cSee pages D8–D15for additional Optionsworksurface shapes.cSpecifying, pagesD44 and D45Conference support isincluded with the visitorworksurface to link to thepanel and support one endof the worksurface. It supportsthe worksurface at28 1 ⁄2"H.Column support isincluded with the spannerworksurface. It adjusts overa range of 4" to accommodateuneven floors.Triangular supports areincluded with the worksurface.Actual Dimensions25"30" 35" 36"24 5 /16" 24 5 /16" 24 5 /16" 24 5 /16"25"30" 35" 36"29 5 /16" 29 5 /16" 29 5 /16" 29 5 /16".51 13 /32"61 13 /32"51 13 /32"30" 35" 36"61 13 /32"Worksurface has a woodcore. Worksurface is 1 1 ⁄2"thick.Radius edge is located onthe user’s front edge(s) ofthe worksurface. This edgeis a vinyl T-mold.Straight edge is locatedon the back and sides of theworksurface. This edge isself-edged PVC.Large spanner (61 13 ⁄32"W)that links two 30"D worksurfacesis supported with acolumn, two end cantilevers,two side-mounting brackets,and two straps that areshipped with the worksurface.Small spanner (51 13 ⁄32"W)that links two 25"D worksurfacesis supported with acolumn, two triangularspanner supports, sidemountingbrackets, and twostraps that are shipped withthe worksurface.51 13 /32"61 13 /32"30" 35" 36".Product DetailsVisitor worksurfacesterminate a worksurface runwith a transitional form thatprovides a convenient, informalmeeting place forguests.Spanner worksurfacejoins adjacent worksurfacesand provides space for collaborativeor team projects.Options worksurfacesand supports work on bothconventional and enhancedSeries 9000 panels. However,unlike conventionalSeries 9000 worksurfaces,all Options worksurfaces arepanel-supported. Supportsare varied and unique toOptions worksurfaces. All—including pedestals, endpanels, and cantilevers—areinstalled beneath the worksurfaces.Therefore, theycannot be mixed with or interchangedwith conventionalSeries 9000 worksurfacesand supports.1 /4"1 /4"User’s edges of Optionsworksurfaces are finishedwith a vinyl T-mold radiusedge detail that can bespecified to match or contrastwith the laminateworksurface. Edge has 1 ⁄4"radius at top and bottomand is 1 ⁄4" thick.cSee Color CoordinationMatrices, page H20.Vinyl (PVC) edge finishesthe sides and back of worksurfaces.The color of theseedges is determined by thelaminate color that youselect.cSee Color CoordinationMatrices, page H20..D16Series 9000 Specification Guide

Visitor andSpanner Worksurfaces.Center drawer andarticulated keyboardshelf are not practical foruse with visitor and spannerworksurfaces.Central locks are notavailable on Options worksurfaces,but pedestals withlocks are available to fieldinstall below adjacentOptions worksurfaces.ConnectionsPedestals should not beinstalled below visitor orspanner worksurfaces. Useadjacent worksurfacesinstead..Wiring & CablingCable scallops are notincluded in visitor and spannerworksurfaces. Use adjacentworksurfaces to routecables.Cable managementdevices are available tohelp manage conventionaland fiber-optic cablesbeneath the worksurface.cPage F23 /16"Visitor worksurfacesare installed with 3 ⁄16" gapseparating the back of theworksurface from the supportingpanels. This smallspace permits cord movement.Worksurface supportshave stop tabs to ensureproper installation..Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate (option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.User’s edge(s)• Vinyl T-moldTip: The color of theseedges must be specifiedseparately.cSee Edge Default Matrix,page H20.Back and side edges• Vinyl (PVC) defaultcSee Edge Default Matrix,page H20.Conference support• PaintColumn• PaintEnd cantilever andside-mountingbrackets• PaintSmall spannersupports• Paint.Application TopicsWorksurface SupportscPage D22Spanner worksurfacescannot be used with a panelthat has a wood end-of-runtrim..ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces with sharedcantilevers ordered on thesame line item are packedon pallets containing 10–17worksurfaces. Remainingworksurfaces are packedindividually in cartons. If palletizingis not desired, orderin quantities of nine or lessper line item. For maximumunload efficiency, utilize pallethandling equipment at jobsite whenever possible.Wood worksurfaces cannotbe palletized..Options ProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideD17

Adjustable-Height WorksurfacesCrank-Adjustable.Crank-adjustable,adjustable-height worksurfacessupport computers,keyboards, and mousefor users in task-intensive orhigh-churn environments.cSpecifying, pagesD46–D48Worksurfaces have awood core with alaminate surface.Knobs adjust keyboardtilt on dual adjustableheightworksurfaces.Release lever activatescontinuous height adjustmentof keyboard surface ondual adjustable-heightworksurfaces.Leveling glides adjust toinstall unit on uneven floors.Actual Dimensions42 1 /4"42 1 /4"D1823 1 /4"26 7 /8"10 3 /4"11"26 7 /8"30 1 /2" 10 1 /4"23 1 /4"26 7 /8"Hand crank allows seatedleft- or right-handed users toraise or lower the monitorworksurface. Crank can bestored away when not inuse..Product DetailsThree variations ofcrank-adjustable worksurfacesare available—single, dual, and bi-level. Allthree variations are availablein both straight and cornershapes.Single worksurfacesare one piece to accommodatesingle or multiplemonitors and a keyboard.You can adjust the heightof the worksurface with thecrank mechanism from26 3 ⁄8"H to 39 3 ⁄4"H.Dual worksurfaces aretwo pieces—a large monitorworksurface with a smallerkeyboard worksurfaceattached. You can adjust theheight of the monitor worksurfacewith the crank from26 3 ⁄8"H to 39 3 ⁄4"H, and thekeyboard worksurfacemoves along with it.Dual worksurfacescannot be used withExtension Link worksurfaces.24 1 /2"H to 40"H28 1 /4" 21 3 /4"Monitor39 3 /4"26 3 /8"39 3 /4"26 3 /8"KeyboardFloor6"5".Keyboard worksurfaceon dual worksurfaces is supportedby a spring mecha-43" 43" 43"25"30"11"15 3 /8"17 3 /8"23 1 /4"39 3 /4"26 3 /8"23 1 /4".nism that allows it to adjustto positions up to 6" higheror 5" lower than the monitorworksurface.39 3 /4"26 3 /8"Bi-level worksurfacesare two nearly equalpieces—a monitor worksurfaceand a large keyboardworksurface. You can adjustthe height of the monitorworksurface with the crankmechanism. You can alsoadjust the height of the keyboardworksurface with thecrank mechanism. Thesetwo adjustments are completelyindependent of eachother and range from26 3 ⁄8"H to 39 3 ⁄4"H.Extension worksurfacesconnect to Optionscorner adjustable worksurfacesto provide the userwith additional space. Anextension worksurfaceattaches to a single orbi-level corner worksurfaceand moves upor down in tandemwith the corner worksurface.Extension worksurfaceincludes a gascylinder in the rear column.Extension worksurfacecannot attach to dualworksurfaces.Series 9000 Specification Guide

Adjustable-HeightWorksurfaces.PVCSideEdgePVCSideEdgeRadiusT-moldFront EdgePVCBackEdgePVCSideEdgeRadiusT-moldFront EdgePVCBackEdgePVCSideEdgeOptions worksurfaceshave a T-mold vinyl radiusedge on the user’s side andself-edge vinyl (PVC) on allother sides. You can choosethe color of the T-mold vinylto coordinate or contrastwith the worksurface. Thecolor of the self-edge vinyl isa default determined by thelaminate color chosen forthe worksurface.1 /4"PVCBackEdge1 /4"User’s edges of Optionsworksurfaces are finishedwith a vinyl T-mold radiusedge detail that can bespecified to match or contrastwith the laminateworksurface. Edge has 1 ⁄4"radius at top and bottomand is 1 ⁄4" thick.cSee Color CoordinationMatrices, page H20.Vinyl (PVC) edge finishesthe sides and back of worksurfaces.The color of theseedges is determined by thelaminate color that youselect.cSee Color CoordinationMatrices, page H20..2"At least a 1 3 ⁄4" gapmust separate backs of aworksurface and panels toaccommodate cables andprevent pinching. A 1"gap separates sides andadjacent furniture. There isalso a 1 1 ⁄2" space betweenthe keyboard and monitorsurfaces on units with twosurfaces.Keyboard surface tiltswith a range of 25°.GasCylinders1 3 /4"1".Gas cylinder packagecan be field installed to singleand dual crank-adjustableworksurfaces to provide anadditional 110 pounds of liftassistance (55 pounds foreach cylinder). Gas cylindersfit into the empty rear columnsof single and dualcrank-adjustable bases anddecrease the load up to 50percent. Gas cylinders cannotbe field installed to bi-levelmodels because the space inall four columns is occupiedby the crank mechanism. Gascylinder comes standard onextension worksurface.Adjustable-heightmechanism requiresassembly. Worksurfacerequires assembly tomechanism.Surface MaterialsWorksurfaces• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate (option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.User’s edge(s)• Vinyl T-moldTip: The color of theseedges must be specifiedseparately.cSee Color CoordinationMatrices, page H20.Back and side edges• Vinyl (PVC) defaultcSee Color CoordinationMatrices, page H20.Adjustable-height base• PaintApplication TopicsAdjustable-heightworksurfaces support atotal of 150 pounds. If theunit has two surfaces, themonitor surface will supportup to 130 pounds and thekeyboard surface will supportup to 20 pounds.Moving worksurfacescan collide with other components.Don’t install overheadstorage, desk-height power,or desk accessories in thepath of adjustable-heightworksurfaces.Crank-adjustable,adjustable-heightworksurfaces will travel1" for approximately every6.5 turns of the crank handle..Crank Adjustability DetailsCrank drives worm screwin leg of straight single,straight dual, corner single,and corner dual worksurfacesto raise or lower worksurface.Chain connects toheight-adjustment mechanismin adjacent leg so itmoves up or down in syncwith crank leg. Crank handlecan be used in either leg.Chain connectsheight-adjustmentmechanisms on extensionworksurfaces and adjacentworksurfaces to allowuser to adjust all worksurfacessimultaneously withone turn of the crank.Three worksurfaces(one corner and two extensionworksurfaces) can belinked and raised or loweredwith one action.Straight and cornerbi-level worksurfaceshave separateheight-adjustment mechanismsfor the keyboardand the monitor surfaces,which allow the two surfacesto adjust independentlyof one another.Monitor surface canaccommodate one 21"monitor..Options ProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideD19

Adjustable-Height WorksurfacesElectrically AdjustableElectrically adjustable,adjustable-height worksurfacessupport computers,keyboards, and mouse forintensive computer users insingle-occupant, multi-occupant,or high-churnenvironments. Allows usersto quickly and easily varybetween seated and standingpostures.cSpecifying, page D49Knobs adjust keyboard tilton dual adjustable-heightworksurfaces.9' power cord is provided.Release lever activatescontinuous adjustmentof keyboard surface ondual adjustable-heightworksurfaces.Leveling glides adjust toinstall unit on uneven floors.Actual Dimensions42 43" 43"1 /4"42 1 /4"23 1 10/4" 3 /4"11"28 1 /4"21 3 /4"11". 26 7 /8"26 7 /8"Worksurface has a150 pound weight capacitywith a wood core anda laminate surface.Worksurface with a 250pound weight capacity isavailable as an option.Drawer-mounted twobuttoncontroller activatessmooth, continuousheight adjustment ofsingle or monitor worksurface.Controller is includedwith 150 pound weightcapacity worksurfaces.Programmable memoryis available as anoption..Product DetailsTwo variations of electricallyadjustable,adjustable-heightworksurfaces are available—singleand dual. Bothvariations are available instraight and corner shapes.40"24 1 /2"Single worksurfacesare one piece to accommodatea monitor and a keyboard.You can adjust theheight of the worksurfacefrom 24 1 ⁄2"H to 40"H.40"24 1 /2"Dual worksurfaces aretwo pieces—a large monitorworksurface with a smallerkeyboard worksurfaceattached. You can adjust theheight of the monitor worksurfacefrom 24 1 ⁄2"H to40"H, and the keyboardworksurface moves alongwith it.Programmable memoryis available as an option andallows three users to programthree height settings each, fora total of nine settings.Included, is a drawer-mountedsix-button controller withan LED display that showssettings in inches, and softstart/soft-stopadjustment foran extra smooth start andstop motion..D20Series 9000 Specification Guide

Adjustable-HeightWorksurfaces.High-performanceadjustable-heightworksurface is availableas an option and accommodatesa 250 pound weightcapacity. Programmablememory is included.Controller drawer shipswith the worksurface andallows for easy access to thecontroller while helping toprevent unintentional adjustment.Keyboard surface tiltswith a range of 25°.24 1 /2"H to 40"HMonitorKeyboardFloor6"5"Keyboard worksurfaceon dual worksurfaces is supportedby a spring mechanismthat allows it to adjustto positions up to 6" higheror 5" lower than the monitorworksurface..PVCSideEdgePVCSideEdgeRadiusFrontEdgePVCBackEdgeRadiusFrontEdgePVCSideEdgePVCBackEdgePVCSideEdgeOptions worksurfaceshave a T-mold vinyl radiusedge on the front user’s sideand self-edge vinyl (PVC)on all other sides. You canchoose the color of the T-mold vinyl to coordinate orcontrast with the worksurface.The color of the selfedgevinyl is a default determinedby the laminate colorchosen for the worksurface.1 /4"PVCBackEdge1 /4"User’s edges of Optionsworksurfaces are finishedwith a vinyl T-mold radiusedge detail that can bespecified to match or contrastwith the laminateworksurface. Edge has 1 ⁄4"radius at top and bottomand is 1 ⁄4" thick.cSee Edge Defaults Matrix,page H20.Vinyl (PVC) edge finishesthe sides and back of worksurfaces.The color of theseedges is determined by thelaminate color that youselect.cSee Edge Defaults Matrix,page H20..2"1 3 /4"At least a 1 3 ⁄4" gapmust separate backs of aworksurface and panels toaccommodate cables andprevent pinching. A 1"gap separates sides andadjacent furniture. There isalso a 1 1 ⁄2" space betweenthe keyboard and monitorsurfaces on units with twosurfaces.Adjustable-heightmechanism requiresattachment to the base andworksurface.1".Surface MaterialsWorksurfaces• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latest trendsin color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate (option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.User’s edge(s)• Vinyl T-moldTip: The color of theseedges must be specifiedseparately.cSee Edge Defaults Matrix,page H20.Back and side edges• Vinyl (PVC) defaultcSee Edge Defaults Matrix,page H20.Adjustable-height baseand column• Paint.Application TopicsAdjustable-heightworksurfaces support atotal of 150 pounds. If theunit has two surfaces, themonitor surface will supportup to 130 pounds and thekeyboard surface will supportup to 20 pounds.Maximum power consumptionis 3.38 amps. 9' powercord is provided.Optional high-performanceadjustableheightworksurface supports250 pounds on top ofworksurface. Maximumpower consumption is 3.38amps.Moving worksurfacescan collide with other components.Don’t install overheadstorage, desk-height power,or desk accessories in thepath of adjustable-heightworksurfaces.Worksurfaces with 150pound weight capacity willtravel 1.3" per second.Worksurfaces with 250pound weight capacity willtravel 1" per second..Options ProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideD21

Worksurface Supports.Supports for extendedcorner, corner, andstraight Options worksurfacesinclude thefollowing:Center SupportSupports center of worksurfacesthat exceed 60"W.Center support is includedwith worksurfaces widerthan 60".Corner BracketSupports the back corner ofextended corner and cornerworksurfaces. Corner bracketis Included with extendedand corner worksurfaces.End CantileverSupports worksurfaces thatare installed adjacent tocorner adjustable split-topworksurfaces.End PanelConnects to panel andsupports the end of aworksurface. Must beordered separately.Pedestal with fillerSupports either end ofextended corner and straightworksurfaces.Shared CantileverSupports two adjacent worksurfaces.Must be orderedseparately.Side-MountingBracketSupports the sides of corneradjustable split-top andspanner worksurfaces.Attaches to end cantilever.Side-Support BracketsConnect worksurface topanels that wrap the worksurfaceand have the samedimension as worksurfacedepth. Must be orderedseparately.Center Support forExtended CornersSide-SupportBracketsShared CantileverCenter Support for30"D TopPedestal with fillerShared CantileverCenter Support for25"D TopPedestal with fillerSide-Mounting BracketEnd Cantilever.Corner BracketShared CantileverEnd PanelCorner BracketSupport BracketShared CantileverPedestal with fillerSupport BracketSide-Mounting BracketEnd Cantilever.D22Series 9000 Specification Guide

Worksurface Supports.Supports for jetty,enterprise, visitor, andspanner Options worksurfacesinclude thefollowing:Column SupportSupports the end of jetty,enterprise, and spannerworksurfaces. Column support,included with worksurface,adjusts 4" toaccommodate unevenfloors.Conference SupportSupports the end of jetty,enterprise and visitor worksurfaces.Included with theworksurface.End CantileverSupports worksurfaces thatare installed adjacent tocorner adjustable split-topworksurfaces. Two end cantileversare also includedwith each 62 1 ⁄4"W spannerworksurface.Shared CantileverSupports two adjacent worksurfaces.Must be orderedseparately.Side-Mounting BracketSupports the sides of corneradjustable split-top andspanner worksurfaces.Attaches to end cantileveror triangular support.Triangular Supportand StrapSupport and align worksurfacesthat are installedadjacent to 52 1 ⁄4"W spannerworksurface. Use with sidemountingbrackets.Two triangular supportsare included with 52 1 ⁄4"Wspanner worksurface.Shared CantileverSupport BracketColumn SupportShared CantileverConference SupportColumn SupportSupport BracketShared CantileverConference SupportSupport BracketSide Mounting BracketEnd CantileverConference Support.Side Mounting BracketEnd CantileverColumn SupportSide Mounting BracketTriangular Supportand StrapColumn Support.Options ProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideD23

Worksurface AccessoriesPlastic Center DrawercSpecifying, page D52.Product DetailsStores pens, pencils,paper, and other lightweightpersonal tools.Center drawer does notlock.ConnectionsField install drawerwherever space is availablebeneath the worksurface.Minimum area required is19 1 ⁄2"D x 21"W.Tip: Can also be fieldinstalled on optionsworksurfaces.Surface MaterialsDrawer• Black textured plastic onlySlides• Black plastic onlyActual DimensionsDepth 18 1 ⁄2"Inside depth 12"Width 21"Inside width 19"Overall height 2"installedInside height 1 3 ⁄8"Pencil spacesClip spaces2 7 ⁄8"D x7 1 ⁄2"W1"D x3 3 ⁄4"W.D24Series 9000 Specification Guide

Worksurface AccessoriesOptions ProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideD25

PedestalsOptions pedestals arefloor-standing and can supportworksurfaces at 28 1 ⁄2"H.cSpecifying, page D53Top is open and accommodatesattachment to a worksurface.Attachment hardwareis included.Finished back andsides are standard.Lock is standard onpedestals and secures alldrawers. Lock is located in thetop drawer. Lock cylindersmust be specified separately.Drawers open their fulldepth for total access tothe contents. Box and filedrawers are available.Leveling glides have a1 7 ⁄8" adjustable glide rangefor uneven floors.Actual DimensionsDepth 22 5 ⁄8" or 28 5 ⁄8"Width 15"Height 27".Base is integral to pedestalcase.Drawer fronts are availablein steel only.Pull on flush-frontpedestal is full-width andintegral. Full-width wood pullis available as an option..Product DetailsBox drawers are a weldedsteel construction. Onedivider is included with eachbox drawer.File drawers are a weldedsteel construction. Drawerbody sides are full-heightand accommodate front-tobackfiling of hanging lettersizefile folders. One rail isincluded with each file drawerto accommodate side-tosidefiling of letter-, A4- andlegal-size hanging folders.Drawer fronts can beremoved and changed in thefield to create a differentaesthetic or to replace damageddrawer fronts..D26Series 9000 Specification Guide

Pedestals.Flush-front pull is fullwidthand integral with thedrawer.Optional full-widthwood pull attaches to integralpull with double-sidedtape. Wood pull ships separatefrom pedestal and isfield-installed.Pencil tray to hold smalloffice supplies is includedwith each box/box/filepedestal.Label holders are availablefrom Customer ServiceParts. Label holder fitsinside the integral pull.Lock is standard and keyedrandom on all pedestals.Consecutive and specifickeying options are available.Master-keyed locks are alsoavailable. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2.Individual drawer locksare available on file/filepedestals for applicationswhere you want to limitaccess to each drawer.Pedestals include a securityshield above each drawerto prevent unauthorizedaccess.Non-locking pedestalis available as an option..ConnectionsFiller conceals the gap thatmay exist between the faceof a panel and the back of a27"H pedestal. Fillers arealso used to provide stabilityfor pedestal and worksurfaceconfigurations that arenot panel-wrapped.Tip: One filler is includedwith each pedestal (shippedseparately). Filler can bedeleted as an option.Field-installed accessoriesare available, includingpencil trays,media trays, stationerytrays, dividers, and rails.cPages D54–D56Wiring & CablingFixed pedestals do notblock cable scallops..Surface MaterialsPedestal, steel drawerfronts, and integralpulls• PaintWood pull• Open-pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Lock face ring• 9201 Polished Chrome• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Drawer bodies, drawersuspensions, rails,dividers, and glides• Black.Application TopicsStorage CapacitiescPage D31ShippingPedestals are normallyshipped in heavy-duty, recyclablestretch wrap to reducethe amount of corrugatedboard needed..Options ProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideD27

Storage AccessoriesPencil Tray, Bi-LevelTray, Media Tray, FileDrawer StationeryInsert, and ReferenceShelfcSpecifying, pages D55–D56.Product DetailsPencil tray, bi-leveltray, media tray, filedrawer stationeryinserts, and referenceshelf are used in:• Conventional and Optionspedestals• Mobile pedestalsPencil tray is available tohold small office supplies.Tip: Pencil trays are standardin box drawers ofpedestals. One pencil trayper pedestal is included.Bi-level tray is availableto hold small office suppliesand includes two traydividers for organizingmedia.Media tray is available tostore and organize media.Four tray dividers areincluded.File drawer stationeryinsert is for use in 12"H filedrawers only and includesthree pockets to store andorganize paper documentsand supplies such asenvelopes.Reference shelf protectsreference papers in boxdrawers. Shelf rests on topof drawer edges and canslide the entire depth of thedrawer. A clear plastic insertis standard with each referenceshelf.Surface MaterialsPencil tray, bi-leveltray, media tray, filedrawer stationeryinsert, dividers, andreference shelf• BlackInsert for referenceshelf• Clear plasticActual DimensionsPencil TrayDepth 4 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 1 1 ⁄2"Bi-level TrayDepth 4 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 3 3 ⁄8"Media TrayDepth 4 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 3 3 ⁄8"Vertical Stationery TrayDepth 4 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 8"Reference ShelfDepth 9 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 3⁄8".D28Series 9000 Specification Guide

Storage AccessoriesRailscSpecifying, page D54DividerscSpecifying, page D54.Product DetailsRails accommodate bothfront-to-back and side-tosidefiling of letter-, A4international-, and legalsizehanging folders.Rail packages are availablein quantities oftwo or four rails.Rails can be used for sideto-sidefiling in 12"H filedrawers of:• Conventional and Optionspedestals• Mobile pedestalsProduct DetailsDividers are available foruse in 6"H box drawers and12"H file drawers of:• Conventional and optionspedestals• Mobile pedestalsSurface MaterialsRails• Black12"H drawer dividersare available in letter-width(15").Dividers ship in a packageof two.Tip: Dividers must be usedwith hanging folder bars tosupport side-to-side filing orwith rails to support front-tobackfiling. Hanging folderbars and rails are orderedseparately.Actual DimensionsFor use with drawersWidth 15"Surface MaterialsDividers• BlackActual DimensionsFor use in 6"H drawersWidth 15"For use in12"H drawersWidth 15".Options ProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideD29

Additional Matching Storage Products.A wide array of additionalstorage products are availablefor use with Series9000 Options.cFor details, see theStorage ProductsSpecification Guide.900 Series Lateral Files30", 36",or 42"41 1 52/4"3 /8"27" 28 1 /4"900 Series Combination Cabinets30", 36",or 42"52 3 64/8"11 /16" 64 11 /16"900 Series Personal Cabinets30"52 3 64/8"11 /16"970 Series Storage and Wardrobe Cabinets18"36"W 18"41 1 52/4"3 64/8"11 /16"900 Series Vertical Files14 7 /8" or17 7 /8"41 1 52/4"3 /8" 59 1 /2"27 7 /8",29",29 3 /8".24"80 1 /2"64 11 /16"24".D30Series 9000 Specification Guide

Storage CapacitiesStorage CapacitiesPedestalsTip: Options pedestalswith lock in top drawer willreduce storage capacityby the figure shown inparentheses.Box Drawers, 6"H Size Inside DimensionsD W H25"D Pedestal (nominal) 18 23 ⁄32" 12 3 ⁄4" 4 7 ⁄32"30"D Pedestal (nominal) 24 23 ⁄32" 12 3 ⁄4" 4 7 ⁄32"File Drawers, 12"H Size Inside Dimensions Letter-Size Legal-Size Letter- andD W H Storage Storage Legal-SizeStorage25"D Pedestal (nominal) 18 1 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄16" 9 3 ⁄8" 18 1 ⁄4" 17 1 ⁄2" 12 1 ⁄16" 3 1 ⁄4" letterand 12 1 ⁄16" legal30"D Pedestal (nominal) 24 1 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄16" 9 3 ⁄8" 24 1 ⁄4" 23 1 ⁄2" 12 1 ⁄16" 8 1 ⁄2" letterand 12 1 ⁄16" legalPlastic Center DrawerInside DimensionsD W H12" 19" 1 3 ⁄8"Tip: Inside depth does notinclude pencil tray. Depth is14 7 ⁄8" when pencil tray isincluded in dimensions...Options ProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideD31

D32Series 9000 Specification Guide

SpecifyingOptions Worksurfaces,Storage, and RelatedProductsWorksurfacesCorner WorksurfacesExtended Corner WorksurfacesStraight WorksurfacesJetty WorksurfacesEnterprise WorksurfacesVisitor WorksurfacesSpanner WorksurfacesAdjustable-Height WorksurfacesRelated ProductsWorksurface SupportsWorksurface AccessoriesWorksurface Wiring and CablingD34D38D40D42D43D44D45D46D50D52F38Options ProductsStoragePedestalsRelated ProductsStorage AccessoriesD53D54Series 9000 Specification GuideD33

Corner WorksurfacesStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyACDBcNeed help?Product details,page D8• Worksurface: laminate– Radius-edge T-mold on user’s side: vinyl– Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Rear corner bracket: black paint only• Cable scallops centered, rear, on sides C and D1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Vinyl color number for T-mold edge4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateRelated • Worksurface supports cPage D50Products • Worksurface accessories cPage D52• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B C D Radius dNumber dBased d dPriced d d25" 25" 42" 42" 17" 9WC2242 $47825" 30" 42" 42" 12" 9WC2342 $50030" 25" 42" 42" 12" 9WC3242 $50030" 30" 42" 42" 12" 9WC3342 $52425" 25" 45" 45" 17" 9WC2245 $53625" 30" 45" 45" 12" 9WC2345 $52430" 25" 45" 45" 12" 9WC3245 $52430" 30" 45" 45" 12" 9WC3345 $585d d dCorner Worksurfaces42", 45"42", 45"42", 45"42", 45"42",45"24 5 /16"42",45"29 5 /16"42",45"24 5 /16" 42",29 5 /16"45"24 5 /16" 24 5 /16"29 5 /16"29 5 /16"For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.D34Series 9000 Specification Guide

Corner Worksurfaces with CutoutCorner Worksurfaceswith CutoutStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyACDBcNeed help?Product details,page D8• Worksurface: laminate– Radius-edge T-mold on user’s side: vinyl– Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Rear corner bracket: black paint only• Cable scallops centered, rear, on sides C and D1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Vinyl color number for T-mold edge4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateRelated • Worksurface supports cPage D50Products • Worksurface accessories cPage D52• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B C D dNumber dBased d dPriced d d25" 25" 42" 42" 9WCC2242 $54225" 25" 45" 45" 9WCC2245 $598d d dOptions ProductsCorner Worksurfaces with Cutout42", 45"42",45"24 5 /16"24 5 /16"For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideD35

Corner Split-Top Adjustable WorksurfacesStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyACDBcNeed help?Product details,page D8• Worksurface: laminate– Radius-edge T-mold on user’s side: vinyl– Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Rear corner bracket: black paint only• Side-mounting brackets (4) to connect to adjacent endcantilever: all paint price groups• Cable scallops centered, rear, on sides C and D1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Vinyl color number for T-mold edge4 Paint color number for side-mountingbracketscSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateRelated • Worksurface supports cPage D50Products • Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage F38Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B C D dNumber dBased d dPriced d d25" 25" 42" 42" 9WA2242 $134525" 25" 45" 45" 9WA2245 $1518d d dCorner Split-Top Adjustable Worksurfaces42", 45"42",45"24 5 /16"24 5 /16"For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.D36Series 9000 Specification Guide

Corner Split-TopAdjustable WorksurfacesOptions ProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideD37

Extended Corner WorksurfacesBACDLeft handRight handDCTip: When specifying fromelectronic price list, dimensionsare shown in a differentorder than A through Dabove.ABcNeed help?Product details,page D10Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate– Radius-edge T-mold on user’s side: vinyl– Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Rear corner bracket: black paint only• Cable scallops centered, rear, one on side C andone or two on side D• Center support, if side D is wider than 60":black paint onlyOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateRelated • Worksurface supports cPage D50Products • Worksurface accessories cPage D52• Center drawercPage D52• PedestalscPage D53• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38Required to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Vinyl color number for T-mold edge4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.D38Series 9000 Specification Guide

ExtendedCorner WorksurfacesSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dA B C D Radius dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d dPrice d dPriced d d d dLeft-HandRight-Hand25" 25" 42" 60" 17" 9WCL224260 $ 760 9WCR224260 $ 76025" 30" 42" 60" 12" 9WCL234260 $ 785 9WCR234260 $ 78530" 25" 42" 60" 17" 9WCL324260 $ 785 9WCR324260 $ 78530" 30" 42" 60" 12" 9WCL334260 $ 774 9WCR334260 $ 77425" 25" 42" 70" 17" 9WCL224270 $ 899 9WCR224270 $ 89925" 30" 42" 70" 12" 9WCL234270 $ 896 9WCR234270 $ 89630" 25" 42" 70" 17" 9WCL324270 $ 896 9WCR324270 $ 89630" 30" 42" 70" 12" 9WCL334270 $ 915 9WCR334270 $ 91525" 25" 42" 75" 17" 9WCL224275 $ 921 9WCR224275 $ 92125" 30" 42" 75" 12" 9WCL234275 $ 944 9WCR234275 $ 94430" 25" 42" 75" 17" 9WCL324275 $ 944 9WCR324275 $ 94430" 30" 42" 75" 12" 9WCL334275 $ 974 9WCR334275 $ 97425" 25" 45" 60" 17" 9WCL224560 $ 774 9WCR224560 $ 77425" 30" 45" 60" 12" 9WCL234560 $ 853 9WCR234560 $ 85330" 25" 45" 60" 17" 9WCL324560 $ 853 9WCR324560 $ 85330" 30" 45" 60" 12" 9WCL334560 $ 893 9WCR334560 $ 89325" 25" 45" 70" 17" 9WCL224570 $ 915 9WCR224570 $ 91525" 30" 45" 70" 12" 9WCL234570 $ 993 9WCR234570 $ 99330" 25" 45" 70" 17" 9WCL324570 $ 993 9WCR324570 $ 99330" 30" 45" 70" 12" 9WCL334570 $ 963 9WCR334570 $ 96325" 25" 45" 75" 17" 9WCL224575 $1001 9WCR224575 $100125" 30" 45" 75" 12" 9WCL234575 $1035 9WCR234575 $103530" 25" 45" 75" 17" 9WCL324575 $1035 9WCR324575 $103530" 30" 45" 75" 12" 9WCL334575 $1031 9WCR334575 $1031d d d d dOptions ProductsExtended Corner Worksurfaces42", 45" 42", 45" 42", 45" 42", 45"24 5 /16"29 5 /16"24 5 /16"60" 60" 60" 60"29 5 /16"24 5 /16" 24 5 /16"29 5 /16"29 5 /16"42", 45" 42", 45" 42", 45" 42", 45"70",75"24 5 /16"70",29 5 /16"70",24 5 /16"70",29 5 /16"75"75"75"24 5 /16"24 5 /16"29 5 /16"29 5 /16"Series 9000 Specification GuideD39

Straight Worksurfaces25" or30"W35" to60"W65" to75"WcNeed help?Product details,page D12Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate– Radius-edge T-mold on user’s side: vinyl– Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Center support on worksurfaces that are wider than 60"and:– 25"D: black paint only– 30"D: all paint price groups• Worksurface with keyboard cutout: black plastic• Cable scallop(s) on worksurfaces that are 35"W–60"W,centered rear, or two on 65"W–75"W worksurfacesor widerRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Vinyl color number for T-mold edge4 Paint color number for center supportwhen included on 30"D worksurface5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateRelated • Worksurface supports cPage D50Products • Worksurface accessories cPage D52• Center drawercPage D52• PedestalscPage D53• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.D40Series 9000 Specification Guide

Straight WorksurfacesSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d d25" 25" 9WS225 $20325" 30" 9WS230 $21725" 35" 9WS235 $22525" 36" 9WS236 $23025" 42" 9WS242 $24925" 45" 9WS245 $29325" 60" 9WS260 $33725" 65" 9WS265 $35725" 66" 9WS266 $37525" 70" 9WS270 $41925" 75" 9WS275 $45530" 25" 9WS325 $28730" 30" 9WS330 $29830" 35" 9WS335 $25030" 36" 9WS336 $31730" 42" 9WS342 $33730" 45" 9WS345 $38130" 60" 9WS360 $43230" 65" 9WS365 $45330" 66" 9WS366 $47030" 70" 9WS370 $51430" 75" 9WS375 $550d d dOptions ProductsStraight Worksurfaces25" 30" 35" 36" 42" 45" 60" 65" 66" 70" 75"24 5 /16"25" 30" 35" 36" 42" 45" 60" 65" 66" 70" 75"29 5 /16"For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideD41

Jetty WorksurfacesStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyACDBcNeed help?Product details,page D14• Worksurface: laminate– Radius-edge T-mold on user’s side: vinyl– Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Column support: all paint price groups• Cable scallop centered, rear, on side C• Support bracket: black paint only1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Vinyl color number for T-mold edge4 Paint color number for column supportOptions, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.CRight handAOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateDBRelated • Worksurface supports cPage D50Products • Worksurface accessories cPage D52• Center drawercPage D52• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38Left handTip: When specifying fromelectronic price list, dimensionsare shown in a differentorder than A through Dabove.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B C D Radius dNumber dBased d dPriced d dLeft-Hand25" 25" 45" 75" 12" 9WJL224575 $117725" 30" 45" 75" 12" 9WJL234575 $123130" 25" 45" 75" 12" 9WJL324575 $123130" 30" 45" 75" 12" 9WJL334575 $1263Right-Hand25" 25" 45" 75" 12" 9WJR224575 $117725" 30" 45" 75" 12" 9WJR234575 $123130" 25" 45" 75" 12" 9WJR324575 $123130" 30" 45" 75" 12" 9WJR334575 $1263d d dJetty Worksurfaces45"45"45"45"75"24 5 /16"75"24 5 /16"75"29 5 /16" 29 5 /16"75"24 5 /16"29 5 /16"24 5 /16"29 5 /16"For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.D42Series 9000 Specification Guide

Enterprise WorksurfacesEnterprise WorksurfacesStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyABRight handCcNeed help?Product details,page D14D• Worksurface: laminate– Radius-edge T-mold on user’s side: vinyl– Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Column support: paint prices below• Conference support: paint prices below• Cable scallop centered, rear, on side B• 3 1 ⁄2"H hat channel brace attached to undersideof worksurface1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Vinyl color number for T-mold edge4 Paint color number for column support,conference support, and hat channelbracecSee Surface Materials, page H4.BCLeft handADTip: When specifying fromelectronic price list, dimensionsare shown in a differentorder than A through Dabove.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateRelated • Worksurface supports cPage D50Products • Worksurface accessories cPage D52• Center drawercPage D52• PedestalscPage D53• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B C D Radius dNumber dBased d dPriced d dLeft-Hand25" 45" 90" 47" 12" 9WEL24590 $155430" 45" 90" 47" 12" 9WEL34590 $1615Right-Hand25" 45" 90" 47" 12" 9WER24590 $155430" 45" 90" 47" 12" 9WER34590 $1615d d dOptions ProductsEnterprise Worksurfaces45"45"45" 24 5 /16"30" 45" 30"295 /16"90" 90"47" Diameter47" DiameterFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideD43

Visitor WorksurfacesStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyWWLeft handDcNeed help?Product details,page D16• Worksurface: laminate– Radius-edge T-mold on user’s side: vinyl– Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Conference support: all paint price groups1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Vinyl color number for T-mold edge4 Paint color number for conferencesupport5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.DRight handTip: Scallops are not availableon visitor worksurfaces.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateRelated • Worksurface supports cPage D50Products • Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage F38Specification InformationDDimensions DRadius DStyle DU.S.dD W d dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dLeft-Hand25" 25" 12" 9WVL225 $43425" 30" 12" 9WVL230 $46525" 35" 12" 9WVL235 $48225" 36" 12" 9WVL236 $49730" 25" 17" 9WVL325 $46530" 30" 17" 9WVL330 $48230" 35" 17" 9WVL335 $51430" 36" 17" 9WVL336 $523Right-Hand25" 25" 12" 9WVR225 $43425" 30" 12" 9WVR230 $46525" 35" 12" 9WVR235 $48225" 36" 12" 9WVR236 $49730" 25" 17" 9WVR325 $46530" 30" 17" 9WVR330 $48230" 35" 17" 9WVR335 $51430" 36" 17" 9WVR336 $523d d d dVisitor Worksurfaces24 5 /16"29 5 /16"35" 36"24 5 /16" 24 5 /16" 24 5 /16" 24 5 /16"24 5 /16"29 5 /16"35" 36"For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.29 5 /16"29 5 /16" 29 5 /16" 29 5 /16"D44Series 9000 Specification Guide

Spanner WorksurfacesSpanner WorksurfacesStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyBAcNeed help?Product details,page D16• Worksurface: laminate– Radius-edge T-mold on user’s side: vinyl– Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Column support: all paint price groups• Spanner supports: all paint price groups• Straps included with spanner worksurfaces(Straps need not be installed when spanner is adjacentto a corner split-top adjustable worksurface)1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Vinyl color number for T-mold edge4 Paint color number for column supportand spanner supportscSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateRelated • Worksurface supports cPage D50Products • Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage F38Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B dNumber dBased d dPriced d d30" 51 13 ⁄32" 9WSP3052 $73135" 51 13 ⁄32" 9WSP3552 $76436" 51 13 ⁄32" 9WSP3652 $85430" 61 13 ⁄32" 9WSP3062 $85435" 61 13 ⁄32" 9WSP3562 $90336" 61 13 ⁄32" 9WSP3662 $919d d dOptions ProductsSpanner Worksurfaces51 13 /32"51 13 /32"51 13 /32"30" 35" 36"61 13 /32"61 13 /32"61 13 /32"30" 35" 36"For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideD45

Adjustable-Height Worksurfaceswith CrankStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: Worksurface requiresassembly to adjustableheightmechanism.cNeed help?Product details,page D18• Worksurface: laminate• Radius-edge T-mold on user's side and on thefront edge of the monitor worksurface on dualand bi-level worksurfaces: vinyl (PVC)• All other edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Adjustable-height mechanisms• Leg shrouds and feet: paint price group 1• Crank handle1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Vinyl color number for T-mold edge4 Paint color number for leg shroudsand feet5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Extension worksurfacesmay be usedonly with a crankversion of a single orbi-level corner worksurface.Tip: Dual corner and bi-levelcorner worksurfaces cansupport a keyboard and amouse pad on the samesurface.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateLeg shrouds and feet• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$34 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$58 Specify paint color number.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.D46Series 9000 Specification Guide

Adjustable-HeightWorksurfacesSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBaseddPriced d dCorner Worksurface23 1 ⁄4" 42 1 ⁄4" QOCKSC45 $1801d d dDual Corner Worksurface23 1 ⁄4" 42 1 ⁄4" QOCKDC45 $2443d d dBi-Level Corner Worksurface23 1 ⁄4" 42 1 ⁄4" QOCKBC45 $2443d d dStraight Worksurface28 1 ⁄4" 43" QOCKSS45 $1662d d dOptions ProductsDual Straight Worksurface34 1 ⁄4" 43" QOCKDS45 $2304d d dBi-Level Straight Worksurface34 1 ⁄4" 43" QOCKBS45 $2304d d dTip: Gas cylinder packagecan be field installed tosingle and dual crankadjustableworksurfacesto provide additional lift.cPage D19Pair of Gas CylindersADJHTGASCYL $ 160d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification Guide cAdjustable-Height Worksurfaces, continued D47

Adjustable-Height Extension WorksurfacesCrank AdjustableTip: Extension worksurfacesmay be usedonly with a crankversion of a single orbi-level corner worksurface.Tip: Adjustable-heightmechanism requiresassembly. Worksurfacerequires assembly tomechanism.Tip: Extension worksurfacescannot be attached to dualworksurfaces, only cornerand bi-levels.Tip: Dual corner and bilevelcorner worksurfacescan support a keyboard anda mouse pad on the samesurface.cNeed help?Product details,page D18Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateSpecification InformationLeg shrouds and feet• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$17 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$29 Specify paint color number.DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dLeft-Hand23 1 ⁄4" 25" QOCKEL25 $131623 1 ⁄4" 30" QOCKEL30 $1435d d dRight-HandStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Radius-edge T-mold on user's side: vinyl (PVC)• All other edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Adjustable-height mechanism• Leg shroud and foot: paint price group 1• Gas cylinder23 1 ⁄4" 25" QOCKER25 $131623 1 ⁄4" 30" QOCKER30 $1435d d dRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Vinyl color number for T-mold edge4 Paint color number for leg shroudand foot5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.D48Series 9000 Specification Guide

Adjustable-Height Worksurfaceswith Electrically Adjustable Column SupportAdjustable-HeightWorksurfacesStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: Adjustable-heightmechanism requiresattachment to the baseand worksurface.cNeed help?Product details,page D20• Worksurface: laminate• Radius-edge T-mold on user's side and on thefront edge of the monitor worksurface on dualworksurfaces: vinyl (PVC)• All other edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Drawer-mounted two-button controller• Adjustable-height column mechanism and base:paint price group 1• 9' power cord: black vinyl only• Attachment hardware1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Vinyl color number for T-mold edge(s)4 Paint color number for leg shroudsand feet5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Dual corner and bi-levelcorner worksurfaces cansupport a keyboard and amouse pad on the samesurface.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateBase and Column• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 34• Paint price group 3 +$ 58 Specify paint color number.Programmable • Drawer-mounted six-button +$299 Specify with SSM.Memorycontroller with 3x3programmable memoryand soft-start/soft-stopOptions ProductsHigh-Performance • 250 pound weight capacity +$699 Specify with 250SSM.Adjustable-Height and drawer-mountedWorksurface with six-button controller withProgrammable 3x3 programmable memoryMemoryand soft-start/soft-stopSpecification InformationU.S.DDimensions DStyle DBasedD W dNumber dPriced d dCorner Worksurface23 1 ⁄4" 42 1 ⁄4" QOECSC45 $2150d d dDual Corner Worksurface23 1 ⁄4" 42 1 ⁄4" QOECDC45 $2792d d dStraight Worksurface28 1 ⁄4" 43" QOECSS45 $2011d d dDual Straight Worksurface34 1 ⁄4" 43" QOECDS45 $2653d d dSeries 9000 Specification GuideD49

Worksurface SupportsCantileverscNeed help?Product details,page D22Standard Includes• Cantilever: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for cantilevercSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d dLeft-Hand End Cantilever23 5 ⁄8" 1 1 ⁄16" 12 5 ⁄8" 9ECL $170d d dRight-Hand End Cantilever23 5 ⁄8" 1 1 ⁄16" 12 5 ⁄8" 9ECR $170d d dShared CantilevercNeed help?Product details,page D22Standard Includes• Cantilever: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for cantilevercSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d23 3 ⁄4" 1 1 ⁄16" 12 5 ⁄8" 9SC $205d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.D50Series 9000 Specification Guide

Worksurface SupportsEnd PanelscNeed help?Product details,page D22Standard Includes• End panels: paint price group 1Required to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for end panels3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceEnd panelMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$17 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$29 Specify paint color number.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d d25" 1 1 ⁄8" 27" 9EP25 $30530" 1 1 ⁄8" 27" 9EP30 $345d d dOptions ProductsPair of Side Support BracketscNeed help?Product details,page D22Standard Includes• Side support brackets: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d1 3 ⁄4" 8 1 ⁄4" 2" 9SSB $30d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideD51

Worksurface AccessoriesPlastic Center DrawercNeed help?Product details,page D24Standard Includes• Drawer: black textured plastic only• Slides: black plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: For use on worksurfaceswith a minimum21 1 ⁄2"W kneespace.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d19" 21" 1 3 ⁄8" ASHC1921X1 $49d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.D52Series 9000 Specification Guide

PedestalsPedestalsStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: Pedestal can serve as aworksurface support.cNeed help?Product details,page D26• Pedestal with base: paint price group 1• Structural filler: paint to match pedestal• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Removable drawer fronts with integral pulls:paint to match pedestal• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/box/file pedestal, box drawerdividers, and adjustable file rails• Four adjustable leveling glides1 Style number2 Paint color number.3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.Tip: Filler ships separatefrom pedestal for field installation.Filler can be omittedif not needed for structuralor aesthetic reasons.Filler • Omit filler –$ 25 Specify with no filler.Pulls • Full-width wood pull +$115 Specify with wood pull and indicatewood color number.• Customiz stain on wood pull +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• No lock –$ 50 Specify with no lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals onlyOptions ProductsRelated • Storage accessories cPage D54ProductsSpecification InformationDActual Dimensions DOld DNew DU.S.dD W H dStyle dStyle dBased dNumber dNumber dPriced d d dTwo Box and One File Drawer22 5 ⁄8" 15" 27" 9SBBF25L 9UBBF25L $53028 5 ⁄8" 15" 27" 9SBBF30L 9UBBF30L $540d d d dTwo File Drawers22 5 ⁄8" 15" 27" 9SFF25L 9UFF25L $53028 5 ⁄8" 15" 27" 9SFF30L 9UFF30L $540d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideD53

Storage AccessoriesRailscNeed help?Product details,page D29Standard Includes• Package of two or four rails: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationU.S.DWidth DStyle DPriced dNumber dd d dFor Use with DrawersPackage of Two15" RXADRL15 $16d d dDividerscNeed help?Product details,page D29Standard Includes• Package of two dividers: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationU.S.DDimensions DStyle DPricedW dNumber dd d dFor Use in 6"H Drawers15" RXADV1506 $26ddFor Use in 12"H Drawers15" RXADV1212 $26d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.D54Series 9000 Specification Guide

Storage AccessoriesBookendsStandard Includes• Package of 2 or 20 dividers: 6695 Midnight onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyle DQuantity DU.S.dNumber d dPriced d dKDIV02 2 $ 19KDIV20 20 $185d d dReference ShelfcNeed help?Product details,page D28Standard Includes• Reference shelf: black only• Insert: clear plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberOptions ProductsSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedRPXDRS $30ddFile Drawer Stationery Insert (Three-Pocket)cNeed help?Product details,page D28Standard Includes• Stationery insert: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Stationery insertcan be used in 12"H filedrawers only.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedRPXFST $38ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification Guide cStorage Accessories, continued D55

Storage Accessories, continuedPencil TraycNeed help?Product details,page D28Standard Includes• Pencil tray: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Pedestals with boxdrawers include one penciltray per pedestal.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdU.S.DPriceddRPXDPT $22ddBi-Level TraycNeed help?Product details,page D28Standard Includes• Bi-level tray: black only• Two tray dividers: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdU.S.DPriceddRPXDBT $26ddMedia TraycNeed help?Product details,page D28Standard Includes• Media tray: black only• Four tray dividers: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdU.S.DPriceddRPXDMT $26ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.D56Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood SelectionsWorksurfaces, Storage,and Related ProductsWood Selections isdesigned to enhance andcomplement Series 9000installation with the offeringof worksurfaces, freestandingcomponents and panel-supportedand freestanding storageproducts which featurewood veneer or wood/laminate combinations.Statement of LineEdge Profile Application RulesUnderstandingE2E9E11SpecifyingE55Wood SelectionsProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideE1

Wood Selections Worksurfaces, Shells, and StorageStatement of LineWorksurfaces and ShellsUnderstandingc Page E12Specifyingc Pages E56, E112Rectangular Worksurfaces30"35"36"42"45"60" 65" 70" 75" 90"25"30"35"Left-hand UnitRight-hand UnitUnderstandingc Page E12Specifyingc Pages E58, E114Transition Worksurfaces60"70"75"90"30" 25" 30" 25" 30" 25" 30"25"17" 27" 32" 47"Understandingc Page E14Specifyingc Pages E60, E116Corner Worksurfaces45"45"28 1 /4"25"21 1 /4"30"E2Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood SelectionsWorksurfaces, Shells, andStorage Statement of LineUnderstandingc Page E14Specifyingc Pages E61, E117Cornerstone Worksurfaces*36"45"45"36"25"25"45" 45"30"25"15 1 /2"25"28 1 /4"30"21"* Left-hand units shown.Right-hand units available.Bullet Top Worksurfaces60"65"70"75"90"Understandingc Page E16Specifyingc Pages E62, E118Wood SelectionsProducts30"30" 30" 30"30"60"65"70"75"90"35" 35" 35" 35"35"Left-hand UnitUser sideUser sideRight-hand UnitUnderstandingc Page E16Specifyingc Pages E64, E120P-Top Worksurfaces*25" 30"35"33 1 /8"38 1 /8"42"30"42"30"42"30"42"35" 42"35"65" 70" 75"* Left-hand units shown.Right-hand units available.70"75"Series 9000 Specification Guide cWood Selections Worksurfaces, Shells and Storage Statement of Line, continued E3

Wood Selections Worksurfaces, Shells, and Storage Statement of Line, continuedUser sideLeft-hand UnitUser sideRight-hand UnitUnderstandingc Page E16Specifyingc Pages E67, E123Sock Top Worksurfaces*30"25"41 1 /2"20"46 1 25"/2"41 1 /2"* Left-hand units shown.Right-hand units available.46 1 /2"User sideLeft-hand UnitUser sideRight-hand UnitUnderstandingc Page E16Specifyingc Pages E68, E124Scoop Top Worksurfaces*49 3 /4"42"25"* Left-hand units shown.Right-hand units available.Understandingc Page E20Specifyingc Pages E69–E70,E126–E127Transaction and Curved-Front Transaction Worksurfaces30"35"36"42"45"60" 65" 70" 75" 90"12"9"E4Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood SelectionsWorksurfaces, Shells, andStorage Statement of Line28 1 /2"HUnderstandingc Page E24Specifyingc Pages E74, E130Freestanding Desk Shells60" 65"70" 75"30"30" 30" 30"70" 75"35"35"Return Shells28 1 /2"H45" 60" 45"60"Understandingc Page E24Specifyingc Pages E76, E132Wood SelectionsProducts25" 25"30" 30"26 1 /2"HUnderstandingc Page E27Specifyingc Pages E89, E14426"HUnderstandingc Page E28Specifyingc Pages E90, E145Mobile TableTether Table42"24"20"44"Series 9000 Specification Guide cWood Selections Worksurfaces, Shells, and Storage Statement of Line, continued E5

Wood Selections Worksurfaces, Shells, and Storage Statement of Line, continuedStorage27"H 27"HUnderstandingc Page E36Specifyingc Pages E92, E14627"H27"HUnderstandingc Page E36Specifyingc Pages E92, E146Pedestals*19"D • W L15"W 18"W24”D • W L • W L29"D • W L • W LW = WoodL = Laminate*Metal pedestals are available, see pages E95–E98, E149Door Pedestals15"W 27 1 ⁄2"W19"D • W L • W LW = WoodL = Laminate27"HUnderstandingc Page E36Specifyingc Pages E92, E14628 1 /2"H27"HUnderstandingc Page E36Specifyingc Pages E94, E148Open PedestalsLateral Files27 1 ⁄2"W30"W19"D • W LW = WoodL = LaminateWith top 25"DWithout top 19"DW = WoodL = Laminate• W L• W LTop24"D26"H 22 3 /4"H26"HUnderstandingc Page E38Specifyingc Pages E95–E98,E149Base20"D41 1 /4"HUnderstandingc Page E38Specifyingc Page E99Mobile Pedestals19"D • W L15 1 ⁄2"W 21"W 31 3 ⁄4"W21"D • W L31 3 ⁄4"D • W LW = WoodL = LaminateStanding-Height Mobile Cabinet32"W24"D • W LW = WoodL = LaminateE6Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood SelectionsWorksurfaces, Shells, andStorage Statement of Line9 3 /4"HOverhead Storage ShelvesUnderstandingc Page E40Specifyingc Pages E100, E150Overhead Storage Cabinets19 1 /2"H 19 1 /2"HUnderstandingc Page E40Specifyingc Pages E101–E102,E15230"W 35"W 36"W 42"W 45"W 60"W14 1 ⁄4"D • W L • W L • W L • W L • W L • W L15 3 ⁄4"D • W • W • W • W • W • WW = WoodL = Laminate30"W 35"W 36"W 42"W 45"W 60"W15"D Closed • W L • W L • W L • W L • W L • W L16 1 ⁄2"D Closed • W L • W L • W L • W L • W L • W L15 3 ⁄4"D Open • W • W • W • W • W • WW = WoodL = Laminate16 1 /2"H22 1 /2"H29 1 /4"H36"HService Modules60"W 70"W 75"W 90"WUnderstandingc Page E42Specifyingc Pages E103, E15436"H19 1 /2"HService Modules with Organizers60"W 70"W 75"W 90"WUnderstandingc Page E42Specifyingc Pages E104, E155Wood SelectionsProducts15 1 ⁄8"D • W L • W L • W L • W L15 1 ⁄8"D • W L • W L • W L • W LW = WoodL = LaminateW = WoodL = Laminate25"DUnderstandingc Page E44Specifyingc Pages E106,E156Vertical Cabinets30"W50 1 ⁄2"H • W L65"H • W LW = WoodL = LaminateSeries 9000 Specification Guide cWood Selections Worksurfaces, Shells, and Storage Statement of Line, continued E7

Wood Selections Worksurfaces, Shells, and Storage Statement of Line, continued25"DUnderstandingc Page E45Specifyingc Pages E108, E15845"H65"HUnderstandingc Page E46Specifyingc Pages E109, E159Worksurfaces for Use Above 50 1 ⁄2"H Cabinets30 1 ⁄16"W 60 1 ⁄8"W 90 3 ⁄16"W25"D • W L • W L • W LW = WoodL = LaminateBookcases30"W15"D • W LW = WoodL = LaminateE8Series 9000 Specification Guide

Edge Profile Application RulesEdge ProfileApplication Rules.Solid wood edge profileis achieved by adding speciallyshaped wood edge toworksurface.GrainGrain direction of solidwood edge profile is alwaysparallel to edge, regardlessof grain direction of woodworksurface.Edge profile will producea valley when installedperpendicular to adjacentworksurfaces..Edge profiles of cornerworksurfaces are miteredto allow good fit with adjacentworksurfaces.Rectangular worksurfacesand transitionworksurfaces have edgeprofiles on front edge only.All other sides are square.Corner worksurfaceshave edge profile only onfront edge. All other edgesare square.Cornerstone worksurfaceshave edge profile oncurved edge only. All otheredges are square.Bullet top worksurfaceshave edge profileson curved edge only. Otheredge is square..P-top worksurfaceshave edge profiles on alledges except the straightedge that connects topanels or adjacentworksurfaces.Sock top worksurfaceshave edge profiles oncurved edge only. Otheredges are square.Scoop top worksurfaceshave edge profilesonly on the concave edgeon the user’s side.Shells have edge profileon user’s side only. All otheredges are square.Edge profiles are appliedto the front and back edges(not to the sides) of rectangulartransaction worksurfacesand to the front onlyof the curved transactionworksurface..Edge profiles on mobiletables are applied to allfour sides...Wood SelectionsProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideE9

E10Series 9000 Specification Guide

UnderstandingWood SelectionsWorksurfaces, Storage,and Related ProductsPanel-Supported WorksurfacesRectangular and Transition WorksurfacesCorner and Cornerstone WorksurfacesBullet Top, P-Top, Sock Top, and Scoop Top WorksurfacesTransaction and Curved-Front Transaction WorksurfacesWorksurface SupportsFreestanding WorksurfacesShellsBuildup GuidelinesTablesMobile TableTether TableRelated ProductsWorksurface AccessoriesGrommetsApplication TopicsGrommet LocationsE12E14E16E20E21E24E26E27E28E30E32E34Wood SelectionsProductsStoragePedestals and Lateral FilesMobile Pedestals and Mobile CabinetsOverhead Storage Shelves and CabinetsService ModulesWardrobe and Storage CabinetsBookcasesApplication TopicsStorage CapacitiesDoor and Drawer Pull PositionsE36E38E40E42E44E46E47E53Series 9000 Specification GuideE11

Rectangular and Transition Panel-Supported WorksurfacesWood Selections worksurfacesare the basicbuilding block in applicationswhere you want to usepanels to support furniture.Freestanding worksurfacescan be assembled in the field.cSpecifying, pagesE56–E59, E112–E115Supports must be specifiedto attach the worksurfaceto panels.cPage E21End panel allowsworksurface height to be28 1 ⁄2" to meet ANSI(American National StandardsInstitute) standards.Adjustable glides on theend panels allow for worksurfaceheight to vary from28 1 ⁄2" to 29 3 ⁄4" high.Radius front edgeprofile of rectangularworksurfaces is wood andmatches the shape of theradius profile on Optionsworksurfaces. All otheredges are square.Actual DimensionsDepth 25", 30", or 35"Width 30", 35", 36", 42", 45", 60", 65", 70", 75", or 90". Thickness 1 1 ⁄2"Radius front-edgeprofile of rectangularworksurfaces is wood andmatches the shape of theradius profile on Optionsworksurfaces. All otheredges are square.Curved front edgemakes transition fromone worksurface depthto another.Worksurface has a woodcore with a wood veneersurface or laminate surfacewith wood bullnose.Lock is available on rectangularworksurfaces only.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2Center drawers can beadded in the field on worksurfaces.Center drawersdo not lock.1 /4"1 /4".Product DetailsLock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2ConnectionsSupports must be orderedseparately. To support worksurfaces,you can use:cSide-support brackets,page E21cFlush-mount bracket kit,page E21cEnd cantilevers,page E23cShared cantilevers,page E23cPanel-supported endpanels, page E22cFreestanding endpanels, pages E84, E140cPedestals and lateral files,page E36Buildups, assembled inthe field, allow rectangularworksurfaces to be incorporatedinto desks, returns,bridges, and credenzasThese can be ordered separatelyor as pre-configuredshells.cPage E26.E12Series 9000 Specification Guide

Rectangular andTransition Panel-SupportedWorksurfaces.Wiring & CablingCable-managementchoices to allow wires andcables to pass through worksurfaceinclude three-piecegrommets, 4"-square grommets,continuous channelgrommet, and cord catcher.Tip: You can specifyonly one type of cablemanagementoption on asingle worksurface.Three-piece grommetsare available factory installedto allow power cords andcables to pass through theworksurface. There are ninelocations available on rectangularworksurfaces.cPage E324"-square worksurfacegrommet is availablefactory installed in two locationsalong the back edge ofrectangular worksurfaces.cPage E33Channel grommet isavailable factory-installed inback of rectangular worksurfaces.cPage E33.Cable reel is available tostore excess lengths offiber-optic or conventionalcables. It can also be usedto store excess powercables.cPage F34Termination plate canbe field installed beneaththe worksurface to supporta junction box for connectionsof fiber-optic cables.cPage F35.Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Wood veneer• Customiz stain (optionon wood)• Laminate with wood edgeprofile• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Customiz stain (optionon wood edge profile)Lock• 9250 Ember Chrome(standard on woodworksurfaces)• 9201 Polished Chrome(standard on laminateworksurfaces)Wood grain directionwill alter the color andappearance of any worksurface.Two surfaces with graindirections that are at differentangles to each other maylook different even when theyare identical. If you’re notcomfortable with the naturallook of directional materialslike wood, you should specifynon-directional laminates.Tip: Make a sketch of thegrain direction for adjacentworksurfaces to ensurethey are suitable for yourinstallation..Application TopicsExtra support is neededfor long worksurfaces.Order a left-hand cantileverto support worksurfaceswith 60"W or more ofunsupported kneespace.Worksurfaces supportedby pedestals orlateral files only are nota stable application.Tip: Refer to buildup guidelinesfor stable freestandingapplications with pedestalsor lateral files.cPage E26..Wood SelectionsProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideE13

Corner and Cornerstone Panel-Supported WorksurfacesCorner worksurfacesfit into the 90° angle formedby panels and create anangled transition betweentwo right-angle worksurfacesof the same depth.cSpecifying, pagesE60–E61, E116–E117Radius front-edgeprofile of corner worksurfacesis wood and matchesthe shape of the radius profileon Options worksurfaces.All other edges aresquare.cPages E12, E16–E20Radius front-edgeprofile of corner worksurfacesis wood and matchesthe shape of the radius profileon Options worksurfaces.All other edges aresquare.cPages E12, E16–E20Actual Dimensions45"45"25"30"28 1 /4"21 1 /4"36"36"20" 36"36"25"22 15 1 /2"1 /2". 20"25"45"Corner Worksurfacewith straight front edgeCorner Worksurfacewith curved front edge25"45"20"45"45"25"32" 28 1 /4"25"45"Angled corner allowspower cords and cablesto pass behind theworksurface.Rear-attachmentbracket is shipped witheach corner worksurface.Depth of corner worksurfacesmake them ideal toaccommodate computerterminals.Worksurface has a woodcore with a wood veneer orlaminate surface.45"30"21"30".ConnectionsSupports must be orderedseparately. To support worksurfaces,you can use:cEnd cantilevers,page E23cShared cantilevers,page E23Adjacent worksurfacesprovide stability for the cornerworksurface and mustbe supported with an endsupport bracket, pedestal,or panel-supported endpanel on the opposite end..E14Series 9000 Specification Guide

Corner and CornerstonePanel-SupportedWorksurfaces.Wiring & CablingThree-piece grommetsare available factory installedin corner worksurfaces toallow power cords andcables to pass through theworksurface.cPage E32Cable reel is available tostore excess lengths offiber-optic or conventionalcables. It can also be usedto store excess powercables.cPage F34Termination plate canbe field installed beneaththe worksurface to supporta junction box for connectionsof fiber-optic cablesand other cable types.cPage F35Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Wood veneer• Customiz stain (optionon wood)• Laminate with wood edgeprofile• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Customiz stain (optionon wood edge profile)..Wood grain directionwill alter the color andappearance of any worksurface.Two surfaces with graindirections that are at differentangles to each other maylook different even when theyare identical. If you’re notcomfortable with the naturallook of directional materialslike wood, you should specifynon-directional laminates.Tip: Make a sketch of thegrain direction for adjacentworksurfaces to ensurethey are suitable for yourinstallation....Wood SelectionsProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideE15

Bullet Top, P-Top, Sock Top, and Scoop Top WorksurfacesThese panel-supportedworksurfaces allow anextended range of workstationlayouts and offer specialsupport for meetings.cSpecifying, pagesE62, E64, E67–E68,E118, E120,E123–E124Edges that abut adjacentworksurfaces aresquare.Column support isadjustable within a 4"range.Actual Dimensions65", 70", or 75"60", 65", 70", or 75"30"30"25", 28", 33"60", 65", 70", or 75"65", 70", or 75"35"35".25", 28", 33"42"42"20"25"30"45"25"42 1 /2"41 1 /2"46 1 /2"20"25"43 3 /4"49 3 /4"Worksurface has a woodcore with a wood veneer orlaminate surface.Exposed edges ofworksurfaces are wood andmatch the shape of theradius profile on Optionsworksurfaces.36"42".E16Series 9000 Specification Guide

Bullet Top, P-Top, Sock Top,and Scoop Top WorksurfacesProduct DetailsConnectionsWorksurfaces are availablein a wide variety of differentshapes to supportsmall or large meetings.Bullet TopRight-HandP-Top*Right-HandSock Top*Right-HandScoop Top**Left-hand version alsoavailable.4"HColumn support isadjustable within a rangeof 4"...Supports for these worksurfacesmust be orderedseparately, except columnsupport which is standard.To support radius-end andP-Top worksurfaces, youcan use:cSide-support brackets,page E21cFlush mount bracket kit,page E21Side support bracketscan be used to link straightend of radius-end or P-topworksurface to a panel. Thepanel width must equal theworksurface depth. Shapeof sock top and scoop topworksurfaces do not provideenough clearance to makethis application practical.End support bracketshould be used to supportcorner of sock top orscoop top worksurface thatis not linked to adjacentworksurface..T-shape end panelsupport is available foruse with bullet top and P-top worksurfaces. Bullet topand P-top worksurfacesmust be connected to abridge, return, or adjoiningworksurface to form an L-or U-shaped configurationand to provide stability.Attachment hardware isincluded with the bridgeor return shells. Additionalhardware will need to beordered for use with anadjoining worksurface.Extended T-shape endpanel for use withP-top worksurfacesare available. P-top worksurfacesmust be connectedto a bridge, return, or adjoiningworksurface to form anL- or U-shaped configurationand to provide stability.Attachment hardware isincluded with the bridgeor return shells. Additionalhardware will need to beordered for use with anadjoining worksurface..Extended T-shapeend panel for use withbullet top worksurfacesis available. Bullettop worksurfaces must beconnected to a bridge,return, or adjoining worksurfaceto form an L- orU-shaped configuration andto provide stability.Attachment hardware isincluded with the bridge orreturn shells. Additionalhardware will need to beordered for use with anadjoining worksurface.Flush-mount bracketscan be used to link a bullettable or P-top worksurfaceto an adjacent worksurfaceat the same height..Wiring & CablingThree-piece grommetsare available factoryinstalledin worksurfacesto allow power cords andcables to pass through theworksurface.cPage E324" square worksurfacegrommet is availablefactory installed on theseworksurfaces.cPage E33Channel grommet is notavailable.Cable reel is availableto store excess lengths offiber-optic or conventionalcables. It can also be usedto store excess powercables.cPage F34.Wood SelectionsProductsSeries 9000 Specification Guide cBullet Top, P-Top, Sock Top, and Scoop Top Worksurfaces, continued E17

Bullet Top, P-Top, Sock Top, and Scoop Top Worksurfaces, continued.Termination plate canbe field installed beneaththe worksurface to supporta junction box for connectionsof fiber-optic cables.cPage F35.Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Wood veneer• Customiz stain (optionon wood)• Laminate with woodedge profile• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Customiz stain (optionon wood edge profile).Wood grain directionwill alter the color andappearance of any worksurface.Two surfaces with graindirections that are at differentangles to each other maylook different even when theyare identical. If you’re notcomfortable with the naturallook of directional materialslike wood, you should specifynon-directional laminates.Tip: Make a sketch of thegrain direction for adjacentworksurfaces to ensurethey are suitable for yourinstallation.Column support• Black paint (standard)• Paint (colors other thanblack, option)• 9201 Polished Chrome(option)...E18Series 9000 Specification Guide

Bullet Top, P-Top, Sock Top,and Scoop Top WorksurfacesWood SelectionsProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideE19

Transaction and Curved-Front Transaction WorksurfacesTransaction worksurfacesprovide a surfacethat can be used by standingvisitors or serve asa shelf.cSpecifying, pagesE69–E70, E126–E127Curved-front transactionworksurfaces providea focus for interactionthat makes them ideal forreception areas.Front and back edgesare wood with radius profile.cPage E12Edges that abut adjacentworksurfaces aresquare.Worksurface has a woodcore with a wood veneer orlaminate surface.Curved front edge iswood with radius profile.Remaining edges aresquare.Actual DimensionsTransaction Curved-frontworksurface transactionworksurfaceDepth 12" 12"Width 30", 35", 36", 42" 30", 35", 36", 42"45", 60", 70", or 90" 45", or 60". Thickness 1 7 ⁄16" 1 7 ⁄16".ConnectionsTransaction worksurfacesattach to the slottedchannels of panels andreplace the panel’s top cap.Attachment hardwareis provided to fasten thetransaction worksurface tothe panel.Installation of the transactionworksurface can beflush with the approach sideof the panel or can overhang3". Curved-front transactionworksurface alwaysoverhangs 9" on theapproach side.Recommended heightis achieved by attaching thetransaction worksurface to42"H panels. All panelheights can accept transactionworksurfaces..Curved transactionworksurfaces aredesigned to be used individuallybut they can be usedside by side. Straight transactionworksurfaces can beused alone or in line witheach other.Transaction worksurfacescan span multiplepanels.Wiring & CablingCables can still be routedin the space at the top of apanel when a transactionworksurface is attached inplace of a panel top cap..Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Wood veneer• Customiz stain (optionon wood)• Laminate with wood edgeprofile• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Customiz stain (optionon wood edge profile)Wood grain directionwill alter the color andappearance of any worksurface.Two surfaces with graindirections that are at differentangles to each other maylook different even when theyare identical. If you’re notcomfortable with the naturallook of directional materialslike wood, you should specifynon-directional laminates.Tip: Make a sketch of thegrain direction for adjacentworksurfaces to ensurethey are suitable for yourinstallation.Attachment hardware• Paint.E20Series 9000 Specification Guide

Worksurface SupportsWorksurface Supports.Side-Support BracketcSpecifying, page E71Actual DimensionsDepth 1 3 ⁄4"Width 8 1 ⁄4"Height 2"Flush-Mount BracketcSpecifying, page E71Actual DimensionsDepth 4"Width 4 1 ⁄2" and 8 1 ⁄2"Thickness 1 ⁄8"Product DetailsSide-support bracketsare used to attach a worksurfaceto a panel. Thepanel width must equal theworksurface depth. You canattach the supports to thepanel at any height at 1 1 ⁄4"increments.Tip: Worksurfaces with 60"Wor more of unsupportedkneespace, requirea cantilever for support.Side-support bracketsare provided in pairs andare ordered separately fromworksurfaces.Product DetailsFlush-mount bracketjoins worksurfaces at rightangles at the same heightand allows adjacent worksurfacesto provide support.It is especially suitedfor bridge and returnapplications.Flush-mount bracketkits are ordered separately.Two brackets, a 4 1 ⁄2"and a 8 1 ⁄2" bracket, areprovided for use on anyworksurface depth.One pair of side-supportbrackets can be used onany worksurface depth.Non-handed detailingof the side-support bracketallows it to be used at eitherend of the worksurface.ConnectionsSide-support bracketshook into the panel’s slottedchannel and fasten to theworksurface with screws.One pair of sidesupportbrackets cansupport one end of the worksurfacewhile you use analternative support at theother end, or you can supportboth ends of the worksurfacewith side-supportbrackets.ConnectionsBrackets attach to undersideof worksurfaces withscrews. Wood screws areprovided.Surface MaterialsSide-support brackets• Black paint onlySurface MaterialsFlush-mount brackets• Black paint only.Wood SelectionsProductsSeries 9000 Specification Guide cWorksurface Supports, continued E21

Worksurface Supports, continuedcSpecifying, pages E72, E128Actual DimensionsDepth 25"or 30"Width (thickness) 1 1 ⁄4"Height 27"Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄4".Panel-Supported End PanelsProduct DetailsRight- and left-handversions of end panelsare available to supportworksurfaces at 28 1 ⁄2"H.Leveling glides adjustto install end panels onuneven floors. Range ofadjustment is 1 1 ⁄4".End panels are orderedseparately.End panel depths areavailable to match worksurfacedepths.ConnectionsEnd panel fastens to thepanel’s slotted channel andquick-lock assembly hardwareattaches the endpanel to the worksurface.Worksurfaces withpanel-supported endpanels are not freestanding.End panel locks into thepanel’s slotted channel;therefore, the end of theworksurface must alwaysmatch up to a panel seam.Surface MaterialsPanel-supported endpanel• Wood• Customiz stain(option on wood)• Laminate• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Application TopicsPedestals or lateralfiles that are shorter indepth than the worksurfacemust be wrapped with anend panel to conceal thegap between the pedestalor lateral file and the panelwhen worksurface is notpanel wrapped..E22Series 9000 Specification Guide

Worksurface Supports.End Cantilevers and Shared Cantilever100cSpecifying, page D50Shared cantilever12 5 /8"23 3 /4"4 3 /8" 19 1 /4"5 /8"Actual DimensionsDepth 23 5 ⁄8"Width (thickness) 1 1 ⁄16"Height 12 5 ⁄8"Shared cantilevers tosupport 25"D or 30"DworksurfacesLeft-hand end cantileverto support 25"D or30"D worksurfacesRight-hand end cantileverto support 25"D or30"D worksurfacesEnd cantilevers12 5 /8"23 5 /8"4 3 /8" 19 1 /4"5 /8"Product DetailsCantilevers supportone end, or both ends, of25"D or 30"D worksurfacesand leave the floor unobstructed.scale30Worksurface need not bepanel wrapped when youuse a cantilever. Moreover,if you do wrap the worksurface,the panel width doesn’thave to match the worksurfacedepth.Right- and left-handversions of cantilevers areavailable. They can fit sideby side in adjacent slottedchannels at a panel seamand can be positioned atthe same height or atdifferent heights.Shared cantileversattach to the panel andsupport two adjacent worksurfacesat the same heightand make two separate cantileversunnecessary.End cantilevers andshared cantilevers areordered separately.ConnectionsEnd cantilevers andshared cantilevers hookinto a panel’s slotted channelat any height and lock intoposition with a springactivatedsafety catch.End cantilevers and sharedcantilevers fasten to theworksurface with screws.Long worksurfaces,(70"W and 75"W) with 60"Wor more of unsupportedkneespace, need additionalsupport. Use a left-handcantilever at a panel seamnear the center of the span.Surface MaterialsCantilever• Black paint onlyShared cantilever• Black paint only.Wood SelectionsProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideE23

ShellsShells are freestandingfurniture components thatare shipped knocked downand assembled in the field.cSpecifying, pagesE74–E83, E130–E139Shells have a wood corewith wood veneer or laminatesurface.Front edge of shell iswood with a radius profileon laminate and woodveneer tops. All other edgesare square.cPage E12Back panel is standardflush on all shells. Recessedback panels are available on30"D and 35"D desk shells.Shortened back panels forcable management are alsoavailable.Leveling glides adjust to1 1 ⁄4" to install shells onuneven floors, allowingworksurface height to gofrom 28 1 ⁄2" to 29 3 ⁄4" high.Actual DimensionsDesk Return Bridge CredenzaShell Shell Shell ShellDepth 30" or 35" 25" or 30" 25" or 30" 25" or 30"Width 60", 65", 70", 45" or 60" 45" 60", 70",75", or 90"or 75". Height 28 1 ⁄2" 28 1 ⁄2" 28 1 ⁄2" 28 1 ⁄2"Worksurface heightis 28 1 ⁄2" to meet ANSI(American NationalStandards Institute)standards.Central lock is availableon shells with square,radius, or bullnose edgeprofile. The central lockingmechanism allows drawersin pedestals beneath theworksurface to be securedwith a single action.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2.Product DetailsRecessed back panelsare available on 30"D and35"D desk shells. Flushback panels are standardon all shells.Cable-managementback panels are 2 3 ⁄4"shorter in height than standardback panels to accommodatepower cord andcable routing.10"10"H back panels areavailable to provide extrakneespace on the visitor’sside of desk shells.You mustbuild up the desk shell tohave a 10"H back panel.cPages E88, E143.Lock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2Quick-lock assemblyhardware is used toassemble shells in the field.The hardware features pinsin underside of worksurfacethat are captured by rotatingconnector locks in endpanels and back panel..E24Series 9000 Specification Guide

Shells.Pedestals and lateralfiles are ordered separatelyand added in thefield.Tip: Pedestals beneath deskshells with recessed backpanels must be at least 5"less in depth than the worksurfaceto accommodate therecess. Metal pedestalsused with freestandingshells must be ordered 5"shorter whether used with arecessed or flush backpanel. The thickness of thefreestanding back panel prohibitsusing a full-depthpedestal.Center drawers, wood,steel, or plastic, can beadded in the field on 25"D,30"D, and 35"D shells.Center drawers do not lock.ConnectionsPedestals, storagecabinets, and lateralfiles MUST be attached toshells with screws.Buildups are an alternativeto shells, allowing usersto create configurations thatare not available as standardproducts. Buildups arealso a way to mix specialcombinations of surfacematerials such as alaminate worksurface ona wood desk.Tip: Freestanding cornerworksurface unit is not atrue build-up. Componentscannot be assembled in thefield to create this product..Wiring & CablingThree-piece grommetsare available factoryinstalled to allow powercords and cables to passthrough the worksurface.cPage E324"-square worksurfacegrommet is available factoryinstalled in select locationsalong the back edgeof the worksurface. Notavailable with recessedback panel.cPage E33Continuous channelgrommet is availablefactory installed in back ofworksurface to accommodatehigh volume of powercords and cables. Not availablewith recessed backpanel.cPage E33.Cable reel is available tostore excess lengths offiber-optic or conventionalcables. It can also be usedto store excess powercables.cPage F34Termination plate canbe field installed beneaththe worksurface to supporta junction box for connectionsof fiber-optic cables.cPage F35Surface MaterialsWorksurface, endpanel, back panel, andfiller panel• Wood veneer• Customiz stain (optionon wood)• Laminate with woodedge profile• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Customiz stain on (optionon wood edge profile).Wood grain directionwill alter the color andappearance of any worksurface.Two surfaces with graindirections that are at differentangles to each other maylook different even when theyare identical. If you’re notcomfortable with the naturallook of directional materialslike wood, you should specifynon-directional laminates.Tip: Make a sketch of thegrain direction for adjacentworksurfaces to ensurethey are suitable for yourinstallation.End panel, back panel,and filler panel• Wood veneer• Customiz stain (optionon wood)• LaminateWood grain directionwill alter the color andappearance of any worksurface.Two surfaces with graindirections that are at differentangles to each other maylook different even when theyare identical. If you’re notcomfortable with the naturallook of directional materialslike wood, you should specifynon-directional laminates.Tip: You can make a sketchof the grain direction onadjacent worksurfaces to besure they are suitable foryour installation..End-support bracket• PaintFlush-mount bracket• Black paint onlyLock• 9250 Ember Chrome(standard on woodworksurfaces)• 9201 Polished Chrome(standard on laminateworksurfaces)Application TopicsExtra support is neededfor long worksurfaces. Pedestalsand lateral files canprovide support. In applicationwhere you have worksurfaceswith 60" or more ofunsupported kneespace,extra support is needed.Contact your Steelcase representativefor alternatives.Buildup GuidelinescPage E26.Wood SelectionsProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideE25

Buildup Guidelines.Wood Selectionbuildups are fieldassembledconfigurationsof individual components.Buildups allow users tocreate configurations thatare not available as standardproducts. Buildups arealso a way to mix specialcombinations of surfacematerials such as alaminate worksurface ona wood desk.Shells consist of a worksurface,back panel, andtwo end panels or a combinationof one end panel anda filler panel.Quick-lock assemblyhardware is used toassemble shells in the field.The hardware features pinsin the underside of theworksurface that are capturedby rotating connectorlocks in the end panel andback panel.10"H flushback panel10"H recessedback panel27"H flushback panel27"H recessedback panelDesk shells can beassembled using flush backpanels or recessed backpanels that are 27" and flushback panels that are 10"H,to allow kneespace on thevisitor’s side of the desk.Tip: Be sure to order thecorrect end panels toaccommodate the backpanel in the position youwant.Depth of end panelsmust always match thedepth of the worksurface.Exception: 15"D end panelsdescribed in the exampleat the top of the nextcolumn do not match the. worksurface depth..15"End panel can bereplaced by a 15"D endpanel to create more kneespacein applications wherethe shell is used as a returnattached to a freestandingcorner worksurface. Onlyone of the shells end panelscan be replaced. This configurationis stable enoughto accommodate a servicemodule.Tip: The freestanding cornerunit cannot be assembled asa buildup, so usingit with built-up products thatmake use of special surfacematerial combinations maynot be practical.Pedestals and lateralfiles can be part of yourbuildup. Buildups withrecessed back panels haveless space to accommodatepedestals.Tip: Pedestals beneath deskshells with recessed backpanels must be at least 5"less in depth than the worksurfaceto accommodate therecess..Tip: Freestanding cornerworksurface unit is not atrue build-up. Componentscannot be assembled in thefield to create this product.Calculating how muchstorage will fit under anElective Elements worksurfaceis a three-step process:Step 1: Determine theactual overall width of theworksurface.Step 2: Subtract 1 1 ⁄4" foreach end support. Ondesks, returns, and credenzasyou’ll subtract 2 1 ⁄2"because they have two endpanels.Step 3: Choose the storagecomponents. Any combinationof pedestals and lateralfiles that doesn’t exceed thespace available will fit.60" — 2 1 /2"= 57 1 /2"Example: A 60"W deskshell has two end panels,so you should subtract 2 1 ⁄2".The result is 57 1 ⁄2". Two15"W and one 27 1 ⁄2"W storagecomponents will fit.Any other combinations thatdon’t exceed 57 1 ⁄2" will also fit..Extra support is neededfor long worksurfaces. Pedestalsand lateral files canprovide support.15"D15"D center supportis required in applicationswhere you have worksurfaceswith 60" or more ofunsupported kneespace..E26Series 9000 Specification Guide

Mobile TableMobile Table.Mobile table is suitableas an auxiliary worksurfaceand can be easily movedfrom place to place.cSpecifying, pagesE89, E144Mobile table has a woodcore top with wood veneeror laminate surface.Legs are steel.Casters allow table to berepositioned easily.Edge Profile LocationActual DimensionsDepth 20"Width 42"Height 26 1 ⁄2"Height of mobile tableallows it to fit under standard28 1 ⁄2"H panel-mountworksurfaces or desk,credenzas, or return shells.Edges are wood with aradius profile which go allthe way around wood andlaminate worksurfaces.Leveling glides adjust1 1 ⁄4"..Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Wood veneer• Customiz stain (option onwood)• Laminate with wood edgeprofile• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Wood grain directionwill alter the color andappearance of any worksurface.Two surfaces with graindirections that are at differentangles to each other maylook different even when theyare identical. If you’re notcomfortable with the naturallook of directional materialslike wood, you should specifynon-directional laminates.Tip: Make a sketch of thegrain direction for adjacentworksurfaces to ensurethey are suitable for yourinstallation.Legs of mobile table• Black paint onlyCasters• Black plastic onlyLegs of mobile table• Black paint onlyCasters• Black plastic only.Wood SelectionsProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideE27

Tether TableTether table is an auxiliaryworksurface that attachesto the column support ofadjacent worksurfaces andprovides additional workspaceand a conferencingarea. Casters on the leg ofthe tether table allow it tobe moved easily.cSpecifying, pages E90,E145Attachment to columnsupport on adjacent worksurfaceallows table topivot. In most applications,the tether table can bestored beneath adjacentworksurface when not inuse.Edges are square.Worksurface has a woodcore with a wood veneer orlaminate surface.Leg supports the table at26"H.Casters allow table to bemoved easily.Actual DimensionsDepth 24"Width 44". Height 26"Product DetailsWorksurfaces with columnsupports can accommodatea tether table.Bullet TopRight-HandP-Top*Right-HandSock Top*Right-HandScoop Top**Left-hand version alsoavailable.Adding a column supportto a rectangular ortransition worksurfaceallows the tether table tobe connected...Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Wood veneer• Customiz stain (optionon wood)• Laminate• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Wood grain directionwill alter the color andappearance of any worksurface.Two surfaces with graindirections that are at differentangles to each other maylook different even when theyare identical. If you’re notcomfortable with the naturallook of directional materialslike wood, you should specifynon-directional laminates.Tip: Make a sketch of thegrain direction for adjacentworksurfaces to ensurethey are suitable for yourinstallation..E28Series 9000 Specification Guide

Tether TableWood SelectionsProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideE29

Worksurface AccessoriesWood Center DrawercSpecifying, page E162Actual DimensionsDepth 23"Inside depth 19 1 ⁄2"Width 21 1 ⁄4"Inside width 19 1 ⁄2"Height 2 1 ⁄4"Inside height 2"Metal Center DrawercSpecifying, page C137Actual DimensionsDepth 21 3 ⁄8"Inside depth 16 1 ⁄2"Width 22"Inside width 19 7 ⁄8"Height 2"Inside height 1 7 ⁄8".Product DetailsCenter drawer does notlock. For secure storage,use pedestals and otherlower storage.Trays for pencils andpaper clips are included.ConnectionsDrawer frame andmounting hardwareare included for fieldinstallation.Fits worksurfaces with atleast 23"W kneespace.Product DetailsCenter drawer does notlock. For secure storage,use pedestals and otherlower storage.Trays for pencils andpaper clips are included.ConnectionsDrawer frame andmounting hardwareare included for fieldinstallation.Fits worksurfaces with atleast 23"W kneespace.Surface MaterialsCenter drawer• Wood• Customiz stain or full-fillfinish (option on wood)Surface MaterialsCenter drawer• PaintApplication TopicsFrontGrommets will be blockedif they are used over centerdrawers.cPage E32Channel grommetdoes not interfere withcenter drawer on 30"Dworksurface.Application TopicsFrontGrommets will be blockedif they are used over centerdrawers.cPage E32Channel grommetdoes not interfere withcenter drawer on 30"Dworksurface..E30Series 9000 Specification Guide

Worksurface Accessories.Plastic Center DrawercSpecifying, page C137Actual DimensionsDepth 19"Width 21"Height 1 1 ⁄2"Overall height 2"Product DetailsCenter drawer does notlock. For secure storage,use pedestals and otherlower storage.Low profile ensures thatdrawer is not visually prominentand occupies littlekneespace.ConnectionsDrawer and mountinghardware are included forfield installation.Fits worksurfaces with atleast 23"W kneespace.Surface MaterialsCenter drawer• Black textured plastic onlySlides• Black plastic onlyApplication TopicsFrontGrommets will be blockedif they are used over centerdrawers.cPage E32Channel grommetdoes not interfere withcenter drawer on 30"Dworksurface..Wood SelectionsProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideE31

GrommetsThree-Piece GrommetActual DimensionsDepth 2 1 ⁄8"Width 3 1 ⁄2"Height 1⁄2"Opening depth 1 5 ⁄8"Opening width 3". Size of pass-through hole 3⁄4" x 13 ⁄16"Product DetailsGrommets provide a wayfor cords and cables to passthrough the worksurface.Snap-out cover allowscords and cables to passthrough the worksurface.Three-prong plugs will fitthrough the opening.Grommet receptaclescan be placed in the grommetopening of a worksurfaceto provide two poweroutlets at desk top level.ConnectionsLocation of grommetvaries depending on worksurfaceshape.cSee Grommet Locations,page E34FrontFront and center grommetlocations are availableon desks with recessedback panels. Back locationsare not available.FrontCenter drawers will blockaccess to grommets, soavoid specifying grommetson the center line wheninstalling center drawers.FrontPedestals will block accessto grommets, so avoid leftand right grommets.Surface MaterialsGrommet• Black plastic only.E32Series 9000 Specification Guide

Grommets.4"-Square GrommetActual DimensionsDepth 2 1 ⁄8"Width 3 1 ⁄2"Height 1 ⁄2"Opening depth 1 5 ⁄8"Opening width 3"Size of pass-through hole 3 ⁄4"and 13 ⁄16"Channel GrommetAccess coverActual DimensionsDepth 4 1 ⁄4"Width 23 1 ⁄2", 31 1 ⁄4", 54 1 ⁄2", or 66 1 ⁄4"Height 3⁄4"Opening depth 3 3 ⁄8"Filler covers are slightlyindented for storage ofpencils and other smalltools.Opening width 22 3 ⁄4", 30 5 ⁄8", 54 1 ⁄8", or 65 7 ⁄8"Product DetailsCover is removable toprovide easy access forcable routing.Details of 4"-squaregrommets and channelgrommet are compatible.Product DetailsCover is removable insegments to allow easyaccess for cable routingalong the length of thechannel grommet.Details of channel grommetand 4"-square grommetsare compatible.ConnectionsLocation of grommetvaries depending on worksurfaceshape.cSee Grommet Locations,page E344"-square grommetsshould not be specified onworksurfaces that will beused in a buildup with arecessed back panel.ConnectionsLocation of channel grommetvaries depending onworksurface shape.cSee Grommet Locations,page E34Channel grommetsshould not be specified onworksurfaces that will beused in a buildup with arecessed back panel.Surface MaterialsGrommet• Black plastic onlySurface MaterialsGrommet• Black plastic only.Wood SelectionsProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideE33

Grommet Locations.3" 6"3"3"8 1 /4"Rectangular23 1 /2"5 1 /4"Bullet Top2"3 1 /4"10 3 /4"23 1 /2" 23 1 /2" 31 1 /4"31 1 /4"54 1 /2"3"66 1 /4"1 5 /8"1 5 /8"Scoop Top2 5 /8"3"3" 3" 3" 3" 3" 3"30" 35" 36" 42"CornerTransitionSock Top2 5 /8"54 1 /2"65"54 1 /2"3 1 /4"22"6"P-Top2" 2" 2"3"2 5 /8"45"75" 90"60" 70"75" 90"3"2 5 /8"3"70"3"3"60"66 1 /4" 66 1 /4"66 1 /4" 66 1 /4" 66 1 /4"3" 3" 3" 3"3"3"Three-piece grommet4"-square grommetChannel grommetCord catcher3".E34Series 9000 Specification Guide

Grommet LocationsWood SelectionsProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideE35

Pedestals and Lateral FilesPedestals and lateralfiles provide storage belowthe worksurface.cSpecifying, pagesE92–E94, E146–E148Both sides are finishedso they can be used inright- or left-hand positions.The backs of pedestals areunfinished because theyare always enclosed byback panel or panels.Leveling glides adjust toinstall pedestals or lateralfiles on uneven floors.Adjustability range is 1 1 ⁄4".Drawer interiors arealways wood.Contemporary drawerpulls are standard.Actual DimensionsPedestals Lateral FilesDepth 19", 24", or 29" 19" or 25"Width 15", 18", or 27 1 ⁄2" 30"Height 27" 27"Casters N.A. N.A..Top is open to attach underthe worksurface.Two locking methodsare available forpedestals—central lockingmechanism and face locks.Face lock is available asan option for additional flexibility.It allows individualpedestals and lateral filesto be locked independently.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2Central locking mechanismis standard in pedestalswithout tops. It tiesinto the central lockingmechanism of the worksurfaceand allows all thepedestals beneath theworksurface to be securedwith a single action. Freestandingtwo-drawer lateralfiles must be ordered withthe L suffix to receivea locking mechanism.Freestanding four-drawerlateral files come standardwith a central lockingmechanism. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2.Product Details27 1 ⁄2"W pedestals canbe used in combination with15"W or 30"W pedestals tocompletely fill the kneespaceof some shells and form afull-storage credenza.Spring-activated safetycatch prevents drawersfrom being pulled out accidentally.At full extension,entire space within filedrawers is accessible.Box drawers extend threequarters of their depth.Central lockingmechanism in the worksurfaceallows all pedestalsbeneath the worksurface tobe secured with a singleaction..Lock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2Box drawers have a movableblack plastic partition.One black, molded-plasticpencil tray is standard ineach pedestal with boxdrawers.File drawers have highsides and are equipped withan adjustable divider. Hangingfolder frames for legalandletter-size filing arestandard. File capacities vary.cPage E4718"W pedestal is availablewith file drawers only..E36Series 9000 Specification Guide

Pedestals and Lateral FilesContemporary.Lateral file with topmatches the height ofshells and has a finishedworksurface and backpanel.Units without tops—lateral files, pedestals withdrawers, pedestals withdoors, and pedestals withopen shelves—fit beneaththe worksurface of shellsand panel-supportedworksurfaces.Contemporary drawerpulls are standard.Pulls on double-door cabinetpedestal are located atthe center top of each door..ConnectionsPedestals and lateralfiles attach anywhere inthe kneespace of a desk,return, or credenza shell.Attaching hardware isshipped with each pedestal.Tip: End panels reduce thespace available for storagecomponents by 1 1 ⁄4" each. A60"W shell cannot accommodatefour 15"W pedestals.Use a 27 1 ⁄2"W storage cabinetwith two 15"W pedestalsif you want to fill the availablespace perfectly.Exposed side of pedestalor lateral file should befinished with an end panel, atthe panel seam, to concealthe gap between thepedestal and the panel. Youcan also wrap the exposedside with a panel or verticalstorage cabinet.Wiring & CablingCable managementlocations are blockedwhen pedestals are installedunder the worksurface. Usepedestals that are less deepif grommet clearance isneeded..Surface MaterialsPedestal andlateral file• Wood• Laminate case withwood fronts• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Customiz stain(option on wood)Drawer pulls• Black (standard)• 9201 Polished Chrome(option)• 9212 Silver (option)Face lock• 9250 Ember Chrome(standard on wood)• 9201 Polished Chrome(option on wood)• 9201 Polished Chrome(standard on laminate)• 9250 Ember Chrome(option on laminate)Application Topics28 1 /2"H28 1 /2"HPedestals and lateralfiles support worksurfaceat 28 1 ⁄2"H.Tip: Because pedestals andlateral files are not as deepas the worksurface, youshould only support one endof a worksurface this way.Use a full end panel at theopposite end.Calculating how muchstorage will fit under anworksurface is a three-stepprocess:Step 1: Determine theactual overall width of theworksurface.Step 2: Subtract 1 1 ⁄4" foreach end support. On desksand credenzas you’ll subtract2 1 ⁄2" because theyhave two end panels. Onreturns, subtract 1 3 ⁄16"because they have only oneend panel.Step 3: Choose the storagecomponents. Any combinationof pedestals and lateralfiles that doesn’t exceed thespace available will fit.60" — 2 1 /2"= 57 1 /2"Example: A 60"W deskshell has two end panels,so you should subtract 2 1 ⁄2".The result is 57 1 ⁄2". Two15"W and one 27 1 ⁄2"Wstorage components will fit.Any other combinations thatdon’t exceed 57 1 ⁄2" willalso fit...Lock and KeyingOptionscPage J2Storage CapacitiescPage E47.Wood SelectionsProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideE37

Mobile Pedestals and Mobile CabinetscSpecifying, pagesE95–E99, E149Top has a slight radius onfront and back edges thatoffers a pull to move apedestal.CastersMobile pedestalPencil tray insert keepssmall tools in place.26"H top fits beneathadjacent worksurfaceswhen not in use.SmartRounded contoursmobileof top eliminate sharppedestalcorners.Lower portion is identicalto versatile mobile pedestalwith file drawer or can beordered with open storage.Standing heightCasters allow smartworksurfacepedestal to be moved easily.Two casters are availablewith locks to preventrolling.Open display surfaceprovides visible storage.Actual DimensionsMobile Versatile Smart MobilePedestal Mobile Pedestal Mobile Pedestal CabinetDepth 19" 21" 31 3 ⁄4" 24"Width 15 1 ⁄2" 21" 31 3 ⁄4" 32". Height 26" 22 3 ⁄4" 26" 41 1 ⁄4"Drawer interiors arewood.Contemporary pulls arestandard.Versatile mobilepedestalMobile cabinetHandles make versatilemobile cabinet easy tomove and prevent objectsfrom falling off.Locks are available onmobile pedestals but not onmobile cabinets. Productswith locks ship with a lockface ring and removableplastic plug to accommodatea lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2.E38Series 9000 Specification Guide

Mobile Pedestals andMobile Cabinets.Product DetailsMobile pedestal can bepositioned anywhere it isneeded within workspace.Versatile mobilepedestal provides personalstorage that can be movedto suit the user. Storagehandles on top keep objectsfrom falling off and makethe mobile pedestal practicalfor storage of a portablecomputer, telephone, andrelated tools.Smart mobile pedestalproduces an auxiliary worksurfacethat can be used forconferencing..Standing-height mobilecabinet provides extrastorage space with a worksurfacein a componentthat can easily be movedwithin a workstation, teamspace, or conference area.It includes a lateral filedrawer, shelves, and opendisplay surfaces.Spring-activated safetycatch prevents drawersfrom being pulled out accidentally.At full extension,entire space within filedrawers is accessible.Box drawers extend threequarters of their depth.Lock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2Contemporary.Box drawers have a movableblack plastic partition.One black, molded-plasticpencil tray is standard ineach pedestal with boxdrawers.File drawers have highsides and are equipped withan adjustable divider. Hangingfolder frames for legalandletter-size filing arestandard. File capacities vary.cPage E47Contemporary drawerpulls are standard.Seat top is available onmobile pedestals, factoryinstalled. Seat top is 19"Dby 15"W and is 1 1 ⁄2" thick..Surface MaterialsMobile pedestal• Wood• Laminate case withwood fronts• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Customiz stain(option on wood)Versatile mobilepedestal• Wood• Customiz stain(option on wood)Smart mobile pedestal• Wood• Customiz stain(option on wood)Smart mobile pedestalwith drawer• Wood• Customiz stain(option on wood)Mobile cabinet• Wood• Customiz stain(option on wood)Drawer pulls• Black (standard)• 9201 Polished Chrome(option)• 9212 Silver (option)Face lock• 9250 Ember Chrome(standard on wood)• 9201 Polished Chrome(options on wood)• 9201 Polished Chrome(standard on laminate)• 9250 Ember Chrome(options on laminate)..Wood SelectionsProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideE39

Overhead Storage Shelves and CabinetsOverhead storageBack stop prevents note-shelves use panels forbooks and equipment fromsupport and provide storage damaging panel fabric orabove the worksurface.walls.Small grommets, at theShelves can also beback of the shelf on bothwall mounted using wallsides, allow cords andchannels.cables to pass through.cSpecifying, pages E100,E150Overhead storage cabinetsuse panels for supportand provide storageabove the worksurface orcan be wall mounted usingflush horizontal wall-mountingtracks.easy access.cSpecifying, pagesE101–E102, E152Back of storage cabinetis open.Recessed area behindthe bottom edge of doorprovides convenient grip,making pulls unnecessary.Factory-installed grommetsare optional left orLock is available to secureright in the top of overheaddoors on overhead storagestorage cabinets and allowcabinets. Products withcords and cables to passlocks ship with a lock facethrough access openings.ring and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must beBack stop preventsHinged doors open forspecified separately.notebooks and equipmentcLock and Keying Options,from damaging panel fabricpage J2or walls.Access openings, at theback of the cabinet on bothsides, allow cords andcables to pass through.These are standard tothe unit.16 1 ⁄2"D overhead storagecabinet accommodateslegal-size files.Actual DimensionsOverhead storage shelves Cabinet Open cabinetDepth 14 1 ⁄4" or 15 3 ⁄4" 16 1 ⁄2" 15 3 ⁄4"Inside depth N.A. 15 1 ⁄2" 15 1 ⁄2"Width 30", 35", 36", 42", 45", or 60" 30", 35", 36", 42", 45", or 60" 30", 35", 36", 42", 45", or 60"Inside width N.A. 28", 33", 34", 39", 42" (28" + 14"), 28", 33", 34", 39", 42" (28" + 14"),or 56" (28" + 28") or 56" (28" + 28"). Height 9 3 ⁄4" 16 1 ⁄2" 16 1 ⁄2".Product DetailsShelf lights can be fieldinstalled into recess in bottomof all overhead storageshelves and cabinetsShelf lights can be fieldinstalled into recess in bottomof all overhead storagecabinets.Spring-activated safetycatch on support bracketautomatically locks the overheadstorage shelf orcabinet onto the panel orhorizontal wall mountingtracks to prevent accidentaldisengaging.Lock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2.E40Series 9000 Specification Guide

Overhead Storage Shelvesand Cabinets.Connections60"W60"WSpanning two 30"Wpanels is possible with a60"W overhead storageshelf or cabinet.Wall channels areavailable to attach shelvesonly.Field install on:• Concrete walls: Hilti ® typeanchors• Drywall or plywood:5 ⁄8" thick,Toggler ® type 3 ⁄16" wallanchor• Steel and wood studs:#10 sheet metal or woodscrews of appropriatelengthAnchors must be used oneach screw hole location ofthe wall channel..Horizontal brace isrequired to reinforce verticalwall channels that supportshelves that are that arewider than 45" and attachedto walls.Horizontal brace isrequired for each componentthat is wider than 45".The brace should be positionedat the top location ofeach bin or shelf of the verticalwall channel.Width of horizontalbrace must match widthof shelf. Brace is notrequired for applicationsthat involve shelves thatare 45"W or less.Flush horizontal wallmountingtracks areavailable to hang overheadstorage cabinets only onthe walls of the building.Tracks are virtually invisiblewhen installed properly..Vertical-attachmentrails can be specifiedseparately to attach shelvesto Technology Walls.Rail cover is included toconceal cords and cables..ConnectionsVertical wire managercan be used to routecord for shelf light that ismounted beneath anoverhead storage shelf orcabinet.cPage G10U-bracket is availableto join adjacent overheadstorage cabinets togetherto maintain alignment..Surface MaterialsOverhead storage shelf• Wood• Customiz stain or full-fillfinish (option on wood)• LaminateOverhead storagecabinet• Wood• Laminate with wood doors• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Customiz stain or full-fillfinish (option on woodor wood doors)Lock• 9250 Ember Chrome(standard)• 9201 Polished Chrome(option)Application TopicsLock and KeyingOptionscPage J2Storage CapacitiescPage E47Rules for Panel Stabilitywith ComponentscPage B22.Wood SelectionsProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideE41

Service ModulesService modules standon credenza shells to provideprivacy and storage.cSpecifying, pagesE103–E104, E154–E155Back of service module isclosed and finished.Back of service module isclosed and finished.Actual DimensionsDepth 15 1 ⁄8"Inside depth 13 1 ⁄4"Width 60", 70", 75", or 90"Inside width 56" (28" + 28"),65 1 ⁄2" (32 3 ⁄4" + 32 3 ⁄4"),69" (28" + 28" + 13"),or 84" (28" + 28" + 28")Height 36"Inside height 12 1 ⁄4"Clear interior space from 20"worksurface to underside ofservice moduleClear interior space from 7 1 ⁄4" from organizersworksurface to underside of 19 1 ⁄2" from center. service module with organizerService module has awood core with a laminateor wood surface.Hinged doors open foreasy access.Recessed area behindthe bottom edge of doorprovides a convenient grip,making pulls unnecessary.Vertical wire managersare provided to concealcords and cables fromshelf lights.Optional tackboardhelps absorb sound andfunctions as a displaysurface.Locks are available tosecure doors on servicemodules. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2Built-in organizers accommodatea wide array ofworkspace storage..Product DetailsService moduleorganizers add theconvenience of built-inorganized storage.Tackboards can beremoved and replaced withoutdisturbing the servicemodule. Tackboards areordered separately and areshipped in two sectionsexcept for the 60"W whichwill be shipped in one piece..E42Series 9000 Specification Guide

Service Modules.Lock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2Shelf lights can be fieldinstalled inside the recessin the bottom of all servicemodules.cPage G8.ConnectionsService modules canbe field installed on all credenzas.They can also beattached to 60"W, 70"W,and 75"W desks with flushback panel.Service modules attachto freestanding furniturewith concealed attachmenthardware, which is shippedwith each service module.10 1 /2"19 1 /2"20"Clearance between worksurfaceand underside ofservice module with organizercabinet is 7 1 ⁄4" underorganizer and 19 1 ⁄2" at center.For service modulewithout organizer, clearanceis 20". The 20" clearanceallows for monitors or computerscreens to be placedunder the storage cabinets..Wiring & CablingCord for shelf lights in servicemodule can be routedthrough vertical wire managers.Two wire managersare shipped with the servicemodule.Tip: Due to door height/length on service modulewith organizers, the availablespace for a shelf light isdecreased by 30". Forexample, 90"W servicemodule with organizers have60"W available for shelflights.Service module willpartially cover grommetslocated at back of worksurface.Specify grommetlocation 6" from back edge.cPage E34Grommets located leftand right inside the cabinetallow cords and cables topass through..Surface MaterialsService module• Wood• Laminate case withwood doors• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Customiz stain (optionon wood)Lock• 9250 Ember Chrome(standard on wood)• 9201 Polished Chrome(option on wood)• 9201 Polished Chrome(standard on laminate)• 9250 Ember Chrome(options on laminate).Application TopicsLock and KeyingOptionscPage J2Storage CapacitiescPage E47.Wood SelectionsProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideE43

Wardrobes and Storage CabinetsWardrobes and storagecabinets provide storage,define boundaries, andincrease privacy.cSpecifying, pages E106,E156Lock is standard; itsecures the doors anddrawers. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2Fixed shelfRails are standard withlateral file drawers; two ineach.Leveling glides adjust toinstall vertical cabinets onuneven floors. Adjustabilityrange is 1 1 ⁄4".Actual DimensionsDepth 25"Width 30". Height 65"Finished back is standard.Sides and tops arefinished, so they don’t haveto be wrapped with panels.Adjustable shelves insome vertical cabinets allowthe user to reconfigure theinterior to meet specificneeds.Contemporary pulls fordoors and drawers arestandard.Cabinet with shelvesCabinet with shelvesleft and wardrobe rightCabinet with wardrobeleft and shelves rightWardrobe with fullcoat rod.E44Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wardrobes andStorage Cabinets.Product DetailsLock on doors is locatedon the upper right-handcorner of the left-hand door.Lock on file drawer islocated on the upper righthandcorner of the topdrawer.Lock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page J2Tip: Specify lock cylindersfor each location.Coat roads are availablein wardrobes and combinationcabinets; they run fromside-to-side..Wood veneer and laminateworksurfaces areavailable, field-installed, foruse above 50 1 ⁄2"H verticalcabinets. A single worksurfacecan span up to threevertical cabinets.cPages E108, E158.Surface MaterialsVertical cabinet• Wood• Laminate case withwood fronts• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Customiz stain or full-fillfinish (option on wood)Door and drawer pulls• Black (standard)• 9212 Silver (option)Coat rod• 9201 Polished ChromeRails• Black onlyLock• 9250 Ember Chrome(standard)• 9201 Polished Chrome(option).Application TopicsNot for support—you cannot attach componentsto a vertical cabinet.Instead use cantilever,panel-supported end panel,or pedestal to supportworksurfaces.Lock and KeyingOptionscPage J2Storage CapacitiescPage E47..Wood SelectionsProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideE45

BookcasesBookcases are availablein two heights to provideopen-shelf storage withinthe workstation or incommon areas.cSpecifying, pages E109,E159Finished back is standard.Edge profile on top andshelves is square.Height-adjustable shelfcan be positioned in incrementsof 1 1 ⁄4".Fixed shelvesEnd panel is 1 1 ⁄4" thick.Leveling glides adjustto install bookcases onuneven floors. Adjustabilityrange is 1 1 ⁄4".End panel is 1 1 ⁄4" thick.Actual DimensionsDepth 15"Width 30". Height 45" or 65"FFFFHeight-adjustableshelves can be positionedin increments of 1 1 ⁄4".Fixed shelves are separatedby 12 3 ⁄8"H space..Product DetailsAdjustable pegs supportshelves at varying heights.Surface MaterialsBookcase and shelves• Wood• Customiz stain on wood• Laminate.E46Series 9000 Specification Guide

Storage CapacitiesStorage Capacities.PedestalsBox Drawers, 15"W Size Inside DimensionsD W H19"D Pedestal 15" 12" 3 1 ⁄2"24"D Pedestal 20" 12" 3 1 ⁄2"29"D Pedestal 20" 12" 3 1 ⁄2"Box Drawers, 18"W Size Inside DimensionsD W H24"D Pedestal 20" 15" 3 1 ⁄2"29"D Pedestal 20" 15" 3 1 ⁄2"File Drawers, 15"W Size Inside Dimensions Letter-Size Legal-Size Letter- and Legal-SizeD W H Storage Storage Storage19"D Pedestal 15" 12" 9" 15" 12"24"D Pedestal 20" 12" 9" 20" 12" 3 3 ⁄4" letter and 12" legal29"D Pedestal 25" 12" 9" 25" 12" 8 1 ⁄2" letter and 12" legalFile Drawers, 18"W Size Inside Dimensions Letter-Size Legal-Size Letter- and Legal-SizeD W H Storage Storage Storage24"D Pedestal 20" 15" 9" 15" 20" 15" letter and 6 3 ⁄4" legal29"D Pedestal 25" 15" 9" 30" 25" 15" letter and 11 3 ⁄4" legal.Wood SelectionsProductsSeries 9000 Specification Guide cStorage Accessories, continued E47

Storage Capacities, continued.Door Pedestals Size Inside DimensionsD W H D W H19" 15" 27" 17 1 ⁄2" 13 3 ⁄4" 22 1 ⁄4"19" 27 1 ⁄2" 27" 17 1 ⁄2" 26 1 ⁄4" 22 1 ⁄4"Open Pedestals Size Inside DimensionsD W H D W H19" 27 1 ⁄2" 27" 17 1 ⁄2" 26 1 ⁄4" 22 1 ⁄4"Lateral Files Size Inside Dimensions Letter-Size Legal-Size Letter- and Legal-SizeD W H Storage Storage Storage19"D Pedestal without top 15" 26 1 ⁄2" 9" 30" 26 1 ⁄2" 15" letter and 12" legal25"D Pedestal with top 15" 26 1 ⁄2" 9" 30" 26 1 ⁄2" 15" letter and 12" legalMobile Pedestals Size Inside Dimensions Letter-SizeD W H D W H Storage21" 21" 22 3 ⁄4" 13 1 ⁄4"* 14 3 ⁄8"* 4 5 ⁄8"* 15"*Space above drawerMobile Cabinets Size Inside Dimensions Letter-Size Legal-Size Letter- and Legal-SizeD W H D W H Storage Storage Storage24" 32" 41 1 ⁄4" 18 1 ⁄2"* 32"* 4 5 ⁄8"*x2 31" 28" 15 1 ⁄2" letter and 16" legal*Spaces below worksurface.E48Series 9000 Specification Guide

Storage Capacities.Overhead Storage Shelves15"D Shelves Size Inside DimensionsD W H30"W 14" 28" 6 1 ⁄2"35"W 14" 33" 6 1 ⁄2"36"W 14" 34" 6 1 ⁄2"42"W 14" 40" 6 1 ⁄2"45"W 14" 43" 6 1 ⁄2"60"W 14" 58" 6 1 ⁄2"16 1 ⁄2"D Shelves Size Inside DimensionsD W H30"W 15 1 ⁄2" 28" 6 1 ⁄2"35"W 15 1 ⁄2" 33" 6 1 ⁄2"36"W 15 1 ⁄2" 34" 6 1 ⁄2"42"W 15 1 ⁄2" 40" 6 1 ⁄2"45"W 15 1 ⁄2" 43" 6 1 ⁄2"60"W 15 1 ⁄2" 58" 6 1 ⁄2"Metal Shelves Size Inside DimensionsD W H30"W Shelf 13 7 ⁄8" 28 1 ⁄2" 14 11 ⁄16"35"W Shelf 13 7 ⁄8" 33 1 ⁄2" 14 11 ⁄16"45"W Shelf 13 7 ⁄8" 43 1 ⁄2" 14 11 ⁄16"50%60"W Shelf 13 7 ⁄8" 58 1 ⁄2" 14 11 ⁄16"70"W Shelf 13 7 ⁄8" 68 1 ⁄2" 14 11 ⁄16".Wood SelectionsProductsSeries 9000 Specification Guide cStorage Capacities, continued E49

Storage Capacities, continuedOverhead Storage Cabinets15"D Closed and Size Inside Dimensions14 1 ⁄4"D Open Cabinets D W H30"W 14" 28" 15 1 ⁄4"35"W 14" 33" 15 1 ⁄4"36"W 14" 34" 15 1 ⁄4"42"W 14" 39" 15 1 ⁄4"45"W 14" 42" (28" + 14") 15 1 ⁄4"60"W 14" 56" (28" + 28") 15 1 ⁄4"16 1 ⁄2"D Closed and Size Inside Dimensions15 3 ⁄4"D Open Cabinets D W H30"W 15 1 ⁄2" 28" 15 1 ⁄4"35"W 15 1 ⁄2" 33" 15 1 ⁄4"36"W 15 1 ⁄2" 34" 15 1 ⁄4"42"W 15 1 ⁄2" 39" 15 1 ⁄4"45"W 15 1 ⁄2" 42" (28" + 14") 15 1 ⁄4"60"W 15 1 ⁄2" 56" (28" + 28") 15 1 ⁄4"Metal Cabinets Size Inside Dimensions with LocksD W H30"W 12 1 ⁄4" 28 1 ⁄2" 12 1 ⁄8"35"W 12 1 ⁄4" 33 1 ⁄2" 12 1 ⁄8"45"W 12 1 ⁄4" 43 1 ⁄2" 12 1 ⁄8"60"W 12 1 ⁄4" 58 1 ⁄2" 12 1 ⁄8"70"W 12 1 ⁄4" 68 1 ⁄2" 12 1 ⁄8"..E50Series 9000 Specification Guide

Storage Capacities.Service Modules Size Inside DimensionsD W H60"W 13 1 ⁄4" 56" (28" + 28") 12 1 ⁄4"70"W 13 1 ⁄4" 65 1 ⁄2" (32 3 ⁄4" + 32 3 ⁄4") 12 1 ⁄4"75"W 13 1 ⁄4" 69" (13" + 28" + 28") 12 1 ⁄4"90"W 13 1 ⁄4" 84" (28" + 28" + 28") 12 1 ⁄4"Service Modules Size Inside Dimensionswith Organizers D W H60"W 13 1 ⁄4" 13 3 ⁄8" x 4" 15 1 ⁄2" + 5" + 5" on both sides70"W 13 1 ⁄4" 15 7 ⁄8" x 4" 15 1 ⁄2" + 5" + 5" on both sides75"W 13 1 ⁄4" 13 3 ⁄8" x 5" 15 1 ⁄2" + 5" + 5" on both sides90"W 13 1 ⁄4" 13 3 ⁄8" x 6" 15 1 ⁄2" + 5" + 5" on both sidesVertical Cabinets Size Inside DimensionsD W H50 1 ⁄2"H 23 1 ⁄2" 28 3 ⁄4" 48"65"H 23 1 ⁄2" 28 3 ⁄4" 60"Vertical Cabinet Size Inside Dimensions Letter-Size Legal-Size Letter- and Legal-SizeFile Drawer, 30"W D W H Storage Storage Storage19"D Lateral File 15" 26 1 ⁄2" 9" 30" 26 1 ⁄2" 15" letter and 12" legal.Wood SelectionsProductsSeries 9000 Specification Guide cStorage Capacities, continued E51

Storage Capacities, continuedBookcases Size Inside DimensionsD W H45"H 14 1 ⁄4" 27 5 ⁄8" 40 5 ⁄16"65"H 14 1 ⁄4" 27 5 ⁄8" 59 11 ⁄16"12 5 /16"Center DrawersWood Center Drawer Size Inside DimensionsD W H23"D 19 1 ⁄2" 19 1 ⁄2" 2"Metal Center Drawer Size Inside DimensionsD W H23"D 19 1 ⁄2" 19 7 ⁄8" 2"Plastic Center Size Inside DimensionsDrawer D W H19"D 12" 19" 1 3 ⁄8"Tip: Inside depth does notinclude pencil tray. Depth is14 7 ⁄8" when pencil tray isincluded in dimensions..FF.E52Series 9000 Specification Guide

Series 9000 Specification GuideE53Wood SelectionsProductsDoor and DrawerPull PositionsDoor and Drawer Pull Positions.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Contemporary pulls27"H22"44" 44"Contemporary56 3 /4"50 1 /2"H 68"H 68"H

E54Series 9000 Specification Guide

Specifying Wood SelectionsWood Veneer Worksurfaces and StoragePanel-Supported WorksurfacesStorageRectangular WorksurfacesE56PedestalsE92Transition WorksurfacesE58Freestanding Lateral FilesE94Corner WorksurfacesE60Mobile PedestalE95Cornerstone WorksurfacesE61Smart Mobile PedestalE96Bullet Top WorksurfacesE62Smart Mobile Pedestal with Open ShelvesE97Extended T-Shape End Panels for Usewith Bullet Top WorksurfacesP-Top WorksurfacesExtended T-Shape End Panels for Usewith P-Top WorksurfacesSock Top WorksurfacesScoop Top WorksurfacesStraight Transaction WorksurfacesCurved-Front Transaction WorksurfacesWorksurface SupportsE63E64E66E67E68E69E70E71Versatile Mobile PedestalStanding-Height Mobile CabinetOverhead Storage ShelvesOverhead Storage CabinetsOpen Overhead Storage CabinetsService ModulesService Modules with OrganizersVertical CabinetsWorksurfaces for Use Above 50 1 ⁄2"HVertical Cabinets and Lateral FileE98E99E100E101E102E103E104E106E108Wood SelectionsProductsShellsBookcasesE109Freestanding Desk ShellsE74Return ShellsE76Bridge ShellsE78Credenza ShellsE80Freestanding Corner Worksurface ShellsE82Freestanding Cornerstone Worksurface ShellsE83Shell ComponentsE84TablesMobile TableE89Tether TableE90Series 9000 Specification GuideE55

Wood Veneer Rectangular WorksurfacesDoubleBullnoseDStandard Includes• Worksurface: wood veneer• Double bullnose edge profile: woodRequired to Specify25"DcNeed help?Product details,page E121 Style number2 Wood veneer color number forworksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Pedestals and centerdrawers may block accessto grommets.Tip: You can specify only onetype of cable-managementoption on a worksurface.Tip: If a plastic color numberis not specified for a grommetwith color choices, 6000Black plastic will beprovided.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Lock • Lock face ring with plastic +$191 Add suffix L to style number and specifyplug to accommodate locklock cylinder and key separately.cylinder cSee Lock Cylinders, page J3.Tip: 9250 Ember Chrome lock isstandard on veneer worksurface. If youwant an alternative lock color, use theoption below.Alternative lock face ring color on worksurface with locks• Polished Chrome No cost Specify with 9201 Polished Chrome.CableThree-piece grommetsManagement • Available on all worksurface +$ 41 Rear left: 9E91RL4 and color number.cPage E32 depths: plastic each Rear right: 9E91RR6 and color number.Rear center: 9E91RC1 and color number.Center left: 9E91CL9 and color number.Center right: 9E91CR1 and color number.Center center: 9E91CC6 and colornumber.Front left: 9E91FL8 and color number.Front right: 9E91FR0 and color number.Front center: 9E91FC5 and colornumber.4"-square grommets• Centered along back edge of +$ 41 Specify with 9WWTPC.worksurface: black plastic only• Left- and right-hand side of +$ 82 Specify with 9WWTPLR.worksurface: black plastic onlyChannel grommet• Available on back of +$411 Specify with 9WWTPF.worksurfaces: black plasticonlySupports • Worksurface supports cPage E71Related • Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage F38ProductsEdge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E56Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood VeneerRectangular WorksurfacesTip: 35"D worksurfacesmust be used in a desk shellbuildup with end panels or ina panel-supported applicationwith end supportbrackets or a 27"D pedestalused for support.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d dStain dFinish25" 30" 9W2530W $ 491 +$20 +$ 4025" 35" 9W2535W $ 504 +$34 +$ 6825" 36" 9W2536W $ 504 +$34 +$ 6825" 42" 9W2542W $ 538 +$34 +$ 6825" 45" 9W2545W $ 597 +$34 +$ 6825" 60" 9W2560W $ 670 +$50 +$10025" 65" 9W2565W $ 700 +$50 +$10025" 70" 9W2570W $ 803 +$50 +$10025" 75" 9W2575W $ 796 +$50 +$10025" 90" 9W2590W $1052 +$50 +$10030" 30" 9W3030W $ 573 +$34 +$ 6830" 35" 9W3035W $ 592 +$34 +$ 6830" 36" 9W3036W $ 592 +$34 +$ 6830" 42" 9W3042W $ 640 +$34 +$ 6830" 45" 9W3045W $ 685 +$34 +$ 6830" 60" 9W3060W $ 766 +$50 +$10030" 65" 9W3065W $ 804 +$50 +$10030" 70" 9W3070W $ 847 +$50 +$10030" 75" 9W3075W $ 890 +$50 +$10030" 90" 9W3090W $1143 +$50 +$10035" 70" 9W3570W $1017 +$50 +$10035" 75" 9W3575W $1078 +$50 +$100d d d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE57

Wood Veneer Transition WorksurfacesDoubleBullnoseDStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyLeft-hand UnitDcNeed help?Product details,page E12• Worksurface: wood veneer• Double bullnose edge profile: wood1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number forworksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.DRight-hand UnitTip: You can specify only onetype of cable-managementoption on a worksurface.Tip: If a plastic color is notspecified for a grommet withcolor choices, 6000 Blackplastic will be provided.Tip: Transition worksurfacesare not available with centrallock.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.CableThree-piece grommetsManagement • Available on all worksurface +$ 41 Rear left: 9E91RL4 and color number.cPage E32 depths: plastic each Rear right: 9E91RR6 and color number.Rear center: 9E91RC1 and color number.Center left: 9E91CL9 and color number.Center right: 9E91CR1 and color number.Center center: 9E91CC6 and colornumber.4"-square grommets• Centered along back edge of +$ 41 Specify with 9WWTPC.worksurface: black plastic only• Left- and right-hand side of +$ 82 Specify with 9WWTPLR.worksurface: black plastic onlyChannel grommet• Available on back of +$411 Specify with 9WWTPF.worksurfaces (short side ofworksurface) or deeper:black plastic onlySupportsPanel-supported application• Side-support bracket• Wood panel-supportedend panels• CantileversWorksurface-supported application• Flush-mount bracket• Drop-height bracketcPage E71cPage E72cPage C170cPage E71cPage C174Related • Worksurface wiring and cPage F38ProductscablingEdge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E58Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood VeneerTransition WorksurfacesAABBSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondA B Width dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomiz dFull-Fild d d dStain dFinishLeft-Hand Units30" 25" 60" 9WTL3060W $ 999 +$50 +$10030" 25" 70" 9WTL3070W $1081 +$50 +$10030" 25" 75" 9WTL3075W $1163 +$50 +$10030" 25" 90" 9WTL3090W $1417 +$50 +$100d d d d dRight-Hand Units25" 30" 60" 9WTR3060W $ 999 +$50 +$10025" 30" 70" 9WTR3070W $1081 +$50 +$10025" 30" 75" 9WTR3075W $1163 +$50 +$10025" 30" 90" 9WTR3090W $1417 +$50 +$100d d d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE59

Wood Veneer Corner WorksurfacesDoubleBullnoseDStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyWcNeed help?Product details,page E14• Worksurface: wood veneer• Double bullnose edge profile: wood1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number forworksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: You can specify only onetype of cable-managementoption on a worksurface.Tip: If a plastic color is notspecified for a grommet withcolor choices, 6000 Blackplastic will be provided.CableThree-piece grommetsManagement • Available on all worksurfaces: +$41 Rear: 9E91C2 and plastic color number.cPage E32 plastic eachSupports • Cantilevers cPage C170• Shared cantileverscPage C170Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d dStain dFinish25" 45" 9CW2545W $668 +$34 +$6830" 45" 9CW3045W $724 +$34 +$68d d d d dEdge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E60Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood Veneer Cornerstone WorksurfacesWood VeneerCornerstoneWorksurfacesDoubleBullnoseDStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyWcNeed help?Product details,page E14• Worksurface: wood veneer• Double bullnose edge profile: wood1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number forworksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.SupportsPanel-supported application• Side-support bracket• Cantilevers• Shared cantileverscPage E71cPage C170cPage C170Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d dStain dFinish25" 36" 9CWCS2536W $686 +$34 +$6825" 45" 9CWCS2545W $782 +$34 +$6830" 45" 9CWCS3045W $830 +$34 +$34d d d d dWood SelectionsProductsEdge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE61

Wood Veneer Bullet Top WorksurfacesDoubleBullnoseDcNeed help?Product details,page E16Standard Includes• Worksurface: wood veneer• Height-adjustable support column:all paint price groups• Double bullnose edge profile: woodRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number forworksurface3 Paint color number for column4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Support column• Paint No cost Select paint color number for supportcolumn.• Polished Chrome +$163 Specify with 9201 Polished Chromesupport column.Tip: You can specify only onetype of cable-managementoption on a worksurface.CableThree-piece grommetManagement • Centered on straight end 3" +$ 41 Specify with 9E91RET4 and selectcPage E32 from edge: plastic plastic color number.Tip: If a plastic color is notspecified for a grommet withcolor choices, 6000 Blackplastic will be provided.Supports4"-square grommet• Centered on straight end 2" +$ 41 Specify with 9WWTPC.from edge: black plastic onlyPanel-supported application• Side-support bracketcPage E71Worksurface-supported application• Flush-mount bracketFreestanding application• T-shape end panelcPage E71cPage E63Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD L dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d dStain dFinishL30" 60" 9WBT3060W $1396 +$68 +$13830" 65" 9WBT3065W $1409 +$68 +$13830" 70" 9WBT3070W $1423 +$68 +$13830" 75" 9WBT3075W $1437 +$68 +$13830" 90" 9WBT3090W $1554 +$68 +$13835" 60" 9WBT3560W $1483 +$68 +$13835" 65" 9WBT3565W $1496 +$68 +$13835" 70" 9WBT3570W $1510 +$68 +$13835" 75" 9WBT3575W $1524 +$68 +$13835" 90" 9WBT3590W $1641 +$68 +$138d d d d dEdge Profile LocationE62Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood Veneer Extended T-Shape End Panelsfor Use with Bullet Top WorksurfacesWood VeneerExtended T-Shape EndPanels for Use with BulletTop WorksurfacesStandard Includes• Extended T-shaped end panel: wood veneerRequired to SpecifyDcNeed help?Product details,page E171 Style number2 Wood veneer color number for endpanel3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Bullet top worksurfacesmust be connected to abridge, return, or adjoiningworksurface to form an L-or U-shaped configurationand to provide stability.Attachment hardware isincluded with the bridgeor return shells. Additionalhardware will need to beordered for use with anadjoining worksurface.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Specification InformationDDimensions DFits DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W dBullet Top dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod dWorksurface d dPrice dBase Price)d dWidth d d dd d d d dCustomiz Stain30" 41 11 ⁄16" 60" 9WTP3060W $1198 +$10030" 46 11 ⁄16" 65" 9WTP3065W $1245 +$11830" 51 11 ⁄16" 70" 9WTP3070W $1316 +$11830" 56 11 ⁄16" 75" 9WTP3075W $1269 +$14030" 71 11 ⁄16" 90" 9WTP3090W $1572 +$16035" 41 11 ⁄16" 60" 9WTP3560W $1487 +$10035" 46 11 ⁄16" 65" 9WTP3565W $1195 +$11835" 51 11 ⁄16" 70" 9WTP3570W $1509 +$11835" 56 11 ⁄16" 75" 9WTP3575W $1308 +$14035" 71 11 ⁄16" 90" 9WTP3590W $1612 +$160d d d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE63

Wood Veneer P-Top WorksurfacesDoubleBullnoseDStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyUser sideLeft-hand UnitcNeed help?Product details,page E16• Worksurface: wood veneer• Height-adjustable support column:all paint price groups• Double bullnose edge profile: wood1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number forworksurface3 Paint color number for column4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.User sideRight-hand UnitTip: You can specify only onetype of cable-managementoption on a worksurface.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Support column• Polished Chrome +$163 Specify with 9201 Polished Chromesupport column.CableThree-piece grommetManagement • Centered on straight end 3" +$ 41 Specify with 9E91RET4 and selectcPage E32 from edge: plastic plastic color number.Tip: If a plastic color is notspecified for a grommet withcolor choices, 6000 Blackplastic will be provided.Supports4"-square grommets• Centered on straight end 2" +$ 41 Specify with 9WWTPC.from edge: black plastic onlyPanel-supported application• Side-support bracket• CantileverscPage E71cPage C170Worksurface-supported application• Flush-mount bracketFreestanding application• T-shape end panelcPage E71cPage E66Edge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E64Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood VeneerP-Top WorksurfacesWDLLDWS Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W L dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d dStain dFinishLeft-Hand Units30" 42" 65" 9WPL3065W $1690 +$68 +$13830" 42" 70" 9WPL3070W $1704 +$68 +$13830" 42" 75" 9WPL3075W $1718 +$68 +$13835" 42" 70" 9WPL3570W $1630 +$68 +$13835" 42" 75" 9WPL3575W $1805 +$68 +$138d d d d dRight-Hand Units30" 42" 65" 9WPR3065W $1690 +$68 +$13830" 42" 70" 9WPR3070W $1704 +$68 +$13830" 42" 75" 9WPR3075W $1718 +$68 +$13835" 42" 70" 9WPR3570W $1630 +$68 +$13835" 42" 75" 9WPR3575W $1805 +$68 +$138d d d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE65

Wood Veneer Extended T-Shape End Panelsfor Use with P-Top WorksurfacesStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyDcNeed help?Product details,page E17• Extended T-shaped end panel: wood veneer1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number for endpanel3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Specification InformationTip: 30"D unit will berecessed on the visitor side8 7 ⁄8".Tip: 35"D unit will berecessed on the visitor side13 7 ⁄8".DDTip: 30"D unit will berecessed on the visitor side8 7 ⁄8".DDimensions DFits DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W dP-Top dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod dWorksurface d dPrice dBase Price)d dWidth d d dd d d d dCustomiz StainFor Use with Left-Hand P-Top Worksurfaces30" 40 3 ⁄4" 65" 9WTPRL3065W $1186 +$11830" 45 3 ⁄4" 70" 9WTPRL3070W $1234 +$11830" 50 3 ⁄4" 75" 9WTPRL3075W $1305 +$13635" 45 3 ⁄4" 70" 9WTPRL3570W $1273 +$11835" 50 3 ⁄4" 75" 9WTPRL3575W $1163 +$136d d d d dFor Use with Right-Hand P-Top Worksurfaces30" 40 3 ⁄4" 65" 9WTPRR3065W $1186 +$11830" 45 3 ⁄4" 70" 9WTPRR3070W $1234 +$11830" 50 3 ⁄4" 75" 9WTPRR3075W $1305 +$13635" 45 3 ⁄4" 70" 9WTPRR3570W $1273 +$11835" 50 3 ⁄4" 75" 9WTPRR3575W $1163 +$136d d d d dTip: 35"D unit will berecessed on the visitor side13 7 ⁄8".Tip: P-top worksurfacesmust be connected to abridge, return, or adjoiningworksurface to form an L-or U-shaped configurationand to provide stability.Attachment hardware isincluded with the bridgeor return shells. Additionalhardware will need to beordered for use with anadjoining worksurface.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E66Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood Veneer Sock Top WorksurfacesWood VeneerSock TopWorksurfacesDoubleBullnoseDStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyUser sideLeft-hand UnitcNeed help?Product details,page E16• Worksurface: wood veneer• Height-adjustable support column:all paint price groups• Double bullnose edge profile: wood1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number forworksurface3 Paint color number for column4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.User sideRight-hand UnitOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Support column• Polished Chrome +$163 Specify with 9201 Polished Chromesupport column.Tip: You can specify only onetype of cable-managementoption on a worksurface.Tip: If a plastic color is notspecified for a grommet withcolor choices, 6000 Blackplastic will be provided.LWDCableThree-piece grommetManagement • Centered on depth: plastic +$ 41 Specify with 9E91S01 and select plasticcPage E32color number.SupportsSpecification Information4"-square grommet• Centered on depth: black +$ 41 Specify with 9WWTPC.plastic onlyPanel-supported application• Side-support bracket• CantileversDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W L dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d dStain dFinishLeft-Hand Units25" 25" 42 1 ⁄2" 9WSL25W $1551 +$34 +$68d d d d dcPage E71cPage C170Wood SelectionsProductsWDLRight-Hand Units25" 25" 42 1 ⁄2" 9WSR25W $1551 +$34 +$68d d d d dEdge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE67

Wood Veneer Scoop Top WorksurfacesDoubleBullnoseDStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyUser sideLeft-hand UnitcNeed help?Product details,page E16• Worksurface: wood veneer• Height-adjustable support column:all paint price groups• Double bullnose edge profile: wood1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number forworksurface3 Paint color number for column4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.User sideRight-hand UnitOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Support column• Polished Chrome +$163 Specify with 9201 Polished Chromesupport column.Tip: You can specify only onetype of cable-managementoption on a worksurface.CableThree-piece grommetManagement • Centered on depth: plastic +$ 41 Specify with 9E91SC1 and select plasticcPage E32color number.Tip: If a plastic color is notspecified for a grommet withcolor choices, 6000 Blackplastic will be provided.Supports4"-square grommet• Centered on depth: black +$ 41 Specify with 9WWTPC.plastic onlyPanel-supported application• Side-support bracket• CantileverscPage E71cPage C170Worksurface-supported application• Flush-mount bracketcPage E71WLDSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W L dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d dStain dFinishLeft-Hand Units25" 42" 49 3 ⁄4" 9WSCL25W $1812 +$34 +$68d d d d dDWLRight-Hand Units25" 42" 49 3 ⁄4" 9WSCR25W $1812 +$34 +$68d d d d dEdge Profile LocationE68Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood Veneer Straight Transaction WorksurfacesWood VeneerStraight TransactionWorksurfacesDoubleBullnoseDcNeed help?Product details,page E20Standard Includes• Worksurface: wood veneer• Attachment hardware: black paint only• Double bullnose edge profile: woodRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number forworksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d dStain dFinish12"D12" 30" 9WTT30W $421 +$34 +$6812" 35" 9WTT35W $441 +$34 +$6812" 36" 9WTT36W $449 +$34 +$6812" 42" 9WTT42W $470 +$34 +$6812" 45" 9WTT45W $488 +$34 +$6812" 60" 9WTT60W $571 +$50 +$9912" 65" 9WTT65W $589 +$50 +$9912" 70" 9WTT70W $607 +$50 +$9912" 75" 9WTT75W $626 +$50 +$9912" 90" 9WTT90W $565 +$50 +$99d d d d dWood SelectionsProductsEdge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE69

Wood Veneer Curved-Front Transaction WorksurfacesDoubleBullnoseDcNeed help?Product details,page E20Standard Includes• Worksurface: wood veneer• Attachment hardware: black paint only• Double bullnose edge profile: woodRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number forworksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d dStain dFinish9" 30" 9WCT30W $403 +$34 +$689" 35" 9WCT35W $551 +$34 +$689" 42" 9WCT42W $571 +$34 +$689" 45" 9WCT45W $614 +$34 +$689" 60" 9WCT60W $702 +$50 +$99d d d d dEdge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E70Series 9000 Specification Guide

Worksurface SupportsWorksurface SupportsSide-Support BracketStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifycNeed help? • Pair of side-support brackets: black paint only 1 Style numberProduct details,2 Paint color number for side-supportpage E21bracketcSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d1 3 ⁄4" 8 1 ⁄4" 2" 9SSB $30d d d dFlush-Mount BracketStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifycNeed help? • Two flush-mount brackets: black paint only Style numberProduct details,page E21Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dW Ld dNumber dPriced d d4" 4 1 ⁄2" and 8 1 ⁄2" 91903 $18d d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification Guide cWorksurface Supports, continued E71

Worksurface Supports, continuedWood Veneer Panel-Supported End PanelsStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifycNeed help? • End panel: wood veneer 1 Style numberProduct details,2 Wood veneer color number for end panelpage E223 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: These end panels arefor use at panel seam only.Options U.S. price Required to SpecifySurfaceEnd panelMaterials • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStainLeft-Hand End Panel25" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9EPLH25W $434 +$3430" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9EPLH30W $473 +$50d d d dRight-Hand End Panel25" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9EPRH25W $434 +$3430" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9EPRH30W $473 +$50d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E72Series 9000 Specification Guide

Worksurface SupportsWood Veneer T-Shape End PanelStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifycNeed help? • T-shaped end panel support: wood veneer 1 Style numberProduct details,2 Options, if selected (see below)page E17 cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Unit must be connectedto a bridge, return, or adjoiningworksurface to form anL- or U-shaped configurationand to provide stability.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceEnd panelMaterials • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Specification InformationDDepth DStyle DU.S. DOptiond dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStain30" 9EPT30W $902 +$5435" 9EPT35W $948 +$68d d d dSupport ColumnStandard Includes• Support column: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for support column3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Wood SelectionsProductsOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Polished Chrome +$163 Specify with 9201 Polished ChromeMaterialssupport column.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dDiameter Height dNumber dBased d dPriced d d4" 26 1 ⁄2" 9E91783 $542d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE73

Wood Veneer Freestanding Desk ShellsDoubleBullnoseDcNeed help?Product details,page E24Standard Includes• Worksurface with end panels, and flush backpanel: wood veneer• Double bullnose edge profile: wood• Quick-lock assembly hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Color number for wood veneer3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Shell• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Lock • Lock face ring with plastic +$191 Add suffix L to style number and specifyplug to accommodate locklock cylinder and key separately.cylinder cSee Lock Cylinders, page J3.Tip: 9250 Ember Chrome lock isstandard on veneer worksurface. If youwant an alternative lock color, use theoption below.Alternative lock face ring color on worksurface with locks• Polished Chrome No cost Specify with 9201 Polished Chrome lock.Tip: Pedestals may blockaccess to grommets.Tip:You can specify only onetype of cable-managementoption on a worksurface.Tip: On shells with recessedback panels, you can’t specifythree-piece rear grommets,4"-square grommets, orchannel grommet.CableThree-piece grommetsManagement • Available on worksurfaces: +$ 41 Rear left: 9E91RL4 and color number.cPage E32 plastic each Rear right: 9E91RR6 and color number.Exception: Rear grommets areRear center: 9E91RC1 and color number.not available on worksurfacesCenter left: 9E91CL9 and color number.with recessed back panel.Center right: 9E91CR1 and color number.Tip: 6000 Black plastic will beCenter center: 9E91CC6 and colorprovided if no plastic color isnumber.specified.Front left: 9E91FL8 and color number.Front right: 9E91FR0 and color number.Front center: 9E91FC5 and colornumber.4"-square grommets• Available centered along back +$ 41Specify with 9WWTPC.edge of worksurface with flushback panel: black plastic only• Available left- and right-hand +$ 82 Specify with 9WWTPLR.side of worksurface with flushback panel: black plastic onlyChannel grommet• Available on back of +$411 Specify with 9WWTPF.worksurface with flush backpanel: black plastic onlyRecessed • Back panel recessed on 30"D No cost Specify with recessed back panel.Back Panel and 35"D desk shellsEdge Profile LocationCable- • With shortened back panel for +$ 20 Specify with cable-management backManagement cable management panel.Back PanelcPage E24Related • Pedestals cPage E92Products • Worksurface accessories cPage E162• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E74Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood VeneerFreestanding Desk ShellsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ to Base Price)d d dPrice dd d d dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d dStain dFinish30" 60" 9WFS3060W $2407 +$238 +$ 9930" 65" 9WFS3065W $2474 +$238 +$ 9930" 70" 9WFS3070W $2563 +$238 +$ 9930" 75" 9WFS3075W $2734 +$260 +$ 9935" 70" 9WFS3570W $2861 +$256 +$13835" 75" 9WFS3575W $3050 +$278 +$138d d d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE75

Wood Veneer Return ShellsDoubleBullnoseDcNeed help?Product details,page E24Standard Includes• Worksurface with left-hand end panel, right-handfiller panel, and flush back panel: wood veneer• Double bullnose front-edge profile: wood• Flush-mount bracket: black paint only• Quick-lock assembly hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Color number for wood veneer3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Left-hand units arestandard. Right-hand unitsare specified as an option.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Lock • Lock face ring with plastic +$191 Add suffix L to style number and specifyplug to accommodate locklock cylinder and key separately.cylinder cSee Lock Cylinders, page J3.Tip: 9250 Ember Chrome lock isstandard on veneer worksurface. If youwant an alternative lock color, use theoption below.Alternative lock face ring color on worksurface with locks• Polished Chrome No cost Specify with 9201 Polished Chrome lockTip: Pedestals may blockaccess to grommets.cPage E32Tip:You can specify only onetype of cable-managementoption on a worksurface.CableThree-piece grommetsManagement • Available on worksurfaces: +$ 41 Rear left: 9E91RL4 and color number.cPage E32 plastic each Rear right: 9E91RR6 and color number.Tip: 6000 Black plastic will beRear center: 9E91RC1 and color number.provided if no plastic color isCenter left: 9E91CL9 and color number.specified.Center right: 9E91CR1 and color number.Center center: 9E91CC6 and colornumber.Front left: 9E91FL8 and color number.Front right: 9E91FR0 and color number.Front center: 9E91FC5 and colornumber.4"-square grommets• Available centered along back +$ 41Specify with 9WWTPC.edge of worksurface with flushback panel: black plastic only• Available left- and right-hand +$ 82 Specify with 9WWTPLR.side of worksurface with flushback panel: black plastic onlyChannel grommet• Available on back of +$411 Specify with 9WWTPF.worksurface with flush backpanel: black plastic onlyEnd Panels • Right-hand end panel and No cost Specify with end panel right.Transposed left-hand filler panelEdge Profile LocationCable- • With shortened back panel +$ 20 Specify with cable-management backManagement for cable management panel.Back PanelcPage E24Related • Pedestals cPage E92Products • Worksurface accessories cPage E162• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E76Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood Veneer Return ShellsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ to Base Price)d d dPrice dd d d dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d dStain dFinish25" 45" 9WRS2545W $1777 +$118 +$6825" 60" 9WRS2560W $1971 +$172 +$9930" 45" 9WRS3045W $1896 +$136 +$6830" 60" 9WRS3060W $2097 +$186 +$99d d d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE77

Wood Veneer Bridge ShellsDoubleBullnoseDcNeed help?Product details,page E24Standard Includes• Worksurface with flush back panel: wood veneer• Double bullnose front-edge profile: wood• Two flush-mount brackets: black paint only• Quick-lock assembly hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Color number for wood veneer3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: When attaching a bridgeshell to freestanding cornerworksurface, an additionalbracket kit is required. OrderY55088 bracket kit for installation.Tip:You can specify only onetype of cable-managementoption on a worksurface.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.CableThree-piece grommetsManagement • Available on worksurfaces: +$ 41 Rear left: 9E91RL4 and color number.cPage E32 plastic each Rear right: 9E91RR6 and color number.Tip: 6000 Black plastic will beRear center: 9E91RC1 and color number.provided if no plastic color isCenter left: 9E91CL9 and color number.specified.Center right: 9E91CR1 and color number.Center center: 9E91CC6 and colornumber.Front left: 9E91FL8 and color number.Front right: 9E91FR0 and color number.Front center: 9E91FC5 and colornumber.4"-square grommets• Available centered along back +$ 41Specify with 9WWTPC.edge of worksurface with flushback panel: black plastic only• Available left- and right-hand +$ 82 Specify with 9WWTPLR.side of worksurface with flushback panel: black plastic onlyChannel grommet• Available on back of +$411 Specify with 9WWTPF.worksurface with flush backpanel: black plastic onlyCable- • With shortened back panel +$ 20 Specify with cable-management backManagement for cable management panel.Back PanelcPage E24Related • Worksurface accessories cPage E162Products • Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage F38Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ to Base Price)d d dPrice dd d d dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d dStain dFinish25" 45" 9WBS2545W $1341 +$84 +$68Edge Profile Location30" 45" 9WBS3045W $1429 +$84 +$68d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E78Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood Veneer Bridge ShellsWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE79

Wood Veneer Credenza ShellsDoubleBullnoseDcNeed help?Product details,page E24Standard Includes• Worksurface with two end panels, and flush backpanel: wood veneer• Double bullnose edge profile: wood• Quick-lock assembly hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Color number for wood veneer3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Lock • Lock face ring with plastic +$191 Add suffix L to style number and specifyplug to accommodate locklock cylinder and key separately.cylinder cSee Lock Cylinders, page J3.Tip: 9250 Ember Chrome lock isstandard on veneer worksurface. If youwant an alternative lock color, use theoption below.Alternative lock face ring color on worksurface with locks• Polished Chrome No cost Specify with 9201 Polished Chrome lock.Tip: Pedestals, towers, andspanner tackboards or woodveneer panel may blockaccess to grommets.cPage E32Tip:You can specify only onetype of cable-managementoption on a worksurface.CableThree-piece grommetsManagement • Available on worksurfaces: +$ 41 Rear left: 9E91RL4 and color number.cPage E32 plastic each Rear right: 9E91RR6 and color number.Tip: 6000 Black plastic will beRear center: 9E91RC1 and color number.provided if no plastic color isCenter left: 9E91CL9 and color number.specified.Center right: 9E91CR1 and color number.Center center: 9E91CC6 and colornumber.Front left: 9E91FL8 and color number.Front right: 9E91FR0 and color number.Front center: 9E91FC5 and colornumber.4"-square grommets• Available centered along back +$ 41Specify with 9WWTPC.edge of worksurface with flushback panel: black plastic only• Available left- and right-hand +$ 82 Specify with 9WWTPLR.side of worksurface with flushback panel: black plastic onlyChannel grommet• Available on back of +$411 Specify with 9WWTPF.worksurface with flush backpanel: black plastic onlyCable- • With shortened back panel +$ 20 Specify with cable-management backManagement for cable management panel.Back PanelcPage E24Edge Profile LocationRelated • Pedestals cPage E92Products • Worksurface accessories cPage E162• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E80Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood VeneerCredenza ShellsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ to Base Price)d d dPrice dd d d dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d dStain dFinish25" 75" 9WCS2575W $2579 +$228 +$ 9925" 90" 9WCS2590W $3004 +$228 +$ 9930" 60" 9WCS3060W $2407 +$238 +$ 9930" 70" 9WCS3070W $2563 +$238 +$ 9930" 75" 9WCS3075W $2734 +$260 +$ 9930" 90" 9WCS3090W $3238 +$278 +$138d d d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE81

Wood Veneer Freestanding Corner Worksurface ShellsDoubleBullnoseDcNeed help?Product details,page E24Standard Includes• Worksurface with two end panels, and two flushback panels: wood veneer• Double bullnose front-edge profile: woodRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Color number for wood veneer3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.CableThree-piece grommetManagement • Available on worksurfaces: +$41 Rear: 9E91RC2 and color number.cPage E32 plastic Center: 9E91C2 and color number.Tip: 6000 Black plastic will beprovided if no plastic color isspecified.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ to Base Price)d d dPrice dd d d dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d dStain dFinishWith 10"H Back Panels25" 45" 9WFC2510W $3236 +$172 +$6830" 45" 9WFC3010W $3363 +$172 +$68d d d d dWith 27"H Back Panels25" 45" 9WFC2545W $2744 +$172 +$6830" 45" 9WFC3045W $2856 +$172 +$68d d d d dEdge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E82Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood Veneer Freestanding CornerstoneWorksurface ShellsDoubleBullnoseDWood VeneerFreestandingCornerstoneWorksurface ShellscNeed help?Product details,page E24Standard Includes• Worksurface with two end panels, and two flushback panels: wood veneer• Double bullnose front-edge profile: woodRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Color number for wood veneer3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.CableThree-piece grommet.Management • Available on worksurfaces: +$41 Center: 9E91C2 and color number.cPage E32plasticTip: 6000 Black plastic will beprovided if no plastic color isspecified.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ to Base Price)d d dPrice dd d d dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d dStain dFinishWith 10"H Back Panels25" 45" 9WFCS2510W $3304 +$238 +$6830" 45" 9WFCS3010W $3438 +$238 +$68d d d d dWith 27"H Back Panels25" 45" 9WFCS2545W $2832 +$238 +$6830" 45" 9WFCS3045W $2945 +$238 +$68d d d d dWood SelectionsProductsEdge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE83

Shell ComponentsWood Veneer Freestanding End PanelsStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifycNeed help? • End panel: wood veneer 1 Style numberProduct details,2 Wood veneer color number for end panelpage E26 cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: These end panels areused in desk, return, andcredenza shell buildups only.cPage E26Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceEnd panelMaterials • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.and at rightcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStainFor Use with 10"H Back PanelsLeft-Hand End Panel for Use with Flush Back Panel15" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPL1510W $276 +$2025" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPL2510W $379 +$3430" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPL3010W $410 +$5035" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPL3510W $473 +$50Right-Hand End Panel for Use with Flush Back Panel15" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPR1510W $276 +$2025" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPR2510W $379 +$3430" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPR3010W $410 +$5035" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPR3510W $473 +$50d d d dcSpecification Information continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E84Series 9000 Specification Guide

Shell ComponentscSpecification Information, continuedSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStainFor Use with 27"H Back PanelsLeft-Hand End Panel for Use with Flush Back Panel15" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPLH15W $276 +$2025" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPLH25W $379 +$3430" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPLH30W $410 +$5035" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPLH35W $473 +$50Right-Hand End Panel for Use with Flush Back Panel15" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPRH15W $276 +$2025" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPRH25W $379 +$3430" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPRH30W $410 +$5035" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPRH35W $473 +$50Left-Hand End Panel for Use with Recessed Back Panel15" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9REPLH15W $276 +$2030" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9REPLH30W $410 +$5035" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9REPLH35W $473 +$50Right-Hand End Panel for Use with Recessed Back Panel15" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9REPRH15W $276 +$2030" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9REPRH30W $410 +$5035" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9REPRH35W $473 +$50d d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification Guide cShell Components, continued E85

Shell Components, continuedWood Veneer Filler PanelsTip: These filler panels areused in return shell buildupsonly. They must be used witha back panel; either flush orrecessed.Standard IncludesRequired to SpecifycNeed help? • Filler panel: wood veneer 1 Style numberProduct details,2 Wood veneer color numberpage E263 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceFiller panelMaterials • Customiz stain on wood No cost Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Specification InformationTip: Left and right is specifiedin relation to a usersitting at the desk.DBack Panel DFiller Panel DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dPosition dLocation dD W H dNumber dPriced d d d dFor Use with 10"H Back PanelsFlush back panel Left-hand side 5" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FP510FLW $100Flush back panel Right-hand side 5" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FP510FRW $100d d d d dFor Use with 27"H Back PanelsFlush back panel Left-hand side 5" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FP5FLW $100Flush back panel Right-hand side 5" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FP5FRW $100Recessed back panel Left-hand side 5" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FP5FRW $100Recessed back panel Right-hand side 5" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FP5FLW $100d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E86Series 9000 Specification Guide

Shell ComponentsWood Veneer Center-Support PanelStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifycNeed help? • Center support: wood veneer 1 Style numberProduct details, • Attachment hardware 2 Wood veneer color number for centerpageE26support panel3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceCenter support panelMaterials • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomiz Stain15" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9CS15W $276 +$20d d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification Guide cShell Components, continued E87

Shell Components, continuedWood Veneer Back PanelsStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifycNeed help? • Back panel: wood veneer 1 Style numberProduct details,2 Wood veneer color numberpage E263 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: These back panels areused in shell buildups.cPage E26Tip: The 10"H back panelcannot be recessed.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceBack panelMaterials • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Cable • With shortened back panel +$20 Add suffix CM to the style number.Management for cable managementBack PanelSpecification InformationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.DWidth DFits DStyle DU.S. DOptiond dWorksurface dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod dWidth d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d dd d d d dCustomizd d d d dStain10"H Back PanelsFor Use with Desk, Return, and Credenza Shell Buildups39 1 ⁄2" 42" 9BP4210W $ 641 +$ 2042 1 ⁄2" 45" 9BP4510W $ 701 +$ 2057 1 ⁄2" 60" 9BP6010W $ 821 +$ 3462 1 ⁄2" 65" 9BP6510W $ 851 +$ 3467 1 ⁄2" 70" 9BP7010W $ 897 +$ 3472 1 ⁄2" 75" 9BP7510W $1025 +$ 5087 1 ⁄2" 90" 9BP9010W $1276 +$ 50For Use with Bridge Shell Buildups*45" 45" 9BPB4510W $ 680 +$ 34d d d d d27"H Back PanelsFor Use with Desk, Return, and Credenza Shell Buildups39 1 ⁄2" 42" 9BP42W $ 641 +$ 5042 1 ⁄2" 45" 9BP45W $ 701 +$ 5057 1 ⁄2" 60" 9BP60W $ 821 +$ 8862 1 ⁄2" 65" 9BP65W $ 851 +$ 8867 1 ⁄2" 70" 9BP70W $ 897 +$ 8872 1 ⁄2" 75" 9BP75W $1025 +$11087 1 ⁄2" 90" 9BP90W $1276 +$110For Use with Bridge Shell Buildups*45" 45" 9BPB45W $ 733 +$ 50d d d d dE88Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood Veneer Mobile TableWood VeneerMobile TableDoubleBullnoseDcNeed help?Product details,page E27Standard Includes• Worksurface: wood veneer• Double bullnose front-edge profile: wood• Two legs with non-locking casters: black plastic• Two legs with adjustable glides: black plastic• Legs: black paint only• Casters: black plastic onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number forworksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d dStain dFinish20" 42" 26 1 ⁄2" 9WMTW $1273 +$20 +$40d d d d dWood SelectionsProductsEdge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE89

Wood Veneer Tether TableStandard IncludesRequired to Specify44"24"cNeed help?Product details,page E28• Worksurface: wood veneer• Tethering bracket to link to adjacentsupport column: black paint only• Leg with casters: black paint only1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number forworksurfacecSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Place the entire tableunder the worksurfacebefore pivoting it into thedesired position to avoiddamage by the cantilever.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Related • Support column for attachment cPage E73Productsto adjacent worksurfaceSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d dStain dFinish44" 24" 26" 9TTW $1173 +$34 +$68d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E90Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood VeneerTether TableWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE91

Wood Veneer PedestalsContemporarycNeed help?Product details,page E36Standard Includes• Pedestal: wood veneer• Contemporary drawer pulls: black• Locking mechanism that ties into worksurface lock• One hanging file folder frame per file drawer:black plastic only• One partition per box drawer: black plastic only• One pencil tray per two box drawers: blackplastic onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number for pedestal3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfacePedestalMaterials • Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Contemporary drawer pull• Polished Chrome No cost Specify with contemporary pull E070and select 9201 Polished Chrome.• Silver No cost Specify with contemporary pull E070and select 9212 Silver.Tip: When you add morethan one suffix to stylenumber, always add the Lsuffix first.Lock • Lock face ring with plastic +$83 Add suffix L to style number and selectplug to accommodate lock9201 Polished Chrome or 9250 EmbercylinderChrome. Specify lock cylinder and keyseparately.cSee Lock Cylinders, page J3.Related • Panel-supported end panels cPage E72Products • Reference shelf cPage C157For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E92Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood Veneer PedestalsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStainTwo File Drawers19" 15" 27" 9FF19W $1215 +$4824" 15" 27" 9FF24W $1308 +$4829" 15" 27" 9FF29W $1402 +$4824" 18" 27" 9FF1824W $1384 +$4829" 18" 27" 9FF1829W $1479 +$48d d d dTwo Box and One File Drawer19" 15" 27" 9BBF19W $1324 +$4824" 15" 27" 9BBF24W $1417 +$4829" 15" 27" 9BBF29W $1512 +$4824" 18" 27" 9BBF1824W $1628 +$4829" 18" 27" 9BBF1829W $1733 +$48d d d dHinged Door with Adjustable ShelfHinged Left19" 15" 27" 9SDPLHW $1208 +$48Hinged Right19" 15" 27" 9SDPRHW $1208 +$48d d d dTwo Doors with Adjustable Shelf19" 27 1 ⁄2" 27" 9DDPW $1619 +$60d d d dWood SelectionsProductsOpen Pedestal with Adjustable Shelf19" 27 1 ⁄2" 27" 9OP30W $1412 +$60d d d dTwo-Drawer Lateral File19" 30" 27" 9LF30W $1759 +$60d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE93

Wood Veneer Freestanding Lateral FilesDoubleBullnoseDContemporarycNeed help?Product details,page E36Standard Includes• Two-drawer lateral file: wood veneer• Double bullnose edge profile: wood• Contemporary drawer pulls (for two-drawer lateralfiles only): black• One hanging file folder frame per file drawer:black plastic only• Counterweight packageRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number for lateralfile3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Double bullnose edgeprofile is not available onfour-drawer lateral files.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceLateral fileMaterials • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish on file top Prices below Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Contemporary drawer pull• Polished Chrome No cost Specify with contemporary pull E070and select 9201 Polished Chrome.• Silver No cost Specify with contemporary pull E070and select 9212 Silver.Tip: Two-drawer lateral filesmust be ordered with the Lsuffix to receive a lockingmechanism.Tip: Four-drawer lateral filescome standard with a centrallocking mechanism.Lock • Lock face ring with plastic +$83 Add suffix L to style number and selectplug to accommodate lock9201 Polished Chrome or 9250 EmbercylinderChrome. Specify lock cylinder and keyseparately.cSee Lock Cylinders, page J3.Related • Worksurfaces for use above cPage E108Products50 1 ⁄2"H lateral filesS Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W H dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d dStain dFinishWith Two File Drawers25" 30" 28 1 ⁄2" 9FLF30W $2512 +$106 +$68d d d d dWith Four File Drawers25" 30" 50 1 ⁄2" 9LF4W $3444 +$176 N.A.d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E94Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood Veneer Mobile PedestalWood VeneerMobile PedestalContemporarycNeed help?Product details,page E38Standard Includes• Mobile pedestal: wood veneer• Contemporary drawer pulls: black• One hanging file folder frame per file drawer:black plastic only• One partition per box drawer: black plastic only• Four non-locking casters: black plastic only• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9250 Ember ChromeRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number for mobilepedestal3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference ManualContemporary drawer pull• Polished Chrome No cost Specify with contemporary pull E070and select 9201 Polished Chrome.• Silver No cost Specify with contemporary pull E070and select 9212 Silver.Lock • Polished Chrome No cost Specify with 9201 Polished Chrome.Seat Top • Seat top for use on mobile +$176 Add suffix S to style number and specifypedestals (fabric price fabric color number.group 1)Upholstery• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 26 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 55 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 60 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 83 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$119 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$140 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$206 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$263 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$321 Specify fabric color number.• Leather price group +$329 Specify leather color number.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.• Customer’s own material +$ 25 cSee Surface Materials Reference(COM) or Customer’s ownManual to specify.leather (COL)Wood SelectionsProductsRelated • Panel-supported end panels cPage E72Products • Reference shelf cPage C157Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStain19" 15 1 ⁄2" 26" 9ESMPW $1424 +$48d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE95

Wood Veneer Smart Mobile PedestalContemporarycNeed help?Product details,page E38Standard Includes• Mobile pedestal: wood veneer• Storage areas: wood veneer• Insert tray in top: black plastic only• Contemporary drawer pull: black• One hanging file folder frame per file drawer:black plastic only• Two locking and two non-locking casters: blackplastic only• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9250 Ember ChromeRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number for mobilepedestal3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Price below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Contemporary drawer pull• Polished Chrome No cost Specify with contemporary pull E070and select 9201 Polished Chrome.• Silver No cost Specify with contemporary pull E070and select 9212 Silver.Lock • Polished Chrome No cost Specify with 9201 Polished Chrome.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStain31 3 ⁄4" 31 3 ⁄4" 26" 9SPW $2070 +$60d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E96Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood Veneer Smart Mobile Pedestal with Open ShelvesWood VeneerSmart Mobile Pedestalwith Open ShelvescNeed help?Product details,page E38Standard Includes• Mobile pedestal: wood veneer• Storage areas: wood veneer• Insert tray in top: black plastic only• Two locking and two non-locking casters:black plastic onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number for mobilepedestal3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Price below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStain31 3 ⁄4" 31 3 ⁄4" 26" 9ESPSW $2199 +$60d d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE97

Wood Veneer Versatile Mobile PedestalContemporarycNeed help?Product details,page E38Standard Includes• Mobile pedestal: wood veneer• Storage areas: wood veneer• Storage handles: black paint• Contemporary drawer pull: black• Two locking and two non-locking casters: blackplastic only• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9250 Ember ChromeRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number formobile pedestal3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Price below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Contemporary drawer pull• Polished Chrome No cost Specify with contemporary pull E070and select 9201 Polished Chrome.• Silver No cost Specify with contemporary pull E070and select 9212 Silver.Tip: If you specify 9201Polished Chrome drawerpulls, the color of the storagehandles will match thepulls. Otherwise, the storagehandles will be black.Lock • Polished Chrome No cost Specify with 9201 Polished Chrome.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W H dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStain21" 21" 22 3 ⁄4" 9VMPVLW $2088 +$48d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E98Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood Veneer Standing-Height Mobile CabinetWood VeneerStanding-HeightMobile CabinetDoubleBullnoseDContemporarycNeed help?Product details,page E38Standard Includes• Mobile cabinet: wood veneer• Double bullnose edge profile: wood• One lateral file drawer• Two display shelves• Four shelves• Contemporary drawer pull: black• Storage handle: black paint• Two locking and two non-locking casters: blackplastic onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number for mobilecabinet3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceMobile cabinetMaterials • Customiz stain on wood Price below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Tip: If you specify 9201Polished Chrome drawerpulls, the color of the storagehandles will match thepulls. Otherwise, the storagehandles will be black.Contemporary drawer pull• Polished Chrome No cost Specify with contemporary pull E070and select 9201 Polished Chrome.• Silver No cost Specify with contemporary pull E070and select 9212 Silver.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W H dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStain24" 32" 41 1 ⁄4" 9WSMCVW $3827 +$140d d d dWood SelectionsProductsEdge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE99

Wood Veneer Overhead Storage ShelvescNeed help?Product details,page E40Standard Includes• Shelf: wood veneer• Two grommets: black plastic only• Attachment hardware for shelf light: black paint only• Attachment hardware: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number for shelfcSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Tip: Horizontal wall-mountingtracks for shelves will bevisible unless the shelf isfilled with binders and otherobjects. Horizontal wallmountingtracks will positionstorage unit 3 ⁄4" awayfrom the wall.Related • Horizontal wall-mounting tracks cPage E160Products • Lighting cPage G1• Vertical wire managerscPage G10Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStain14 1 ⁄4" 30" 9 3 ⁄4" 9SS3014W $631 +$4214 1 ⁄4" 35" 9 3 ⁄4" 9SS3514W $663 +$4214 1 ⁄4" 36" 9 3 ⁄4" 9SS3614W $680 +$4214 1 ⁄4" 42" 9 3 ⁄4" 9SS4214W $705 +$4214 1 ⁄4" 45" 9 3 ⁄4" 9SS4514W $734 +$4214 1 ⁄4" 60" 9 3 ⁄4" 9SS6014W $831 +$4215 3 ⁄4" 30" 9 3 ⁄4" 9SS3015W $631 +$4215 3 ⁄4" 35" 9 3 ⁄4" 9SS3515W $663 +$4215 3 ⁄4" 36" 9 3 ⁄4" 9SS3615W $680 +$4215 3 ⁄4" 42" 9 3 ⁄4" 9SS4215W $705 +$4215 3 ⁄4" 45" 9 3 ⁄4" 9SS4515W $734 +$4215 3 ⁄4" 60" 9 3 ⁄4" 9SS6015W $831 +$42d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E100Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood Veneer Overhead Storage CabinetsWood VeneerOverheadStorage CabinetscNeed help?Product details,page E40Standard Includes• Overhead storage cabinet with doors: wood veneer• Two grommets: black plastic only• Attachment hardware for shelf light: black paint only• Attachment hardware: black paint only• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder, if selected: 9250 Ember ChromeRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number for overheadstorage cabinet3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Lock • Polished Chrome No cost Specify with 9201 Polished Chrome lock.Grommets • Round grommet: black +$42 Left: specify with 9E91AMBL.cPage E32 plastic only each Right: specify with 9E91AMBR.Related • Flush horizontal wall-mounting cPage E160Productstracks• LightingcPage G1• Vertical wire managerscPage G10Specification InformationDDimensions DNumber DNumber dStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dof Doors dof Locks dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d d d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d d dd d d d d dCustomizd d d d d dStainWithout Lock16 1 ⁄2" 30" 16 1 ⁄2" 2 N.A. 9SB3016W $1269 +$6416 1 ⁄2" 35" 16 1 ⁄2" 2 N.A. 9SB3516W $1532 +$6416 1 ⁄2" 36" 16 1 ⁄2" 2 N.A. 9SB3616W $1601 +$6416 1 ⁄2" 42" 16 1 ⁄2" 3 N.A. 9SB4216W $1709 +$6416 1 ⁄2" 45" 16 1 ⁄2" 3 N.A. 9SB4516W $1797 +$6416 1 ⁄2" 60" 16 1 ⁄2" 4 N.A. 9SB6016W $2159 +$64d d d d d dWith Lock16 1 ⁄2" 30" 16 1 ⁄2" 2 1 9SB3016WL $1346 +$6416 1 ⁄2" 35" 16 1 ⁄2" 2 1 9SB3516WL $1602 +$6416 1 ⁄2" 36" 16 1 ⁄2" 2 1 9SB3616WL $1678 +$6416 1 ⁄2" 42" 16 1 ⁄2" 3 2 9SB4216WL $1863 +$6416 1 ⁄2" 45" 16 1 ⁄2" 3 2 9SB4516WL $1949 +$6416 1 ⁄2" 60" 16 1 ⁄2" 4 2 9SB6016WL $2312 +$64d d d d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE101

Wood Veneer Open Overhead Storage CabinetscNeed help?Product details,page E40Standard Includes• Overhead storage cabinet: wood veneer• Two grommets: black plastic only• Attachment hardware for shelf light:black paint only• Attachment hardware: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number for overheadstorage cabinets3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Grommets • Round grommet: black +$42 Left: specify with 9E91AMBL.cPage E32 plastic only each Right: specify with 9E91AMBR.Tip: Flush horizontal wallmountingtracks are notvisible if properly installed.Note: Cabinets that are45"W and 60"W featurewood partitions added forstructural stability—one inthe 45" unit and two in the60" unit.Related • Flush horizontal wall-mounting cPage E41Productstracks• LightingcPage G1• Vertical wire managerscPage G10Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStain15 3 ⁄4" 30" 16 1 ⁄2" 9OSB30W $ 972 +$6415 3 ⁄4" 35" 16 1 ⁄2" 9OSB35W $1027 +$6415 3 ⁄4" 36" 16 1 ⁄2" 9OSB36W $1076 +$6415 3 ⁄4" 42" 16 1 ⁄2" 9OSB42W $1227 +$6415 3 ⁄4" 45" 16 1 ⁄2" 9OSB45W $1278 +$6415 3 ⁄4" 60" 16 1 ⁄2" 9OSB60W $1295 +$64d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E102Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood Veneer Service ModulesWood VeneerService ModulescNeed help?Product details,page E42Standard Includes• Service module: wood veneer• Two grommets: black plastic only• Finished back• Attachment hardware for shelf light:black paint only• Two vertical wire managers: black plastic only• Attachment hardware: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number for servicemodule3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Worksurface to undersideof service module is22 1 ⁄2"H and allows for largermonitors or computerscreens.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Lock • Lock face ring with plastic +$83 Add suffix L to style number and specifyplug to accommodate lock each lock cylinder and key separately.cylinder cSee Lock Cylinders, page J3.Tip: 9250 Ember Chrome lock isstandard. If you want an alternative lockcolor, use the option below.Alternative lock face ring color• Polished Chrome No cost Specify with 9201 Polished Chrome lock.Related • Tackboards cPage E162Products • Lighting cPage G1Specification InformationDDimensions DNumber DNumber dStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dof Doors dof Locks dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d d d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d d dd d d d d dCustomizd d d d d dStain15 1 ⁄8" 60" 36" 4 2 9SM1660W $3129 +$19615 1 ⁄8" 70" 36" 4 2 9SM1670W $3474 +$19615 1 ⁄8" 75" 36" 5 3 9SM1675W $3644 +$19615 1 ⁄8" 90" 36" 6 3 9SM1690W $4160 +$196d d d d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE103

Wood Veneer Service Modules with OrganizersTip: Standard Series 9000tackboards can be used onthese service modules.cNeed help?Product details,page E42Standard Includes• Service module: wood veneer• Two grommets: black plastic only• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9250 Ember Chrome• Finished back• Attachment hardware for shelf light: black paint only• Two vertical wire managers: black plastic only• Attachment hardware: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number for servicemodule3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Polished Chrome No cost Specify with 9201 Polished Chrome lock.Tip: Size of space in thecenter to accommodateshelf light is limited byextended cabinet units oneach side. Use 24 5 ⁄8"W orless wide shelf light with60"W and 70"W servicemodules with organizers.Use 36"W or less wideshelf light with 75"W and90"W service moduleswith organizers.Related • Tackboards cPage E162Products • Lighting cPage G1Specification InformationDDimensions DNumber DNumber DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dof Doors dof Locks dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d d d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d d dd d d d d dCustomizd d d d d dStain15 1 ⁄8" 60" 36" 4 2 9SM01660W $3978 +$19615 1 ⁄8" 70" 36" 4 2 9SM01670W $4391 +$19615 1 ⁄8" 75" 36" 5 3 9SM01675W $4602 +$19615 1 ⁄8" 90" 36" 6 4 9SM01690W $5328 +$290d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E104Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood VeneerService Moduleswith OrganizersWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE105

Wood Veneer Vertical CabinetsContemporarycNeed help?Product details,page E44Standard Includes• Vertical cabinet: wood veneer• Finished back• Contemporary pulls: black• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9250 Ember Chrome• Self-closing hinges on doors• Two rails per file drawer: black onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number for cabinet3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices below and Specify with Customiz stain.Materials at right cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Contemporary drawer pull• Polished Chrome No cost Specify with contemporary pull E070and select 9201 Polished Chrome.• Silver No cost Specify with contemporary pull E070and select 9212 Silver.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Polished Chrome No cost Specify with 9201 Polished Chrome lock.Related • Worksurfaces for use above cPage E108Products50 1 ⁄2"H vertical cabinetsSpecification InformationDDimensions DNumber DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dof Shelves dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d dd d d d dCustomizd d d d dStainWith Two File Drawers Below and Open Storage Above25" 30" 50 1 ⁄2" 1 fixed, 1 adjustable 9VSLF50W $3169 +$17625" 30" 65" 1 fixed, 2 adjustable 9VSLF65W $3464 +$366d d d d dWith Two File Drawers Below and Closed Storage Above25" 30" 50 1 ⁄2" 1 fixed, 1 adjustable 9VDD50W $3935 +$17625" 30" 65" 1 fixed, 2 adjustable 9VDD65W $4382 +$366d d d d dF = Fixed shelfFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E106Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood VeneerVertical CabinetsSpecification InformationDDimensions DNumber DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dof Shelves dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d dd d d d dCustomizd d d d dStainWith Four File Drawers Below and Closed Storage Above25" 30" 65" 1 fixed 9V4F2D65W $4471 +$366d d d d dWith Full Storage25" 30" 50 1 ⁄2" 2 fixed, 2 adjustable 9VFS50W $3422 +$17625" 30" 65" 2 fixed, 3 adjustable 9VFS65W $4101 +$366d d d d dWith Wardrobe Storage with Full Coat Rod25" 30" 65" N.A. 9VCR65W $3357 +$366d d d d dWood SelectionsProductsWith Shelves Right and Wardrobe Storage Left25" 30" 65" 2 fixed, 3 adjustable 9VSR65W $3611 +$366d d d d dWith Shelves Left and Wardrobe Storage Right25" 30" 65" 2 fixed, 3 adjustable 9VSL65W $3611 +$366d d d d dF = Fixed shelfSeries 9000 Specification GuideE107

Wood Veneer Worksurfaces for Use Above50 1 ⁄2"H Vertical Cabinets and Lateral FileDoubleBullnoseDcNeed help?Product details,page E45Standard Includes• Worksurface: wood veneer• Double bullnose edge profile: wood• Non-lockingRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Wood veneer color numbercSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Related • 50 1 ⁄2"H vertical cabinets cPage E106ProductsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d dStain dFinish25" 30 1 ⁄16" 9W1VCW $ 369 +$20 +$4025" 60 1 ⁄8" 9W2VCW $ 761 +$50 +$9925" 90 3 ⁄16" 9W3VCW $1221 +$50 +$99d d d d dEdge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E108Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wood Veneer BookcasesWood Veneer BookcasescNeed help?Product details,page E46Standard Includes• Bookcase: wood veneer• Finished backRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Wood veneer color number3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Specification InformationDDimensions DNumber DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dof Shelves dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d d dPrice d Base Price)d d d d dd d d d dCustomizd d d d dStain15" 30" 45" 2 fixed, 1 adjustable 9BC3045W $2788 +$12815" 30" 65" 2 fixed, 3 adjustable 9BC3065W $3107 +$238d d d d dWood SelectionsProductsF = Fixed shelfFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE109

E110Series 9000 Specification Guide

Specifying Wood SelectionsLaminate Worksurfaces and StoragePanel-Supported WorksurfacesStorageRectangular WorksurfacesE112PedestalsE146Transition WorksurfacesE114Freestanding Lateral FilesE148Corner WorksurfacesE116Mobile PedestalE149Cornerstone WorksurfacesE117Overhead Storage ShelvesE150Bullet Top WorksurfacesE118Overhead Storage CabinetsE152Extended T-Shape End Panels for Usewith Bullet Top WorksurfacesP-Top WorksurfacesExtended T-Shape End Panels for Usewith P-Top WorksurfacesSock Top WorksurfacesScoop Top WorksurfacesStraight Transaction WorksurfacesCurved-Front Transaction WorksurfacesWorksurface SupportsShellsE119E120E122E123E124E126E127E128Service ModulesService Modules with OrganizersVertical CabinetsWorksurfaces for Use Above 50 1 ⁄2"HVertical Cabinets and Lateral FileBookcasesStorage Brackets and Storage AccessoriesWorksurface AccessoriesWood Center DrawerService Module TackboardsE154E155E156E158E159E160E162E162Wood SelectionsProductsFreestanding Desk ShellsE130Return ShellsE132Bridge ShellsE134Credenza ShellsE136Freestanding Corner Worksurface ShellsE138Freestanding Cornerstone Worksurface ShellsE139Shell ComponentsE140TablesMobile TableE144Tether TableE145Series 9000 Specification GuideE111

Laminate Rectangular WorksurfacesDoubleBullnoseDStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Double bullnose edge profile: woodRequired to Specify25"DcNeed help?Product details,page E121 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Wood color number for edge profile4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Pedestals may blockaccess to grommets.Tip: You can specify only onetype of cable-managementoption on a worksurface.Tip: If a plastic color numberis not specified for a grommetwith color choices, 6000 Blackplastic will be provided.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateEdge• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Lock • Lock face ring with plastic +$191 Add suffix L to style number and specifyplug to accommodate locklock cylinder and key separately.cylinder cSee Lock Cylinders, page J3.Tip: 9201 Polished Chrome lock isstandard.If you want an alternative lockcolor, use the option below.Alternative lock face ring color on worksurface with locks• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome.CableThree-piece grommetsManagement • Available on all worksurface +$ 41 Rear left: 9E91RL4 and color number.cPage E32 depths: plastic each Rear right: 9E91RR6 and color number.Rear center: 9E91RC1 and color number.Center left: 9E91CL9 and color number.Center right: 9E91CR1 and color number.Center center: 9E91CC6 and colornumber.Front left: 9E91FL8 and color number.Front right: 9E91FR0 and color number.Front center: 9E91FC5 and colornumber.4"-square grommets• Centered along back edge of +$ 41 Specify with 9WWTPC.worksurface: black plastic only• Left- and right-hand side of +$ 82 Specify with 9WWTPLR.worksurface: black plastic onlyChannel grommet• Available on back of +$411 Specify with 9WWTPF.worksurfaces: black plasticonlySupports • Worksurface supports cPage E128Related • Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage F38ProductsEdge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E112Series 9000 Specification Guide

Laminate RectangularWorksurfacesTip: 35"D worksurfacesmust be used in a desk shellbuildup with end panels or ina panel-supported applicationwith end supportbrackets used for support.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStain25" 30" 9W2530L $ 356 +$ 825" 35" 9W2535L $ 369 +$ 825" 36" 9W2536L $ 369 +$ 825" 42" 9W2542L $ 403 +$ 825" 45" 9W2545L $ 462 +$ 825" 60" 9W2560L $ 535 +$1425" 65" 9W2565L $ 565 +$1425" 70" 9W2570L $ 617 +$1425" 75" 9W2575L $ 661 +$1425" 90" 9W2590L $ 835 +$1430" 30" 9W3030L $ 438 +$ 830" 35" 9W3035L $ 457 +$ 830" 36" 9W3036L $ 457 +$ 830" 42" 9W3042L $ 505 +$ 830" 45" 9W3045L $ 550 +$ 830" 60" 9W3060L $ 631 +$1430" 65" 9W3065L $ 669 +$1430" 70" 9W3070L $ 712 +$1430" 75" 9W3075L $ 755 +$1430" 90" 9W3090L $1008 +$1435" 70" 9W3570L $ 882 +$1435" 75" 9W3575L $ 943 +$14d d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE113

Laminate Transition WorksurfacesDoubleBullnoseDStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyLeft-hand UnitDcNeed help?Product details,page E12• Worksurface: laminate• Double bullnose edge profile: wood1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Wood color number for edge profile4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.DRight-hand UnitTip: You can specify only onetype of cable-managementoption on a worksurface.Tip: If a plastic color is notspecified for a grommet withcolor choices, 6000 Blackplastic will be provided.Tip: Transition worksurfacesare not available with centrallock.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateEdge• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.CableThree-piece grommetsManagement • Available on all worksurface +$ 41 Rear left: 9E91RL4 and color number.cPage E32 depths: plastic each Rear right: 9E91RR6 and color number.Rear center: 9E91RC1 and color number.Center left: 9E91CL9 and color number.Center right: 9E91CR1 and color number.Center center: 9E91CC6 and colornumber.4"-square grommets• Centered along back edge of +$ 41 Specify with 9WWTPC.worksurface: black plastic only• Left- and right-hand side of +$ 82 Specify with 9WWTPLR.worksurface: black plastic onlyChannel grommet• Available on back of +$411 Specify with 9WWTPF.worksurfaces (short side ofworksurface) or deeper:black plastic onlySupportsPanel-supported application• Side-support bracket• Laminate panel-supportedend panels• CantileversWorksurface-supported application• Flush-mount bracket• Drop-height bracketcPage E71cPage E128cPage C170cPage E71cPage C174Related • Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage F38ProductsEdge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E114Series 9000 Specification Guide

Laminate TransitionWorksurfacesAABBSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondA B Width dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStainLeft-Hand Units30" 25" 60" 9WTL3060L $ 864 +$1430" 25" 70" 9WTL3070L $ 946 +$1430" 25" 75" 9WTL3075L $1028 +$1430" 25" 90" 9WTL3090L $1282 +$14d d d dRight-Hand Units25" 30" 60" 9WTR3060L $ 864 +$1425" 30" 70" 9WTR3070L $ 946 +$1425" 30" 75" 9WTR3075L $1028 +$1425" 30" 90" 9WTR3090L $1282 +$14d d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE115

Laminate Corner WorksurfacesDoubleBullnoseDStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyWcNeed help?Product details,page E14• Worksurface: laminate• Double bullnose edge profile: wood1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Wood color number for edge profile4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page E14.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateEdge• Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Tip: You can specify only onetype of cable-managementoption on a worksurface.Tip: If a plastic color is notspecified for a grommet withcolor choices, 6000 Blackplastic will be provided.CableThree-piece grommetsManagement • Available on all +$41 Rear: 9E91C2 and plastic color number.cPage E32 worksurfaces: plastic eachSupports • Cantilevers cPage C170• Shared cantileverscPage C170Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStain25" 45" 9CW2545L $573 +$830" 45" 9CW3045L $629 +$8d d d dEdge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E116Series 9000 Specification Guide

Laminate Cornerstone WorksurfacesLaminateCornerstoneWorksurfacesDoubleBullnoseDStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyWcNeed help?Product details,page E14• Worksurface: laminate• Double bullnose edge profile: wood1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Wood color number for edge profile4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateEdge• Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.SupportsPanel-supported application• Side-support bracket• Cantilevers• Shared cantileverscPage E71cPage C170cPage C170Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStain25" 36" 9CWCS2536L $591 +$825" 45" 9CWCS2545L $687 +$830" 45" 9CWCS3045L $735 +$8d d d dWood SelectionsProductsEdge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE117

Laminate Bullet Top WorksurfacesDoubleBullnoseDcNeed help?Product details,page E16Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Height-adjustable support column:all paint price groups• Double bullnose edge profile: woodRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Wood color number for edge profile4 Paint color number for column5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateEdge• Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Support column• Polished Chrome +$163 Specify with 9201 Polished Chromesupport column.Tip: You can specify only onetype of cable-managementoption on a worksurface.CableThree-piece grommetManagement • Centered on straight end 3" +$ 41 Specify with 9E91RET4 and selectcPage E32 from edge: plastic plastic color number.Tip: If a plastic color is notspecified for a grommet withcolor choices, 6000 Blackplastic will be provided.Supports4"-square grommet• Centered on straight end 2" +$ 41 Specify with 9WWTPC.from edge: black plastic onlyPanel-supported application• Side-support bracketcPage E71Worksurface-supported application• Flush-mount bracketFreestanding application• T-shape end panelcPage E71cPage E119Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD L dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStain30" 60" 9WBT3060L $1221 +$34L30" 65" 9WBT3065L $1234 +$3430" 70" 9WBT3070L $1248 +$3430" 75" 9WBT3075L $1262 +$3430" 90" 9WBT3090L $1379 +$3435" 60" 9WBT3560L $1308 +$3435" 65" 9WBT3565L $1321 +$3435" 70" 9WBT3570L $1335 +$3435" 75" 9WBT3575L $1349 +$3435" 90" 9WBT3590L $1466 +$34d d d dEdge Profile LocationE118Series 9000 Specification Guide

Laminate Extended T-Shape End Panelsfor Use with Bullet Top WorksurfacesLaminateExtended T-Shape EndPanels for Use with BulletTop WorksurfacesStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyDcNeed help?Product details,page E17• Extended T-shaped end panel: laminate1 Style number2 Laminate color number for end panelcSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Bullet top worksurfacesmust be connected to abridge, return, or adjoiningworksurface to form an L-or U-shaped configurationand to provide stability.Attachment hardware isincluded with the bridgeor return shells. Additionalhardware will need to beordered for use with anadjoining worksurface.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceEnd PanelMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateSpecification InformationDDimensions DFits DStyle DU.S.dD W dBullet Top dNumber dPriced dWorksurface d dd dWidth d dd d d d30" 41 11 ⁄16" 60" 9WTP3060L $ 97930" 46 11 ⁄16" 65" 9WTP3065L $101730" 51 11 ⁄16" 70" 9WTP3070L $106030" 56 11 ⁄16" 75" 9WTP3075L $111130" 71 11 ⁄16" 90" 9WTP3090L $127735" 41 11 ⁄16" 60" 9WTP3560L $101535" 46 11 ⁄16" 65" 9WTP3565L $105835" 51 11 ⁄16" 70" 9WTP3570L $110035" 56 11 ⁄16" 75" 9WTP3575L $115035" 71 11 ⁄16" 90" 9WTP3590L $1316d d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE119

Laminate P-Top WorksurfacesDoubleBullnoseDStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyUser sideLeft-hand UnitcNeed help?Product details,page E16• Worksurface: laminate• Height-adjustable support column:all paint price groups• Double bullnose edge profile: wood1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Wood color number for edge profile4 Paint color number for column5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.User sideRight-hand UnitOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateEdge• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Support column• Paint No cost Select paint color number for supportcolumn.• Polished Chrome +$163 Specify with 9201 Polished Chromesupport column.Tip: You can specify only onetype of cable-managementoption on a worksurface.CableThree-piece grommetManagement • Centered on straight end 3" +$ 41 Specify with 9E91RET4 and selectcPage E32 from edge: plastic plastic color number.Tip: If a plastic color is notspecified for a grommet withcolor choices, 6000 Blackplastic will be provided.Supports4"-square grommets• Centered on straight end 2" +$ 41 Specify with 9WWTPC.from edge: black plastic onlyPanel-supported application• Side-support bracket• CantileverscPage E71cPage C170Worksurface-supported application• Flush-mount bracketFreestanding application• T-shape end panelcPage E71cPage E122Edge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E120Series 9000 Specification Guide

Laminate P-TopWorksurfacesDWLLDWSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W L dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStainLeft-Hand Units30" 42" 65" 9WPL3065L $1515 +$3430" 42" 70" 9WPL3070L $1529 +$3430" 42" 75" 9WPL3075L $1543 +$3435" 42" 70" 9WPL3570L $1554 +$3435" 42" 75" 9WPL3575L $1630 +$34d d d dRight-Hand Units30" 42" 65" 9WPR3065L $1515 +$3430" 42" 70" 9WPR3070L $1529 +$3430" 42" 75" 9WPR3075L $1543 +$3435" 42" 70" 9WPR3570L $1554 +$3435" 42" 75" 9WPR3575L $1630 +$34d d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE121

Laminate Extended T-Shape End Panelsfor Use with P-Top WorksurfacesStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyDcNeed help?Product details,page E17• Extended T-shaped end panel: laminate1 Style number2 Laminate color number for end panelcSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceEnd PanelMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateSpecification InformationDDTip: 30"D unit will berecessed on the visitor side8 7 ⁄8".Tip: 35"D unit will berecessed on the visitor side13 7 ⁄8".Tip: 30"D unit will berecessed on the visitor side8 7 ⁄8".DDimensions DFits DStyle DU.S.dD W dP-Top dNumber dPriced dWorksurface d dd dWidth d dd d d dFor Use with Left-Hand P-Top Worksurfaces30" 40 3 ⁄4" 65" 9WTPRL3065L $ 70230" 45 3 ⁄4" 70" 9WTPRL3070L $100930" 50 3 ⁄4" 75" 9WTPRL3075L $105235" 45 3 ⁄4" 70" 9WTPRL3570L $104035" 50 3 ⁄4" 75" 9WTPRL3575L $1091d d d dFor Use with Right-Hand P-Top Worksurfaces30" 40 3 ⁄4" 65" 9WTPRR3065L $ 70230" 45 3 ⁄4" 70" 9WTPRR3070L $100930" 50 3 ⁄4" 75" 9WTPRR3075L $105235" 45 3 ⁄4" 70" 9WTPRR3570L $104035" 50 3 ⁄4" 75" 9WTPRR3575L $1091d d d dTip: 35"D unit will berecessed on the visitor side13 7 ⁄8".Tip: P-top worksurfacesmust be connected to abridge, return, or adjoiningworksurface to form an L-or U-shaped configurationand to provide stability.Attachment hardware isincluded with the bridgeor return shells. Additionalhardware will need to beordered for use with anadjoining worksurface.E122Series 9000 Specification Guide

Laminate Sock Top WorksurfacesLaminate Sock TopWorksurfacesDoubleBullnoseDStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyUser sideLeft-hand UnitcNeed help?Product details,page E16• Worksurface: laminate• Height-adjustable support column:all paint price groups• Double bullnose edge profile: wood1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Wood color number for edge profile4 Paint color number for column5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.User sideRight-hand UnitOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateEdge• Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Support column• Paint No cost Select paint color number for supportcolumn.• Polished Chrome +$163 Specify with 9201 Polished Chromesupport column.Tip: You can specify only onetype of cable-managementoption on a worksurface.Tip: If a plastic color is notspecified for a grommet withcolor choices, 6000 Blackplastic will be provided.WCableThree-piece grommetManagement • Centered on depth: plastic +$ 41 Specify with 9E91S01 and select plasticcPage E32color number.SupportsSpecification Information4"-square grommet• Centered on depth: black +$ 41 Specify with 9WWTPC.plastic onlyPanel-supported application• Side-support bracket• CantileversDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W L dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStainLeft-Hand Units25" 25" 42 1 ⁄2" 9WSL25L $1376 +$14d d d dcPage E71cPage C170Wood SelectionsProductsWLDRight-Hand Units25" 25" 42 1 ⁄2" 9WSR25L $1376 +$14d d d dDLEdge Profile LocationSeries 9000 Specification GuideE123

Laminate Scoop Top WorksurfacesDoubleBullnoseDStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyUser sideLeft-hand UnitcNeed help?Product details,page E16• Worksurface: laminate• Height-adjustable support column:all paint price groups• Double bullnose edge profile: wood1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Wood color number for edge profile4 Paint color number for column5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.User sideRight-hand UnitOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateEdge• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Support column• Paint No cost Select paint color number for supportcolumn.• Polished Chrome +$163 Specify with 9201 Polished Chromesupport column.Tip: You can specify only onetype of cable-managementoption on a worksurface.CableThree-piece grommetManagement • Centered on depth: plastic +$ 41 Specify with 9E91SC1 and select plasticcPage E32color number.Tip: If a plastic color is notspecified for a grommet withcolor choices, 6000 Blackplastic will be provided.Supports4"-square grommet• Centered on depth: black +$ 41 Specify with 9WWTPC.plastic onlyPanel-supported application• Side-support bracket• CantileverscPage E71cPage C170Worksurface-supported application• Flush-mount bracketcPage E71Edge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E124Series 9000 Specification Guide

Laminate Scoop TopWorksurfacesWLDSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W L dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStainLeft-Hand Units25" 42" 49 3 ⁄4" 9WSCL25L $1440 +$8d d d dDLWRight-Hand Units25" 42" 49 3 ⁄4" 9WSCR25L $1440 +$8d d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE125

Laminate Straight Transaction WorksurfacesDoubleBullnoseDcNeed help?Product details,page E20Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Attachment hardware: black paint only• Double bullnose edge profile: woodRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Wood color number for edge profile4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateEdge• Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStain12" 30" 9WTT30L $286 +$1412"D12" 35" 9WTT35L $306 +$1412" 36" 9WTT36L $314 +$1412" 42" 9WTT42L $335 +$1412" 45" 9WTT45L $353 +$1412" 60" 9WTT60L $436 +$2612" 65" 9WTT65L $454 +$2612" 70" 9WTT70L $472 +$2612" 75" 9WTT75L $491 +$2612" 90" 9WTT90L $565 +$26d d d dEdge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E126Series 9000 Specification Guide

Laminate Curved-Front Transaction WorksurfacesDoubleBullnoseDLaminateCurved-FrontTransactionWorksurfacescNeed help?Product details,page E20Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Attachment hardware: black paint only• Double bullnose edge profile: woodRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Wood color number for edge profile4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateEdge• Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStain9" 30" 9WCT30L $403 +$ 89" 35" 9WCT35L $416 +$ 89" 42" 9WCT42L $436 +$ 89" 45" 9WCT45L $479 +$ 89" 60" 9WCT60L $567 +$14d d d dWood SelectionsProductsEdge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE127

Worksurface SupportsLaminate Panel-Supported End PanelsStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifycNeed help? • End panel: laminate 1 Style numberProduct details,2 Laminate color number for end panelpage E22 cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: These end panels arefor use at panel seam only.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceEnd PanelMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d dLeft-Hand End Panel25" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9EPLH25L $33930" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9EPLH30L $377d d dRight-Hand End Panel25" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9EPRH25L $33930" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9EPRH30L $377d d dLaminate T-Shape End PanelStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifycNeed help? • T-shaped end panel support: laminate 1 Style numberProduct details,2 Laminate color numberpage E17 cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Unit must be connectedto a bridge, return, or adjoiningworksurface to form anL- or U-shaped configurationand to provide stability.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceEnd PanelMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateSpecification InformationDDepth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d30" 9EPT30L $75135" 9EPT35L $798d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E128Series 9000 Specification Guide

Worksurface SupportsSupport ColumnStandard Includes• Support column: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for support column3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Polished Chrome +$163 Specify with 9201 Polished ChromeMaterialssupport column.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dDiameter Height dNumber dPriced d d4" 26 1 ⁄2" 9E91783 $542d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE129

Laminate Freestanding Desk ShellsDoubleBullnoseDcNeed help?Product details,page E24Standard Includes• Worksurface with end panels and flush back panel:laminate• Double bullnose front-edge profile: wood• Quick-lock assembly hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Color number for laminate3 Wood color number for edge profile4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateFront edge profile• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Lock • Lock face ring with plastic +$191 Add suffix L to style number and specifyplug to accommodate locklock cylinder and key separately.cylinder cSee Lock Cylinders, page J3.Tip: 9201 Polished Chrome lock isstandard. If you want an alternative lockcolor, use the option below.Alternative lock face ring color on worksurface with locks• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Tip: Pedestals may blockaccess to grommets.Tip:You can specify only onetype of cable-managementoption on a worksurface.Tip: On shells with recessedback panels, you can’t specifythree-piece rear grommets,4"-square grommets, orchannel grommet.CableThree-piece grommetsManagement • Available on worksurfaces: +$ 41 Rear left: 9E91RL4 and color number.cPage E32 plastic each Rear right: 9E91RR6 and color number.Exception: Rear grommets areRear center: 9E91RC1 and color number.not available on worksurfacesCenter left: 9E91CL9 and color number.with recessed back panel.Center right: 9E91CR1 and color number.Tip: 6000 Black plastic will beCenter center: 9E91CC6 and colorprovided if no plastic color isnumber.specified.Front left: 9E91FL8 and color number.Front right: 9E91FR0 and color number.Front center: 9E91FC5 and colornumber.4"-square grommets• Available centered along back +$ 41Specify with 9WWTPC.edge of worksurface with flushback panel: black plastic only• Available left- and right-hand +$ 82 Specify with 9WWTPLR.side of worksurface with flushback panel: black plastic onlyChannel grommet• Available on back of +$411 Specify with 9WWTPF.worksurface with flush backpanel: black plastic onlyRecessed • Back panel recessed on No cost Specify with recessed back panel.Back Panel 30"D and 35"D desk shellsEdge Profile LocationCable- • With shortened back panel +$ 20 Specify with cable-management backManagement for cable management panel.Back PanelcPage E24Related • Pedestals cPage E146Products • Worksurface accessories cPage E162• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E130Series 9000 Specification Guide

Laminate FreestandingDesk ShellsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStain30" 60" 9WFS3060L $1837 +$1430" 65" 9WFS3065L $1897 +$1430" 70" 9WFS3070L $1974 +$1430" 75" 9WFS3075L $2111 +$1435" 70" 9WFS3570L $2238 +$1435" 75" 9WFS3575L $2393 +$14d d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE131

Laminate Return ShellsDoubleBullnoseDcNeed help?Product details,page E24Standard Includes• Worksurface with left-hand end panel, right-hand fillerpanel, and flush back panel: laminate• Double bullnose front-edge profile: wood• Flush-mount bracket: black paint only• Quick-lock assembly hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Color number for laminate3 Wood color number for edge profile4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Left-hand units arestandard. Right-hand unitsare specified as an option.cSee End PanelsTransposed option belowOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateFront edge profile• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Lock • Lock face ring with plastic +$191 Add suffix L to style number and specifyplug to accommodate locklock cylinder and key separately.cylinder cSee Lock Cylinders, page J3.Tip: 9201 Polished Chrome lock isstandard. If you want an alternative lockcolor, use the option below.Alternative lock face ring color on worksurface with locks• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Tip: Pedestals may blockaccess to grommets.cPage E32Tip:You can specify only onetype of cable-managementoption on a worksurface.CableThree-piece grommetsManagement • Available on worksurfaces: +$ 41 Rear left: 9E91RL4 and color number.cPage E32 plastic each Rear right: 9E91RR6 and color number.Tip: 6000 Black plastic will beRear center: 9E91RC1 and color number.provided if no plastic color isCenter left: 9E91CL9 and color number.specified.Center right: 9E91CR1 and color number.Center center: 9E91CC6 and colornumber.Front left: 9E91FL8 and color number.Front right: 9E91FR0 and color number.Front center: 9E91FC5 and colornumber.4"-square grommets• Available centered along back +$ 41Specify with 9WWTPC.edge of worksurface with flushback panel: black plastic only• Available left- and right-hand +$ 82 Specify with 9WWTPLR.side of worksurface with flushback panel: black plastic onlyChannel grommet• Available on back of +$411 Specify with 9WWTPF.worksurface with flush backpanel: black plastic onlyEnd Panels • Right-hand end panel and No cost Specify with end panel right.Transposed left-hand filler panelEdge Profile LocationCable- • With shortened back panel +$ 20 Specify with cable-management backManagement for cable management panel.Back PanelcPage E24Related • Pedestals cPage E146Products • Worksurface accessories cPage E162• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E132Series 9000 Specification Guide

Laminate Return ShellsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStain25" 45" 9WRS2545L $1330 +$ 825" 60" 9WRS2560L $1491 +$1430" 45" 9WRS3045L $1440 +$ 830" 60" 9WRS3060L $1610 +$14d d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE133

Laminate Bridge ShellsDoubleBullnoseDcNeed help?Product details,page E24Standard Includes• Worksurface with flush back panel: laminate• Double bullnose front-edge profile: wood• Two flush-mount brackets: black paint only• Quick-lock assembly hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Color number for laminate3 Wood color number for edge profile4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: When attaching abridge shell to freestandingcorner worksurface, anadditional bracket kit isrequired. Order Y55088bracket kit for installation.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateFront edge profile• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Tip:You can specify only onetype of cable-managementoption on a worksurface.CableThree-piece grommetsManagement • Available on worksurfaces: +$ 41 Rear left: 9E91RL4 and color number.cPage E32 plastic each Rear right: 9E91RR6 and color number.Tip: 6000 Black plastic will beRear center: 9E91RC1 and color number.provided if no plastic color isCenter left: 9E91CL9 and color number.specified.Center right: 9E91CR1 and color number.Center center: 9E91CC6 and colornumber.Front left: 9E91FL8 and color number.Front right: 9E91FR0 and color number.Front center: 9E91FC5 and colornumber.4"-square grommets• Available centered along back +$ 41Specify with 9WWTPC.edge of worksurface with flushback panel: black plastic only• Available left- and right-hand +$ 82 Specify with 9WWTPLR.side of worksurface with flushback panel: black plastic onlyChannel grommet• Available on back of +$411 Specify with 9WWTPF.worksurface with flush backpanel: black plastic onlyCable • With shortened back panel +$ 20 Specify with cable-management backManagement for cable management panel.Back PanelcPage E24Related • Worksurface accessories cPage E162Products • Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage F38Edge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E134Series 9000 Specification Guide

Laminate Bridge ShellsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStain25" 45" 9WBS2545L $1009 +$830" 45" 9WBS3045L $1097 +$8d d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE135

Laminate Credenza ShellsDoubleBullnoseDcNeed help?Product details,page E24Standard Includes• Worksurface with two end panels, and flush backpanel: laminate• Double bullnose front-edge profile: wood• Quick-lock assembly hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Color number for laminate3 Wood color number for edge profile4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateFront edge profile• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Lock • Lock face ring with plastic +$191 Add suffix L to style number and specifyplug to accommodate locklock cylinder and key separately.cylinder cSee Lock Cylinders, page J3.Tip: 9201 Polished Chrome lock isstandard. If you want an alternative lockcolor, use the option below.Alternative lock face ring color on worksurface with locks• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Tip: Pedestals, towers, andspanner tackboards or woodveneer panel may blockaccess to grommets.cPage E32Tip:You can specify only onetype of cable-managementoption on a worksurface.CableThree-piece grommetsManagement • Available on worksurfaces: +$ 41 Rear left: 9E91RL4 and color number.cPage E32 plastic each Rear right: 9E91RR6 and color number.Tip: 6000 Black plastic will beRear center: 9E91RC1 and color number.provided if no plastic color isCenter left: 9E91CL9 and color number.specified.Center right: 9E91CR1 and color number.Center center: 9E91CC6 and colornumber.Front left: 9E91FL8 and color number.Front right: 9E91FR0 and color number.Front center: 9E91FC5 and colornumber.4"-square grommets• Available centered along back +$ 41Specify with 9WWTPC.edge of worksurface with flushback panel: black plastic only• Available left- and right-hand +$ 82 Specify with 9WWTPLR.side of worksurface with flushback panel: black plastic onlyChannel grommet• Available on back of +$411 Specify with 9WWTPF.worksurface with flush backpanel: black plastic onlyCable- • With shortened back panel +$ 20 Specify with cable-management backManagement for cable management panel.Back PanelcPage E24Edge Profile LocationRelated • Pedestals cPage E146Products • Worksurface accessories cPage E162• Worksurface wiring and cablingcPage F38For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E136Series 9000 Specification Guide

Laminate Credenza ShellsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStain25" 75" 9WCS2575L $1972 +$1425" 90" 9WCS2590L $2331 +$1430" 60" 9WCS3060L $1837 +$1430" 70" 9WCS3070L $1974 +$1430" 75" 9WCS3075L $2111 +$1430" 90" 9WCS3090L $2549 +$14d d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE137

Laminate Freestanding Corner Worksurface ShellsDoubleBullnoseDcNeed help?Product details,page E24Standard Includes• Worksurface with two end panels, and two flush backpanels: laminate• Double bullnose front-edge profile: woodRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Color number for laminate3 Wood color number for edge profile4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateFront edge profile• Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.CableThree-piece grommetManagement • Available on worksurfaces: +$41 Center: 9E91C2 and color number.cPage E32 plastic Front: 9E91RC2 and color number.Tip: 6000 Black plastic will beprovided if no plastic color isspecified.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStainWith 10"H Back Panels25" 45" 9WFC2510L $2794 +$830" 45" 9WFC3010L $2864 +$8d d d dWith 27"H Back Panels25" 45" 9WFC2545L $2337 +$830" 45" 9WFC3045L $2407 +$8d d d dEdge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E138Series 9000 Specification Guide

Laminate Freestanding Cornerstone Worksurface ShellsDoubleBullnoseDLaminateFreestandingCornerstoneWorksurfaceShellscNeed help?Product details,page E24Standard Includes• Worksurface with two end panels, and two flush backpanels: laminate• Double bullnose front-edge profile: woodRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Color number for laminate3 Wood color number for edge profile4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateFront edge profile• Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.CableThree-piece grommetManagement • Available on worksurfaces: +$41 Center: 9E91C2 and color number.cPage E32plasticTip: 6000 Black plastic will beprovided if no plastic color isspecified.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStainWith 10"H Back Panels25" 45" 9WFCS2510L $2898 +$830" 45" 9WFCS3010L $2955 +$8d d d dWith 27"H Back Panels25" 45" 9WFCS2545L $2441 +$830" 45" 9WFCS3045L $2498 +$8d d d dWood SelectionsProductsEdge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE139

Shell ComponentsLaminate Freestanding End PanelsStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifycNeed help? • End panel: laminate 1 Style numberProduct details,2 Laminate color number for end panelpage E26 cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: These end panels areused in desk, return, andcredenza shell buildups only.cPage E26Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceEnd panelMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dFor Use with 10"H Back PanelsLeft-Hand End Panel for Use with Flush Back Panel15" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPL1510L $20325" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPL2510L $27930" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPL3010L $30135" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPL3510L $348Right-Hand End Panel for Use with Flush Back Panel15" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPR1510L $20325" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPR2510L $27930" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPR3010L $30135" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPR3510L $348d d dcSpecification Information continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E140Series 9000 Specification Guide

Shell ComponentscSpecification Information, continuedSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dFor Use with 27"H Back PanelsLeft-Hand End Panel for Use with Flush Back Panel15" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPLH15L $20325" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPLH25L $27930" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPLH30L $30135" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPLH35L $348Right-Hand End Panel for Use with Flush Back Panel15" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPRH15L $20325" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPRH25L $27930" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPRH30L $30135" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FEPRH35L $348Left-Hand End Panel for Use with Recessed Back Panel15" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9REPLH15L $20330" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9REPLH30L $30135" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9REPLH35L $348Right-Hand End Panel for Use with Recessed Back Panel15" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9REPRH15L $20330" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9REPRH30L $30135" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9REPRH35L $348d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification Guide cShell Components, continued E141

Shell Components, continuedLaminate Filler PanelsTip: These filler panels areused in return shell buildupsonly. They must be used witha back panel; either flush orrecessed.Tip: Left and right is specifiedin relation to a usersitting at the desk.Standard IncludesRequired to SpecifycNeed help? • Filler panel: laminate 1 Style numberProduct details,2 Laminate color numberpage E26 cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceFiller panelMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateSpecification InformationDBack Panel DFiller Panel DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dPosition dLocation dD W H dNumber dPriced d d d dFor Use with 10"H Back PanelsFlush back panel Left-hand side 5" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FP510FLL $73Flush back panel Right-hand side 5" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FP510FRL $73d d d d dFor Use with 27"H Back PanelsFlush back panel Left-hand side 5" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FP5FLL $73Flush back panel Right-hand side 5" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FP5FRL $73Recessed back panel Left-hand side 5" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FP5FRL $73Recessed back panel Right-hand side 5" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9FP5FLL $73d d d d dLaminate Center-Support PanelStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifycNeed help? • Center support: laminate 1 Style numberProduct details, • Attachment hardware 2 Laminate color number for centerpageE26support panelcSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceCenter support panelMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.15" 1 1 ⁄4" 27" 9CS15L $203d d dE142Series 9000 Specification Guide

Shell ComponentsLaminate Back PanelsStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifycNeed help? • Back panel: laminate 1 Style numberProduct details,2 Laminate color numberpage E263 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: These back panels areused in shell buildups.cPage E26Tip: The 10"H back panelcannot be recessed.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceBack panelMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateCable • With shortened back panel +$20 Add suffix CM to the style number.Management for cable managementBack Panel*Back panels for use withbridge shell buildups arethe same width as theworksurface and ship withZ-bracket attachment hardwareto connect to the endpanels on adjacent deskshells, credenza shells, orT-shaped and ExtendedT-shaped end panels.Specification InformationDWidth DFits DStyle DU.S.d dWorksurface dNumber dBased dWidth d dPriced d d d10"H Back PanelsFor Use with Desk, Return, and Credenza Shell Buildups39 1 ⁄2" 42" 9BP4210L $47142 1 ⁄2" 45" 9BP4510L $51557 1 ⁄2" 60" 9BP6010L $60462 1 ⁄2" 65" 9BP6510L $62667 1 ⁄2" 70" 9BP7010L $66072 1 ⁄2" 75" 9BP7510L $75387 1 ⁄2" 90" 9BP9010L $938For Use with Bridge Shell Buildups*45" 45" 9BPB4510L $494d d d d27"H Back PanelsFor Use with Desk, Return, and Credenza Shell Buildups39 1 ⁄2" 42" 9BP42L $47142 1 ⁄2" 45" 9BP45L $51557 1 ⁄2" 60" 9BP60L $60462 1 ⁄2" 65" 9BP65L $62667 1 ⁄2" 70" 9BP70L $66072 1 ⁄2" 75" 9BP75L $75387 1 ⁄2" 90" 9BP90L $938For Use with Bridge Shell Buildups*45" 45" 9BPB45L $547d d d dWood SelectionsProductsSeries 9000 Specification GuideE143

Laminate Mobile TableDoubleBullnoseDcNeed help?Product details,page E27Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Double bullnose edge profile: wood• Two legs with non-locking casters: black plastic• Two legs with adjustable glides: black plastic• Legs: black paint only• Casters: black plastic onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Wood color number for edge profile4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateEdge• Customiz stain on wood +$ 8 Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d d20" 42" 26 1 ⁄2" 9WMTL $1160d d dEdge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E144Series 9000 Specification Guide

Laminate Tether TableLaminate Tether TableStandard IncludesRequired to Specify44"24"cNeed help?Product details,page E28• Worksurface: laminate• Tethering bracket to link to adjacentsupport column: black paint only• Leg with casters: black paint only1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurfacecSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Place the entire tableunder the worksurfacebefore pivoting it into thedesired position to avoiddamage by the cantilever.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateRelated • Support column for attachment to cPage E129Productsadjacent worksurfaceSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d44" 24" 26" 9TTL $932d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE145

Laminate PedestalsContemporarycNeed help?Product details,page E36Standard Includes• Pedestal: laminate• Drawer fronts: wood veneer• Contemporary drawer pulls: black• Locking mechanism that ties into worksurface lock• One hanging file folder frame per file drawer:black plastic only• One partition per box drawer: black plastic only• One pencil tray per two box drawers: blackplastic onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for pedestal3 Wood veneer finish number for drawerfronts4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Materials • Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateDrawer fronts• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Contemporary drawer pull• Polished Chrome No cost Specify with contemporary pull E070and select 9201 Polished Chrome.• Silver No cost Specify with contemporary pull E070and select 9212 Silver.Tip: When you add morethan one suffix to stylenumber, always add the Lsuffix first.Lock • Lock face ring with plastic +$83 Add suffix L to style number and selectplug to accommodate lock9201 Polished Chrome or 9250 EmbercylinderChrome. Specify lock cylinder and keyseparately.cSee Lock Cylinders, page J3.Related • Panel-supported end panels cPage E128Products • Reference shelf cPage C157For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E146Series 9000 Specification Guide

Laminate PedestalsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStainTwo File Drawers19" 15" 27" 9FF19L $ 989 +$2024" 15" 27" 9FF24L $1083 +$2029" 15" 27" 9FF29L $1178 +$2024" 18" 27" 9FF1824L $1129 +$2029" 18" 27" 9FF1829L $1256 +$20d d d dTwo Box and One File Drawer19" 15" 27" 9BBF19L $1065 +$2024" 15" 27" 9BBF24L $1160 +$2029" 15" 27" 9BBF29L $1256 +$2024" 18" 27" 9BBF1824L $1236 +$2029" 18" 27" 9BBF1829L $1450 +$20d d d dHinged Door with Adjustable ShelfHinged Left19" 15" 27" 9SDPLHL $1016 +$20Hinged Right19" 15" 27" 9SDPRHL $1016 +$20d d d dTwo Doors with Adjustable Shelf19" 27 1 ⁄2" 27" 9DDPL $1400 +$20d d d dWood SelectionsProductsOpen Pedestal with Adjustable Shelf19" 27 1 ⁄2" 27" 9OP30L $1146 +$20d d d dTwo-Drawer Lateral File19" 30" 27" 9LF30L $1540 +$20d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE147

Laminate Freestanding Lateral FilesDoubleBullnoseDContemporaryStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: Front-edge profileoptions are not availableon four-drawer lateral filescNeed help?Product details,page E36• Two-drawer lateral file: laminate• Double bullnose front-edge profile (on two-drawerlateral file only): wood• Drawer fronts: wood• Contemporary drawer pulls: black• One hanging file folder frame per file drawer:black plastic only• Counterweight package1 Style number2 Laminate color number for lateral file3 Wood color number for edge profileand fronts4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Materials • Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate• Wood veneer drawer front Prices below Specify with wood drawer fronts.and select wood color number.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.drawer frontcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Customiz stain on wood edge Prices belowSpecify with Customiz stain.profile, if selectedcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Contemporary drawer pull• Polished Chrome No cost Specify with contemporary pull E070and select 9201 Polished Chrome.• Silver No cost Specify with contemporary pull E070and select 9212 Silver.Tip: Two-drawer lateral filesmust be ordered with the Lsuffix to receive a lockingmechanism.Tip: Four-drawer lateral filescome standard with a centrallocking mechanism.Lock • Lock face ring with plastic +$83 Add suffix L to style number and specifyplastic pluglock cylinder and key separately.cSee Lock Cylinders, page J3.Related • Worksurfaces for use above cPage E158Products50 1 ⁄2"H lateral filesSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W H dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomiz dCustomizd d d dStain on dStain ond d d dWood dWoodd d d dDrawer dEdged d d dFront dWith Two File Drawers25" 30" 28 1 ⁄2" 9FLF30L $2165 +$20 +$8d d d d dWith Four File Drawers25" 30" 50 1 ⁄2" 9LF4L $1630 +$50 N.A.d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E148Series 9000 Specification Guide

Laminate Mobile PedestalLaminateMobile PedestalContemporarycNeed help?Product details,page E38Standard Includes• Mobile pedestal: laminate• Drawer fronts:wood veneer• Contemporary drawer pulls: black• One hanging file folder frame per file drawer:black plastic only• One partition per box drawer: black plastic only• Four non-locking casters: black plastic only• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9250 Ember ChromeRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for mobilepedestal3 Wood veneer color for drawer front4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Materials • Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateDrawer fronts• Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Contemporary drawer pull• Polished Chrome No cost Specify with contemporary pull E070and select 9201 Polished Chrome.• Silver No cost Specify with contemporary pull E070and select 9212 Silver.Lock • Polished Chrome No cost Specify with 9201 Polished Chrome.Seat Top • Seat top for use on mobile +$176 Add suffix S to style number and specifypedestals (fabric price group 1) fabric color number.Upholstery• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 26 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 55 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 60 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 83 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$119 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$140 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$206 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$263 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$321 Specify fabric color number.• Leather price group +$329 Specify leather color number.cSee Surface Materials, page H4.• Customer’s own material +$ 25 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.(COM) or Customer’s ownleather (COL)Wood SelectionsProductsRelated • Panel-supported end panels cPage E128Products • Reference shelf cPage C157Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStain19" 15 1 ⁄2" 26" 9ESMPL $1314 +$20d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE149

Laminate Overhead Storage ShelvescNeed help?Product details,page E40Standard Includes• Shelf: laminate• Two grommets: black plastic only• Attachment hardware for shelf light: blackpaint only• Attachment hardware: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for shelfcSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceShelfMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateTip: Horizontal wall-mountingtracks for shelves will bevisible unless the shelf isfilled with binders and otherobjects. Horizontal wallmountingtracks will positionstorage unit 3 ⁄4" away fromthe wall.Related • Wall channels cPage E160Products • Vertical attachment rails cPage E161• LightingcPage G1• Vertical wire managerscPage G10Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d14 1 ⁄4" 30" 9 3 ⁄4" 9SS3014L $37214 1 ⁄4" 35" 9 3 ⁄4" 9SS3514L $39914 1 ⁄4" 36" 9 3 ⁄4" 9SS3614L $40614 1 ⁄4" 42" 9 3 ⁄4" 9SS4214L $41614 1 ⁄4" 45" 9 3 ⁄4" 9SS4514L $44414 1 ⁄4" 60" 9 3 ⁄4" 9SS6014L $51315 3 ⁄4" 30" 9 3 ⁄4" 9SS3015L $37215 3 ⁄4" 35" 9 3 ⁄4" 9SS3515L $39915 3 ⁄4" 36" 9 3 ⁄4" 9SS3615L $40615 3 ⁄4" 42" 9 3 ⁄4" 9SS4215L $41615 3 ⁄4" 45" 9 3 ⁄4" 9SS4515L $44415 3 ⁄4" 60" 9 3 ⁄4" 9SS6015L $513d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E150Series 9000 Specification Guide

Laminate OverheadStorage ShelvesWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE151

Laminate Overhead Storage CabinetsTip: Overhead storage cabinetswith two doors haveone lock. Cabinets withthree or more doors havetwo locks.cNeed help?Product details,page E40Standard Includes• Overhead storage cabinet: laminate• Doors: wood• Two grommets: black plastic only• Attachment hardware for shelf light:black paint only• Attachment hardware: black paint only• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder, if selected: 9201 Polished ChromeRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for overheadstorage cabinet3 Wood color number for wood doors4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Materials • Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateDoors• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.LockAlternative lock face ring color• Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Grommets • Round grommet: black +$42 Left: specify with 9E91AMBL.cPage E32 plastic only each Right: specify with 9E91AMBR.Related • Flush horizontal wall-mounting tracks cPage E160Products • Vertical attachment rails cPage E161• LightingcPage G1• Vertical wire managerscPage G10For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E152Series 9000 Specification Guide

Laminate OverheadStorage CabinetsSpecification InformationDDimensions DNumber DNumber dStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dof Doors dof Locks dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d d d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d d dd d d d d dCustomizd d d d d dStainWithout Lock16 1 ⁄2" 30" 16 1 ⁄2" 2 N.A. 9SB3016L $ 993 +$2016 1 ⁄2" 35" 16 1 ⁄2" 2 N.A. 9SB3516L $1195 +$2016 1 ⁄2" 36" 16 1 ⁄2" 2 N.A. 9SB3616L $1255 +$2016 1 ⁄2" 42" 16 1 ⁄2" 3 N.A. 9SB4216L $1337 +$2016 1 ⁄2" 45" 16 1 ⁄2" 3 N.A. 9SB4516L $1409 +$3416 1 ⁄2" 60" 16 1 ⁄2" 4 N.A. 9SB6016L $1690 +$34d d d d d dWith Lock16 1 ⁄2" 30" 16 1 ⁄2" 2 1 9SB3016LL $1070 +$2016 1 ⁄2" 35" 16 1 ⁄2" 2 1 9SB3516LL $1271 +$2016 1 ⁄2" 36" 16 1 ⁄2" 2 1 9SB3616LL $1331 +$2016 1 ⁄2" 42" 16 1 ⁄2" 3 2 9SB4216LL $1490 +$2016 1 ⁄2" 45" 16 1 ⁄2" 3 2 9SB4516LL $1561 +$3416 1 ⁄2" 60" 16 1 ⁄2" 4 2 9SB6016LL $1842 +$34d d d d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE153

Laminate Service ModulesTip: Worksurface to undersideof service module is22 1 ⁄2"H and allows for largermonitors or computerscreens.cNeed help?Product details,page E42Standard Includes• Service module: laminate• Doors: wood• Two grommets: black plastic only• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Finished back• Attachment hardware for shelf light:black paint only• Two vertical wire managers: black plastic only• Attachment hardware: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for servicemodule3 Wood color number for wood doors4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceService moduleMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateDoors• Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Related • Tackboards cPage E162Products • Lighting cPage G1Specification InformationDDimensions DNumber DNumber DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W dof Doors dof Locks dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d d d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d d dd d d d d dCustomizd d d d d dStain15 1 ⁄8" 60' 4 2 9SM1660L $3152 +$3415 1 ⁄8" 70" 4 2 9SM1670L $3480 +$3415 1 ⁄8" 75" 5 3 9SM1675L $3726 +$3415 1 ⁄8" 90" 6 3 9SM1690L $4219 +$34d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E154Series 9000 Specification Guide

Laminate Service Modules with OrganizersLaminateService Moduleswith OrganizersTip: Standard ElectiveElements tackboards canbe used on these servicemodules.cNeed help?Product details,page E42Standard Includes• Service module: laminate• Doors: wood• Two grommets: black plastic only• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Finished back• Attachment hardware for shelf light:black paint only• Two vertical wire managers: black plastic only• Attachment hardware: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for servicemodule3 Wood color number for wood doors4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceService moduleMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate• Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Tip: Size of space in thecenter to accommodateshelf light is limited byextended cabinet units oneach side. Use 24 5 ⁄8"W orless wide shelf light with60"W and 70"W servicemodules with organizers.Use 36"W or less wideshelf light with 75"W and90"W service moduleswith organizers.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock..Related • Tackboards cPage E162Products • Lighting cPage G1Specification InformationDDimensions DNumber DNumber DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dof Doors dof Locks dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d d d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d d dd d d d d dCustomizd d d d d dStain15 1 ⁄8" 60" 36 1 ⁄2" 4 2 9SM01660L $3792 +$3415 1 ⁄8" 70" 36 1 ⁄2" 4 2 9SM01670L $4008 +$3415 1 ⁄8" 75" 36 1 ⁄2" 5 3 9SM01675L $4200 +$3415 1 ⁄8" 90" 36 1 ⁄2" 6 4 9SM01690L $5069 +$34d d d d d dWood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE155

Laminate Vertical CabinetsContemporarycNeed help?Product details,page E44Standard Includes• Vertical cabinet: laminate• Drawer and cabinet door fronts: wood• Finished back• Contemporary pulls: black• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Self-closing hinges on doors• Two rails per file drawer: black onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for cabinet3 Wood color number for wood doors4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page J3Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceCabinetMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateDoors• Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.and at rightcSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Contemporary drawer pull• Polished Chrome No cost Specify with contemporary pull E070and select 9201 Polished Chrome.• Silver No cost Specify with contemporary pull E070and select 9212 Silver.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Polished Chrome No cost Specify with 9201 Polished Chrome lock.Specification InformationDDimensions DNumber DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dof Shelves dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d dd d d d dCustomizd d d d dStainWith Two File Drawers Below and Open Storage Above25" 30" 50 1 ⁄2" 1 fixed, 1 adjustable 9VOSF50LL $2446 +$5025" 30" 65" 1 fixed, 2 adjustable 9VOSF65LL $3085 +$50d d d d dF = Fixed shelfFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E156Series 9000 Specification Guide

LaminateVertical CabinetsSpecification InformationDDimensions DNumber DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W H dof Shelves dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d dd d d d dCustomizd d d d dStainWith Two File Drawers Below and Closed Storage Above25" 30" 50 1 ⁄2" 1 fixed, 1 adjustable 9VDD50L $2993 +$5025" 30" 65" 1 fixed, 2 adjustable 9VDD65L $3347 +$50d d d d dWith Four File Drawers Below and Closed Storage Above25" 30" 65" 1 fixed 9V4DF2D65L $3363 +$50d d d d dWith Full Storage25" 30" 50 1 ⁄2" 2 fixed, 2 adjustable 9VFS50L $2985 +$5025" 30" 65" 2 fixed, 3 adjustable 9VFS65L $3031 +$50d d d d dWith Wardrobe Storage with Full Coat Rod25" 30" 65" N.A. 9VCR65L $2730 +$50d d d d dWood SelectionsProductsWith Shelves Right and Wardrobe Storage Left25" 30" 65" 2 fixed, 3 adjustable 9VSR65L $2798 +$50d d d d dWith Shelves Left and Wardrobe Storage Right25" 30" 65" 2 fixed, 3 adjustable 9VSL65L $2798 +$50d d d d dF = Fixed shelfSeries 9000 Specification GuideE157

Laminate Worksurfaces for Use Above50 1 ⁄2"H Vertical Cabinets and Lateral FileDoubleBullnoseDcNeed help?Product details,page E45Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Double bullnose front-edge profile: wood• Non-lockingRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number3 Wood color number for front-edge profilecSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateEdge• Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Related • 50 1 ⁄2"H vertical cabinets cPage E156ProductsSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomizd d d dStain25" 30 1 ⁄16" 9W1VCL $ 356 +$ 825" 60 1 ⁄8" 9W2VCL $ 535 +$1425" 90 3 ⁄16" 9W3VCL $1073 +$14d d d dEdge Profile LocationFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E158Series 9000 Specification Guide

Laminate BookcasesLaminate BookcasescNeed help?Product details,page E46Standard Includes• Bookcase: laminate• Finished backRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color numbercSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Materials • Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateSpecification InformationDDimensions DNumber DStyle DU.S.dD W H dof Shelves dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d d15" 30" 45" 2 fixed, 1 adjustable 9BC3045L $226515" 30" 65" 2 fixed, 3 adjustable 9BC3065L $2522d d d dWood SelectionsProductsF = Fixed shelfFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE159

Storage Brackets and Storage AccessoriesWall ChannelscNeed help?Product details,page C63Standard Includes• Two wall channels: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for channelscSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDHeight DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d53" 98718 $8065" 98719 $8075" 98720 $80d d dHorizontal Wall-Mounting TracksStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifycNeed help? • Pair of mounting tracks: black paint only Style numberProduct details, • Attachment hardwarepage E41Tip: For use with wood andlaminate overhead storagecabinets only. Horizontalwall-mounting tracks willposition storage unit flushto the wall.Specification InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d dFlush Horizontal Wall-Mounting Tracks30" E69931F $ 9235" E69948F $10536" E69955F $11242" E69962F $12645" E69979F $13260" E69986F $171d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E160Series 9000 Specification Guide

Storage Brackets andStorage AccessoriesVertical Attachment RailcNeed help?Product details,page C61Standard Includes• Rail: all paint price groups• Rail cover: plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for rail3 Plastic color number for rail covercSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDHeight DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d25" GSCAVS9 $125d d dTip: Used to attachstorage bins and shelvesto Technology Wall.Wood SelectionsProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideE161

Worksurface AccessoriesWood Center DrawerStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifycNeed help? • Non-locking center drawer: wood 1 Style numberProduct details, • Mounting frame: black paint only 2 Wood color number for center drawerpage E303 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Dimensions given areoutside dimensions.For inside dimensions:cPage E30Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Customiz stain on wood No cost Specify with Customiz stain.MaterialscSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d23" 21 1 ⁄4" 2 1 ⁄4" 9WCDRW $419d d dService Module TackboardsFor Use with Service ModulesStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifycNeed help? • Tackboard: vertical surface fabric price group 1 1 Style numberProduct details, • Attachment hardware 2 Fabric color numberpage C583 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Tackboards larger than60"W are shipped in twopieces.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceTackboardMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 14 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 75 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$102 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$165 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 22 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualto specify.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dW H dNumber dBased d dPriced d d60" 26 3 ⁄4" 9FTB60 $25270" 26 3 ⁄4" 9FTB70 $28675" 26 3 ⁄4" 9FTB75 $30490" 26 3 ⁄4" 9FTB90 $354d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.E162Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wiring and CablingStatement of LineF2UnderstandingF5SpecifyingF37All Steelcase electricalsystems are designed incompliance with theNational Electrical Code(NEC) to function as amultiwire branch circuit.Installations should bemade in accordance withthe NEC provisions formultiwire branch circuits.Local electrical codes vary.Consult a qualified electricalcontractor or engineer forthe proper installation ofelectrical equipment.Wiring & CablingSeries 9000 Specification GuideF1

Wiring and CablingStatement of LineEnhanced TRI PanelsUnderstandingcPage B8SpecifyingcPages B30–B37FillersUnderstandingcPage B14SpecifyingcPages B49–B57Base Power-InsUnderstandingcPage F24SpecifyingcPage B65Base Fiber-InsUnderstandingcPage F25SpecifyingcPage B67Power Poles andCable PolesUnderstandingcPage F26SpecifyingcPage B68PowerwaysUnderstandingcPage F28SpecifyingcPage B69Panel-to-PanelConnectorUnderstandingcPage F29SpecifyingcPage B70Power Base CoversUnderstandingcPage F30SpecifyingcPage B70ReceptaclesUnderstandingcPage F30SpecifyingcPage B72Power SphereUnderstandingcPage F32SpecifyingcPage F38Power andCommunication SphereUnderstandingcPage F32SpecifyingcPage F39Communication SphereUnderstandingcPage F32SpecifyingcPage F39Round Power andCommunication PortUnderstandingcPage F32SpecifyingcPage F40Cable and Fiber ReelUnderstandingcPage F34SpecifyingcPage F40Termination PlateUnderstandingcPage F35SpecifyingcPage F41Vertical Wire ManagersUnderstandingcPage G10SpecifyingcPage G24Canopy LightsUnderstandingcPages G7–G8SpecifyingcPages G12–G14Shelf LightsUnderstandingcPage G8SpecifyingcPages G18–G23Grommet ReceptacleUnderstandingcPage F10SpecifyingcPage F38F2Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wiring and CablingStatement of LinePanel-SupportedReceptacleUnderstandingcPage F11SpecifyingcPage B73Power StripUnderstandingcPage F11SpecifyingcPage B73Cord ReelUnderstandingcPage F11SpecifyingcPage F41Cable Storage TrayUnderstandingcPage F11SpecifyingcPage F41Wiring & CablingSeries 9000 Specification GuideF3

F4Series 9000 Specification Guide

UnderstandingWiring and CablingWorksurface and StorageWiring and Cabling Components:What Works Where?Grommet adapter plate •Grommet receptacle • •Power and communicationspheres and port • •Cable and fiber reel • • •Termination plate • • •Cord reel • • •Cable storage tray • • •Wire guide clip • • •Power strip • • •Clear-access end panel andservice module duplexcable grommetService module end panelreceptacleConventionalOptions••Wood SelectionsWiring and Cabling OverviewInterfaceDistributionAccess and StorageApplication TopicsSteps to Plan an Electrical NetworkSteps to Specify Powered Panels with Different Surface MaterialsCircuit ChoicesCircuit SpecificationsHow to Calculate Power NeedsSpecial Requirements for ChicagoSpecial Requirements for New York CitySpecial Requirements for Los AngelesUnderstanding Building WiringCable Capacities of Enhanced PanelsUnderstanding Panel Wiring and CablingBase Power-InsBase Fiber-InsPower Poles and Cable PolesPowerwaysBase Covers and ReceptaclesUnderstanding Worksurface Wiring and CablingPower and Communication Spheres and PortCable and Fiber ReelTermination PlateF6F8F10F12F13F14F15F16F17F18F19F20F22F24F25F26F28F30F32F34F35Wiring & CablingSeries 9000 Specification GuideF5

Wiring and Cabling Overview.InterfaceInterface refers to thepoint at which the utilities(electrical and cables) foryour panel installationconnect with the building’spower and communications.Power poles routebuilding power and cablesfrom the ceiling throughthe panel to the powerwayin the panel base cavity.cPage F26Cable poles can beused to run communicationscables from the ceilingto the top or to the base ofa panel.cPage F26Base power-ins connectbuilding power from the wallor floor to a powerway inthe panel base.cPage F24Base fiber-in in enhancedpanels accommodates fiberopticcable routing.Fillers conceal cables andpower routed to the base ofthe panel.cPage B14.F6Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wiring and Cabling Overview.Product DetailsVertical post of enhancedpower and cable polesattaches to the top of an L-,T-, or X-filler. Power andcable poles must be usedwith fillers.cPage F26Ceiling attachment kit,which includes a stabilizer,secures the vertical post ofa power pole or cable poleto the suspended ceilinggrid. Junction box at thetop of the vertical post ishardwired to building power.The ceiling attachment kit isstandard with power andcable poles and can beinstalled on ceilings thatare up to 10'4"H.Inner sleeve in the powerpole separates power fromcommunications cables..Cut out in the side of thepole allows communicationcables to enter the cablespace in the top of a panel..ConnectionsPower harness of thepower pole has a flag connectorthat plugs into adesignated terminal oneither end of the powerwayin the panel base.Base power-ins supplybuilding power to a panelrun by connecting to thepowerway at one of thefull-function (green end)receptacle locations. Breakawaymodels are availablefor use in California.cPage F24Power poles and basepower-ins are connectedto building power by anelectrician in the field.Base fiber-in in enhancedpanels allows fiber-opticcables to enter the base ofpanels at an angle so thefiber-optic cable isn’t forcedto form a tight radius whichcould damage the cable.cPage F25.Application TopicsEnhanced power andcable poles cannot be usedin change-of-height applicationsthat require a backfiller.Steps to Plan anElectrical NetworkcPage F12TechnoLogical BinderForm number S2402..Wiring & CablingSeries 9000 Specification Guide cWiring and Cabling Overview, continued F7

Wiring and Cabling Overview, continued.DistributionDistribution refers to theway in which cords andcables pass from one placeto another through panel andworksurface components.Fillers conceal cablespassing from one panel toanother in same-height orchange-of-height applicationswhen panels are joined in90° configurations.Cable space under topcaps allows twelve 3 ⁄8"-diameter cables to be routedinside the tops of panels.Panel base coverconceals powerways. Basecavity is composed of twosections. The upper sectionallows routing of cables.The lower section is separateand allows distribution ofpower through the panelrun. If powerways are notspecified, both sections canbe used to route cables.Power or cable polebrings cables to top capor panel base.Enhanced TRI panelsprovide power and voice/data outlets at worksurfaceheight and cord and cablestorage in the lower portionof the panel.Panel boot at the base ofthe panel provides room forcable routing..F8Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wiring and Cabling Overview.Product DetailsTRI belt in enhanced TRIpanels is located just abovethe worksurface. It has aslot that allows cables topass directly from the worksurfaceto the panel withoutbeing seen.Powerways connectwithin panel base cavities toroute power through a clusterof workstations. Theyprovide terminals for receptacles,base power-ins, orharnesses. Powerways canbe factory or field installed.cPage F28Top cap filler concealscords when panels form anX-configuration.L- and T-base coverfillers conceal cords routedthrough the panel base inL- and T-configurations.cPage B14.Fillers route and concealcables in L-, T-, or X-configurations.cPage B14Tip: Panels must be thesame height for in-line cablerouting under the top cap.Knockouts are providedon fillers for change-ofheightapplications.Vertical wire managersattach at panel seams.They conceal task lightcords running to the worksurface,or cords runningbetween the worksurfaceand base receptacles.Plastic wire managers canbe cut to fit; fabric-wrappedwire managers must bespecified to fit.cPage G10.Grommets in worksurfaceshave removablecovers. They can be specifiedin several locations onstraight and corner worksurfacesor unit assemblies.cPage C44TRI panel harnesscan be used to bring powerfrom the green end of thepowerway vertically throughthe panel. Harness takes upa triplex opening in thepanel base.Tip: Desk-high power onboth sides of the panel usesboth triplex openings in thebase.cPage B8.ConnectionsPowerways can be joinedto form straight, L-, T-, orX-configurations. Power canbe extended to all panels ata junction, and cables maybe routed from one panel toany other panel..Curved panels cannothave receptacles, but powercan pass through them.Application TopicsSteps to Plan anElectrical NetworkcPage F12Circuit ChoicescPage F14Circuit SpecificationscPage F15How to CalculatePower NeedscPage F16Cable Capacities ofEnhanced PanelscPage F22.Wiring & CablingSeries 9000 Specification Guide cWiring and Cabling Overview, continued F9

Wiring and Cabling Overview, continued.Access and StorageAccess refers to the pointsat which you’ll place electricaloutlets so people canplug in equipment. Accessalso includes the linksbetween communicationand computer networks.Storage refers to the waysin which you manage excesslengths of cords and cables.Flexible corners at thetop of the panel allowcables to enter or exit theinterior of the panel.Grommet receptaclescan be used to provideaccess to power whereverthere is a grommet.Exception: Not available onOptions and WoodSelections.cPage F38Receptacles installedin the panel base provideaccess to power.TRI belt has scoredopenings for power orcommunications outlets atworksurface height.Enhanced TRI panel’slower section has cordand cable reels for storinglarge amounts of excesscords and cables.Knockouts for duplexsizevoice/data receptaclesare provided on panelbase covers..F10Series 9000 Specification Guide

Wiring and Cabling Overview.Product DetailsReceptacles for panelbase are available in standard-sizeor oversize withthree-circuit or four-circuits.cPage F30ReceptaclesFour receptacles can beinstalled per panel. Panelscan have two receptaclesper side: one standard-sizeand one oversize.Exception: 20"W panel hasa standard-size opening onone side and an oversizeopening on the other side.Four communicationknock-outs are availableon powered-panel basecovers. Install AMP FLEX-MODE or equivalentfaceplates.Tip: A full-height back panelwill block access tovoice/data knockouts onE9000 panel base.Curved panels cannothave receptacles, but powercan pass through them..Power strips provideadditional receptacles andcan be attached to theunderside of the worksurface.Line-conditionedversion is available.cPage B73Panel-supported receptaclewith 9' cord can beplaced at any height in thepanel’s slotted channel.cPage B73Cord reels, field installedunder the worksurface, takeup excess cord or cable.cPage F41Cable and fiber reelstores lengths of excessfiber-optic cable orconventional cables.cPage F34.Termination plateaccommodates the oversizedjunction boxes usedfor installation of fiber-opticcables.cPage F35Cable storage trays,field installed under theworksurface, hold cablesout of the way.cPage F41Wire guide clips haveadhesive backs to allowthem to stick anywhereunder a worksurface forrouting and managingcords..ConnectionsCords with three-prongplugs connect pull-upreceptacles and powerstrips to a panel basereceptacle. Versions thatallow hard-wiring to buildingpower are also available..Application TopicsChicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.cPages F17–F19.Wiring & CablingSeries 9000 Specification GuideF11

Steps to Plan an Electrical Network.There are four steps toplanning an electricalnetwork.1On a drawing of your panellayout, indicate where youwant receptacles.2Designate which circuit(1, 2, 3, or dedicated) youwant each receptacle tolink to.cFor more informationabout dedicated anddesignated circuits, seepage F14.3Determine how manypower-ins are needed tosupply enough power toeach cluster of workstations.cFor more informationabout calculating powerneeds, see page F16.4Indicate the position of eachbase power-in, power pole,or cable pole on your floorplan.You’re probably done.If, however, your layoutincludes panels withdifferent surface materialson the two panel surfaces,you may want to streamlinethe installation process byspecifying surface materialsin a special order.cSee the next page fordetails.1 21 21 21 21 2Base power-in3 1 1 3 2 13 13 13 13D 22 D2DDD 22 D2DD1 31 31 31 3 2 1332 1Division between separate power-ins22= Standard receptacle = Large or Standard receptacle2 12 1.F12Series 9000 Specification Guide

Steps to Specify Powered Panels withDifferent Surface MaterialsSteps to Specify PoweredPanels with DifferentSurface Materials.You can streamline theinstallation process whenusing different surfacematerials on each side ofthe panels by specifyingthe panel surfaces in order.Because powerways canbe reversed in the field,you can skip this process,but allow extra time forinstallation.1Complete the stepsdescribed on the previouspage, so you have a drawingof your installation withthe positions of power-insindicated.2Start with the powerwaythat connects to the powerinand use the letter “G” toindicate that this is the endof the powerway that iscolor coded green.3Continue by marking thegreen end of each powerwaywith letters. When assigningcolor codes, follow this rule:• There must be atleast one green endat each intersection.cPage F294Use a color marker toindicate the different surfacematerials of each panel.5Locate the side of eachpanel that has the green endof the powerway on the right.This is side one. Alwaysspecify the surface materialon side one of the panelfirst, then specify side two.6You may have panels thatare identical in everyrespect, except that thematerials for side one andside two are reversed. Theinstallers will be able tospeed up the installation byarranging these panels tomatch your layout withoutrearranging the powerways.2121G G G GGGGBase power-in21Base power-in21GGG G GGG GDivision between separate power-ins11G G G2 22G2111= Standard receptacle = Large or Standard receptacle1G G G2 2.Wiring & CablingSeries 9000 Specification GuideF13

Circuit ChoicesPowerways and Strategies for Using Them.Powerways added to thebase of panels allow you todistribute power whereverpanels go.Standard 3-circuit powerwayshave five wires—three hot wires carry power,one shared neutral completesthe circuit, and oneground for safety.All other powerwayshave eight wires.cSee page F15 for alternativewiring schematics..Three basic strategiescan be used to employ theavailable circuits.Circuit1Circuit2Circuit3Strategy 1Undesignated CircuitsThis strategy allows allavailable circuits to be usedfreely without specifyingwhich equipment is poweredby which circuit.AdvantagesNo planning required..Circuit1Circuit2Circuit3Strategy 2Designated CircuitsThis strategy assignsspecific circuits for specificuses. You can indicate thecircuit number—1, 2, or 3—for each receptacle in yourplan and then designatewhich equipment should beconnected to each circuit.AdvantagesGain control over groupsof electrical equipment.For example, connect allthe light fixtures to onedesignated circuit and youcan turn them all on or offwith a single switch.Furthermore, equipment onthe other two circuits, suchas fax machines andprinters, won’t be affected..CircuitDStrategy 3Dedicated CircuitsThis strategy uses theseparate circuit in the4-circuit (3+D) powerwaysto power sensitive electronicequipment. Sensitiveequipment is isolated andprotected from fluctuationsin power flow induced byelectronic equipment onother circuits. The remainingthree circuits in the4-circuit (3+D) powerwaycan be designated orundesignated.AdvantagesSensitive electronic equipment,such as a computer,can be protected from voltagespikes and electronicnoise.Equipment that has highpower requirements, suchas a copy machine or papershredder, can be assignedto the dedicated circuit toreduce the burden on theremaining circuits..F14Series 9000 Specification Guide

Circuit SpecificationsDetailed Information for the Electrical EngineerCircuit Specifications.All the components inan electrical distributionnetwork must usethe same wiring schematic.The components (powerpoles, base power-ins, powerways,and receptacles)snap together and arekeyed to make it impossibleto connect mismatchedparts. Color-coded andlabeled components make iteasy for installers to identifywhich wiring schematiceach component is dedicatedto.Color coding• 3 circuits shared = Black• 3 circuits separate = White• 4 circuits 3+D = Black• 4 circuit 3I+1 = Tan• 4 circuit 2+2 = Grey.OverviewThree-circuit electricalcomponents withshared neutrals are standardwith 5 wires to providethree circuits that share oneoversized neutral and oneground. This is the traditional3-circuit power alternativethat is specified by addingthe suffix P3 to the panelstyle number.Three-circuit with separateneutrals have 8 wiresproviding three circuits, eachwith its own separate neutral.The first two circuitsshare an isolated ground;the third uses the systemground.Four-circuit 3+D are standardwith 8 wires to providefour circuits. Three of thesecircuits share an oversizedneutral and a system groundwhile the remaining circuithas its own neutral and isolatedground. This is the traditional4-circuit power, alsoknown as 3+D, that is specifiedby adding the suffix P4to the panel style number.Four-circuit, 3I+1 againhave 8 wires but with threecircuits that share an oversizedneutral and isolatedground. The fourth circuithas its own neutral and isattached to the systemground. This electrical systemis like the standard3+D, but the grounds areswitched, providing threeisolated circuits and onegeneral purpose circuit ascompared to one isolatedcircuit and three generalpurpose circuits.Four-circuit 2+2 alsohave 8 wires but provide twocircuits that share an oversizedneutral and a systemground and an additional twocircuits with a second oversizedneutral and an isolatedground.3 Circuit Shared Neutral, 5 Wires3 Circuit Separate Neutral, 8 Wires4 Circuit 3+D, 8 Wires4 Circuit 3I+1, 8 Wires4 Circuit 2+2, 8 WiresHot 1Hot 2Hot 3Oversized NeutralSystem GroundHot 1Neutral 1Hot 2Neutral 2Isolated GroundHot 3Neutral 3System GroundHot 1Hot 2Hot 3Oversized NeutralSystem GroundHot 4NeutralIsolated GroundHot 1Hot 2Hot 3Oversized NeutralIsolated GroundHot 4NeutralSystem GroundHot 1Hot 2Oversized NeutralSystem GroundHot 3Hot 4Oversized NeutralIsolated Ground.Wiring & CablingSeries 9000 Specification GuideF15

How to Calculate Power NeedsUse This to Determine How Many Power-Ins You’ll Need.When planning a powernetwork, you must calculatethe amperage requirementsof all your electrical componentsso you can providesufficient electricity topower them..If your usage is notknown in advance:The National Electrical Code(NEC) allows a maximumof 13 receptacles on each20-amp circuit. This providesup to 39 receptaclesfor each 3-circuit power-inand 52 receptacles foreach 4-circuit power-in.In Canada, the CanadianElectrical Code allows amaximum of 10 receptacleson each 15-amp circuit.This provides up to 30receptacles for each3-circuit power-in and40 receptacles for each4-circuit power-in.If your usage is knownin advance:Add up the amperage usedby each piece of equipmentin the workstation. Wheneveryou reach 60 amps—20 amps times 3 circuits—(45 amps in Canada) fromitems that are likely to beused at the same time, youhave reached the limit for asingle power-in. Specifyanother power-in and continueuntil allequipment is powered.cSee table at right fortypical and actual amperageusages for components.To calculate amperagewhen the wattage of adevice is known, dividewatts by 120.If the circuits will normallybe subject to a continuousload (three or more hoursof continuous use, such aslights or computers), theNEC requires that circuitcapacity be “de-rated” by20 percent. Therefore, treatcircuits used for continuousloads as if they were ratedat 16 amps (12 amps inCanada) instead of the regular20 amps.Try to anticipate futureincreases in powerrequirements and buildsome excess capacity intoyour plan.Some appliances, suchas large copiers, coffeemakers, or space heatersrequire most of the currentavailable on a 15- or 20-amp circuit. It is recommendedthat such devicesbe supplied with their ownreceptacle, directly from thebuilding. This leaves thecapacity of the furniturecircuits available for themore dynamic requirementsof the office equipment.Local electrical codes vary.Consult a qualified electricalcontractor or engineer forthe proper planning ofelectrical circuits in yourlocale.Requirements of Office Equipmentin AmpsGeneral Equipment(Typical Amperage)A.C. adapter 0.05Adding machine 0.05Answering machine 0.08Calculator 0.25Clock 0.03Coffee pot 10.00Copy machine 15.00Desk-top copiers 7.00 to 10.00Stand-alone copiers 15.00Electric eraser 0.25Fan 1.00Manuscript holder 0.75Microwave 8.00 to 12.00Pencil sharpener 0.25Radio 0.05Space heater, 1000 watts 8.50Space heater, 1500 wats 12.50Electronic Equipment(Typical Amperage)Desk-top memorystorage devices 0.08 to 12.00Modems 0.15Desk-top printers 1.20 to 5.00Stand-alone printers 3.00 to 11.00VDTs and PCs 0.08 to 4.80Steelcase Lighting(Actual Amperage)Canopy lights:24 1 ⁄4"W, 14 watts 0.1436 1 ⁄16"W, 21 watts 0.2047 7 ⁄8"W, 28 watts 0.26Shelf lights:25"W, 17 watts 0.2037"W, 25 watts 0.3049"W, 32 watts 0.30.F16Series 9000 Specification Guide

Special Requirements for ChicagoSpecial Requirementsfor Chicago.PanelRequirementsChicago code requireshardwiring of all electricalcomponents.WorksurfaceRequirementsLightingRequirementsChicago Code Specification: Electrician will supply:Panels must be hardwiredin the field.Receptacles and wiresare housed in a special wirechannel in the base of thepanel that functions like aconduit.Desk-high power on TRIpanels must be provided byan electrician.Pull-up powerreceptacles must behardwired in the field.Code does not allowcord-and-plug devices incommercial buildings.This includes:• End panel receptacles• Power strips• Grommet receptacles• Panel-supportedreceptaclesCords must include integraloverload protection.Exception: Shelf lights with9' cords are approved foruse in Chicago if they haveintegral circuit breaker.• Order panels with a “W”suffix. They will include aChicago raceway, panel-topanelconnector for straightor 90° connections, and abase cover with receptacleknockouts.• Order connectors forT-configurations separately.• For desk-high power,order a TRI panel with a“W” suffix (describedabove). Panels with factoryinstalleddesk-high powerfor Chicago are notavailable. Instead haveelectrician install TRI- beltreceptacle and conduitin the field.• Order hardwireversion of pull-uppower receptacle.• Order Chicago versionsof canopy lights orshelf lights. These lightswill recess into panel-supportedshelves and bins,available after August 1991.• Connection to buildingpower supply• Wires• Fittings• Duplex receptacle(Levitron 5325)• Electrical components• Wires• Fittings• Connection to buildingpower.Wiring & CablingSeries 9000 Specification GuideF17

Special Requirements for New York City.PanelRequirementsNew York City coderequires that all electricalcomponents be fieldinstalled.WorksurfaceRequirementsLightingRequirementsNew York City Code Specification: Electrician will supply:Powerways must beinstalled in the field.Harness for enhancedTRI panels with desk-highpower must be installed inthe field.New York City-versionof the base power-in isrequired. It is comprised ofa junction box and a powerwayconnector. Specialpower pole is not required.Pull-up powerreceptacles must behardwired in the field.Code does not allow useof cord-and-plug devices incommercial buildings.This includes:• End panel receptacles• Power strips• Grommet receptacles• Panel-supportedreceptaclesLights cannot require toolsto install.Light harnesses areprohibited.• Order panels withoutpower.• Order powerways forfield installation.• For desk-high power,order a TRI panel withoutpower. Order a TRI-panelharness and powerwaysseparately for fieldinstallation.• Order New YorkCity-version of basepower-in.• Order receptacles.• Order hardwireversion of pull-uppower receptacle.• Order canopy lights orshelf lights, which requireno tools to install.• Order special hardwarepackage to install shelflights on Series 9000service module uppercases without the use oftools. Available fromService Parts.• Connection to buildingpower supply• Wires• Fittings• Connection to buildingpower.F18Series 9000 Specification Guide

Special Requirements for Los AngelesIncluding California OSHPDSpecial Requirementsfor Los AngelesLos AngelesPanelRequirementsLos Angeles codeprohibits concealed cords.WorksurfaceRequirementsLightingRequirementsCalifornia OSHPDPanelRequirements.Los Angeles Code Specification: Electrician will supply:Access slot in TRI panelsis not permitted.Pull-up powerreceptacles must behardwired in the field.Code does not allow useof cord-and-plug devices incommercial buildings.This includes:• End panel receptacles• Power strips• Grommet receptacles• Panel-supportedreceptaclesLights cannot requiretools to install.Light harnesses areprohibited.California OSHPDIn California, the Officeof Statewide Health Planningand Development (OSHPD)requires special power-inconnections that will reducethe chance of a hazard ifpanels are disturbed duringan earthquake. The rulesare mandated for healthcarefacilities only. Thereare four products that canbe used to meet OSHPDrequirements.Hinges that meet OSHPDstability requirements for inlineand 90° panel connectionsare available.• Order TRI panel with an“LA” suffix. The access slotis omitted.• Order hardwireversion of pull-uppower receptacles.• Order canopy lights orshelf lights, which requireno tools to install.Breakaway basepower-in features aconnector that interruptsthe power supply if thepanel tips.• Wires• Fittings• Connection to buildingpowerAnchor bracket attachesto panel glide and securesthe panel to the floor at apower entry point—wherethe power pole or basepower-in is attached. Anchorbracket prevents panelmovement and possibledamage to the electricalconnection.Specification:• Order breakawaybase power-in for panelsconnected to power-ins.• Order anchor bracketfor panels that are 75"H andare connected to power-ins.• Order in-line and90° hinges for panelconnections..Wiring & CablingSeries 9000 Specification GuideF19

Understanding Building Wiring.System Characteristics Advantages Disadvantages CommentsFixed Wall and ColumnPoke ThroughUnderfloor DuctCellular Floor• Common to most buildings.• Power and telecommunicationrun through permanentwalls to wall receptacles.• Wiring concealed in ceilingspace of floor below andfed through holes in floor.• Electrical receptacles andtelecommunications outletslocated in floor-attachedmonuments.• Ducts or continuous channelsencased in floor slab.• Underfloor system withlarge-capacity, divideddistribution cells for electricaland telecommunicationwiring.• Wiring runs perpendicularto the trench header, aspecial duct that cutsacross all the cells andprovides access.• Low cost for initialinstallation.• Provides power in corridorsand small rooms.• More flexible than underfloorduct because wirescan be pulled up at anylocation.• Low life-cycle costs.• Easy access for relocation.• Relocation causes littledisruption.• Inconspicuous.• Electrical and telecommunicationssystems runtogether to the workstation.• Protects voice and datasystems from interferenceand damage.• Must be used with othersystems to reach areasaway from walls.• Moving wall receptacles isdifficult and expensive.• High relocation costs.• Moving junction boxesrequires cutting a holethrough the floor—a process called coring.• Moving junction boxes candisrupt work on two floors.• Monuments can causepeople to trip.• Flexibility limited to specificaccess points.• System can add to requiredlength of wire or cablebecause of trench headercellconfiguration.• Workstation layout dependson location of wall receptaclesand must be carefullyplanned.• Usually used with othersystems such as pokethrough or flat wiring.• Not accepted by some localfire codes.• May weaken floor slab.• Flexibility dependent onbuilding structure.• Series 9000 pedestals canconceal monuments.• Increasing wire and cablerequirements may exceedcapabilities of existingsystem.• Carpet tiles ease accessto trench..F20Series 9000 Specification Guide

UnderstandingBuilding Wiring.System Characteristics Advantages Disadvantages CommentsAccess FlooringFlat WiringIn-Ceiling Wiring• Developed for mainframecomputer rooms.• Modular floor panels raisedabove the slab on 6" to 36"high supports, and conduitand cables run beneaththese floor panels.• Access through monumentfixtures.• Access from wall or column.Power and signal cablesrun to workstation via flatwire and cable sandwichedbetween slab and carpet.• Outlets in transition boxeson top of carpet.• Conduit and cables run inspace above suspendedceiling and are distributedto panels by power andcable poles.• Ease of access andrearrangement of wiringsystems.• Easy relocation.• Flexible.• Meets most capacityrequirements.• Elements sold as onepackage.• Low initial cost.• Very easy to move.• Little disruption duringmove.• Space usuallyaccommodates largecapacities.• May be noisy whenwalked on.• Requires stairs and rampson building floor whenadded to existing facility.• Heavy wheel traffic cancause signal interruption indata transmission wiring.• Power and cable polesused to route cables candetract from open-planaesthetics.• Smoke alarms and fireprotection sprinklers maybe required.• Use only carpet tiles orarea rugs.• Should not be used in areassusceptible to extremedampness or water spillage.• Slab-on-grade installations,where concrete is poureddirectly on the ground,require careful preparationper manufacturer’s instructionsto ensure that moisturedoesn’t damage thesystem.• Cost for installationincreases when ceilingspace is used as returnair plenum to meet fireprotectioncodes.• Ceiling-suspended cabletrays should be consideredfor communications wiring..Wiring & CablingSeries 9000 Specification GuideF21

Cable Capacities of Enhanced Panels.Test and verify capacitiesfor your individual situation.We recommend thattesting be conducted usingyour specific cableas well as the furniture configurationyou are considering.Cable capacities inthis table are based on nonplenum-ratedcables installedby a cable contractorunder ideal conditions.Figures are approximations.Actual capacities may varyslightly depending on whichmanufacturer produced thecable and the specific fieldconditions.Cat 6 Test Cableså Avaya 1071OD=0.215"∫ Avaya 1081OD=0.250"ç Avaya 2071 PlenumOD=0.195"∂ Avaya 2081 PlenumOD=0.240"´ Belden Media Twist1872AOD=0.365" x 0.165"ƒ Belden Media Twist1874A PlenumOD=0.365" x 0.165"© Berk-TekLan-Mark 1000OD=0.230"˙ Berk-TekLan-Mark 1000PlenumOD=0.225"ˆ CommScopeUltraMediaOD=0.240"∆ General CableCommand LINX 6OD=0.250"˚ Mohawk GigaLANOD=0.240"¬ Nordx 4812LXOD=0.245"µ Nordx 4813XPlenumOD=0.230"Cat 5 Test Cables˜ Berk–Tek24 AWG CMR4-Pair UTP*OD=0.190".StraightL, T, and Xå ∫ ç ∂ ´ ƒ © ˙ ˆ ∆ ˚ ¬ µ ˜Cable routing44 33 42 40 37 38 33 34 33 36 32 38 42 50at top of panelCable routing atbase of panel30 25 40 30 40 40 34 20 20 20 20 24 32 50with powerwayCable routing at baseof panel without60 45 50 60 60 60 54 37 55 50 56 44 46 78powerChange-of-height cable27 23 37 26 31 30 24 25 29 24 23 28 31 35routing at top of panelVertical cable routinginside panel from topcap30 16 40 26 20 24 24 14 14 24 18 20 22 40to base with orwithout powerwayCable routing at30 L 22 L 25 L 25 L 24 L 28 L 25 L 25 L 22 L 23 L 20 L 23 L 30 L 40 Ltop of panel35 T 30 T 35 T 30 T 30 T 30 T 28 T 25 T 30 T 28 T 28 T 32 T 30 T 40 T40 X 34 X 43 X 40 X 40 X 40 X 36 X 35 X 34 X 36 X 32 X 40 X 40 X 40 XCable routing at30 L 20 L 30 L 15 L 40 L 40 L 31 L 20 L 20 L 20 L 20 L 24 L 24 L 40 Lbase of panel withpowerway30 T 20 T 30 T 30 T 40 T 40 T 34 T 20 T 40 T 30 T 20 T 24 T 32 T 40 T30 X 25 X 30 X 30 X 40 X 40 X 60 X 40 X 20 X 20 X 20 X 24 X 64 X 40 XCable routing at base40 L 35 L 40 L 30 L 60 L 50 L 51 L 33 L 50 L 50 L 55 L 40 L 62 L 80 Lof panel withoutpowerway60 T 41 T 40 T 60 T 60 T 50 T 40 T 37 T 40 T 50 T 40 T 40 T 64 T 80 T69 X 45 X 50 X 50 X 50 X 80 X 68 X 68 X 35 X 50 X 40 X 38 X 68 X 80 XChange-of-heightcable routing at top38 31 41 36 37 38 36 36 34 29 32 31 40 65of panel.F22Series 9000 Specification Guide

Cable Capacities ofEnhanced Panels.Bootå ∫ ç ∂ ´ ƒ © ˙ ˆ ∆ ˚ ¬ µ ˜Cable-routing10 8 10 10 12 10 10 10 10 10 8 8 10 14in panel bootCable routing in34 28 34 30 32 32 30 31 26 26 25 29 30 50Grumman bootPower Pole and Cable PoleBase Fiber-InCable routing from polewith power harness20 15 20 17 18 18 15 16 16 17 15 17 20 30into panel top capCable routing from pole28without power harness26 32 23 32 33 24 24 27 28 22 28 27 35into panel top capCable routing frompole into panel base13 11 14 12 13 13 12 13 12 13 12 12 14 20with powerwayCable routing frompole into panel base40 30 35 25 35 40 30 29 29 30 25 30 39 50without powerwayBase fiber-in into8 5 7 6 7 7 6 6 5 5 6 5 6 7panel baseVertical Wire ManagerCable routing inside12 10 16 12 10 8 8 10 10 11 10 8 9 5vertical wire manager.2 1 ⁄8"1 ⁄2"1 1 ⁄2"Boot1 ⁄2"Series 9000Enhanced PanelCross Section5 ⁄8"7 ⁄8"1 1 ⁄4"Top CapChannel5 ⁄8"7 ⁄8"Upper BaseCavity.Wiring & CablingSeries 9000 Specification GuideF23

Base Power-InsBase power-in is fieldinstalled and connects thepanel electrical system tothe building power source.cSpecifying, page B65Connector plugs intothe appropriate receptaclelocation.Conduit is flexible andhouses wires for three-circuitor four-circuit (3+D)systems.Right-angle elbow withswitch helps position theconduit close to the panel.Actual DimensionsDepth 3 ⁄4"Width4 3 ⁄4" (duplex) or 6 3 ⁄8" (triplex)Height 1 5 ⁄8"Conduit diameter 1 ⁄2". Conduit length 72".Product DetailsBase power-in bringspower to panel run by connectingto a designatedreceptacle location.Three-circuit sharedneutral base power-infits standard-size or oversizereceptacle openings.Three-circuit withseparate neutrals and allfour-circuit base power-inscan only fit in larger sizereceptacle openings.Tip: If desk-height power isrequired on a panel, thelarge size receptacleopening is used by thedesk-high power harness,on the same side of panel.If belt-high power isrequired on both sides ofpanel, two harnesses arerequired, and will use bothlarge size openings inpanel base. Because basepower-in and tri-belt harnessboth use a receptaclelocation for power connection,you must plan accordinglyin your installation.Four-circuit basepower-in fits oversizedreceptacle openings.Breakaway basepower-in is alsoavailable..ConnectionsAttaches to the green endof the powerway only.Panel base closureplates are removed forinstallation of base powerin.They can be replaced ifthe application changes.Wiring & CablingAll five wiringschematics are availablefor power-ins.Tip: All the components inan electrical distribution networkmust use the samewiring schematic. Componentsare color coded andkeyed to make it impossibleto connect mismatchedparts.Building power sourcecan come from the floor,wall, or column.Conduit leads must behardwired to the buildingwiring by a qualified electricianor engineer.Base power-in is ULlisted and CSA certified.Chicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.cPages F17–F19Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor proper installationof electrical equipment.Understanding BuildingWiringcPage F20.Surface MaterialsConduit• Black onlyApplication TopicsCurved panels cannot beconnected to base power-insbecause these panels onlyaccommodate pass-throughpowerways and do not havereceptacle openings..F24Series 9000 Specification Guide

Base Fiber-Ins for Enhanced PanelsBase Fiber-Ins forEnhanced PanelsBase fiber-in allows fiberopticcables to enter thebase of enhanced Series9000 panels at an angle sothe fiber-optic cable isn’tforced to form a tight radiuswhich could damage thecable.cSpecifying, page B67Wedge-shaped connectorallows fiber- optic cableto enter cable space inpanel’s upper base cavity ata shallow angle.Openings for receptaclesare visually unnoticeableuntil the knockout isremoved.Actual DimensionsBase coverWidth 30", 35", 36", 42", or 45"Height 4"ConduitOutside diameter 1"Inside diameter 3 ⁄4". Length 6'Voice/dataclosure plateKnockout can beremoved in the field to allowreceptacle to be installed.Once removed, knockoutcannot be replaced.Panel base cover forbase fiber-in is similar tostandard base cover butincludes cutout forconnector.Conduit protects fiberopticcables from floor monumentto panel base.12 1 /2" 14 1 /8"30"W12 3 /4" 18 7 /8"35"W13 1 /4" 19 3 /8"36"W16 1 /4" 22 3 /8"17 3 /4"42"W45"W23 7 /8".Product DetailscutoutCutout in panel base coverallows space for connector.Wedge-shaped connectorcan be oriented ineither direction.Base fiber-in does notobstruct any power receptaclelocations or voice/datareceptacle locations.Reusable filler platesare available to replace theknockout or to fill the gapthat results when you use astandard-size receptacle inan oversize opening. Fillerplates are available throughService Parts.Inside diameter of conduitis 3 ⁄4". In situationswhere capacity is critical,you should conduct a testusing the specific cabletypes your installationrequires.ConnectionsMounting bracketattaches to panel framewith screws. Wedge-shapedconnector is anchored tomounting bracket..Conduit attaches towedge-shaped connectorwith locking nut.Base cover attaches topanel with concealed clipsand is removable.Wiring & CablingChicago has special basecovers including the basecovers for base fiber-ins.Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor the proper installationof electrical equipment.Surface MaterialsConduit• Black plastic onlyBase cover• PaintWedge-shaped connector• Black plastic onlyMounting bracket• Black paint only.Wiring & CablingSeries 9000 Specification GuideF25

Power Poles and Cable Poles for Enhanced PanelsPower poles bring buildingpower from the ceilingto the powerways in thebase cavity of enhancedpanels. They can also beused to run cables into thetop cap or into the panelbase cavity.cSpecifying, page B68Cable poles provide aspace to route cables fromthe ceiling to the top cap orbase cavity of a panel.cSpecifying, page B68Hanger bar securesthe top of the pole tothe ceiling grid.Flag connectorattaches to powerway atthe designated terminal.Actual DimensionsDepth 2 1 ⁄4". Width 2 1 ⁄4"Junction box, at the topof the power pole, enclosesthe hardwire connection tothe building’s electricalservice.Ceiling trim plateFillers, ordered separately,must be used to concealpower harness and cablesrouted to the base ofthe panel.cPage B14Cover protects connectionto powerway..Product DetailsCeiling heightsup to 10'4" can beaccommodated.Trim plate finishes theopening in the ceiling tile.Six to eight 3 ⁄8"-diametercables can be accommodatedinside the powerpole or cable pole..F26Series 9000 Specification Guide

Power Poles andCable Poles.ConnectionsPoles must be used withthe appropriate filler packagein the recess thatresults when panels arejoined in an L-, T-, X- orend-of-run configuration.Power and cable polesare 2 1 ⁄4" x 2 1 ⁄4" square sothey fit snugly into junctions.L-configuration allowsthe power pole to beattached to either panel..T-configuration requiresthe power pole to beattached to the centerpanel.Tip: Power connection mustalso be made to the centerpanel.Six pole heights areavailable to correspond topanel heights..Wiring & CablingAll five wiringschematics are availablefor power poles.Tip: All the components inan electrical distribution networkmust use the samewiring schematic. Componentsare color coded andkeyed to make it impossibleto connect mismatchedparts.Modular electrical connectors,inside the powerpole, plug into a powerway.Electrical connection mustbe made inside the panelthat is attached to the pole.Flag connector on thepower pole plugs into eitherend of the powerway. Itdoes not interfere with areceptacle location..Surface MaterialsPower pole andcable pole• PaintCeiling trim plate• White paint only.Application TopicsEnhanced power polesand cable poles cannotbe used in change-of-heightapplications that require aback filler..Wiring & CablingSeries 9000 Specification GuideF27

Powerways.Powerways added to thebase of panels allow you todistribute power whereverpanels go.cSpecifying, page B69Powerways have onegreen flag connector toextend power to an adjacentpowerway. Both endsof the powerway havepowerblock terminals.Powerblock terminalsaccepts connector fromadjacent powerway of samewiring schematic.Green flagconnectorTerminal for three-circuit with shared neutralbase power-in or standard-size receptacle ofsame wiring schematic.Powerblock terminals accept connector fromadjacent powerway of same wiring schematic.Terminal for three-circuitwith shared neutral basepower-in or standard-sizereceptacle of same wiringschematic.Terminal for power pole of samewiring schematic.Terminal for any basepower-in or receptacle ofany size with same wiringschematic.Terminal for any basepower-in or receptacle ofany size with same wiringschematic.Terminal for power pole ofsame wiring schematic.Green flagconnector.F28Series 9000 Specification Guide

Powerways.Product DetailsReceptacles snap intoterminals and are held inplace with screws.• Pass-through powerwayshave no receptaclelocations.• 20"W powerways haveone receptacle locationon each side.• 25"W–60"W powerwayshave two receptacle locationson each side.cPage F30Pass-through powerwaysare available forcurved panels. They cannotaccommodate receptacles,base power-ins, or powerpoles. All pass-throughpowerways are either 3-circuitwiring schematic withshared neutral or 4-circuit(3+D) wiring schematic withthree circuits that share aneutral and one isolated circuitwith its own neutral andground..ConnectionsOne rule for joining powerwaysapplies to everyinstallation:• There must be at least onegreen end at eachintersection.GreenTerminalFlag from the green endof powerway is connected topower terminal on adjacentpowerway.1 2Straight connectionis formed when a flag connectorfrom one powerwayattaches to the secondpowerblock terminal onthe end of the adjacentpowerway.L-connection is formedwhen flag connector turns toleft or right..T-connection is formedby two flags that make rightturns.X-connection is formedby three flags that makeright turns.End-of-run is terminatedby folding the last flag backand connecting it to its ownpowerblock terminal.Panel-to-panel connectorcan be used to create apowerlink where no flag isavailable. It can also beused to correct planning andinstallation oversights withouthaving to reconfigure..Wiring & CablingAll five wiringschematics are availablefor powerways.Tip: All the components inan electrical distribution networkmust use the samewiring schematic. Componentsare color coded andkeyed to make it impossibleto connect mismatchedparts.All Steelcase electricalsystems are designed incompliance with theNational Electrical Code(NEC) to function as amulti-wire branch circuit.Installations should bemade in accordance withthe NEC provisions formulti-wire branch circuits.Chicago, Los Angeles,and New York City havespecial requirementscPages F17–F19Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor orengineer for the properinstallation of electricalequipment.Surface MaterialsPowerways are concealedwhen they areproperly installed.Application TopicsSteps to Plan anElectrical NetworkcPage F12..Wiring & CablingSeries 9000 Specification GuideF29

Base Covers and ReceptaclescSpecifying, pagesVoice/data knockoutB70 and B72on enhanced panels.Receptacles are orderedseparately and installed inthe field.Knockout can beremoved in the field to allowreceptacle to be installed.Tip: Once removed, knockoutcannot be replaced.Openings for receptaclesare visually unnoticeableuntil the knockout isremoved.Cutaway corner allowsspace for hinge connections.Actual DimensionsBase coverWidth 20", 25", 30", 35", 36", 42", 45", 60". Height 4"F30.Product DetailsBase covers are plainwith two perforated, visuallyunnoticeable receptacleknockouts that can be permanentlyremoved in thefield. Base covers have onestandard-size opening on theleft and a larger-size openingon the right.Exceptions: 20"W basecovers have one larger-sizereceptacle knockout locatedin the center of the basecover. Because both openingsare positioned back-toback,power can only beaccessed on one side ofthe panel. Curved panelsaccommodate pass-throughpower only, so their basecovers do not have receptacleopenings.Knockouts cannot beaccidentally removed bykicking them or striking themwith a vacuum cleanerbecause pressure to removethe knock-out must beapplied from the back of thebase cover.Reusable filler platesare available to replace theknockout or to fill the gapthat results when you use astandard-size receptacle inan oversize opening. Fillerplates are available throughService Parts.Receptacles are availablein 15-amp and 20-ampversions and are designedto link to a specific circuit.Most receptacles areduplex, meaning that theyhave two outlets, but someare designed to fit in thelarger openings of Series9000 base covers. As aresult, specific lines may belimited to and fit only in specificreceptacle locations inthe base.Chicago base covershave a closure plate foreach opening that can beremoved and reinstalled asneeded.Circuit connections arepredetermined by the typeof receptacle. Line 1 receptaclescan only connect withline 1 in the powerway, line2 with line 2, etc.Standard sizeDuplex receptacles areone of two sizes. Standardsizereceptacles fit in thesmaller size openings(2 3 ⁄4"W x 1 3 ⁄8"H) of the basecover. The standard-sizereceptacles will also fit in thelarger-size (5 1 ⁄4"W x 1 3 ⁄8"H)openings with a filler.Larger sizeOversized duplexreceptacles with twooutlets will only fit in thelarger-size opening of thebase cover (5 1 ⁄4"W x 1 3 ⁄8"H)in 25"W through 60"W panels.This larger opening isalways in the right-handposition on 25"W–60"Wpanels and centered on20"W panels.3-circuit, sharedLine Size1 Standard2 Standard3 Standard3-circuit,separate neutralsLine SizeA StandardB StandardC Larger size3+DLine Size1 Standard2 Standard3 Standard. 4 Larger size.3I+1LineSize1 Standard2 Standard3 Standard4 Larger size2+2LineSize1 Standard2 Standard3 Larger size4 Larger sizeNumbers printed on thereceptacles indicate the linenumber. With the 3-circuit,separate neutral systemthese designations are withletters A, B, or C as comparedto 1, 2, 3, or 4 in theother systems.Label on receptacleindicates which circuit thereceptacle connects to, sothe user can control whichdevices are on specificcircuits.Orange triangle indicatesto users the receptaclesthat are connected to isolatedgrounds.The followingreceptacles have isolatedground circuits.3-circuit,separate neutralsLine ALine B4-circuit, 3+DLine 44-circuit, 3I+1Line 1Line 2Line 34-circuit, 2+2Line 3Line 4Series 9000 Specification Guide.

Base Coversand Receptacles.Voice/data knockoutsin the base covers ofenhanced panels acceptmodular furniture communicationfaceplate.Tip: A full-height back panelwill block access tovoice/data knockouts onE9000 panel base.ConnectionsBase covers are attachedto panels with concealedclips and are removable.Receptacles snap intoterminals on powerway andare secured with screws.Surface MaterialsBase covers• PaintReceptacle• PlasticApplication Topics20"W base covers haveone larger-size receptacleknockout located in thecenter of the base cover.Because both base coveropenings are positionedback-to-back, power canonly be accessed on oneside of the panel.Receptacle LocationsEnhanced Panels3 3 /4"3 3 /4"2 3 /4"W x 1 3 /8"H2 3 /4"W x 1 3 /8"H3 /4"3 /4"2 3 /4"W x 1 3 /8"H5 1 /4"W x 1 3 /8"H7 1 /4"7 3 /4"25"W through 60"W3 3 /4"3 3 /4"2 3 /4"W x 1 3 /8"H3 /4"4"3 /4"5 1 /4"W x 1 3 /8"H7 3 /4"20"WEnhanced Panelsfor Chicago2 1 /8"2 1 /8"2 3 /4"W x 1 3 /8"H2 3 /4"W x 1 3 /8"H3 /4"3 /4"2 3 /4"W x 1 3 /8"H2 3 /4"W x 1 3 /8"H9"5 1 /2"30"W through 60"W2 1 /8"2 1 /8" 2 1 /8"2 1 /8"2 3 /4"W x 1 3 /8"H 2 3 /4"W x 1 3 /8"H3 /4"3 /4"4"Side 1 Side 23 /4"3 /4"2 3 /4"W x 1 3 /8"H2 3 /4"W x 1 3 /8"H9"5 1 /2"20"W and 25"W 20"W and 25"W.4"4"4".Wiring & CablingSeries 9000 Specification GuideF31

Power and Communication Spheres and Port.Power and communicationspheres and portprovide convenient desktopaccess to power outlets anddata jacks. Spheres andports are field installed only.Power spheres have fourelectrical outlets and two 6’cords with plug or conduitfor hardwired applications.cSpecifying, page F38Power and communicationspheres provide twoelectrical outlets, faceplatesfor two customer-suppliedvoice/data jacks, and a 6’cord with plug or conduit.cSpecifying, page F39Communication sphereincludes face plate forfour customer-suppliedvoice/data jacks.cSpecifying, page F39Power and communicationport has a low-profilecover that is almost flushwith worksurface.cSpecifying, page F40Power and communicationport includes twooutlets and two adaptersto accommodate customersuppliedstandard voice/data jacks..F32Series 9000 Specification Guide

Power and CommunicationSpheres and Port.Product DetailsPower and communicationspheres are fieldinstalled. Use a 3”-diameterdrill to cut mounting holeat desired location.Round power andcommunication portcontains an opening in oneside of lower port thatallows excess wire andcable cords to drop beneaththe worksurface, leavingthe port clear.Port is field installed. Usea 3 1 ⁄2"-diameter drill to cutmounting hole at desiredlocation..Lid of port in up positionallows low-profile routing.Lid can drop down whenport is not in use and concealoutlets. Twist lid untillegs line up with slots andpush down until lid is flushwith housing..Wiring & Cabling6’ power cord is includedon power and communicationspheres and port.Hardwired version ofpower and communicationsphere is availablewith 6’ Greenfield conduit.Tip: Hardwiring mustbe done by a licensedelectrician.Chicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.Underwriters Laboratory(UL) and CanadianStandards Association(CSA) listed. These productshave been designedto meet U.S. and Canadiannational electrical andenergy codes and mostlocal building codes. Localelectrical codes vary.Consult a qualified electricianor electrical engineerfor proper installation of allelectrical equipment..Surface MaterialsPower spheres, communicationspheres,and round power andcommunication port• Black plastic only..Wiring & CablingSeries 9000 Specification GuideF33

Cable and Fiber ReelCable and fiber reelis available to store excessfiber-optic cable lengths. Itis also suitable for storingpower cables.cSpecifying, page F40Mounting slots allowinstallation of reel verticallybeneath worksurface.Inner reel accommodatescopper wire and other cablesthat can be wound tightly.Outer reel accommodatesthe preferred bend radius offiber-optic cables.Tabs prevent cables fromslipping off reel.Actual DimensionsDepth 1 1 ⁄4"Width 8". Height 8 5 ⁄16"Key-shaped mountinghole allows quick installationand removal of reelmounted horizontally tounderside of worksurface..Product DetailsCapacity of reel isapproximately 12' of standardpower or communicationcable on outer reel and18' of telephone-type cordon inner reel depending onthe specific cable used.Neatness of installation canaffect capacities. In criticalsituations, you should conducta test using the specificcable types your installationrequires..ConnectionsReel can be field installedvertically or horizontallyin the kneespace offreestanding desks or panelsupportedworksurfaces.Cable and fiber reelcan be installed inside thecommunication bay.Enhanced Series 9000panels can accommodatea field-installed reel insidethe panel frame. The reelmust attach to the horizontalpanel frame.Wiring & CablingChicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrician or electrical engineerfor the proper installationof electrical equipment.Surface MaterialsReel• Black plastic only.F34Series 9000 Specification Guide

Termination PlateTermination PlateTermination plate isavailable for field installationto accommodate junctionboxes for connections offiber-optic cables and othercable types.cSpecifying, page F41Bracket allows terminationplate to be connected toworksurface.NEMA standard hole patternallows virtually all conventionalboxes andtermination devices to beconnected.Opening provides accessto a termination device.Actual DimensionsDepth 3 ⁄4"Width 7 1 ⁄8"Height 7 1 ⁄8". Center opening 2 3 ⁄4" diameter.Product DetailsFaceplates and junctionboxes can be addedto support fiber-optic or ordinaryvoice/data networks.ConnectionsTermination plate isfield installed beneath theworksurface in any positionneeded. Usually, it is locatedat the back of the worksurfaceso it doesn’t obstructkneespace.Enhanced Series 9000panels can accommodatea field-installed terminationplate inside the panel. Thetermination plate must attachto the horizontal panel frame..Wiring & CablingChicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrician or electrical engineerfor the proper installationof electrical equipment.Surface MaterialsTermination plate• Black plastic only.Wiring & CablingSeries 9000 Specification GuideF35

F36Series 9000 Specification Guide

SpecifyingWiring and CablingWorksurface and StorageWiring and Cabling Components:What Works Where?Grommet adapter plate •Grommet receptacle • •Power and communicationspheres and port • •Cable and fiber reel • • •Termination plate • • •Cord reel • • •Cable storage tray • • •Wire guide clip • • •Power strip • • •Clear-access end panel andservice module duplexcable grommetService module end panelreceptacleConventionalOptions••Wood SelectionsPanel Wiring and CablingWorksurface Wiring and CablingGrommet Adapter PlateGrommet ReceptaclePower SpheresPower and Communication SpheresCommunication SphereRound Power and Communication PortCable and Fiber ReelTermination PlateCord ReelCable Storage TrayWire Guide ClipWire ClipPower StripsStorage Wiring and CablingClear-Access End Panel andService Module Duplex Cable GrommetService Module End Panel Receptacle (field installed)B65F38F38F38F39F39F40F40F41F41F41F42F42F42F43F43Wiring & CablingSeries 9000 Specification GuideF37

Worksurface Wiring and CablingGrommet Adapter PlateStandard Includes• Carton of six adapter plates: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for adapter platescSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced98793E $32ddGrommet ReceptaclecNeed help?Product details,page F10Standard Includes• Carton of three receptacles, each with 9' cord andthree-prong plug: black plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced98683WS $122ddPower SpherescNeed help?Product details,page F32Standard Includes• Sphere with four simplex electrical outlets: black plastic• Two 6' power cords (each rated at 15 amps), if selected:black plastic• Two 6' Greenfield conduits (each rated at 15 amps),if selected: metalRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Sphere is field installed.Use 3"-diameter drill to cutmounting hole at desiredlocation.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d dFour Electrical Outlets with Two 6' Power Cords3 3 ⁄8" 3 3 ⁄8" 3" PTDMGB1 $164d d dFour Electrical Outlets with Two 6' Greenfield Conduits for Hardwiring3 3 ⁄8" 3 3 ⁄8" 3" PTDMGB2 $283d d dF38Series 9000 Specification Guide

Worksurface Wiringand CablingPower and Communication SpherescNeed help?Product details,page F32Standard Includes• Sphere with two simplex electrical outlets: black plastic• Face plates to accommodate two customer-suppliedvoice/data jacks: black plastic• 6' power cord with plug rated at 15 amps, if selected:black plastic• 6' Greenfield conduit for hardwiring, if selected: metalRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Sphere is field installed.Use 3"-diameter drill to cutmounting hole at desiredlocation.Tip: Face plates in sphereaccommodates standardvoice/data jacks. Order jacksby calling any of the manufacturerslisted below:• AMP Corporation1.800.522.6752• Leviton1.800.722.2082• Lucent1.800.344.0223• Krone1.800.775.5766• Punduit1.800.777.3300Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d dSphere with One 6' Power Cord3 3 ⁄8" 3 3 ⁄8" 3" PTDMGB3 $164d d dSphere with One 6' Greenfield Conduit for Hardwiring3 3 ⁄8" 3 3 ⁄8" 3" PTDMGB4 $232d d dCommunication SpherecNeed help?Product details,page F32Standard Includes• Sphere with face plates to accommodate four customersuppliedvoice/data jacks: black plasticRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Sphere is field installed.Use 3"-diameter drill to cutmounting hole at desiredlocation.Tip: Order jacks by callingany of the manufacturerslisted below:• AMP Corporation1.800.522.6752• Leviton1.800.722.2082• Lucent1.800.344.0223• Krone1.800.775.5766• Punduit1.800.777.3300For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d3 3 ⁄8" 3 3 ⁄8" 3" PTDMGB5 $164d d dWiring & CablingSeries 9000 Specification Guide cWorksurface Wiring and Cabling, continued F39

Worksurface Wiring and Cabling, continuedRound Power and Communication PortcNeed help?Product details,page F32Standard Includes• Round unit with two electrical outlets: black plastic• 6' power cord with plug rated at 15 amps: black plastic• Adapters for two customer-supplied data couplers/jacksRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationTip: Port is field installed.Use a 3 1 ⁄2"-diameter drill tocut mounting hole at desiredlocation.DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d4 1 ⁄4" 4 1 ⁄4" 4 5 ⁄16" PTRSGB1 $256d d dTip: Order jacks by callingany of the manufacturerslisted below:• AMP Corporation1.800.522.6752• Leviton1.800.722.2082• Lucent1.800.344.0223• Krone1.800.775.5766• Punduit1.800.777.3300Cable and Fiber ReelcNeed help?Product details,page F34Standard Includes• Package of four reels: black plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced98766 $87ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.F40Series 9000 Specification Guide

Worksurface Wiringand CablingTermination PlatecNeed help?Product details,page F35Standard Includes• Termination plate: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d3 ⁄4" 7 1 ⁄8" 7 1 ⁄8" 98765 $14d d dCord ReelcNeed help?Product details,page F11Standard Includes• Carton of six cord reels: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced98767 $37ddCable Storage TraycNeed help?Product details,page F11Standard Includes• Cable storage tray: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d2" 24" 2 1 ⁄2" 98768 $28d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Wiring & CablingSeries 9000 Specification Guide cWorksurface Wiring and Cabling, continued F41

Worksurface Wiring and Cabling, continuedWire Guide ClipcNeed help?Product details,page F11Standard Includes• Carton of 20 adhesive-backed wire guide clips:black plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced32WCP $21ddWire ClipStandard Includes• Carton of six: black plastic only• Foam tape• Mounting screwsRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced999CHT $37ddPower StripscNeed help?Product details,page F11Standard Includes• Power strip with 6' cord and three-prong plug:grey paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedWithout Line Conditioner88PS $ 68With Line Conditioner88PSLC $171ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.F42Series 9000 Specification Guide

Storage Wiring and CablingStorage Wiringand CablingClear-Access End Panel and Service Module Duplex Cable GrommetStandard Includes• Carton of five cable grommets: plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color numbercSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dW H dNumber dPriced d d3" 1 11 ⁄16" 98863 $17d d dService Module End Panel Receptacle (field installed)Standard Includes• End panel receptacle with 8' cord and three-prong plug:warm white plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberSpecification InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced99493 $71ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Wiring & CablingSeries 9000 Specification GuideF43

F44Series 9000 Specification Guide

LightingLightingStatement of Line and ComparisonG2UnderstandingG5SpecifyingG11UnderwritersLaboratory (UL) listingsare available for allSteelcase fixtures. Theselights have been designedto meet all national electricaland energy codes and mostlocal building codes. Localelectrical codes vary, so youshould consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor proper installation ofequipment.Peerless ambientlights can be used withSeries 9000 overheadstorage. For product details,contact Peerless LightingCorporation, Box 2556,Berkeley, CA 94702-05566,telephone 510.845.2760.Series 9000 Specification GuideG1

LightingStatement of Line and ComparisonCanopy lights are taskCanopy Lightslights that provide broadcoverage and evenly bal-Panel-Mounted Lightsanced light that significantlyminimizes glare. They offerWorksurface- Panel-Mounted Details Detailsa variety of mounting optionsMounted Canopy Light Slatwall- WorkFloindependent of overheadCanopy Light Mounted Rail-Mountedstorage. Canopy lights areCanopy Light Canopy Lightdesigned to complement avariety of Steelcase systemsfurniture and manycompetitive furniture lines.Depth 7 1 ⁄16"Width 24"36"Understanding Understanding Understanding48"cPage G6 cPage G7 cPage G7Specifying Specifying SpecifyingcPage G12 cPage G14 cPage G14OpticsTip: Specify panel-mounted canopy light, andPatented, crescent-shapedselect appropriate mounting options.lens with specular aluminumreflector.Series 9000 Yes Yes Yes 5 Yes 1 6Scientifically designedreflector and crescentshapedoptics lens for lowglare and broad distributionArchitectural No Yes 4 No Noof light.DrywallBallastElectronic1 Use rail-mounting riser. 4 Use optional architecturalOrdered separately.drywall brackets.Electronic dimmer2 Competitive products 5 Use Details slatwall.Availablethat can accommodate Ordered separately.canopy lights by using 6 Use Details WorkFlo rail.the standard Answer, Ordered separately.Avenir, and Series 9000panel-mounting bracketinclude:• All Steel 8000• American SeatingFramework• Haworth Unigroup,Places• HON• Kimball Cetra• Knoll Morrison,Equity, Rugby• K1 System 3000• La-Z-Boy Contract• Panel Concepts• Precision• SMED• Teknion• Trendway• Unicore• Xception3 Additional bracketscan accommodatepanel-mounted canopylights on:• Haworth Premise• Herman Miller ActionOffice, Ethospace• Knoll System 6,System Z.Competitive Yes Yes 2 3 Yes 5 Yes 1 6..G2Series 9000 Specification Guide

LightingStatement of Line andComparison.Shelf lights mount intothe recessed bottom ofstorage shelves and bins toilluminate the worksurface.Three types of shelf lightsare available to control thequality of light for specificapplications. Each type iscompatible with Steelcasesystems furniture and allmajor competitive furniturelines.Shelf LightsStorage-Mounted LightsAdvanced Shelf Light Standard Shelf Light Utility Shelf LightMounting • Universal mounting package • Universal mounting package • Universal mounting packageOptions (standard) (standard) (standard)• Competitive mounting package • Competitive mounting package • Competitive mounting package• Flush mounting package • Flush mounting package • Flush mounting packageUnderstanding Understanding UnderstandingcPage G8 cPage G8 cPage G8Specifying Specifying SpecifyingcPage G18 cPage G20 cPage G22Depth 9 1 ⁄4" 9 1 ⁄4" 5 1 ⁄2"Width 25", 37", or 49" 25", 37", or 49" 19", 25", 37", or 49"Description Provides maximum glare control, The right choice for the majority Designed for use in display areas,which makes it the best light for of people in today’s workplace service centers, under transactionpeople who perform repetitive who switch frequently from task tops, and other applications wherefunctions, do critical visual tasks, to task throughout the day. glare control is not a primaryor have eyes that are particularlyconsideration.sensitive to light. Minimizingreflected glare is critical for theseworkers.Optics Faceted, specular aluminum Faceted, white reflector White reflectorreflectorOptics sleeve to reduce glare Contrast sleeve that can be Prismatic lens—and improve light distribution manually rotated to vary light flat acrylic diffuserintensityBallasts • Economizer electronic • Economizer electronic • Electronic ballastballast ballast • Magnetic normal-power-factor• Electronic ballast • Electronic ballast ballastElectronic • Available • Not available • Not availableDimmerLens None None • Bat-wing lens optionOptions.LightingSeries 9000 Specification GuideG3

G4Series 9000 Specification Guide

UnderstandingLightingLightingLightingCanopy LightsShelf LightsApplication TopicsDaisy ChainingRelated ProductsVertical Wire ManagersG6G8G9G10Series 9000 Specification GuideG5

Canopy Lightsfor Use with 3 ⁄4"- to 1 3 ⁄4"-Thick WorksurfacescSpecifying, page G12Actual DimensionsDepth 7 1 ⁄16"Width 24 1 ⁄4", 36 1 ⁄16", or 47 7 ⁄8"Height 18"Worksurface. thickness range 3⁄4" to 1 3 ⁄4"On-off switch is centeredon the bottom of the controlbox in the front.Housing is painted orclear anodized aluminum.Riser supports light aboveworksurface. Power cordsnaps into vertical wiremanager in back of riser.Clamp mechanismsecures riser to anyworksurface from 3 ⁄4"- to1 3 ⁄4"-thick.Cord exits from underneaththe center of the control box.9' cord with grounded plugis factory installed. Lengthis maximum allowed byU.S. National ElectricalCode. Cord with circuitbreaker is available to meetthe requirements of theChicago code.Plug is flat so it remainsclose to the receptacle..Product DetailsCanopy light includes thelamp, ballast, and either a9' cord with three-prongplug or Chicago plug.45°Plug configurationallows two canopy lights toengage adjacent outlets inone receptacle.Energy-saving T5lamps have triphosphorcoating for balanced colorand pleasing light.Optics include a crescentshapedlens with specularaluminum reflector that provideslow glare and broaddistribution of light.Connections1 /2" maximumEdge profile must not begreater than 1 ⁄2" thick toaccommodate clampmechanism.5 /16" minimumClearance betweenworksurface and panelmust be at least 5 ⁄16".Width Lamp Lamp Replacementwidth wattage lamps24 1 ⁄4" 21 3 ⁄5" 14 watts F14T5\83536 1 ⁄16" 33 2 ⁄5" 21 watts F21T5\83547 7 ⁄8" 45 1 ⁄5" 28 watts F28T5\835Surface MaterialsHousing• Paint• Clear anodized aluminum2 3 Clear/4"spaceReflector• Specular (reflective)aluminum2 3 /16"CordAt least 2 3 ⁄4"H and• Black vinyl only2 3 ⁄16"W of clear spaceunderneath the worksurfaceEnd caps, control box,is needed.and riser• Sterling plastic onlyWiring & CablingElectronic ballast ismore energy efficient thanT8 electronic ballasts.Electronic dimmingcontrol features slidingswitch, which allowscontinuous-range dimmingfrom 100% to 50% lightoutput.SlotSlot in back of riser securespower cord until it reachesthe access channel at theback of worksurface....G6Series 9000 Specification Guide

Canopy LightsCanopy LightscSpecifying, page G14Actual DimensionsDepth 7 1 ⁄16"Width 24 1 ⁄4", 36 1 ⁄16", or 47 7 ⁄8". Height 3 13 ⁄16"Series 9000 Specification GuideHousing is paintedor clear anodizedaluminum.Bullet-shaped electronicdimming switch,when selected, is locatedon the left side, underneaththe control box.On-off switch is centeredon the bottom of the controlbox in the front.Plug is flat so it remainsclose to the receptacle.Cord exits from underneaththe center of the control box.9' cord with grounded plugis factory installed. Lengthis maximum allowed byU.S. National ElectricalCode. Cord with circuitbreaker is available to meetthe requirements of theChicago code..Product DetailsCanopy light includes thelamp, ballast, and either a9' cord with three-prongplug or Chicago plug.45°Plug configurationallows two canopy lights toengage adjacent outlets inone receptacle.Energy-saving T5lamps have triphosphorcoating for balanced colorand pleasing light.Optics include a crescentshapedlens with specularaluminum reflector that provideslow glare and broaddistribution of light.ConnectionsStandardBracketsAnswer, Avenir, andSeries 9000 bracketsare provided for use on panels.These brackets also willattach to many competitors’systems as well.Elective Elementsbrackets are optional andcan be specified to attachcanopy lights to ElectiveElements panels.Montage brackets areoptional and can be specifiedto attach canopy lights toMontage frames in the sameposition used for overheadstorage.Additional brackets areoptional for use on paneltypecompetitive products..Width Lamp Lamp Replacementwidth wattage lamps24 1 ⁄4" 21 3 ⁄5" 14 watts F14T5\83536 1 ⁄16" 33 2 ⁄5" 21 watts F21T5\83547 7 ⁄8" 45 1 ⁄5" 28 watts F28T5\835OptionalBracketsRiserSlatwall mountingRiser is available to attachbrackets are optionalcanopy lights to Detailsand can be specified toWorkFlo rail. For more infor-attach to Details slatwall,mation about WorkFlo rails,Montage slatwall tiles, andcall Details CustomerTechnology Wall slatwallAlliance at 1.800.833.0411.skins.Riser may also be used withEllipse rail attached to aworksurface.Wiring & CablingElectronic ballast ismore energy efficient thanT8 electronic ballasts.Electronic dimmingcontrol features slidingswitch, which allows continuous-rangedimming fromArchitectural brackets100% to 50% light output.are optional for mountingon drywall.Application TopicsCanopyLightPanelSeamCord manager clipsecures power cord alongback of fixture to allow it toreach a vertical wire manageror panel seam.Surface MaterialsHousing• Paint• Clear anodized aluminumReflectorBracket must always be• Specular (reflective)installed on panel seams.aluminumBrackets can be flush withCordends of canopy light or light• Black vinyl onlycan extend past bracket onone side or both sides.End caps and control box• Sterling plastic only. Brackets.• Sterling paint onlyG7Lighting

Shelf LightsAdvanced, Standard, and UtilitycSpecifying,End cap cord mana-pages G18–G23gers, molded into thedurable plastic end caps,allow you to route andmanage excess cord.Housing is painted black.Optional paint colors areavailable.On-off switch is centeredon the front edge of theshelf light.Cord exits from the centerof the back of the light.Plug is flat so it remainsclose to the receptacle.9' cord with grounded plugis factory installed. Lengthis maximum allowed byU.S. National ElectricalCode. Cord with circuitbreaker is available to meetthe requirements of theChicago code.Daisy chain cords havemodular connectors to linkshelf lights together.Actual DimensionsAdvanced Standard UtilityDepth 9 1 ⁄4" 9 1 ⁄4" 5 1 ⁄2"Width 24 5 ⁄8", 36 5 ⁄8", 24 5 ⁄8", 36 5 ⁄8", 18 5 ⁄8", 24 5 ⁄8",or 48 5 ⁄8" or 48 5 ⁄8" 36 5 ⁄8", or 48 5 ⁄8". Height 1 3 ⁄4" 1 3 ⁄4" 1 3 ⁄4"G8.Product DetailsShelf light includes thelamp, ballast, and either a9' cord with three-prongplug or daisy-chain cords.45°Plug configurationallows two shelf lights toengage adjacent outlets inone receptacle.Energy-saving T8lamps have triphosphorcoating for balanced colorand pleasing light.ConnectionsShelf light mountsrecessed or flushdepending on design of overheadstorage bin, shelf, orservice module. Installationis done in the field.Universal bracket allowsshelf light to be installed withouttools and to be recessedunder most overhead storagebins and shelves. Thebracket snaps into the endcaps and then shelf lightsnaps into place.Competitive mountingpackage provides attachmenthardware to mountSteelcase shelf lights onall major competitive furniturelines. Package includesscrews and installationinstructions.Flush mounting packageprovides snap-on,painted end cap covers foruse on shelf lights that arescrew-mounted under overheadstorage bins, shelves,service modules, and transactiontops using keyholeslots in the light fixture.Width Lamp Lamp Replacementwidth wattage lamps18 5 ⁄8" 18" 15 watts F15T8-TL73524 5 ⁄8" 24" 17 watts F17T8-TL73536 5 ⁄8" 36" 25 watts F25T8-TL73548 5 ⁄8" 48" 32 watts F32T8-TL735Magnetic ballasts areavailable on Utility shelflights.Tip: Magnetic ballasts cancause interference with computermonitors. An electronicballast is recommended forshelf lights in offices wherecomputers are used.Electronic ballast that isKeyhole slots in housingroughly 30% more efficientof fixture allow shelf light tothan a magnetic ballast isbe mounted beneath woodavailable. Electronic ballastsor laminate overhead storageeliminate fluorescent lampbins, shelves, and serviceflicker and computer screenmodules using screws pro-interference.vided. Keyhole slots are alsoused to mount lights toEconomizer electronicoverhead storage bins andballast cuts power useshelves manufactured priorby 25% and emits 50% ofto August 1991.the light output of a regularelectronic ballast. It isavailable on Advanced andStandard shelf lights.Electronic dimmingcontrol features slidingswitch, which allows continuous-rangedimming from100% to 10% light output onAdvanced shelf lights.Bat-wing lens is availableShelf light can beas an option on Utility shelfmounted anywhere from sidelights for applications whereto side beneath overheadmoderate improvement tostorage bin, shelf, or servicelight distribution of regularmodule. The cord length isprismatic lens is required,the only limitation.and low cost is critical.Wiring & CablingSurface MaterialsPower drawn is approxi-Housingmately 1 ⁄2 amp.• Black paint (standard)• Paint colors (option)Daisy chaining permitsinterconnecting up to sixReflectorshelf lights from a single• Specular (reflective)power outlet.aluminum on AdvancedcPage G9shelf light• White on Standard andStarter cord powers firstUtility shelf lightslight in a daisy chain andallows you to convert anyCorddaisy chain light for inde-• Black vinyl onlypendent operation.End cap cord manager• Black plastic only..Series 9000 Specification Guide.

Daisy ChainingDaisy Chaining.Daisy chainingAdvanced, Standard,and Utility shelf lightstogether extends powerfrom one shelf light toanother within workstationsto help keep receptaclesclear for other uses.Starter cord is requiredon shelf lights with daisychain cords to bring powerto the first shelf light in adaisy chain so there’s noneed to designate whereeach shelf light will be usedwithin the chain.Power will not be interruptedin a chain even ifone of the shelf lights isturned off or its lamp hasburned out. That’s becausethe path of power throughthe chain doesn’t passthrough the lamps orswitches.Additions to a chain arepossible at any time byadding a starter cord. Witha starter cord, any shelflight in the daisy chain canbe powered independentlyor can be the first shelf lightin a new daisy chain.StartercordDaisy chaincordsTip: Daisy chaining is notallowed in New York City orChicago. Local electricalcodes vary, so you shouldconsult a qualified electricalcontractor or engineer forproper installation of allelectrical equipment.Tip: Overhead cabinets andshelves provide a recessedarea for shelf lights. Theyare not designed to concealcords when daisy chaining..LightingSeries 9000 Specification GuideG9

Vertical Wire Managers.Vertical wire managersconceal cords, cables,and light harnesses thatare routed along the edgeof panels.cSpecifying, page G24.Product DetailsCap finishes top edgewhen wire manager extendsto the top cap of the panel.Cap is included with 12"H,22 1 ⁄4"H, 34 1 ⁄4"H, and 48"Hversions.Five lengths are availablefor typical applications.48"H plastic wire managercan be cut to meet specialrequirements.12"H fabric wire managermatches the distancefrom 29 3 ⁄4"H worksurface tothe top of a 42"H panel. Itcan also be used between a29 3 ⁄4"H worksurface andthe bottom of storage ona 61"H panel. Plastic versionis not available..17 1 ⁄2"H fabric wiremanager matches thedistance from 29 3 ⁄4"H worksurfaceto the bottom ofstorage on a 65"H panel.It can also be used belowthe worksurface. Plasticversion is not available.22 1 ⁄4"H fabric wiremanager matches thedistance from 29 3 ⁄4"H worksurfaceto the top of a 53"Hpanel. Plastic version is notavailable.34 1 ⁄4"H fabric wiremanager matches the distancefrom 29 3 ⁄4"H worksurfaceto the top of a 65"Hpanel. Plastic version is notavailable.48"H plastic wire managercan be used to concealpower cord extendingfrom panel-mounted canopylight to worksurface. It canbe cut to special lengths forother applications. It is notavailable fabric covered.ConnectionsHooks attach the verticalwire manager to the slottedchannel on a panel. Positionof hooks can be adjusted inthe field. 48"H vertical wiremanager ships with fourhooks. All other sizes shipwith two hooks.Surface MaterialsVertical wire manager• Vertical surface fabric• Plastic (48"H only)Cap• Black plastic onlyApplication Topics48"H plastic versioncan be cut to length. Fabriccoveredversions must beordered to fit height dimensionof panel or clearancebetween storage andworksurface...G10Series 9000 Specification Guide

SpecifyingLightingLightingLightingCanopy LightsRail-Mounting RiserAdvanced Shelf LightsStandard Shelf LightsUtility Shelf LightsRelated ProductsVertical Wire ManagerG12G16G18G20G22G24Series 9000 Specification GuideG11

Canopy Lightsfor Use with 3 ⁄4"- to 1 3 ⁄4"-Thick WorksurfacescNeed help?Product details,page G6Standard Includes• Light housing: all paint price groups or clearanodized aluminum• Light control box and end caps: Sterling plastic only• On-off switch centered in control box• 9' cord with three-prong plug at 45° angle:black vinyl only• Precision optics tube• Reflector: specular (reflective) aluminum• T5 3500K lamp• Electronic ballast• Dimmer switch, if selected: Sterling plastic only• Clamp mechanism• Pair of cord manager clips: black plastic onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number or 8043 ClearAnodized Aluminum for light housingcSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dPriced d d dElectronic Ballast with Dimmer Switch7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 3 13 ⁄16" 14 watts LCS24KR $5647 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 3 13 ⁄16" 21 watts LCS36KR $5967 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 3 13 ⁄16" 28 watts LCS48KR $629With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 3 13 ⁄16" 14 watts LCS24KRC $6117 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 3 13 ⁄16" 21 watts LCS36KRC $6437 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 3 13 ⁄16" 28 watts LCS48KRC $676d d d dElectronic Ballast7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 3 13 ⁄16" 14 watts LCS24K $4897 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 3 13 ⁄16" 21 watts LCS36K $5217 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 3 13 ⁄16" 28 watts LCS48K $554With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 3 13 ⁄16" 14 watts LCS24KC $5367 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 3 13 ⁄16" 21 watts LCS36KC $5687 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 3 13 ⁄16" 28 watts LCS48KC $601d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.G12Series 9000 Specification Guide

Canopy LightsLightingFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideG13

Canopy LightscNeed help?Product details,page G7Standard Includes• Light housing: all paint price groups or clearanodized aluminum• Light control box and end caps: Sterling plastic only• On-off switch centered in control box• 9' cord with three-prong plug at 45° angle:black vinyl only• Precision optics tube• Reflector: specular (reflective) aluminum• T5 3500K lamp• Electronic ballast• Dimmer switch, if selected: Sterling plastic only• Pair of Answer, Avenir, and Series 9000 panel-mountingbrackets: Sterling paint only• Pair of cord manager clips: black plastic onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number or 8043 ClearAnodized Aluminum for light housing3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Tip: Panel-mounted canopylights are standard withbrackets that attach toAnswer, Avenir, and Series9000 panels.You mustselect the correct bracketsfor use on Elective Elements,Montage, slatwall, architecturaldrywall, or competitiveproducts.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyPanel • Pair of Elective Elements No cost Specify with Elective Elements brackets.Bracketspanel-mounting brackets:Sterling paint only• Pair of Montage frame- No cost Specify with Montage brackets.mounting brackets: Sterlingpaint onlySlatwall • Pair of slatwall-mounting No cost Specify with slatwall brackets.Bracketsbrackets: Sterling paint onlyArchitectural • Pair of architectural drywall No cost Specify with drywall brackets.Drywallbrackets: Sterling paint onlyBracketsCompetitive • Pair of panel-mounted brackets No cost Specify with Haworth Premise brackets.Bracketsfor use with Haworth Premise:Sterling paint only• Pair of panel-mounted brackets No cost Specify with Herman Miller Action Officefor use with Herman Millerbrackets.Action Office: Sterling paint only• Pair of panel-mounted brackets No cost Specify with Herman Miller Ethospacefor use with Herman Millerbrackets.Ethospace: Sterling paint only• Pair of panel-mounted brackets No cost Specify with Knoll System 6 and System Zfor use with Knoll System 6brackets.and System Z: Sterling paint onlyRelated • Rail-mounting riser cPage G16ProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.G14Series 9000 Specification Guide

Canopy LightsSpecification InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dElectronic Ballast with Dimmer Switch7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 3 13 ⁄16" 14 watts LCP24KR $4707 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 3 13 ⁄16" 21 watts LCP36KR $5017 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 3 13 ⁄16" 28 watts LCP48KR $533With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 3 13 ⁄16" 14 watts LCP24KRC $5177 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 3 13 ⁄16" 21 watts LCP36KRC $5487 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 3 13 ⁄16" 28 watts LCP48KRC $580d d d dElectronic Ballast7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 3 13 ⁄16" 14 watts LCP24K $3957 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 3 13 ⁄16" 21 watts LCP36K $4267 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 3 13 ⁄16" 28 watts LCP48K $458With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 3 13 ⁄16" 14 watts LCP24KC $4427 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 3 13 ⁄16" 21 watts LCP36KC $4737 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 3 13 ⁄16" 28 watts LCP48KC $505d d d dLightingFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideG15

Rail-Mounting RisercNeed help?Product details,page G7Standard Includes• Riser to attach to Details WorkFlo or Ellipse rail:Sterling plastic only• Pair of cord manager clips: black plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: For more informationabout Details WorkFlo rail,call Details CustomerAlliance at 1.800.833.0411.Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d1" 6" 6 1 ⁄2" LCWR S $55d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.G16Series 9000 Specification Guide

Rail-Mounting RiserLightingFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideG17

Advanced Shelf LightsTip: Daisy chaining is notallowed in New York City orChicago. Local electricalcodes vary, so you shouldconsult a qualified electricalcontractor or engineer forproper installation of allelectrical equipment.Tip: Because shelf lightsare usually recessed, blackis the standard paint color.Paint colors other than blackhave an upcharge.Tip: If an optional paint coloris selected for the housing,the electrical switches andend caps will remain blackplastic.cNeed help?Product details,page G8Standard Includes• Light housing with centered on-off switch:black paint• End cap cord managers: black plastic only• Cords:—9' cord with three-prong plug at 45° angle:black vinyl only—One 30" and one 48" cord with modularconnectors for daisy chaining: black vinyl only• Precision optics tube around lamp• Faceted reflector: specular (reflective) aluminum• T8 3500K lamp• Ballast• Dimmer switch, if selected: black plastic only• Universal mounting hardware package• Daisy chain starter cord, if selected: black vinyl only(order separately)Required to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number, if other than black(see options below)3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Painted light housing +$15 Specify paint color number for housing.Materials other than black cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Bracket • Competitive mounting No cost Specify with competitive mountingOption package package.• Flush mounting package No cost Specify with flush mounting packageand paint color.Specification InformationTip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Products onnext page.DDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dEconomizer Electronic Ballast9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KF $4259 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KF $4529 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KF $472With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KFC $4739 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KFC $5009 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KFC $520With Daisy Chain Cords9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KFD $4509 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KFD $4779 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KFD $497d d d dcSpecification information continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.G18Series 9000 Specification Guide

Advanced Shelf LightsTip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Productsbelow.Tip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Productsbelow.Specification InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dElectronic Ballast9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24K $3859 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36K $4129 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48K $432With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KC $4339 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KC $4609 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KC $480With Daisy Chain Cords9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KD $4109 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KD $4379 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KD $457d d d dElectronic Ballast with Dimmer Switch9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KR $4809 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KR $5079 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KR $527With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KRC $5289 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KRC $5559 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KRC $575With Daisy Chain Cords9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KDR $5059 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KDR $5329 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KDR $552d d d dRelated ProductsDQuantity DLength DStyle DU.S.din Package d dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dDaisy Chain Starter Cord1 78" LS1FSC $ 416 78" LS6FSC $246d d d dLightingSeries 9000 Specification GuideG19

Standard Shelf LightsTip: Daisy chaining is notallowed in New York City orChicago. Local electricalcodes vary, so you shouldconsult a qualified electricalcontractor or engineer forproper installation of allelectrical equipment.Tip: Because shelf lightsare usually recessed, blackis the standard paint color.Paint colors other than blackhave an upcharge.Tip: If an optional paint coloris selected for the housing,the electrical switches andend caps will remain blackplastic.cNeed help?Product details,page G8Standard Includes• Light housing with centered on-off switch:black paint• End cap cord managers: black plastic only• Cords:—9' cord with three-prong plug at 45° angle:black vinyl only—One 30" and one 48" cord with modularconnectors for daisy chaining: black vinyl only• Contrast sleeve around lamp• Faceted reflector: white only• T8 3500K lamp• Ballast• Universal mounting hardware package• Daisy chain starter cord, if selected: black vinyl only(order separately)Required to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number, if other than black(see options below)3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Painted light housing +$15 Specify paint color number for housing.Materials other than black cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Bracket • Competitive mounting No cost Specify with competitive mountingOption package package.• Flush mounting package No cost Specify with flush mounting packageand paint color.Specification InformationTip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Products onnext page.DDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dElectronic Ballast9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSM24K $2969 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSM36K $3179 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSM48K $342With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSM24KC $3449 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSM36KC $3659 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSM48KC $390With Daisy Chain Cords9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSM24KD $3219 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSM36KD $3429 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSM48KD $367d d d dcSpecification information continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.G20Series 9000 Specification Guide

Standard Shelf LightsTip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Productsbelow.Specification InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dEconomizer Electronic Ballast9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSM24KF $3369 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSM36KF $3579 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSM48KF $382With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSM24KFC $3849 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSM36KFC $4059 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSM48KFC $430With Daisy Chain Cords9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSM24KFD $3619 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSM36KFD $3829 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSM48KFD $407d d d dRelated ProductsDQuantity DLength DStyle DU.S.din Package d dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dDaisy Chain Starter Cord1 78" LS1FSC $ 416 78" LS6FSC $246d d d dLightingFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideG21

Utility Shelf LightsTip: Daisy chaining is notallowed in New York City orChicago. Local electricalcodes vary, so you shouldconsult a qualified electricalcontractor or engineer forproper installation of allelectrical equipment.Tip: Because shelf lightsare usually recessed, blackis the standard paint color.Paint colors other than blackhave an upcharge.Tip: If an optional paint coloris selected for the housing,the electrical switches andend caps will remain blackplastic.cNeed help?Product details,page G8Standard Includes• Light housing with centered on-off switch:black paint• End cap cord managers: black plastic only• Cords:—9' cord with three-prong plug at 45° angle:black vinyl only—One 30" and one 48" cord with modularconnectors for daisy chaining: black vinyl only• Prismatic lens• Angled reflector: white only• T8 3500K lamp• Ballast• Universal mounting hardware package• Daisy chain starter cord, if selected: black vinyl only(order separately)Required to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number, if other than black(see options below)3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Painted light housing +$15 Specify paint color number for housing.Materials other than black cSee Surface Materials, page H4.Lens • Bat-wing lens +$22 Specify with bat-wing lens.Bracket • Competitive mounting No cost Specify with competitive mountingOption package package.• Flush mounting package No cost Specify with flush mounting packageand paint color.Specification InformationTip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Products onnext page.DDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dElectronic Ballast5 1 ⁄2" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSB24K $2025 1 ⁄2" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSB36K $2395 1 ⁄2" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSB48K $263With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker5 1 ⁄2" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSB24KC $2505 1 ⁄2" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSB36KC $2875 1 ⁄2" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSB48KC $311With Daisy Chain Cords5 1 ⁄2" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSB24KD $2275 1 ⁄2" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSB36KD $2645 1 ⁄2" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSB48KD $288d d d dcSpecification information continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.G22Series 9000 Specification Guide

Utility Shelf LightsTip: Magnetic ballasts cancause interference withcomputer monitors. An electronicballast is recommendedfor shelf lights inoffices where computers areused.Tip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Productsbelow.Specification InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dMagnetic Normal-Power-Factor Ballast5 1 ⁄2" 19"* 1 3 ⁄4" 15 watts LSB18M $1635 1 ⁄2" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSB24M $1435 1 ⁄2" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSB36M $1805 1 ⁄2" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSB48M $204With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker5 1 ⁄2" 19"* 1 3 ⁄4" 15 watts LSB18MC $2115 1 ⁄2" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSB24MC $1915 1 ⁄2" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSB36MC $2285 1 ⁄2" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSB48MC $252With Daisy Chain Cords5 1 ⁄2" 19"* 1 3 ⁄4" 15 watts LSB18MD $1885 1 ⁄2" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSB24MD $1685 1 ⁄2" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSB36MD $2055 1 ⁄2" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSB48MD $229d d d dRelated ProductsDQuantity DLength DStyle DU.S.din Package d dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dDaisy Chain Starter Cord1 78" LS1FSC $ 416 78" LS6FSC $246d d d dLighting* Because lamps andballasts for 19"W shelflights are more expensivethan those for 24"W shelflights, use 19"W shelf lightsonly in applications wherelarger sizes will not fit.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideG23

Vertical Wire ManagerscNeed help?Product details,page G10Standard Includes• Vertical wire manager: vertical surface fabric or plastic• Cap for use when connecting with panel top cap,on applicable models: black plastic onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Color number for wire managercSee Surface Materials, page H4.Specification InformationDHeight DWith DStyle DU.S.d dCap dNumber dPriced d d dFor Enhanced PanelsFabric Covered12" Yes 9886242B $5617 1 ⁄2" No 9886265BB $5122 1 ⁄4" Yes 9886253B $5734 1 ⁄4" Yes 9886265B $58Plastic48" Yes 98862B $26d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.G24Series 9000 Specification Guide

Surface MaterialsSurface Materials OverviewH2Surface MaterialsH4Paint, Textured Paint, and Coating Color Availability Matrix H8Laminate Color Availability MatrixH10Wood Color Availability MatrixH12Plastic Color Availability MatrixH13Vertical Surface Fabric Color Availability MatrixH14Specification Guidelines for Vertical Fabric Applications H16Color Coordination MatricesH18Surface MaterialsSeries 9000 Specification GuideH1

Surface Materials OverviewMaterialPaintLaminateWoodPlastic and VinylMetalGlassAcrylicVertical Surface Fabric.ApplicationsPanels Worksurfaces Storage Lighting• Top cap• Trims• Base cover• Brackets• Panel stabilizer foot• Power/cable poles• Corner filler/cable post• Cable drop boxEnhanced Panels• Non-tackable surface• Top cap• Trim• Filler cover• Cable drop box• Panel boot• Hinges• Receptacles• Top cap• Panel trim• Base cover• End-of-run trim• Straight transparent-panel inserts• Curved transparent-panel inserts• Panel surface• Enhanced transparent panel frame• Corner and end-of-run fillers• Cable drop box• Tackboards• Accent panels• Cantilevers• Pedestals• Clear-access end panel • Storage bins and shelvesand foot• Service modules• Column support• Keyboard shelves and tray• End panel• End panel filler cap• Back panel• Worksurface support• Grommet adapter plate• Adjustable-heightworksurface base and columnConventional• WorksurfacesOptions• WorksurfacesWood Selections• End panels and back panelsOptions• WorksurfacesWood Selections• Worksurfaces• End panels and back panels• Grommets• Filler strips• Worksurface edgesConventional• End support trim• Column support• Locks• Cantilever trimWood Selections• Column supportConventional• Mobile pedestal topsWood Selections• Pedestals• Lateral files• Shelves• Overhead storage cabinet(case only, doors are wood)• Wardrobes and storagecabinets (case only, frontsare wood)Conventional• Mobile pedestal tops• Pedestal wood pullsOptions• Pedestal wood pullsWood Selections• Pedestals and lateral files• Shelves and storage cabinets• Wardrobes and storagecabinetsConventional• LocksOptions• LocksWood Selections• Drawer pulls• Locks• Service module tackboard• Shelf lights• Canopy lights• Vertical wire manager.H2Series 9000 Specification Guide

Series 9000 Specification GuideH3Surface Materials OverviewSurface Materials..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................MaterialPaintApplicationsAccessories• Paperflo• Bookends• Wall channels• Metal center drawer• Reference shelf• Drawer partition• Pullout keyboard shelf• Horizontal braceWood Selections• Center drawerWood

Surface Materials.This listing includes allthe surface material choicesthat are available for theproducts in this specificationguide..ResourcesFor more information aboutsurface materials, refer tothe following resources:Surface MaterialsReference ManualThis publication provides:• An explanation of thesurface materials program•“Available on” matrices• Vertical surface fabricand seating upholsteryselection listing• Pricing for surfacematerials• Technical data for surfacematerials• Surface material care andcleaning instructionsSurface MaterialsFinishes Binderincludes:• Surface MaterialsReference Manual• A complete set of swatchcards for hard surfacesSurface MaterialsVertical Surface FabricBinder includes:• A complete set of swatchcards for vertical surfacefabricSurface MaterialsSeating UpholsteryBinder includes:• Designtex Graded-InCatalog• A complete set ofswatch cards forseating upholsterySurface MaterialsTool Box provides 3" x 3"samples of the followingsurface materials:• Vertical surface fabric• Seating upholstery• Wood• Paint• LaminateForm number S8150PaintNot every paint color isavailable on every paintedcomponent.cRefer to the Paint,Textured Paint, and CoatingColor Availability Matrix onpage H8 before specifying.Price Group 1Textured Paint7207 Black7225 Sand (Vanadium)7236 Fog7237 Slate7238 Fieldstone7239 MidnightPrice Group 2Metallic Paint4750 Champagne4751 Bronze4752 Steel4788 Gold Dust4798 Sterling4799 PlatinumPrice Group 3Accent PaintPlease see the AccentPaint swatchcard in theSurface Materials FinishesBinder for a complete list ofthese colorful paints.PerfectMatch IIPerfectMatch II is a servicethat allows you to createyour own paint color. Referto the Surface MaterialsReference Manual for moreinformation about this program..LaminateNot every laminate is availableon all worksurfaces.cRefer to the LaminateColor Availability Matrix onpage H10 before specifying.2412 Natural Cherry2421 Medium Cherry2511 Winter on Maple2592 Blonde on Maple2632 Medium Oak2711 Natural Walnut2722 Cream2729 White Sand2730 Arctic White2746 Black2759 Warm White2771 Medium Mahoganyon Walnut2810 Dawn2811 Mist2820 Coffee Speckle2822 Woodrose Speckle2823 Driftwood Speckle2824 Smoke Speckle2825 Vanadium Speckle2850 Vanadium Fiber2851 Rhyme Fiber2852 Tungsten Fiber2854 Vellum Fiber2857 Stream Fiber2859 Novell Fiber2860 Granite Fiber2870 Blonde BronzePatina2871 Blackened BronzePatina2872 Silver Plate Patina2873 Instant Iron PatinaAccent LaminateSee the Accent Laminateswatchcard in the SurfaceMaterials Finishes Binderfor a complete list of thesecolorful laminates...Open LineLaminateThis service allows you toorder special laminates atan additional processingfee of $60 U.S. or $83Canadian per worksurfaceplus the cost of thelaminate.Edge color for customlaminate orders must bedetermined by the dealerand customer before orderscan be entered.For additional information,refer to the SteelcaseSurface Materials ReferenceManual.Tip: Standard or Accentlaminates being used inthe Open-Line laminateprogram to obtain a differentedge detail will be chargedthe Open-Line Laminateupcharge; however, no additionalcharges for the laminatewill be applied..H4Series 9000 Specification Guide

Surface Materials.WoodSteelcase carefully selectsveneer and solid wood orconsistent color and grainstructure. Wood is a naturalmaterial and variations willoccur in color, grain, andtexture. These variationsare part of the inherent naturalbeauty of wood and arenot considered defects.All wood products willdarken with age and exposureto ultraviolet light. Thisis especially apparent withcherry and maple veneer.We recommend that deskaccessories be arrangedperiodically to ensure evenaging of wood surfaces.VeneerVeneers are flat cut and arematched for proper balanceand consistency.A limited number of productsare available in compositeveneer. Compositeveneer is made by stackingveneer slices, gluing themtogether and reslicing, tocreate veneer with a uniformcolor and grain.Open-pore finish is amedium gloss finish thatleaves the wood texturevisible to the eye and distinguishableto the touch.Not every wood color isavailable on all woodcomponents.cRefer to the Wood ColorAvailability Matrix on pageH12 before specifying.3412 Natural Cherry3422 Medium Cherry3562 Linseed on Maple3572 Amber on Maple3582 Winter on Maple3592 Blonde on Maple3632 Medium Oak3642 Natural Oak3712 Natural Walnut3722 Dark Mahoganyon Walnut3742 Autumn Walnut3772 Medium Mahoganyon Walnut3792 Black Walnut.Customiz stain is a servicethat allows you to createyour own stain colors onstandard veneers. Customizstain color is available onall product lines that offerwood veneer.A one-time formulation feeof $400 U.S. per color, percustomer processing feewill apply. The fee coversthe cost of formulating theCustomiz finish and appliesregardless of whether ornot an order for product isplaced. Please refer to“Customiz Stain” optionprice column in your specificationguide for the unitupcharge.Customiz stain takes 10days to formulate. Consultthe Surface Materials ReferenceManual for more information.Custom veneersare also available and mustbe quoted by specials engineering.Customiz stain oncustom veneers take 2 to 4weeks to formulate.Requirements and informationon ordering a Customizstain color are found in theSurface Materials ReferenceManual.PlasticPlastic and vinyl productsmay not be available in allcolors listed below.cRefer to page H13 for anoverview of the plastic colorsthat are available foreach component.6000 Black6001 Coffee6008 Bramble6612 Grey V26615 Grey V56623 Metallic6631 Cream6635 Dawn6636 Mist6651 Tungsten6652 Titanium6653 Solar Black6654 Sand (Vanadium)6655 Warm White6656 Tantalum6681 Grotto6695 Midnight6697 FogFull-fill finish3414 Natural Cherry3424 Medium Cherry3534 Winter on Maple3544 Blonde on Maple3564 Linseed on Maple3574 Amber on Maple3634 Medium Oak3644 Natural Oak3714 Natural Walnut3724 Dark Mahoganyon Walnut3744 Autumn Walnut3774 Dark Mahoganyon Walnut3794 Black Walnut.Metal8043 Clear AnodizedAluminum9201 Polished Chrome9212 Silver(available on WoodSelections pedestaland vertical cabinetpulls only)9250 Ember Chrome(available for locksonly)Glass6500 Clear6502 Solar BronzeAcrylic6510 Clear6512 Solar Bronze6530 Frosted.Vertical Surface FabriccSee page H14 for specificvertical surface availability.Classics CollectionSurface materials in theClassics Collection aretimeless. These materialsshould be available for aminimum of 10 years fromthe date the material isintroduced into the ClassicsCollection. The ClassicsCollection includes the followingfabrics in PriceGroups 1 through 3:Price Group 1Abacus*P122 EntasisP123 PorticoP124 OpusP125 CuspP126 ArtifactP127 ArcadeP128 MatrixP129 AtlasP156 Pilaster*Not available on 75"HPanelsAcadia*G031 TinG033 IronG034 PewterG039 SilicaG040 MalachiteG041 BrimstoneG042 GalenaG043 AzuriteG044 LimoniteG045 Tourmaline*Not available on 75"HEnhanced panelsBariolageG220 EtudeG221 AntanteG226 CantataG227 AdagioG233 MelodyG234 BallalaG235 SonataBelgradeB600 StrawberryB603 StormB604 SeafoamB606 BuffB607 HarborB608 LilyB609 Moss..Surface MaterialsSeries 9000 Specification Guide cSurface Materials, continued H5

Surface Materials, continued.BellaRose*B650 AvodireB651 BirchB652 WillowB653 AlderB654 LaurelB655 WengeB656 Ebony*Not available on 75"HEnhanced panelsBoccie*P300 RiceP301 AlmondP302 NutmegP303 CamelP304 OpalP305 MistP306 PlumP307 LichenP308 SpearmintP309 Sky*Not available on panelstaller than 68"HCornice*P131 SpireP132 SpandrelP133 CrownP134 CoronaP135 SconceP136 FinialP137 Pediment*Not available on 75"HPanelsEmbrasure*P140 ColonnadeP141 RotundaP142 OculusP143 BalusterP144 Torus*Not available on 75"HPanelsAdditional fabrics areavailable in this pricegroup. Call Designtex at1.800.221.1540 for furtherinformation about theGraded-In Program.Price Group 2Amiranté5664 Mink5665 Ivory5666 Silver Frost5677 Moonglo5679 Woodbine5680 Balsa5686 Sea5687 Chamois5689 Opal5690 Blue HorizonAshanti5610 French Cream5612 Ivory5613 Silver Frost5657 Moonglo5659 Woodbine5674 QuinceAshanti Reverse5638 Mink5639 Ivory5640 Silver Frost5648 Moonglo5650 Woodbine5654 QuinceBouquet*P163 VivienP165 HostaP166 DundeeP168 AsterP169 ArgentaP170 HoyaP172 CactusP173 CamomileP174 HoneysuckleP175 Jasper*Not available on 75"HEnhanced panelsCordialE400 WhiteLilyE401 SagebrushE402 ShamrockE404 SilverLeafE405 LavenderE414 Ocean ReefE415 SesameE416 MarinaE417 SpearmintFirenzeP001 TranquilleP002 StaghornP003 FigFirenze ReverseF001 TranquilleF002 StaghornF003 Fig..FrescoG001 SandriftG002 MistibluG003 FaonG004 SepiaG005 ArrowoodG006 ChamolineG007 GrapenutG013 PistachioG016 WinterskyG017 FlintMilanoN001 OysterN002 DelftN003 WoodlandN004 SunshadowN005 OlivineN007 RedgrapeN008 MolluskN009 FairwayN010 DahliaN012 TeakwoodRacquets*P330 LichenP331 LilyP332 AlmondP333 NutmegP334 PewterP335 SpearmintP336 Sky*Not available on 75"HEnhanced panelsRegattaD004 RoseberryD006 BluesageD007 ColibriD011 LicoriceD012 ProvenceD020 Haze5335 Warm Brown V15336 Warm Brown V25338 Tan V15339 Tan V25344 Grey V15345 Grey V25369 Blue V1Wilshire5831 Blue Violet V35841 Warm Brown V35846 Grey V35864 Lark5865 Burgess5867 Castle5868 FieldstoneAdditional fabrics areavailable in this pricegroup. Call Designtex at1.800.221.1540 for furtherinformation about theGraded-In Program.Price Group 3Martinique5574 May Apple5577 Woodsorrel5578 Baneberry5579 Waterlily5582 Morro5583 DivaAdditional fabrics areavailable in this pricegroup. Call Designtex at1.800.221.1540 for furtherinformation about theGraded-In Program.Options CollectionSurface materials in theOptions Collection areavailable on selectSteelcase brand seatingand systems products.These materials should beavailable for a minimum of3 years from the date thematerial is introduced intothe Options Collection.Options Collection fabricsand upholsteries are noweven easier to order.Specify individual finishcodes following the sameprocess as ClassicsCollection fabrics andupholsteries.The Options Collectionincludes the followingfabrics in Price Groups 2and 3:Price Group 2SolitaireP343 SpearmintP344 RiceP345 TaupeP346 PewterP347 NutmegP348 ChamoisP349 CamelP350 MistP351 LichenP352 WillowP353 SilverP354 SkyP355 VioletPrice Group 3LottoP310 PewterP311 AlmondP312 NutmegP313 PlumP314 LichenP315 SkyP316 Spearmint.Pick-Up SticksP320 BoneP321 CloudP322 AlmondP323 PewterP324 NutmegP325 ChamoisP326 CamelP327 LichenP328 SpearmintP329 SkyDesigntex Graded-In ProgramAll Designtex Graded-Infabrics are now supportedjust like standard fabricswhen ordered on Steelcasefurniture. The DesigntexGraded-In program alsoincludes the EnvironmentalImpact Collection, whichoffers sustainable textilesin affordable price groups.For additional informationand fabric samples, contactyour local Designtex Groupsales representative at1.800.221.1540.Designtex fabrics aregraded into Steelcase PriceGroups 1 through 4.Price Group 1Moors(EnvironmentalImpact Collection)Price Group 2About FaceAcresBracken (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)BrunswickCut to the ChaseGimletNicheSenecalStreams (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)Price Group 3ApexDalmatianFoxtrotMeringueNo Deposit No ReturnRain (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)Sea Breeze (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)Six PackThat Straw StuffPrice Group 4SumocSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual for a. listing for fabric colors..H6G = On the 1999 Culling ListSeries 9000 Specification Guide

Surface Materials.Price Group COM(Customer’s OwnMaterial)Fabric Approval andYardageTo confirm whether aparticular COM materialhas already been tested foruse on a specific Steelcaseproduct or to determineactual yardage requirements:• Visit www.steelcase.com• Click on “Tools & Insights”• Select “Customer’s OwnMaterial”You can find the sameinformation on the in2 site.Follow these steps:• Visit www.in2.steelcase.com• Click on “Sales/DesignTeam”• Select “Surface Materials”• Select “Customer’s OwnMaterial”For additional informationregardingCustomer’s OwnMaterial, call1.888.STEELCASE.SeatingcSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual for a listingof available seatingupholstery colors.Classics CollectionSurface materials in theClassics Collection aretimeless. These materialsshould be available for aminimum of 10 years fromthe date the material isintroduced into the ClassicsCollection. The ClassicsCollection includes the followingfabrics in PriceGroups 1 through 3 and theLeather Price Group:• Available on mobilepedestal cushion top andWood Selections mobilepedestal seats only.Price Group 1JacksLinkSewn vinylPrice Group 2CanzonéCavalcadeCricketRegisRouletteSpyderSweepstakesPrice Group 3HampsteadZoeLeatherSteelcase Leather.Options CollectionSurface materials in theOptions Collection areavailable on selectSteelcase brand seatingand systems products.These materials should beavailable for a minimum of3 years from the date thematerial is introduced intothe Options Collection.Options Collection fabricsand upholsteries are noweven easier to order.Specify individual finishcodes following the sameprocess as ClassicsCollection fabrics andupholsteries.The Options Collectionincludes the following fabricsin Price Groups 3through 5:Price Group 3HopscotchPrice Group 4CroquetDominoTivoliWobblePrice Group 5FrisbeeInfield.Designtex Graded-In ProgramAll Designtex Graded-Infabrics are now supportedjust like standard fabricswhen ordered on Steelcasefurniture. The DesigntexGraded-In program alsoincludes the EnvironmentalImpact Collection, whichoffers sustainable textilesin affordable price groups.For additional informationand fabric samples, contactyour local Designtex Groupsales representative at1.800.221.1540.Designtex upholsteries aregraded into Steelcase PriceGroups 2 through 10.Price Group 2Bee (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)Price Group 3Lagoon (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)Prairie (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)Reed Stripe (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)Price Group 4BowlineClosed LoopCordMontezumaNolitaRound AboutTangoVibePrice Group 5AbexSamPrice Group 6Rough & ReadyPrice Group 7AceFireflyShimmyWood Suede TooPrice Group 8CoppiceDelphosFalling LeavesFurrowsLillianLosetaMeanderPackardRickshaw.Price Group 9GramercyNoMadPrice Group 10PlumscSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual for alisting for upholstery colors.Price Group COM(Customer’s Own Material)Fabric Approval andYardageTo confirm whether aparticular COM materialhas already been tested foruse on a specific Steelcaseproduct or to determineactual yardage requirements:• Visit www.steelcase.com• Click on “Tools & Insights”• Select “Customer’s OwnMaterial”You can find the sameinformation on the in2 site.Follow these steps:• Visit www.in2.steelcase.com• Click on “Sales/DesignTeam”• Select “Surface Materials”• Select “Customer’s OwnMaterial”For additionalinformation regardingCustomer’s OwnMaterial, call1.888.STEELCASE...Surface MaterialsSeries 9000 Specification GuideH7

Paint, Textured Paint, and Coating Color Availability MatrixPaint, Textured Paint, and Coating Color Availability MatrixEnhanced PanelsTop capAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAATrimsAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAABase coverAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAABracketsAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAPower/cable polesAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAACorner filler/cable posts AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAACable drop boxAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAConventional ProductsCantileversAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAClear access end panels AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAEnd panelsAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAABack panelsAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAColumn supportAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAGrommet adapter plate AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAPedestalsAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAALateral filesAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAStorage bins and shelves AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAService modulesAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAShelf side support bracket AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAdjustable-heightworksurface base andfeet (crank)AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAdjustable-heightworksurface base andfeet (electric)AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAALegend˜ = Not availableÅ = AvailableÅ = Available with exceptions. c See specification pages for details.Paint Price Group 1 (textured)7207 Black7225 Sand (Vanadium)7236 Fog7237 Slate7238 Fieldstone7239 MidnightPaint Price Group 2 (mettalic)4750 Champagne4751 Bronze4752 Steel4788 Gold Dust4798 Sterling4799 PlatinumPaint Price Group 3Accent PaintPerfectMatch IIH8Series 9000 Specification Guide

Paint, Textured Paint,and Coating ColorAvailability MatrixPaint, Textured Paint, and Coating Color Availability Matrix, continuedOptionsPaint Price Group 1 (textured)7207 BlackLegend˜ = Not availableÅ = AvailableÅ = Available with exceptionsc See specification pages for details.7225 Sand (Vanadium)7236 Fog7237 Slate7238 Fieldstone7239 MidnightPaint Price Group 2 (mettalic)4750 Champagne4751 Bronze4752 Steel4788 Gold Dust4798 Sterling4799 PlatinumPaint Price Group 3Accent PaintPerfectMatch IICantilevers AAAAAA AAAAAA AAEnd panels AAAAAA AAAAAA AAWorksurface center support AAAAAA AAAAAA AAColumn support AAAAAA AAAAAA AASide support bracket AAAAAA AAAAAA AAPedestals AAAAAA AAAAAA AAPedestal conversion kit AAAAAA AAAAAA AAAdjustable-height AAAAAA AAAAAA AAworksurface base andfeet (crank)Adjustable-height AAAAAA AAAAAA AAworksurface base andfeet (electric)Wood SelectionsColumn support ANNNNN NNNNNN NNPedestal/cabinet drawer/ ANNNNN NNNNNN NNdoor pullsLightingCanopy lights AAAAAA AAAAAA AAShelf lights AAAAAA AAAAAA AAAccessory Products including Paper StoragePaperflo AAAAAA AAAAAA AAPaper storage trays AAAAAA AAAAAA AAMetal center drawer AAAAAA AAAAAA AAPullout keyboard shelf AAAAAA AAAAAA AAWall channels AAAAAA AAAAAA AAHorizontal brace AAAAAA AAAAAA AABookends AAAAAA AAAAAA AA.Surface MaterialsSeries 9000 Specification GuideH9

Laminate Color Availability MatrixConventionalAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAOptionsAAAAAAAAAAAAAAANANAAAAAAAAAAAAWood SelectionsXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXPedestal TopsAAAAAAAAAAAAANANAAAAAAANNNAAAALegend˜ = Not availableÅ = Available˛ = Available with exceptions. c See specification pages for details.2412 Natural Cherry2421 Medium Cherry2511 Winter on Maple2592 Blonde on Maple2632 Medium Oak2711 Natural Walnut2722 Cream2729 White Sand2730 Arctic White2745 Zinc2746 Black2751 Tan V12759 Warm White2766 Warm Brown V12771 Medium Mahogany on Walnut2782 Grey V12810 Dawn2811 Mist2820 Coffee Speckle2822 Woodrose Speckle2823 Driftwood Speckle2824 Smoke Speckle2825 Vanadium Speckle2837 Woodrose Pattern2839 Driftwood Pattern2841 Smoke Pattern2850 Vanadium Fiber2851 Rhyme Fiber2852 Tungsten Fiber2854 Vellum FiberH10Series 9000 Specification Guide

Laminate ColorAvailability Matrix2857 Stream Fiber2859 Novell Fiber2860 Granite Fiber2870 Blonde Bronze Patina2871 Blackened Bronze Patina2872 Silver Plate Patina2873 Instant Iron PatinaAAAAAAAAAAAAAAXXXXXXXAAAAAAA.Surface MaterialsSeries 9000 Specification GuideH11

Wood Color Availability MatrixEnhanced Panels aaaaaaaaaaaaaWood Selections aaaaaaaaaaaaa8600 Series Tables aaaaaaaaaaaaaPedestal Tops/Pulls aaaaaaaaaaaaaLegend˜ = Not availableÅ = Available˛ = Available with exceptions. c See specification pages for details.3412 Natural Cherry3422 Medium Cherry3562 Linseed on Maple3572 Amber on Maple3582 Winter on Maple3592 Blonde on Maple3632 Medium Oak3642 Natural Oak3712 Natural Walnut3722 Dark Mahogany on Walnut3742 Autumn Walnut3772 Medium Mahogany on Walnut3792 Black Walnut.H12Series 9000 Specification Guide

Plastic Color Availability MatrixPlastic ColorAvailability MatrixNot every plastic component isavailable on every plastic color.The matrix below provides anoverview of which plastic colorscan be specified for many Series9000 plastic component. Thosecomponents not shown areavailable in default colors only.Enhanced PanelsHingesAANAAAAAANNNNNNNANNNNTRI panel receptacle frames AANAAAAANNNNNNNNANNNNCorner cable coversANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNANNNNReceptaclesANNAAANNNNNNNNNNANNNAConventional Worksurfaces, Storage, and Related ProductsGrommetsAANAAAANNNNNNNNNANNAAFiller strips for returns, radius-end AAANNNAANAAANNNAANNAAtable return, bridgeModular worksurface package AAANNNAANAAANNNNANNAAreveal stripsCorner worksurface packages AAAAAAAANAAANNNAANNNNfront edgeRadius-end worksurface edges AAAAAAAANAAANNNAANNNNTransaction worksurface edges AAAAAAAANAAANNNAANNNNFreestanding corner worksurface AAAAAAAANAAANNNNANNNNback edgesVDT stand worksurfaces edge AAAAAAAANAAANNNNANNNNVDT stand auxiliaryAAAAAAAANAAANNNNANNNNworksurface edgeClear-access end panel andservice module duplexAANAAAAANNNNNNNAANNAAcable grommetOptions WorksurfacesOptions worksurface front edge AAAAAAAANAAANNNAANNNNLightingVertical wire managersAANAAAAANNNNNNNNANNNNLegend˜ = Not availableÅ = Available˛ = Available with exceptions. c See specification pages for details.6000 Black6001 Coffee6008 Bramble6607 Woodrose6608 Driftwood6609 Smoke6612 Grey V26615 Grey V56623 Metallic6631 Cream6635 Dawn6636 Mist6651 Tungsten6652 Titanium6653 Solar Black6654 Sand (Vanadium)6655 Warm White6656 Tantalum6681 Grotto6695 Midnight6697 Fog.Surface MaterialsSeries 9000 Specification GuideH13

Vertical Surface Fabric Color Availability MatrixEnhanced PanelsPanels (34 1 ⁄2", 42", 53", 61", and 65"H) AAAXAAAN AAAAXXAAAAAAAASurface impressions (34 1 ⁄2", 42", 53", 61", and 65"H) AAANAAAN AAAAXNAAAAAAAAPanels (75"H) NNAXNNNN AAANXXAAANANANSurface impressions (75"H) NNANNNNN AAANXNAAANANANFiller packages (34 1 ⁄2", 42", 53", 61", and 65"H) AAAAAAAN AAAAXAAAAAAAAAFiller packages (75"H) NNAANNNN AAANXAAAANANANCable drop box (34 1 ⁄2", 42", 53", 61", and 65"H) AAAAAAAN AAAAXAAAAAAAAACable drop box (75"H) NNAANNNN AAANXAAAANANANConventional ProductsTackboards AAAAAAAA AAAANAAAAAAAAAWood SelectionsTackboards AAAAAAAA AAAANAAAAAAAAALegend˜ = Not availableÅ = Available˛ = Available with exceptions. c See specification pages for details.Fabric Price Group 1AbacusAcadiaBariolageBelgradeBellaRoseCorniceEmbrasureMoorsFabric Price Group 2AmiranteAshantAshanti ReverseBouquetBrackenCordialFirenzeFirenze ReverseFrescoLottoMilanoPick-Up SticksRegattaSolitaireH14Series 9000 Specification Guide

Vertical Surface FabricColor Availability MatrixWilshireFabric Price Group 3MartinqueFabric Price Group COMCOMX A AN A AX A AN A AA A AA A AA A AA A AA A AA A A.Surface MaterialsSeries 9000 Specification GuideH15

Specification Guidelines for Vertical Fabric Applications.Standard warp directionof 66"W fabricson enhanced panelscan be selected on electronicorders as an option.This change eliminates theneed to free-form instructionson electronic orders.The standard warpdirection varies dependingon the fabric being usedand the height of the panel.The table at right details thecurrent standards.Tip: Fabric direction is warphorizontal on all accentpanels and tackboards.Steelcase is notresponsible forcharges associatedwith replacement orreupholstery of panelsurfaces due to incorrectspecifications.The combination of tallpanels (75"H with warp vertical)with short panels(65"H or less high with warphorizontal) will result in thefabric patterns running inopposite directions.To remedy this situation,the following optionsare available:• Use non-directional fabric.• Use fabrics that havestandard warp verticaldirection.• Specify warp verticaldirection on fabrics thatare standard warphorizontal.Tip: If you require warp verticaland it is not the standard,you must specify thewarp vertical option.cSee table on the nextpage for standard warpdirections for Series 9000panels..66" FabricWidthWarp vertical meansthe height dimension of thepanel is parallel to the warpof the fabric.66" FabricWidthWarp horizontal meansthe height dimension of thepanel is perpendicular tothe warp of the fabric.66" FabricWidthPanel HeightPanelHeightWarp DirectionWarp DirectionPanelHeightWarp DirectionFabric on 75"H panelscannot be applied warphorizontal because theheight of the panel is greaterthan the width of the fabric..Application TopicsException: Fabric warpdirection cannot be alteredfrom standard on Tackboardsor Accent Panels.Surface MaterialsRepresentatives areavailable to answer yourquestions and to provideclarification. They can alsohelp with situations whereyou are using fabrics under66"W. Call 616.246.9822..PriceNo additional cost tospecify warp direction..How to SpecifyYou must specify warpdirection when you need todepart from the standard.Series 9000 panels allowthis option to be selectedelectronically. On non-electronicorders for all 9000panels, add a written specificationto each panel toindicate non-standard warpdirections.For example:9TT5345P353"H x 45"W tackableacoustical panelsside 1: fabric G220(Bariolage Etude) with warpvertical.side 2: fabric G221 (AntanteBariolage) with warpvertical..H16G = On the 1999 Culling ListSeries 9000 Specification Guide

Specification Guidelines forVertical Fabric Applications.Standard Warp Directions for Series 9000Fabric Fabric Panel HeightDirection 34 1 ⁄2"H 42"H 53"H 61"H 65"H 75"H Storage TackboardsBin DoorsAbacus D H H H H H N.A. H HAcadia D H H H H H N.A. H HAmiranté D V V V V V V V HAshanti D V V V V V V V HAshanti Reverse D V V V V V V V HBariolage D H H H H H V H HBelgrade ND H H H H H V H HBellaRose D H H H H H N.A. H HBoccie D H H H H H N.A. H HBouquet D H H H H H N.A. H HBracken D H H H H H N.A. H HCordial D V V V V V V V HCornice D H H H H H N.A. H HEmbrasure D H H H H H N.A. H HFirenze D H H H H H V H HFirenze Reverse D H H H H H V H HFresco D H H H H H V H HLotto D H H H H H N.A. H HMartinique D V V V V V V V HMilano D H H H H H V H HMoors D H H H H H N.A. H HPick-Up Sticks D H H H H H N.A. H HRegatta ND H H H H H V H HSolitaire D H H H H H N.A. H HWilshire D H H H H H V H HD = DirectionalND = Non-directionalH = Warp horizontalV = Warp vertical.Surface MaterialsSeries 9000 Specification GuideH17

Color Coordination MatricesEnhanced PanelsPanel hinge colors are colors thatyou can specify to coordinate or contrastwith the paint color that you select forthe panel.HingeEnhanced PanelsLegend˜ = Not availableÅ = Available˛ = Available with exceptions. c See specification pages for details.Paint ColorSuggested Color of Hinge4750 Champagne 6623 Metallic4751 Bronze 6623 Metallic4752 Steel 6623 Metallic4788 Gold Dust 6623 Metallic4798 Sterling 6623 Metallic4799 Platinum 6623 Metallic7207 Black 6000 Black7225 Sand (Vanadium) 6623 Metallic7236 Fog 6623 Metallic7237 Slate 6623 Metallic7238 Fieldstone 6623 Metallic7239 Midnight 6623 Metallic.H18Series 9000 Specification Guide

Color Coordination Matrices.Conventional WorksurfacesVinyl edge color for some worksurfacesis a color that you can specify to coordinateor contrast with the laminate colorthat you select for the worksurface. Youmust select a vinyl edge color. The tableat right gives suggested colors.Laminate ColorSuggested Color of Vinyl Edge (T-mold)2412 Natural Cherry 6001 Coffee2421 Medium Cherry 6001 Coffee2511 Natural Maple 6655 Warm White2592 Blonde on Maple 6655 Warm White2632 Medium Oak 6001 Coffee2633 Teak 6001 Coffee2711 Natural Walnut 6001 Coffee2722 Cream 6631 Cream2729 White Sand 6654 Sand (Vanadium)2730 Arctic White 6697 Fog2746 Black 6000 Black2751 Tan V1 6602 Tan V22763 Light Oak 6001 Coffee2764 Dark Oak 6001 Coffee2771 Medium Mahogany on Walnut 6001 Coffee2810 Dawn 6635 Dawn2811 Mist 6636 Mist2820 Coffee Speckle 6001 Coffee2822 Woodrose Speckle 6635 Dawn2823 Driftwood Speckle 6631 Cream2824 Smoke Speckle 6636 Mist2825 Vanadium Speckle 6612 Grey V22850 Vanadium Fiber 6654 Sand (Vanadium)2851 Rhyme Fiber 6631 Cream2852 Tungsten Fiber 6636 Mist2854 Vellum Fiber 6655 Warm White2857 Stream Fiber 6636 Mist2859 Novell Fiber 6001 Coffee2860 Granite Fiber 6000 Black2870 Blonde Bronze Patina 6654 Sand (Vanadium)2871 Blackened Bronze Patina 6615 Grey V52872 Silver Plate Patina 6612 Grey V22873 Instant Iron Patina 6615 Grey V5.Surface MaterialsSeries 9000 Specification Guide cColor Coordination Matrices, continued H19

Color Coordination Matrices, continuedOptions Worksurfaces and Mobile Pedestal TopsVinyl T-mold edge on front of Series Laminate Color Suggested Color of Default PVC ColorFront Vinyl Edgeof Side Edges9000 Options worksurfaces cancoordinate or contrast with the laminate2412 Natural Cherry 6001 Coffee 2412 Natural Cherrycolor that you select for the worksurface.. 2421 Medium Cherry 6001 Coffee 2421 Medium CherryYou must select a front vinyl edge color. 2511 Natural Maple No suggestion 2511 Natural MapleTable at right gives suggested colors. 2592 Blonde on Maple 6655 Warm White 2592 Blonde on Maple2632 Medium Oak 6001 Coffee 2631 Medium OakSides and back of worksurfaces and2711 Natural Walnut 6001 Coffee 2711 Natural Walnutmobile pedestal tops are vinyl (PVC) in a 2722 Cream 6631 Cream 2722 Creamcolor determined by the laminate color you 2729 White Sand 6654 Sand (Vanadium) 2848 Sand (Vanadium)select. These edge colors are defaults and 2730 Arctic White 6697 Fog 2776 Fogcannot be specified.2746 Black 6000 Black 2792 Black2759 Warm White 6655 Warm White 2759 Warm WhiteSolid-color, speckle, and patterned 2771 Med Mahog/Walnut 6001 Coffee 2771 Med Mahog/Walnutlaminates will have solid color PVC 2810 Dawn 6635 Dawn 2794 Dawnedging.2811 Mist 6636 Mist 2798 Mist2820 Coffee Speckle 6001 Coffee 2722 Cream2822 Woodrose Speckle 6635 Dawn 2794 Dawn2823 Driftwood Speckle 6631 Cream 2722 Cream2824 Smoke Speckle 6636 Mist 2798 Mist2825 Vanadium Speckle 6612 Grey V2 2720 Ice2850 Vanadium Fiber 6654 Sand (Vanadium) 2848 Sand (Vanadium)2851 Rhyme Fiber 6631 Cream 2722 Cream2852 Tungsten Fiber 6636 Mist 2798 Mist2854 Vellum Fiber 6655 Warm White 2759 Warm White2857 Stream Fiber 6636 Mist 2798 Mist2859 Novell Fiber 6001 Coffee 2793 Coffee2860 Granite Fiber 6000 Black 2792 Black2870 Blonde Bronze Patina 6654 Sand (Vanadium) 2848 Sand (Vanadium)2871 Blackened BronzePatina 6615 Grey V5 2785 Grey V52872 Silver Plate Patina 6612 Grey V2 2720 Ice2873 Instant Iron Patina 6615 Grey V5 2785 Grey V5The following front vinyl edge colors are also available:6608 Driftwood6609 SmokeLegend˜ = Not availableÅ = Available˛ = Available with exceptions. c See specification pages for details..H20Series 9000 Specification Guide

ResourcesLock and Keying OptionsStyle Number IndexJ2J4ResourcesSeries 9000 Specification GuideJ1

Lock and Keying OptionsLock face ringLock cylinderFront-removable lockcylinders can be installed orremoved in the field with aspecial tool. This featureallows you to field install lockcylinders after the furniture isinstalled.All locks are designatedwith key numbers. You canspecify a key number;however, if you don’tspecify a key number, thelocks in your order will bekeyed random.Two types of locks areavailable—the standardkeying system (FR series)and the master keyingsystem (XF series). All thelocks in the XF series canbe opened with a singlemaster key.Standard KeyingAll products are standardkeyed random.Tip: Overfile cabinets arenot available with plasticplugs. Lock cylinder will shipin the case...Step 1Furniture will be shippedwith a plastic shipping plug.Specify lock cylinder andkeying options separately.Only products with factoryinstalledlock mechanismscan accept lock cylinders inthe field.Tip: Be certain to specify alock color number (9201Polished Chrome or 9250Ember Chrome) for the lockface ring.Keying OptionsKey random means thatthe locks will be assignedarbitrarily at the factory withkey numbers ranging fromFR305 to FR454.Tip: Random keying canmean that different furnitureunits will have the same keynumber. If you must have alllocks keyed differently, youshould specify key numbersfor all locks.FR305FR421FR305Master key randommeans that the locks will beassigned arbitrarily at thefactory with key numbersranging from XF1001 toXF1150. All XF locks can beopened with a master key.Tip: Random keying canmean that different furnitureunits will have the same keynumber. If you must have alllocks keyed differently, youshould specify key numbersfor all locks.XF1011XF1042XF1011FR305FR398FR412XF1115XF1002XF1028XF Master KeyFR305FR370XF1011XF1099..Step 2Order enough lockcylinders to fill each locklocation. You must alsoorder a lock tool.Tip: Lock tools are reusable.You don’t need to orderadditional lock tools withevery furniture order.Lock cylinders and theinstallation tool will beshipped separately so thatyou can install the lockswhen you are ready.Key specific means thatyou can specify any keynumber from FR305 toFR454. This option can beused to key all the furnitureunits in a workstation ordepartment the same.Tip: Designate the quantityper key number in yourspecification when orderingmore than one product withthe same style number.FR350 FR350 FR350Master key specificmeans that you can specifyany key number fromXF1001 to XF1150. All thelocks in the XF series canbe opened with a masterkey.Tip: Designate the quantityper key number in yourspecification when orderingmore than one product withthe same style number.FR350 FR350 FR350..To specify lockcylinders, list the totalnumber of lock cylindersthat you want with theappropriate style number. Ifyou are specifying keynumbers, list the breakdownof the quantity of each keynumber.Key consecutive meansthat you can specify locknumbers in a consecutiveorder to ensure that notwo locks have the samekey number until the keysequence repeats. Youmust select a beginning keynumber from FR305 toFR454.FR350 FR351 FR352An example of how yourorder should look is shownbelow:Example:10 LOCK9201FR FR3205 LOCK9201FR FR35015 LOCK9201XF XF110030 Total1 877102003SR standardlock tool1 877102002SR masterlock tool.Master key consecutivemeans that you canspecify lock numbers in aconsecutive order to ensurethat no two locks have thesame key number until thekey sequence repeats. Youmust select a beginning keynumber from XF1001 toXF1150. All the locks in theXF series can be openedwith a master key.XF1020 XF1021 XF1022XF Master Key..J2Series 9000 Specification Guide

Lock andKeying OptionsLock CylindersStandard Includes• Lock cylinder, keyed random: 9201 PolishedChrome or 9250 Ember Chrome• Two keysRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Options, if selected (see below)Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyKey specific No cost Select key number from FR305–FR454.Tip: Lock price is included inprice of furniture with locks.Key consecutive No costSpecify key consecutive and must selectbeginning key number from FR305–FR454.Master key +$20 Specify master key random.randomeachMaster key +$20 Specify key number from XF1001–XF1150.specificeachMaster key +$20 Specify master key consecutive and must selectconsecutive each beginning key number from XF1001–XF1150.ResourcesTip: A lock tool must beordered to field install lockcylinders.Tip: For replacement lockcylinders, refer to ServiceParts.Tip: You can change lockcylinders in the field byusing the appropriate locktool.Specification InformationDColor DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBased d dPriced d dFR Series (Standard Keying System) – Lock CylinderPolished Chrome LOCK9201FR No costEmber Chrome LOCK9250FR No costd d dStandard Lock Tool877102003SR $16d d dXF Series (Master Keying System) – Lock CylinderPolished Chrome LOCK9201XF $20Ember Chrome LOCK9250XF $20d d dMaster Lock Tool877102002SR $16d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page A1 for details.Series 9000 Specification GuideJ3

Style Number Index.StyleNumber Page Description32WCP F42 Wire Guide Clip8560309 C84 Radius-End Wksf8560309A C129 Radius-End Wksf8560309LFS C128 Radius-End Table8560309RFS C128 Radius-End Table8565309 C84 Radius-End Wksf8565309A C129 Radius-End Wksf8565309LFS C128 Radius-End Table8565309RFS C128 Radius-End Table8570309 C84 Radius-End Wksf8570309A C129 Radius-End Wksf8570309LFS C128 Radius-End Table8570309RFS C128 Radius-End Table8570359 C84 Radius-End Wksf8570359A C129 Radius-End Wksf8570359LFS C128 Radius-End Table8570359RFS C128 Radius-End Table8570369 C84 Radius-End Wksf85PSUVLG C138 Prcsr Strg Unit877102002SR J3 Master Lock Tool877102003SR J3 Standard Lock Tool88PS B73, F42 Power Strip88PSLC B73, F42 Power Strip9001AEFL C117 20"D UA Rtn9005REFL C119 20"D UA Rtn9013AL C87 20"D UA Desk9013DEFL C117 20"D UA Rtn9013EWP C130 UA Bridge9013REFL C119 20"D UA Rtn9013TL C89 20"D UA Desk9017AEFL C117 20"D UA Rtn9017AL C87 20"D UA Desk9017TEFL C119 20"D UA Rtn9017TL C89 20"D UA Desk9017UEFL C119 20"D UA Rtn9017UL C91 20"D UA Desk9021AL C87 20"D UA Desk9021TL C89 20"D UA Desk9021UL C91 20"D UA Desk9031A C93 25"D UA Desk9031AEFL C121 25"D UA Rtn9031B C95 25"D UA Desk9031BEFL C123 25"D UA Rtn9035A C93 25"D UA Desk9035B C95 25"D UA Desk9035DEFL C121 25"D UA Rtn9035EWP C130 UA Bridge9035GEFL C123 25"D UA Rtn9039A C93 25"D UA Desk9039B C95 25"D UA Desk9039C C97 25"D UA Desk9039CEFL C123 25"D UA Rtn9039EEFL C121 25"D UA Rtn9039GEFL C123 25"D UA Rtn9043A C93 25"D UA Desk.StyleNumber Page Description9043B C95 25"D UA Desk9043C C97 25"D UA Desk9047A C93 25"D UA Desk9047B C95 25"D UA Desk9047C C97 25"D UA Desk9051A C99 30"D UA Desk9051AEFL C125 30"D UA Rtn9051B C103 30"D UA Desk9051BEFL C127 30"D UA Rtn9055A C99 30"D UA Desk9055AEFL C125 30"D UA Rtn9055B C103 30"D UA Desk9055BEFL C127 30"D UA Rtn9055EWP C130 UA Bridge9059A C99 30"D UA Desk9059AEFL C125 30"D UA Rtn9059AR C101 30"D UA Desk9059B C103 30"D UA Desk9059BEFL C127 30"D UA Rtn9059BR C105 30"D UA Desk9059C C107 30"D UA Desk9059CEFL C127 30"D UA Rtn9059CR C109 30"D UA Desk9063A C99 30"D UA Desk9063AR C101 30"D UA Desk9063B C103 30"D UA Desk9063BR C105 30"D UA Desk9063C C107 30"D UA Desk9063CR C109 30"D UA Desk9067A C99 30"D UA Desk9067AR C101 30"D UA Desk9067B C103 30"D UA Desk9067BR C105 30"D UA Desk9067C C107 30"D UA Desk9067CR C109 30"D UA Desk9071A C111 35"D UA Desk9071B C113 35"D UA Desk9071C C115 35"D UA Desk9072A C99 30"D UA Desk9072AR C101 30"D UA Desk9072B C103 30"D UA Desk9072BR C105 30"D UA Desk9072C C107 30"D UA Desk9072CR C109 30"D UA Desk9075B C113 35"D UA Desk9075C C115 35"D UA Desk9079A C111 35"D UA Desk9079B C113 35"D UA Desk9079C C115 35"D UA Desk9080A C111 35"D UA Desk9080B C113 35"D UA Desk9080C C115 35"D UA Desk9082A C93 25"D UA Desk9082B C95 25"D UA Desk9082C C97 25"D UA Desk.StyleNumber Page Description9083A C99 30"D UA Desk9083B C103 30"D UA Desk9083C C107 30"D UA Desk9084C C153 Service Module9085C C153 Service Module9085SM C155 Service Module9085SML C155 Service Module9085SMLNTB C155 Service Module9085SMNTB C155 Service Module9086C C153 Service Module9087C C153 Service Module9087SM C155 Service Module9087SML C155 Service Module9087SMLNTB C155 Service Module9087SMNTB C155 Service Module9089C C153 Service Module9090C C153 Service Module9091C C153 Service Module9091SM C155 Service Module9091SML C155 Service Module9091SMLNTB C155 Service Module9091SMNTB C155 Service Module9093F C153 Service Module9093SM C155 Service Module9093SML C155 Service Module9093SMLNTB C155 Service Module9093SMNTB C155 Service Module91903 E71 Flush-Mount Brkt9201AEFL C117 20"D UA Rtn9205REFL C119 20"D UA Rtn9213AL C87 20"D UA Desk9213DEFL C117 20"D UA Rtn9213EWP C130 UA Bridge9213REFL C119 20"D UA Rtn9213TL C89 20"D UA Desk9217AEFL C117 20"D UA Rtn9217AL C87 20"D UA Desk9217TEFL C119 20"D UA Rtn9217TL C89 20"D UA Desk9217UEFL C119 20"D UA Rtn9217UL C91 20"D UA Desk9221AL C87 20"D UA Desk9221TL C89 20"D UA Desk9221UL C91 20"D UA Desk9231A C93 25"D UA Desk9231AEFL C121 25"D UA Rtn9231B C95 25"D UA Desk9231BEFL C123 25"D UA Rtn9235A C93 25"D UA Desk9235B C95 25"D UA Desk9235DEFL C121 25"D UA Rtn9235EWP C130 UA Bridge9235GEFL C123 25"D UA Rtn9239A C93 25"D UA Desk9239B C95 25"D UA Desk.J4Series 9000 Specification Guide

Style Number Index.StyleNumber Page Description9239C C97 25"D UA Desk9239CEFL C123 25"D UA Rtn9239EEFL C121 25"D UA Rtn9239GEFL C123 25"D UA Rtn9243A C93 25"D UA Desk9243B C95 25"D UA Desk9243C C97 25"D UA Desk9247A C93 25"D UA Desk9247B C95 25"D UA Desk9247C C97 25"D UA Desk9251A C99 30"D UA Desk9251AEFL C125 30"D UA Rtn9251B C103 30"D UA Desk9251BEFL C127 30"D UA Rtn9255A C99 30"D UA Desk9255AEFL C125 30"D UA Rtn9255B C103 30"D UA Desk9255BEFL C127 30"D UA Rtn9255EWP C130 UA Bridge9259A C99 30"D UA Desk9259AEFL C125 30"D UA Rtn9259AR C101 30"D UA Desk9259B C103 30"D UA Desk9259BEFL C127 30"D UA Rtn9259BR C105 30"D UA Desk9259C C107 30"D UA Desk9259CEFL C127 30"D UA Rtn9259CR C109 30"D UA Desk9263A C99 30"D UA Desk9263AR C101 30"D UA Desk9263B C103 30"D UA Desk9263BR C105 30"D UA Desk9263C C107 30"D UA Desk9263CR C109 30"D UA Desk9267A C99 30"D UA Desk9267AR C101 30"D UA Desk9267B C103 30"D UA Desk9267BR C105 30"D UA Desk9267C C107 30"D UA Desk9267CR C109 30"D UA Desk9271A C111 35"D UA Desk9271B C113 35"D UA Desk9271C C115 35"D UA Desk9272A C99 30"D UA Desk9272AR C101 30"D UA Desk9272B C103 30"D UA Desk9272BR C105 30"D UA Desk9272C C107 30"D UA Desk9272CR C109 30"D UA Desk9275B C113 35"D UA Desk9275C C115 35"D UA Desk9279A C111 35"D UA Desk9279B C113 35"D UA Desk9279C C115 35"D UA Desk9280A C111 35"D UA Desk.StyleNumber Page Description9280B C113 35"D UA Desk9280C C115 35"D UA Desk9282A C93 25"D UA Desk9282B C95 25"D UA Desk9282C C97 25"D UA Desk9283A C99 30"D UA Desk9283B C103 30"D UA Desk9283C C107 30"D UA Desk981530T B63 Tackboard981535T B63 Tackboard981536T B63 Tackboard981542T B63 Tackboard981545T B63 Tackboard981560T B63 Tackboard981570T B63 Tackboard981575T B63 Tackboard981830T B63 Tackboard981835T B63 Tackboard981836T B63 Tackboard981842T B63 Tackboard981845T B63 Tackboard981860T B63 Tackboard981870T B63 Tackboard981875T B63 Tackboard98401A C165 20"D Wksf98401ACC C69 20"D Wksf Pkg98401ACP C69 20"D Wksf Pkg98401AEFL C165 20"D Wksf98401APC C69 20"D Wksf Pkg98403A C165 20"D Wksf98403ACC C69 20"D Wksf Pkg98403ACP C69 20"D Wksf Pkg98403APC C69 20"D Wksf Pkg98405A C167 25"D Wksf98405ACC C73 25"D Wksf Pkg98405ACL C75 Mdlr Wksf Pkg98405ACP C73 25"D Wksf Pkg98405ACR C75 Mdlr Wksf Pkg98405AEFL C167 25"D Wksf98405APC C73 25"D Wksf Pkg98405APL C75 Mdlr Wksf Pkg98405APR C75 Mdlr Wksf Pkg98407A C167 25"D Wksf98407ACC C73 25"D Wksf Pkg98407ACP C73 25"D Wksf Pkg98407APC C73 25"D Wksf Pkg98409A C167 25"D Wksf98409ACC C73 25"D Wksf Pkg98409ACP C73 25"D Wksf Pkg98409APC C73 25"D Wksf Pkg98422A C165 20"D Wksf98422ACC C69 20"D Wksf Pkg98422ACP C69 20"D Wksf Pkg98422APC C69 20"D Wksf Pkg98424A C165 20"D Wksf.StyleNumber Page Description98424ACC C69 20"D Wksf Pkg98424ACP C69 20"D Wksf Pkg98424APC C69 20"D Wksf Pkg98426A C167 25"D Wksf98426ACC C73 25"D Wksf Pkg98426ACP C73 25"D Wksf Pkg98426APC C73 25"D Wksf Pkg98428A C167 25"D Wksf98428ACC C73 25"D Wksf Pkg98428ACP C73 25"D Wksf Pkg98428APC C73 25"D Wksf Pkg98433A C165 20"D Wksf98433ACC C69 20"D Wksf Pkg98433ACP C69 20"D Wksf Pkg98433APC C69 20"D Wksf Pkg98439A C167 25"D Wksf98439ACC C73 25"D Wksf Pkg98439ACP C73 25"D Wksf Pkg98439APC C73 25"D Wksf Pkg98512A C159 Dv for Ovhd Strg98594P B64 Markerboard98595P B64 Markerboard98596P B64 Markerboard98597P B64 Markerboard98598P B64 Markerboard98599P B64 Markerboard98669 B65 Base Pwr-In986691 B65 Base Pwr-In986694 B65 Base Pwr-In986694C B66 Brkwy Base Pwr-In98669C B66 Brkwy Base Pwr-In986831DA15S B72 Dplex Receptacles986831DA20S B72 Dplex Receptacles986831DB15S B72 Dplex Receptacles986831DB20S B72 Dplex Receptacles986831DC15S B72 Dplex Receptacles986831DC20S B72 Dplex Receptacles986832DA15S B72 Dplex Receptacles986832DA20S B72 Dplex Receptacles986832DB15S B72 Dplex Receptacles986832DB20S B72 Dplex Receptacles986832DC15S B72 Dplex Receptacles986832DC20S B72 Dplex Receptacles986833DA15S B72 Dplex Receptacles986833DA20S B72 Dplex Receptacles986833DB15S B72 Dplex Receptacles986833DB20S B72 Dplex Receptacles986833DC15S B72 Dplex Receptacles986833DC20S B72 Dplex Receptacles986834DA15S B72 Dplex Receptacles986834DA20S B72 Dplex Receptacles986834DB15S B72 Dplex Receptacles986834DB20S B72 Dplex Receptacles986834DC15S B72 Dplex Receptacles986834DC20S B72 Dplex Receptacles.ResourcesSeries 9000 Specification Guide cStyle Number Index, continued J5

Style Number Index, continued.StyleNumber Page Description98683ADD15S B72 Dplex Receptacles98683ADD20S B72 Dplex Receptacles98683BDD15S B72 Dplex Receptacles98683BDD20S B72 Dplex Receptacles98683CDD15S B72 Dplex Receptacles98683CDD20S B72 Dplex Receptacles98683PM B73 PS Recept98683WS F38 Grommet Recept986914P B69 Powerway98691P B69 Powerway986924P B69 Powerway98692P B69 Powerway986934P B69 Powerway98693P B69 Powerway986944P B69 Powerway98694P B69 Powerway986954P B69 Powerway98695P B69 Powerway986964P B69 Powerway98696P B69 Powerway98697 B69 Powerway986974 B69 Powerway986984P B69 Powerway98698P B69 Powerway986994P B69 Powerway98699P B69 Powerway98701 C170 Cantilever98702 C170 Cantilever98703 C170 Cantilever98704 C170 Cantilever98705 C170 Cantilever98706 C170 Cantilever98707 C136 Wksf Brkt98708 C136 Wksf Brkt98709 C136 Wksf Brkt98718 C159, E160 Wall Channels98719 C159, E160 Wall Channels98720 C159, E160 Wall Channels98722 C134 EP Stab Brkt98723 C134 EP Stab Brkt98724 C136 BP Side-Conn Brkt98725 C136 BP Side-Conn Brkt98741 C136 BP Parallel Brk98742 C136 BP Parallel Brk98753 B60 Pnl Stab Brkt98754 C134 Cantilever Clamp98755 C134 Stab Brkt98756 B60 Align Plate98756A B61 In-Line Hinge98756B B61 90° Hinge98757 B60 Parallel Clamp98763 C170 Shared Cantilever98765 F41 Termination Plate98766 F40 Cable/Fiber Reel98767 F41 Cord Reel.StyleNumber Page Description98768 F41 Cable Strg Tray98769 B61 Anchor Brkt987801 B65 Base Pwr-In98793E F38 Adapter Plate98795 C170 Center Support987HB42 C159 Horizontal Brace987HB45 C159 Horizontal Brace987HB60 C159 Horizontal Brace987HB70 C159 Horizontal Brace98814B B62 Pnl Coat Hook9886242B G24 E Vert Wire Mgr9886253B G24 E Vert Wire Mgr9886265B G24 E Vert Wire Mgr9886265BB G24 E Vert Wire Mgr98862B G24 E Vert Wire Mgr98863 B71, F43 Cable Grommet98864CC C80 Corner Wksf Pkg98865CC C80 Corner Wksf Pkg98866CC C80 Corner Wksf Pkg98867CC C80 Corner Wksf Pkg98882 C135 Cantilever Clamp98898CC C80 Corner Wksf Pkg98898RCC C81 Corner Wksf Pkg98PTP3 B70 Pnl-Pnl Cnnctr98PTP4 B70 Pnl-Pnl Cnnctr99001 C171 End Panel99004A C165 20"D Wksf99004ACC C69 20"D Wksf Pkg99004ACP C69 20"D Wksf Pkg99004ACW C71 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99004AEFL C165 20"D Wksf99004APC C69 20"D Wksf Pkg99004APW C71 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99004AWC C71 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99004AWP C71 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99004B C165 20"D Wksf99004BEWP C165 20"D Wksf99005A C165 20"D Wksf99005ACC C69 20"D Wksf Pkg99005ACP C69 20"D Wksf Pkg99005ACW C71 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99005AEFL C165 20"D Wksf99005APC C69 20"D Wksf Pkg99005APW C71 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99005AWC C71 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99005AWP C71 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99005B C165 20"D Wksf99006A C165 20"D Wksf99006ACC C69 20"D Wksf Pkg99006ACP C69 20"D Wksf Pkg99006APC C69 20"D Wksf Pkg99006B C165 20"D Wksf99052A C168 30"D Wksf99052ACC C77 30"D Wksf Pkg99052ACP C77 30"D Wksf Pkg.StyleNumber Page Description99052APC C77 30"D Wksf Pkg99101 C171 End Panel99102 C171 End Panel99107A C167 25"D Wksf99107ACC C73 25"D Wksf Pkg99107ACL C75 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99107ACP C73 25"D Wksf Pkg99107ACR C75 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99107ACW C75 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99107AEFL C167 25"D Wksf99107APC C73 25"D Wksf Pkg99107APL C75 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99107APR C75 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99107APW C75 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99107AWC C75 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99107AWP C75 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99107BEWP C167 25"D Wksf99108A C167 25"D Wksf99108ACC C73 25"D Wksf Pkg99108ACL C75 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99108ACP C73 25"D Wksf Pkg99108ACR C75 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99108ACW C75 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99108AEFL C167 25"D Wksf99108APC C73 25"D Wksf Pkg99108APL C75 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99108APR C75 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99108APW C75 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99108AWC C75 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99108AWP C75 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99109A C167 25"D Wksf99109ACC C73 25"D Wksf Pkg99109ACP C73 25"D Wksf Pkg99109APC C73 25"D Wksf Pkg99118 C173 3⁄4-Hgt BP99118EF C173 3⁄4-Hgt BP99118EWP C173 3⁄4-Hgt BP99119 C173 3⁄4-Hgt BP99119EF C173 3⁄4-Hgt BP99120 C173 3⁄4-Hgt BP99121 C173 3⁄4-Hgt BP99121EF C173 3⁄4-Hgt BP99122 C173 3⁄4-Hgt BP99123 C173 3⁄4-Hgt BP99157A C172 Clear-Access EP99159A C172 Clear-Access EP99161A C172 Clear-Access EP99162A C172 Clear-Access EP99163A C172 Clear-Access EP99165A C172 Clear-Access EP99167A C172 Clear-Access EP99168A C172 Clear-Access EP99169 C173 Full-Hgt BP99169EF C173 Full-Hgt BP99170 C173 Full-Hgt BP.J6Series 9000 Specification Guide

Style Number Index.StyleNumber Page Description99171 C173 Full-Hgt BP99171EF C173 Full-Hgt BP99171EWP C173 Full-Hgt BP99172 C173 Full-Hgt BP99172EF C173 Full-Hgt BP99173 C173 Full-Hgt BP99174 C173 Full-Hgt BP99175 C173 Full-Hgt BP99178 C173 Full-Hgt BP99183 C173 3⁄4-Hgt BP99184 C173 Full-Hgt BP99201 C171 End Panel99202 C171 End Panel99207 C171 End Panel99208 C171 End Panel99213A C168 30"D Wksf99213ACC C77 30"D Wksf Pkg99213ACL C79 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99213ACP C77 30"D Wksf Pkg99213ACR C79 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99213ACW C79 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99213AEFL C168 30"D Wksf99213APC C77 30"D Wksf Pkg99213APL C79 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99213APR C79 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99213APW C79 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99213AWC C79 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99213AWP C79 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99213B C168 30"D Wksf99214A C168 30"D Wksf99214ACC C77 30"D Wksf Pkg99214ACP C77 30"D Wksf Pkg99214APC C77 30"D Wksf Pkg99215A C169 35"D Wksf99216A C169 35"D Wksf99217A C169 35"D Wksf99227 C173 3⁄4-Hgt BP99228 C173 3⁄4-Hgt BP99253A C167 25"D Wksf99258A C169 35"D Wksf99260A C168 30"D Wksf99260ACC C77 30"D Wksf Pkg99260ACP C77 30"D Wksf Pkg99260APC C77 30"D Wksf Pkg99262A C168 30"D Wksf99262ACC C77 30"D Wksf Pkg99262ACP C77 30"D Wksf Pkg99262APC C77 30"D Wksf Pkg99262B C168 30"D Wksf99266A C168 30"D Wksf99266ACC C77 30"D Wksf Pkg99266ACL C79 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99266ACP C77 30"D Wksf Pkg99266ACR C79 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99266ACW C79 Mdlr Wksf Pkg.StyleNumber Page Description99266AEFL C168 30"D Wksf99266APC C77 30"D Wksf Pkg99266APL C79 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99266APR C79 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99266APW C79 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99266AWC C79 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99266AWP C79 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99266BEWP C168 30"D Wksf99268A C168 30"D Wksf99268ACC C77 30"D Wksf Pkg99268ACL C79 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99268ACP C77 30"D Wksf Pkg99268ACR C79 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99268AEFL C168 30"D Wksf99268APC C77 30"D Wksf Pkg99268APL C79 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99268APR C79 Mdlr Wksf Pkg99365 C174 Bridge/Bracket99365A C174 Bracket99366 C174 Bridge/Bracket99366A C174 Bracket99367 C174 Bridge/Bracket99367A C174 Bracket99376 C174 Bracket99377 C174 Bracket99388 C175 Bracket99389 C175 Bracket99390 C175 Bracket99409 C137 Center Drawer99493 F43 Svc Mdl Recept99988CC C82 Corner Wksf Pkg99989CC C82 Corner Wksf Pkg99990CC C82 Corner Wksf Pkg99991CC C82 Corner Wksf Pkg99991RCC C83 Corner Wksf Pkg99992CC C82 Corner Wksf Pkg99992RCC C83 Corner Wksf Pkg99993CC C82 Corner Wksf Pkg99994 C131 Corner Wksf99994R C131 Corner Wksf99995 C131 Corner Wksf99996 C131 Corner Wksf99996R C131 Corner Wksf999CHT F42 Wire Clip9AB34 B58 Wall-Atch Brkt9AB42 B58 Wall-Atch Brkt9AB53 B58 Wall-Atch Brkt9AB61 B58 Wall-Atch Brkt9AB65 B58 Wall-Atch Brkt9AB75 B58 Wall-Atch Brkt9BB2515 C149 C Storage Bin9BB2515F C151 C PS Storage Bin9BB3015 C149 C Storage Bin9BB3015F C151 C PS Storage Bin9BB3515 C149 C Storage Bin.StyleNumber Page Description9BB3515F C151 C PS Storage Bin9BB3615 C149 C Storage Bin9BB3615F C151 C PS Storage Bin9BB4215 C149 C Storage Bin9BB4215F C151 C PS Storage Bin9BB4515 C149 C Storage Bin9BB4515F C151 C PS Storage Bin9BB6015 C149 C Storage Bin9BB6015F C151 C PS Storage Bin9BB7015 C149 C Storage Bin9BB7015F C151 C PS Storage Bin9BBF1824L E147 WS Pedestal Lam9BBF1824W E93 WS Pedestal Wd9BBF1829L E147 WS Pedestal Lam9BBF1829W E93 WS Pedestal Wd9BBF19L E147 WS Pedestal Lam9BBF19W E93 WS Pedestal Wd9BBF24L E147 WS Pedestal Lam9BBF24W E93 WS Pedestal Wd9BBF29L E147 WS Pedestal Lam9BBF29W E93 WS Pedestal Wd9BBL2515 C149 C Storage Bin9BBL2515F C151 C PS Storage Bin9BBL3015 C149 C Storage Bin9BBL3015F C151 C PS Storage Bin9BBL3515 C149 C Storage Bin9BBL3515F C151 C PS Storage Bin9BBL3615 C149 C Storage Bin9BBL3615F C151 C PS Storage Bin9BBL4215 C149 C Storage Bin9BBL4215F C151 C PS Storage Bin9BBL4515 C149 C Storage Bin9BBL4515F C151 C PS Storage Bin9BBL6015 C149 C Storage Bin9BBL6015F C151 C PS Storage Bin9BBL7015 C149 C Storage Bin9BBL7015F C151 C PS Storage Bin9BC3045L E159 WS Bookcase Lam9BC3045W E109 WS Bookcase Wd9BC3065L E159 WS Bookcase Lam9BC3065W E109 WS Bookcase Wd9BF4234 B56 E Back Filler9BF5334 B56 E Back Filler9BF5342 B56 E Back Filler9BF6134 B56 E Back Filler9BF6142 B56 E Back Filler9BF6153 B56 E Back Filler9BF6534 B56 E Back Filler9BF6542 B56 E Back Filler9BF6553 B56 E Back Filler9BF6561 B56 E Back Filler9BF7534 B56 E Back Filler9BF7542 B56 E Back Filler9BF7553 B56 E Back Filler9BF7561 B56 E Back Filler.ResourcesSeries 9000 Specification Guide cStyle Number Index, continued J7

Style Number Index, continued.StyleNumber Page Description9BF7565 B56 E Back Filler9BP4210L E143 WS Back Panel Lam9BP4210W E88 WS Back Panel Wd9BP42L E143 WS Back Panel Lam9BP42W E88 WS Back Panel Wd9BP4510L E143 WS Back Panel Lam9BP4510W E88 WS Back Panel Wd9BP45L E143 WS Back Panel Lam9BP45W E88 WS Back Panel Wd9BP6010L E143 WS Back Panel Lam9BP6010W E88 WS Back Panel Wd9BP60L E143 WS Back Panel Lam9BP60W E88 WS Back Panel Wd9BP6510L E143 WS Back Panel Lam9BP6510W E88 WS Back Panel Wd9BP65L E143 WS Back Panel Lam9BP65W E88 WS Back Panel Wd9BP7010L E143 WS Back Panel Lam9BP7010W E88 WS Back Panel Wd9BP70L E143 WS Back Panel Lam9BP70W E88 WS Back Panel Wd9BP7510L E143 WS Back Panel Lam9BP7510W E88 WS Back Panel Wd9BP75L E143 WS Back Panel Lam9BP75W E88 WS Back Panel Wd9BP9010L E143 WS Back Panel Lam9BP9010W E88 WS Back Panel Wd9BP90L E143 WS Back Panel Lam9BP90W E88 WS Back Panel Wd9BPB4510L E143 WS Back Panel Lam9BPB4510W E88 WS Back Panel Wd9BPB45L E143 WS Back Panel Lam9BPB45W E88 WS Back Panel Wd9BS2515 C146 C Full-Hgt Shelf9BS3015 C146 C Full-Hgt Shelf9BS3515 C146 C Full-Hgt Shelf9BS3615 C146 C Full-Hgt Shelf9BS4215 C146 C Full-Hgt Shelf9BS4515 C146 C Full-Hgt Shelf9BS6015 C146 C Full-Hgt Shelf9BS7015 C146 C Full-Hgt Shelf9BW4234 B56 E Back Filler9BW5334 B56 E Back Filler9BW5342 B56 E Back Filler9BW6134 B56 E Back Filler9BW6142 B56 E Back Filler9BW6153 B56 E Back Filler9BW6534 B56 E Back Filler9BW6542 B56 E Back Filler9BW6553 B56 E Back Filler9BW6561 B56 E Back Filler9BW7534 B56 E Back Filler9BW7542 B56 E Back Filler9BW7553 B56 E Back Filler9BW7561 B56 E Back Filler.StyleNumber Page Description9BW7565 B56 E Back Filler9CS15L E142 WS Ctr-Sprt Pnl9CS15W E87 WS Ctr-Sprt Pnl9CW2545L E116 WS Crnr Wksf Lam9CW2545W E60 WS Corner Wksf Wd9CW3045L E116 WS Crnr Wksf Lam9CW3045W E60 WS Corner Wksf Wd9CWCS2536L E117 WS Crnr Wksf Lam9CWCS2536W E61 WS Corner Wksf Wd9CWCS2545L E117 WS Crnrstn Wksf9CWCS2545W E61 WS Corner Wksf Wd9CWCS3045L E117 WS Crnrstn Wksf9CWCS3045W E61 WS Corner Wksf Wd9DDPL E147 WS Pedestal Lam9DDPW E93 WS Pedestal Wd9E91783 E73, E129 Support Column9EBF30 B67 Base Fiber-In Pkg9EBF30W B67 Base Fiber-In Pkg9EBF35 B67 Base Fiber-In Pkg9EBF35W B67 Base Fiber-In Pkg9EBF36 B67 Base Fiber-In Pkg9EBF36W B67 Base Fiber-In Pkg9EBF42 B67 Base Fiber-In Pkg9EBF42W B67 Base Fiber-In Pkg9EBF45 B67 Base Fiber-In Pkg9EBF45W B67 Base Fiber-In Pkg9ECL D50 Cantilever9ECR D50 Cantilever9EE5330 B39 E TRI Pnl9EE5335 B39 E TRI Pnl9EE5336 B39 E TRI Pnl9EE5342 B39 E TRI Pnl9EE5345 B39 E TRI Pnl9EE5360 B39 E TRI Pnl9EE6530 B39 E TRI Pnl9EE6535 B39 E TRI Pnl9EE6536 B39 E TRI Pnl9EE6542 B39 E TRI Pnl9EE6545 B39 E TRI Pnl9EE6560 B39 E TRI Pnl9EP25 D51 Opt End Panel9EP30 D51 Opt End Panel9EPLH25L E128 WS Pnl-Sup End Pnl9EPLH25W E72 WS Pnl-Sup End Pnl9EPLH30L E128 WS Pnl-Sup End Pnl9EPLH30W E72 WS Pnl-Sup End Pnl9EPRH25L E128 WS Pnl-Sup End Pnl9EPRH25W E72 WS Pnl-Sup End Pnl9EPRH30L E128 WS Pnl-Sup End Pnl9EPRH30W E72 WS Pnl-Sup End Pnl9EPT30L E128 WS T-Shape End Pnl9EPT30W E73 WS T-Shape End Pnl9EPT35L E128 WS T-Shape End Pnl9EPT35W E73 WS T-Shape End Pnl9ERF34 B49 E EOR Filler.StyleNumber Page Description9ERF42 B49 E EOR Filler9ERF53 B49 E EOR Filler9ERF61 B49 E EOR Filler9ERF65 B49 E EOR Filler9ERF75 B49 E EOR Filler9ESMPL E149 WS Mobile Ped9ESMPW E95 WS Mobile Pe Wd9ESPSW E97 WS Smart Mbl Ped9ET5330 B31 E TRI Pnl9ET5335 B31 E TRI Pnl9ET5336 B31 E TRI Pnl9ET5342 B31 E TRI Pnl9ET5345 B31 E TRI Pnl9ET5360 B31 E TRI Pnl9ET6530 B31 E TRI Pnl9ET6535 B31 E TRI Pnl9ET6536 B31 E TRI Pnl9ET6542 B31 E TRI Pnl9ET6545 B31 E TRI Pnl9ET6560 B31 E TRI Pnl9EW5330 B35 E TRI Pnl9EW5335 B35 E TRI Pnl9EW5336 B35 E TRI Pnl9EW5342 B35 E TRI Pnl9EW5345 B35 E TRI Pnl9EW6530 B35 E TRI Pnl9EW6535 B35 E TRI Pnl9EW6536 B35 E TRI Pnl9EW6542 B35 E TRI Pnl9EW6545 B35 E TRI Pnl9FEPL1510L E140 WS Free End Panel9FEPL1510W E84 WS Free End Panel9FEPL2510L E140 WS Free End Panel9FEPL2510W E84 WS Free End Panel9FEPL3010L E140 WS Free End Panel9FEPL3010W E84 WS Free End Panel9FEPL3510L E140 WS Free End Panel9FEPL3510W E84 WS Free End Panel9FEPLH15L E141 WS Free End Panel9FEPLH15W E85 WS Free End Panel9FEPLH25L E141 WS Free End Panel9FEPLH25W E85 WS Free End Panel9FEPLH30L E141 WS Free End Panel9FEPLH30W E85 WS Free End Panel9FEPLH35L E141 WS Free End Panel9FEPLH35W E85 WS Free End Panel9FEPR1510L E140 WS Free End Panel9FEPR1510W E84 WS Free End Panel9FEPR2510L E140 WS Free End Panel9FEPR2510W E84 WS Free End Panel9FEPR3010L E140 WS Free End Panel9FEPR3010W E84 WS Free End Panel9FEPR3510L E140 WS Free End Panel9FEPR3510W E84 WS Free End Panel9FEPRH15L E141 WS Free End Panel.J8Series 9000 Specification Guide

Style Number Index.StyleNumber Page Description9FEPRH15W E85 WS Free End Panel9FEPRH25L E141 WS Free End Panel9FEPRH25W E85 WS Free End Panel9FEPRH30L E141 WS Free End Panel9FEPRH30W E85 WS Free End Panel9FEPRH35L E141 WS Free End Panel9FEPRH35W E85 WS Free End Panel9FF1824L E147 WS Pedestal Lam9FF1824W E93 WS Pedestal Wd9FF1829L E147 WS Pedestal Lam9FF1829W E93 WS Pedestal Wd9FF19L E147 WS Pedestal Lam9FF19W E93 WS Pedestal Wd9FF24L E147 WS Pedestal Lam9FF24W E93 WS Pedestal Wd9FF29L E147 WS Pedestal Lam9FF29W E93 WS Pedestal Wd9FG5320 B43 E Transp Pnl9FG5325 B43 E Transp Pnl9FG5330 B43 E Transp Pnl9FG5335 B43 E Transp Pnl9FG5336 B43 E Transp Pnl9FG5342 B43 E Transp Pnl9FG5345 B43 E Transp Pnl9FG6520 B43 E Transp Pnl9FG6525 B43 E Transp Pnl9FG6530 B43 E Transp Pnl9FG6535 B43 E Transp Pnl9FG6536 B43 E Transp Pnl9FG6542 B43 E Transp Pnl9FG6545 B43 E Transp Pnl9FG7520 B43 E Transp Pnl9FG7525 B43 E Transp Pnl9FG7530 B43 E Transp Pnl9FG7535 B43 E Transp Pnl9FG7536 B43 E Transp Pnl9FG7542 B43 E Transp Pnl9FG7545 B43 E Transp Pnl9FLF30L E148 WS Free Lat File9FLF30W E94 WS Free Lat File9FO5320 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9FO5325 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9FO5330 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9FO5335 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9FO5336 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9FO5342 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9FO5345 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9FO6520 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9FO6525 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9FO6530 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9FO6535 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9FO6536 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9FO6542 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9FO6545 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9FO7520 B45 E Open Frame Pnl.StyleNumber Page Description9FO7525 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9FO7530 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9FO7535 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9FO7536 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9FO7542 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9FO7545 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9FP510FLL E142 WS Filler Panel9FP510FLW E86 WS Filler Panel Wd9FP510FRL E142 WS Filler Panel9FP510FRW E86 WS Filler Panel Wd9FP5FLL E142 WS Filler Panel9FP5FLW E86 WS Filler Panel Wd9FP5FRL E142 WS Filler Panel9FP5FRW E86 WS Filler Panel Wd9FTB60 E162 WS Svc Mdl Tkbd9FTB70 E162 WS Svc Mdl Tkbd9FTB75 E162 WS Svc Mdl Tkbd9FTB90 E162 WS Svc Mdl Tkbd9HBS2515 C145 C Half-Hgt Shelf9HBS3015 C145 C Half-Hgt Shelf9HBS3515 C145 C Half-Hgt Shelf9HBS3615 C145 C Half-Hgt Shelf9HBS4215 C145 C Half-Hgt Shelf9HBS4515 C145 C Half-Hgt Shelf9HBS6015 C145 C Half-Hgt Shelf9HBS7015 C145 C Half-Hgt Shelf9HG5320 B43 E Transp Pnl9HG5325 B43 E Transp Pnl9HG5330 B43 E Transp Pnl9HG5335 B43 E Transp Pnl9HG5336 B43 E Transp Pnl9HG5342 B43 E Transp Pnl9HG5345 B43 E Transp Pnl9HG6520 B43 E Transp Pnl9HG6525 B43 E Transp Pnl9HG6530 B43 E Transp Pnl9HG6535 B43 E Transp Pnl9HG6536 B43 E Transp Pnl9HG6542 B43 E Transp Pnl9HG6545 B43 E Transp Pnl9HG7520 B43 E Transp Pnl9HG7525 B43 E Transp Pnl9HG7530 B43 E Transp Pnl9HG7535 B43 E Transp Pnl9HG7536 B43 E Transp Pnl9HG7542 B43 E Transp Pnl9HG7545 B43 E Transp Pnl9HO5320 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9HO5325 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9HO5330 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9HO5335 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9HO5336 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9HO5342 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9HO5345 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9HO6520 B45 E Open Frame Pnl.StyleNumber Page Description9HO6525 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9HO6530 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9HO6535 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9HO6536 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9HO6542 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9HO6545 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9HO7520 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9HO7525 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9HO7530 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9HO7535 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9HO7536 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9HO7542 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9HO7545 B45 E Open Frame Pnl9L34 B51 E L-Config Flr Pkg9L42 B51 E L-Config Flr Pkg9L53 B51 E L-Config Flr Pkg9L61 B51 E L-Config Flr Pkg9L65 B51 E L-Config Flr Pkg9L75 B51 E L-Config Flr Pkg9LF30L E147 WS Pedestal Lam9LF30W E93 WS Pedestal Wd9LF4L E148 WS Free Lat File9LF4W E94 WS Free Lat File9LPBC B70 E L-Base Cvr9LW34 B51 E L-Config Flr Pkg9LW42 B51 E L-Config Flr Pkg9LW53 B51 E L-Config Flr Pkg9LW61 B51 E L-Config Flr Pkg9LW65 B51 E L-Config Flr Pkg9LW75 B51 E L-Config Flr Pkg9MER34 B46 E EOR Trim9MER42 B46 E EOR Trim9MER53 B46 E EOR Trim9MER61 B46 E EOR Trim9MER65 B46 E EOR Trim9MER75 B46 E EOR Trim9MPC34 B68 E Cable Pole9MPC34P3 B68 E Pwr Pole9MPC34P4 B68 E Pwr Pole9MPC42 B68 E Cable Pole9MPC42P3 B68 E Pwr Pole9MPC42P4 B68 E Pwr Pole9MPC53 B68 E Cable Pole9MPC53P3 B68 E Pwr Pole9MPC53P4 B68 E Pwr Pole9MPC61 B68 E Cable Pole9MPC61P3 B68 E Pwr Pole9MPC61P4 B68 E Pwr Pole9MPC65 B68 E Cable Pole9MPC65P3 B68 E Pwr Pole9MPC65P4 B68 E Pwr Pole9MPC75 B68 E Cable Pole9MPC75P3 B68 E Pwr Pole9MPC75P4 B68 E Pwr Pole9OP30L E147 WS Pedestal Lam.ResourcesSeries 9000 Specification Guide cStyle Number Index, continued J9

Style Number Index, continued.StyleNumber Page Description9OP30W E93 WS Pedestal Wd9OSB30W E102 WS Opn OH StrgCab9OSB35W E102 WS Opn OH StrgCab9OSB36W E102 WS Opn OH StrgCab9OSB42W E102 WS Opn OH StrgCab9OSB45W E102 WS Opn OH StrgCab9OSB60W E102 WS Opn OH StrgCab9PP5330P3 B41 E TRI Pnl9PP5335P3 B41 E TRI Pnl9PP5336P3 B41 E TRI Pnl9PP5342P3 B41 E TRI Pnl9PP5345P3 B41 E TRI Pnl9PP5360P3 B41 E TRI Pnl9PP6530P3 B41 E TRI Pnl9PP6535P3 B41 E TRI Pnl9PP6536P3 B41 E TRI Pnl9PP6542P3 B41 E TRI Pnl9PP6545P3 B41 E TRI Pnl9PP6560P3 B41 E TRI Pnl9PT5330P3 B33 E TRI Pnl9PT5335P3 B33 E TRI Pnl9PT5336P3 B33 E TRI Pnl9PT5342P3 B33 E TRI Pnl9PT5345P3 B33 E TRI Pnl9PT5360P3 B33 E TRI Pnl9PT6530P3 B33 E TRI Pnl9PT6535P3 B33 E TRI Pnl9PT6536P3 B33 E TRI Pnl9PT6542P3 B33 E TRI Pnl9PT6545P3 B33 E TRI Pnl9PT6560P3 B33 E TRI Pnl9PW5330P3 B37 E TRI Pnl9PW5335P3 B37 E TRI Pnl9PW5336P3 B37 E TRI Pnl9PW5342P3 B37 E TRI Pnl9PW5345P3 B37 E TRI Pnl9PW6530P3 B37 E TRI Pnl9PW6535P3 B37 E TRI Pnl9PW6536P3 B37 E TRI Pnl9PW6542P3 B37 E TRI Pnl9PW6545P3 B37 E TRI Pnl9REPLH15L E141 WS Free End Panel9REPLH15W E85 WS Free End Panel9REPLH30L E141 WS Free End Panel9REPLH30W E85 WS Free End Panel9REPLH35L E141 WS Free End Panel9REPLH35W E85 WS Free End Panel9REPRH15L E141 WS Free End Panel9REPRH15W E85 WS Free End Panel.StyleNumber Page Description9REPRH30L E141 WS Free End Panel9REPRH30W E85 WS Free End Panel9REPRH35L E141 WS Free End Panel9REPRH35W E85 WS Free End Panel9SB3016L E153 WS Ovrd Strg Cab9SB3016LL E153 WS Ovrd Strg Cab9SB3016W E101 WS Ovrd Strg Cab9SB3016WL E101 WS Ovrd Strg Cab9SB3516L E153 WS Ovrd Strg Cab9SB3516LL E153 WS Ovrd Strg Cab9SB3516W E101 WS Ovrd Strg Cab9SB3516WL E101 WS Ovrd Strg Cab9SB3616L E153 WS Ovrd Strg Cab9SB3616LL E153 WS Ovrd Strg Cab9SB3616W E101 WS Ovrd Strg Cab9SB3616WL E101 WS Ovrd Strg Cab9SB4216L E153 WS Ovrd Strg Cab9SB4216LL E153 WS Ovrd Strg Cab9SB4216W E101 WS Ovrd Strg Cab9SB4216WL E101 WS Ovrd Strg Cab9SB4516L E153 WS Ovrd Strg Cab9SB4516LL E153 WS Ovrd Strg Cab9SB4516W E101 WS Ovrd Strg Cab9SB4516WL E101 WS Ovrd Strg Cab9SB6016L E153 WS Ovrd Strg Cab9SB6016LL E153 WS Ovrd Strg Cab9SB6016W E101 WS Ovrd Strg Cab9SB6016WL E101 WS Ovrd Strg Cab9SC D50 Shared Cantilever9SDPLHL E147 WS Pedestal Lam9SDPLHW E93 WS Pedestal Wd9SDPRHL E147 WS Pedestal Lam9SDPRHW E93 WS Pedestal Wd9SM01660L E155 WS Svc Mdl Org9SM01660W E104 WS Svc Mdl Org9SM01670L E155 WS Svc Mdl Org9SM01670W E104 WS Svc Mdl Org9SM01675L E155 WS Svc Mdl Org9SM01675W E104 WS Svc Mdl Org9SM01690L E155 WS Svc Mdl Org9SM01690W E104 WS Svc Mdl Org9SM1660L E154 WS Service Mdl9SM1660W E103 WS Service Mdl9SM1670L E154 WS Service Mdl9SM1670W E103 WS Service Mdl9SM1675L E154 WS Service Mdl9SM1675W E103 WS Service Mdl9SM1690L E154 WS Service Mdl9SM1690W E103 WS Service Mdl9SPW E96 WS Smart Mbl Ped9SS3014L E150 WS Ovhd Strg Shelf9SS3014W E100 WS Ovhd Strg Shelf9SS3015L E150 WS Ovhd Strg Shelf9SS3015W E100 WS Ovhd Strg Shelf9SS3514L E150 WS Ovhd Strg Shelf.StyleNumber Page Description9SS3514W E100 WS Ovhd Strg Shelf9SS3515L E150 WS Ovhd Strg Shelf9SS3515W E100 WS Ovhd Strg Shelf9SS3614L E150 WS Ovhd Strg Shelf9SS3614W E100 WS Ovhd Strg Shelf9SS3615L E150 WS Ovhd Strg Shelf9SS3615W E100 WS Ovhd Strg Shelf9SS4214L E150 WS Ovhd Strg Shelf9SS4214W E100 WS Ovhd Strg Shelf9SS4215L E150 WS Ovhd Strg Shelf9SS4215W E100 WS Ovhd Strg Shelf9SS4514L E150 WS Ovhd Strg Shelf9SS4514W E100 WS Ovhd Strg Shelf9SS4515L E150 WS Ovhd Strg Shelf9SS4515W E100 WS Ovhd Strg Shelf9SS6014L E150 WS Ovhd Strg Shelf9SS6014W E100 WS Ovhd Strg Shelf9SS6015L E150 WS Ovhd Strg Shelf9SS6015W E100 WS Ovhd Strg Shelf9SSB D51, E71 Side Support Brkts9T34 B53 E T-Config Flr Pkg9T42 B53 E T-Config Flr Pkg9T53 B53 E T-Config Flr Pkg9T61 B53 E T-Config Flr Pkg9T65 B53 E T-Config Flr Pkg9T75 B53 E T-Config Flr Pkg9TG5320 B43 E Transp Pnl9TG5325 B43 E Transp Pnl9TG5330 B43 E Transp Pnl9TG5335 B43 E Transp Pnl9TG5336 B43 E Transp Pnl9TG5342 B43 E Transp Pnl9TG5345 B43 E Transp Pnl9TG6520 B43 E Transp Pnl9TG6525 B43 E Transp Pnl9TG6530 B43 E Transp Pnl9TG6535 B43 E Transp Pnl9TG6536 B43 E Transp Pnl9TG6542 B43 E Transp Pnl9TG6545 B43 E Transp Pnl9TG7520 B43 E Transp Pnl9TG7525 B43 E Transp Pnl9TG7530 B43 E Transp Pnl9TG7535 B43 E Transp Pnl9TG7536 B43 E Transp Pnl9TG7542 B43 E Transp Pnl9TG7545 B43 E Transp Pnl9TPBC B70 E T-Base Cvr9TRI303 B71 TRI-Pnl Harn9TRI304 B71 TRI-Pnl Harn9TRI353 B71 TRI-Pnl Harn9TRI354 B71 TRI-Pnl Harn9TRI453 B71 TRI-Pnl Harn9TRI454 B71 TRI-Pnl Harn9TRI603 B71 TRI-Pnl Harn.J10Series 9000 Specification Guide

Style Number Index.StyleNumber Page Description9TRI604 B71 TRI-Pnl Harn9TT2515 C85 Transact Wksf9TT3015 C85 Transact Wksf9TT3420 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT3425 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT3430 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT3435 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT3442 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT3445 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT3515 C85 Transact Wksf9TT3615 C85 Transact Wksf9TT4215 C85 Transact Wksf9TT4220 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT4225 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT4230 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT4235 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT4236 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT4242 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT4245 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT4260 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT4515 C85 Transact Wksf9TT5320 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT5325 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT5330 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT5335 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT5336 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT5342 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT5345 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT5360 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT6015 C85 Transact Wksf9TT6120 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT6125 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT6130 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT6135 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT6136 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT6142 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT6145 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT6160 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT6520 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT6525 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT6530 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT6535 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT6536 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT6542 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT6545 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT6560 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT7015 C85 Transact Wksf9TT7520 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT7525 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT7530 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT7535 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT7536 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT7542 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TT7545 B27 E Tack Acst Pnl9TTL E145 WS Tether Table.StyleNumber Page Description9TTW E90 WS Tether Table Wd9TW34 B53 E T-Config Flr Pkg9TW42 B53 E T-Config Flr Pkg9TW4220 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW4225 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW4230 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW4235 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW4236 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW4242 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW4245 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW53 B53 E T-Config Flr Pkg9TW5320 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW5325 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW5330 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW5335 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW5336 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW5342 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW5345 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW61 B53 E T-Config Flr Pkg9TW6120 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW6125 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW6130 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW6135 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW6136 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW6142 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW6145 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW65 B53 E T-Config Flr Pkg9TW6520 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW6525 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW6530 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW6535 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW6536 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW6542 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW6545 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW75 B53 E T-Config Flr Pkg9TW7520 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW7525 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW7530 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW7535 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW7536 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW7542 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9TW7545 B29 E Tack Acst Pnl9U111 C139 C Fixed Ped9U111MH C143 Mobile Ped9U111MHC C143 Mobile Ped9U223 C140 C Fixed Ped9U223MH C143 Mobile Ped9U224 C140 C Fixed Ped9U224MH C143 Mobile Ped9U230 C139 C Fixed Ped9U239 C156 Ped Adptr Pkg9U872 C139 C Fixed Ped9U881 C140 C Fixed Ped9U893 C140 C Fixed Ped9U947 C140 C Fixed Ped.StyleNumber Page Description9U948 C140 C Fixed Ped9UBBF25L D53 Options Ped9UBBF30L D53 Options Ped9UFF25L D53 Options Ped9UFF30L D53 Options Ped9V4DF2D65L E157 WS Vertical Cab9V4F2D65W E107 WS Vert Cabinet Wd9VCR65L E157 WS Vertical Cab9VCR65W E107 WS Vert Cabinet Wd9VDD50L E157 WS Vertical Cab9VDD50W E106 WS Vert Cabinet Wd9VDD65L E157 WS Vertical Cab9VDD65W E106 WS Vert Cabinet Wd9VFS50L E157 WS Vertical Cab9VFS50W E107 WS Vert Cabinet Wd9VFS65L E157 WS Vertical Cab9VFS65W E107 WS Vert Cabinet Wd9VMPVLW E98 WS V Mbl Ped Wd9VOSF50LL E156 WS Vertical Cab9VOSF65LL E156 WS Vertical Cab9VSL65L E157 WS Vertical Cab9VSL65W E107 WS Vert Cabinet Wd9VSLF50W E106 WS Vert Cabinet Wd9VSLF65W E106 WS Vert Cabinet Wd9VSR65L E157 WS Vertical Cab9VSR65W E107 WS Vert Cabinet Wd9W1VCL E158 WS Wksf Lam9W1VCW E108 WS Wksf Wd9W2530L E113 WS Rect Wksf Lam9W2530W E57 WS Rect Wksf Wd9W2535L E113 WS Rect Wksf Lam9W2535W E57 WS Rect Wksf Wd9W2536L E113 WS Rect Wksf Lam9W2536W E57 WS Rect Wksf Wd9W2542L E113 WS Rect Wksf Lam9W2542W E57 WS Rect Wksf Wd9W2545L E113 WS Rect Wksf Lam9W2545W E57 WS Rect Wksf Wd9W2560L E113 WS Rect Wksf Lam9W2560W E57 WS Rect Wksf Wd9W2565L E113 WS Rect Wksf Lam9W2565W E57 WS Rect Wksf Wd9W2570L E113 WS Rect Wksf Lam9W2570W E57 WS Rect Wksf Wd9W2575L E113 WS Rect Wksf Lam9W2575W E57 WS Rect Wksf Wd9W2590L E113 WS Rect Wksf Lam9W2590W E57 WS Rect Wksf Wd9W2VCL E158 WS Wksf Lam9W2VCW E108 WS Wksf Wd9W3030L E113 WS Rect Wksf Lam9W3030W E57 WS Rect Wksf Wd9W3035L E113 WS Rect Wksf Lam9W3035W E57 WS Rect Wksf Wd9W3036L E113 WS Rect Wksf Lam.ResourcesSeries 9000 Specification Guide cStyle Number Index, continued J11

Style Number Index, continued.StyleNumber Page Description9W3036W E57 WS Rect Wksf Wd9W3042L E113 WS Rect Wksf Lam9W3042W E57 WS Rect Wksf Wd9W3045L E113 WS Rect Wksf Lam9W3045W E57 WS Rect Wksf Wd9W3060L E113 WS Rect Wksf Lam9W3060W E57 WS Rect Wksf Wd9W3065L E113 WS Rect Wksf Lam9W3065W E57 WS Rect Wksf Wd9W3070L E113 WS Rect Wksf Lam9W3070W E57 WS Rect Wksf Wd9W3075L E113 WS Rect Wksf Lam9W3075W E57 WS Rect Wksf Wd9W3090L E113 WS Rect Wksf Lam9W3090W E57 WS Rect Wksf Wd9W3570L E113 WS Rect Wksf Lam9W3570W E57 WS Rect Wksf Wd9W3575L E113 WS Rect Wksf Lam9W3575W E57 WS Rect Wksf Wd9W3VCL E158 WS Wksf Lam9W3VCW E108 WS Wksf Wd9WA2242 D36 Opt Adj Wksf9WA2245 D36 Opt Adj Wksf9WBS2545L E135 WS Bridge Shell9WBS2545W E78 WS Bridge Shell Wd9WBS3045L E135 WS Bridge Shell9WBS3045W E78 WS Bridge Shell Wd9WBT3060L E118 WS Bullet Top Wksf9WBT3060W E62 WS Bul Top Wksf Wd9WBT3065L E118 WS Bullet Top Wksf9WBT3065W E62 WS Bul Top Wksf Wd9WBT3070L E118 WS Bullet Top Wksf9WBT3070W E62 WS Bul Top Wksf Wd9WBT3075L E118 WS Bullet Top Wksf9WBT3075W E62 WS Bul Top Wksf Wd9WBT3090L E118 WS Bullet Top Wksf9WBT3090W E62 WS Bul Top Wksf Wd9WBT3560L E118 WS Bullet Top Wksf9WBT3560W E62 WS Bul Top Wksf Wd9WBT3565L E118 WS Bullet Top Wksf9WBT3565W E62 WS Bul Top Wksf Wd9WBT3570L E118 WS Bullet Top Wksf9WBT3570W E62 WS Bul Top Wksf Wd9WBT3575L E118 WS Bullet Top Wksf9WBT3575W E62 WS Bul Top Wksf Wd9WBT3590L E118 WS Bullet Top Wksf9WBT3590W E62 WS Bul Top Wksf Wd9WC2242 D34 Opt Corner Wksf9WC2245 D34 Opt Corner Wksf9WC2342 D34 Opt Corner Wksf9WC2345 D34 Opt Corner Wksf9WC3242 D34 Opt Corner Wksf9WC3245 D34 Opt Corner Wksf9WC3342 D34 Opt Corner Wksf9WC3345 D34 Opt Corner Wksf.StyleNumber Page Description9WCC2242 D35 Opt Corner Wksf9WCC2245 D35 Opt Corner Wksf9WCDRW E162 Wood Center Drawer9WCH4234 B48 E In-Line COH Trim9WCH5334 B48 E In-Line COH Trim9WCH5342 B48 E In-Line COH Trim9WCH6134 B48 E In-Line COH Trim9WCH6142 B48 E In-Line COH Trim9WCH6153 B48 E In-Line COH Trim9WCH6534 B48 E In-Line COH Trim9WCH6542 B48 E In-Line COH Trim9WCH6553 B48 E In-Line COH Trim9WCH6561 B48 E In-Line COH Trim9WCH7534 B48 E In-Line COH Trim9WCH7542 B48 E In-Line COH Trim9WCH7553 B48 E In-Line COH Trim9WCH7561 B48 E In-Line COH Trim9WCH7565 B48 E In-Line COH Trim9WCL224260 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCL224270 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCL224275 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCL224560 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCL224570 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCL224575 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCL234260 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCL234270 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCL234275 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCL234560 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCL234570 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCL234575 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCL324260 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCL324270 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCL324275 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCL324560 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCL324570 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCL324575 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCL334260 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCL334270 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCL334275 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCL334560 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCL334570 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCL334575 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCR224260 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCR224270 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCR224275 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCR224560 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCR224570 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCR224575 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCR234260 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCR234270 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCR234275 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCR234560 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCR234570 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCR234575 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCR324260 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf.StyleNumber Page Description9WCR324270 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCR324275 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCR324560 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCR324570 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCR324575 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCR334260 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCR334270 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCR334275 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCR334560 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCR334570 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCR334575 D39 Opt Ext Cor Wksf9WCS2575L E137 WS Credenza Shell9WCS2575W E81 WS Credenza Shell9WCS2590L E137 WS Credenza Shell9WCS2590W E81 WS Credenza Shell9WCS3060L E137 WS Credenza Shell9WCS3060W E81 WS Credenza Shell9WCS3070L E137 WS Credenza Shell9WCS3070W E81 WS Credenza Shell9WCS3075L E137 WS Credenza Shell9WCS3075W E81 WS Credenza Shell9WCS3090L E137 WS Credenza Shell9WCS3090W E81 WS Credenza Shell9WCT30L E127 WS CF Tran Wksf9WCT30W E70 WS CF Tran Wksf9WCT35L E127 WS CF Tran Wksf9WCT35W E70 WS CF Tran Wksf9WCT42L E127 WS CF Tran Wksf9WCT42W E70 WS CF Tran Wksf9WCT45L E127 WS CF Tran Wksf9WCT45W E70 WS CF Tran Wksf9WCT60L E127 WS CF Tran Wksf9WCT60W E70 WS CF Tran Wksf9WEL24590 D43 Opt Entrprs Wksf9WEL34590 D43 Opt Entrprs Wksf9WER24590 D43 Opt Entrprs Wksf9WER34 B47 E Wood EOR Trim9WER34590 D43 Opt Entrprs Wksf9WER42 B47 E Wood EOR Trim9WER53 B47 E Wood EOR Trim9WER61 B47 E Wood EOR Trim9WER65 B47 E Wood EOR Trim9WER75 B47 E Wood EOR Trim9WERF34 B49 E EOR Filler9WERF42 B49 E EOR Filler9WERF53 B49 E EOR Filler9WERF61 B49 E EOR Filler9WERF65 B49 E EOR Filler9WERF75 B49 E EOR Filler9WERFF34 B47 E Wood EOR Trim9WERFF42 B47 E Wood EOR Trim9WERFF53 B47 E Wood EOR Trim9WERFF61 B47 E Wood EOR Trim9WERFF65 B47 E Wood EOR Trim9WERFF75 B47 E Wood EOR Trim.J12Series 9000 Specification Guide

Style Number Index.StyleNumber Page Description9WERGG42 B47 E Wood EOR Trim9WERGG53 B47 E Wood EOR Trim9WERGG61 B47 E Wood EOR Trim9WERGG65 B47 E Wood EOR Trim9WERGG75 B47 E Wood EOR Trim9WERWF42 B47 E Wood EOR Trim9WERWF53 B47 E Wood EOR Trim9WERWF61 B47 E Wood EOR Trim9WERWF65 B47 E Wood EOR Trim9WERWF75 B47 E Wood EOR Trim9WFC2510L E138 WS Cor Wksf Shell9WFC2510W E82 WS Cor Wksf Shell9WFC2545L E138 WS Cor Wksf Shell9WFC2545W E82 WS Cor Wksf Shell9WFC3010L E138 WS Cor Wksf Shell9WFC3010W E82 WS Cor Wksf Shell9WFC3045L E138 WS Cor Wksf Shell9WFC3045W E82 WS Cor Wksf Shell9WFCS2510L E139 WS Crnr Wksf Shl9WFCS2510W E83 WS Crnr Wksf Shl9WFCS2545L E139 WS Crnr Wksf Shl9WFCS2545W E83 WS Crnr Wksf Shl9WFCS3010L E139 WS Crnr Wksf Shl9WFCS3010W E83 WS Crnr Wksf Shl9WFCS3045L E139 WS Crnr Wksf Shl9WFCS3045W E83 WS Crnr Wksf Shl9WFS3060L E131 WS Free Desk Shell9WFS3060W E75 WS Free Desk Shell9WFS3065L E131 WS Free Desk Shell9WFS3065W E75 WS Free Desk Shell9WFS3070L E131 WS Free Desk Shell9WFS3070W E75 WS Free Desk Shell9WFS3075L E131 WS Free Desk Shell9WFS3075W E75 WS Free Desk Shell9WFS3570L E131 WS Free Desk Shell9WFS3570W E75 WS Free Desk Shell9WFS3575L E131 WS Free Desk Shell9WFS3575W E75 WS Free Desk Shell9WJL224575 D42 Opt Jetty Wksf9WJL234575 D42 Opt Jetty Wksf9WJL324575 D42 Opt Jetty Wksf9WJL334575 D42 Opt Jetty Wksf9WJR224575 D42 Opt Jetty Wksf9WJR234575 D42 Opt Jetty Wksf9WJR324575 D42 Opt Jetty Wksf9WJR334575 D42 Opt Jetty Wksf9WMTL E144 WS Mobile Table9WMTW E89 WS Mobile Table Wd9WPL3065L E121 WS P-Top Wksf Lam9WPL3065W E65 WS P Top Wksf Wd9WPL3070L E121 WS P-Top Wksf Lam9WPL3070W E65 WS P Top Wksf Wd9WPL3075L E121 WS P-Top Wksf Lam9WPL3075W E65 WS P Top Wksf Wd9WPL3570L E121 WS P-Top Wksf LamStyleNumber Page Description9WPL3570W E65 WS P Top Wksf Wd9WPL3575L E121 WS P-Top Wksf Lam9WPL3575W E65 WS P Top Wksf Wd9WPR3065L E121 WS P-Top Wksf Lam9WPR3065W E65 WS P Top Wksf Wd9WPR3070L E121 WS P-Top Wksf Lam9WPR3070W E65 WS P Top Wksf Wd9WPR3075L E121 WS P-Top Wksf Lam9WPR3075W E65 WS P Top Wksf Wd9WPR3570L E121 WS P-Top Wksf Lam9WPR3570W E65 WS P Top Wksf Wd9WPR3575L E121 WS P-Top Wksf Lam9WPR3575W E65 WS P Top Wksf Wd9WRS2545L E133 WS Return Shell9WRS2545W E77 WS Return Shell Wd9WRS2560L E133 WS Return Shell9WRS2560W E77 WS Return Shell Wd9WRS3045L E133 WS Return Shell9WRS3045W E77 WS Return Shell Wd9WRS3060L E133 WS Return Shell9WRS3060W E77 WS Return Shell Wd9WS225 D41 Opt Straight Wksf9WS230 D41 Opt Straight Wksf9WS235 D41 Opt Straight Wksf9WS236 D41 Opt Straight Wksf9WS242 D41 Opt Straight Wksf9WS245 D41 Opt Straight Wksf9WS260 D41 Opt Straight Wksf9WS265 D41 Opt Straight Wksf9WS266 D41 Opt Straight Wksf9WS270 D41 Opt Straight Wksf9WS275 D41 Opt Straight Wksf9WS325 D41 Opt Straight Wksf9WS330 D41 Opt Straight Wksf9WS335 D41 Opt Straight Wksf9WS336 D41 Opt Straight Wksf9WS342 D41 Opt Straight Wksf9WS345 D41 Opt Straight Wksf9WS360 D41 Opt Straight Wksf9WS365 D41 Opt Straight Wksf9WS366 D41 Opt Straight Wksf9WS370 D41 Opt Straight Wksf9WS375 D41 Opt Straight Wksf9WSCL25L E125 WS Scoop Top Wksf9WSCL25W E68 WS Scoop T WksfWd9WSCR25L E125 WS Scoop Top Wksf9WSCR25W E68 WS Scoop T WksfWd9WSL25L E123 WS Sock Top Wksf9WSL25W E67 WS S Top Wksf Wd9WSMCVW E99 WS St-Hgt Mob Cab9WSP3052 D45 Opt Spanner Wksf9WSP3062 D45 Opt Spanner Wksf. 9WSP3552 D45 Opt Spanner WksfStyleNumber Page Description9WSP3562 D45 Opt Spanner Wksf9WSP3652 D45 Opt Spanner Wksf9WSP3662 D45 Opt Spanner Wksf9WSR25L E123 WS Sock Top Wksf9WSR25W E67 WS S Top Wksf Wd9WTL3060L E115 WS Trans Wksf Lam9WTL3060W E59 WS Tran Wksf Wd9WTL3070L E115 WS Trans Wksf Lam9WTL3070W E59 WS Tran Wksf Wd9WTL3075L E115 WS Trans Wksf Lam9WTL3075W E59 WS Tran Wksf Wd9WTL3090L E115 WS Trans Wksf Lam9WTL3090W E59 WS Tran Wksf Wd9WTP3060L E119 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTP3060W E63 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTP3065L E119 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTP3065W E63 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTP3070L E119 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTP3070W E63 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTP3075L E119 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTP3075W E63 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTP3090L E119 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTP3090W E63 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTP3560L E119 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTP3560W E63 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTP3565L E119 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTP3565W E63 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTP3570L E119 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTP3570W E63 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTP3575L E119 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTP3575W E63 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTP3590L E119 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTP3590W E63 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTPRL3065L E122 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTPRL3065W E66 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTPRL3070L E122 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTPRL3070W E66 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTPRL3075L E122 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTPRL3075W E66 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTPRL3570L E122 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTPRL3570W E66 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTPRL3575L E122 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTPRL3575W E66 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTPRR3065L E122 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTPRR3065W E66 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTPRR3070L E122 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTPRR3070W E66 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTPRR3075L E122 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTPRR3075W E66 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTPRR3570L E122 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTPRR3570W E66 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTPRR3575L E122 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTPRR3575W E66 WS T-Shp End Pnl9WTR3060L E115 WS Trans Wksf Lam. 9WTR3060W E59 WS Tran Wksf Wd.ResourcesSeries 9000 Specification Guide cStyle Number Index, continued J13

Style Number Index, continued.StyleNumber Page Description9WTR3070L E115 WS Trans Wksf Lam9WTR3070W E59 WS Tran Wksf Wd9WTR3075L E115 WS Trans Wksf Lam9WTR3075W E59 WS Tran Wksf Wd9WTR3090L E115 WS Trans Wksf Lam9WTR3090W E59 WS Tran Wksf Wd9WTT30L E126 WS Str Tran Wksf9WTT30W E69 WS Str Tran Wksf9WTT35L E126 WS Str Tran Wksf9WTT35W E69 WS Str Tran Wksf9WTT36L E126 WS Str Tran Wksf9WTT36W E69 WS Str Tran Wksf9WTT42L E126 WS Str Tran Wksf9WTT42W E69 WS Str Tran Wksf9WTT45L E126 WS Str Tran Wksf9WTT45W E69 WS Str Tran Wksf9WTT60L E126 WS Str Tran Wksf9WTT60W E69 WS Str Tran Wksf9WTT65L E126 WS Str Tran Wksf9WTT65W E69 WS Str Tran Wksf9WTT70L E126 WS Str Tran Wksf9WTT70W E69 WS Str Tran Wksf9WTT75L E126 WS Str Tran Wksf9WTT75W E69 WS Str Tran Wksf9WTT90L E126 WS Str Tran Wksf9WTT90W E69 Opt Adj-Hgt Wksf9WVL225 D44 Opt Visitor Wksf9WVL230 D44 Opt Visitor Wksf9WVL235 D44 Opt Visitor Wksf9WVL236 D44 Opt Visitor Wksf9WVL325 D44 Opt Visitor Wksf9WVL330 D44 Opt Visitor Wksf9WVL335 D44 Opt Visitor Wksf9WVL336 D44 Opt Visitor Wksf9WVR225 D44 Opt Visitor Wksf9WVR230 D44 Opt Visitor Wksf9WVR235 D44 Opt Visitor Wksf9WVR236 D44 Opt Visitor Wksf9WVR325 D44 Opt Visitor Wksf9WVR330 D44 Opt Visitor Wksf9WVR335 D44 Opt Visitor Wksf9WVR336 D44 Opt Visitor Wksf9XCAP B57 E Top Cap9XF4234 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XF5334 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XF5342 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XF6134 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XF6142 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XF6153 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XF6534 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XF6542 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XF6553 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XF6561 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XF7534 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XF7542 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg.StyleNumber Page Description9XF7553 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XF7561 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XF7565 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XW4234 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XW5334 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XW5342 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XW6134 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XW6142 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XW6153 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XW6534 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XW6542 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XW6553 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XW6561 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XW7534 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XW7542 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XW7553 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XW7561 B55 E X-Config Flr Pkg9XW7565 B55 E X-Config Flr PkgADJHTGASCYL C132, Gas CylindersD47ASHC1921X1 C137, Plastic DrawerD52C429OFMC B59 ConnectorC539OFMC B59 ConnectorC61659OFMC B59 ConnectorC759OFMC B59 ConnectorCGGC12 B62 Gripper Glide CapE69931F E160 Wall Mount TracksE69948F E160 Wall Mount TracksE69955F E160 Wall Mount TracksE69962F E160 Wall Mount TracksE69979F E160 Wall Mount TracksE69986F E160 Wall Mount TracksGSCAVS9 C160, E161 Vert Attach RailKDIV02 C157, D55 BookendsKDIV20 C157, D55 BookendsLCP24K G15 Canopy LightLCP24KC G15 Canopy LightLCP24KR G15 Canopy LightLCP24KRC G15 Canopy LightLCP36K G15 Canopy LightLCP36KC G15 Canopy LightLCP36KR G15 Canopy LightLCP36KRC G15 Canopy LightLCP48K G15 Canopy LightLCP48KC G15 Canopy LightLCP48KR G15 Canopy LightLCP48KRC G15 Canopy LightLCS24K G12 Canopy LightLCS24KC G12 Canopy LightLCS24KR G12 Canopy LightLCS24KRC G12 Canopy LightLCS36K G12 Canopy LightLCS36KC G12 Canopy LightLCS36KR G12 Canopy Light.StyleNumber Page DescriptionLCS36KRC G12 Canopy LightLCS48K G12 Canopy LightLCS48KC G12 Canopy LightLCS48KR G12 Canopy LightLCS48KRC G12 Canopy LightLCWRIS G16 Canopy LightLOCK9201FR J3 Lock CylinderLOCK9201XF J3 Lock CylinderLOCK9250FR J3 Lock CylinderLOCK9250XF J3 Lock CylinderLS1FSC G19, G21, Daisy Chain CordG23LS6FSC G19, G21, Daisy Chain CordG23LSB18M G23 Utility LightLSB18MC G23 Utility LightLSB18MD G23 Utility LightLSB24K G22 Utility LightLSB24KC G22 Utility LightLSB24KD G22 Utility LightLSB24M G23 Utility LightLSB24MC G23 Utility LightLSB24MD G23 Utility LightLSB36K G22 Utility LightLSB36KC G22 Utility LightLSB36KD G22 Utility LightLSB36M G23 Utility LightLSB36MC G23 Utility LightLSB36MD G23 Utility LightLSB48K G22 Utility LightLSB48KC G22 Utility LightLSB48KD G22 Utility LightLSB48M G23 Utility LightLSB48MC G23 Utility LightLSB48MD G23 Utility LightLSH24K G19 Advanced LightLSH24KC G19 Advanced LightLSH24KD G19 Advanced LightLSH24KDR G19 Advanced LightLSH24KF G18 Advanced LightLSH24KFC G18 Advanced LightLSH24KFD G18 Advanced LightLSH24KR G19 Advanced LightLSH24KRC G19 Advanced LightLSH36K G19 Advanced LightLSH36KC G19 Advanced LightLSH36KD G19 Advanced LightLSH36KDR G19 Advanced LightLSH36KF G18 Advanced LightLSH36KFC G18 Advanced LightLSH36KFD G18 Advanced LightLSH36KR G19 Advanced LightLSH36KRC G19 Advanced LightLSH48K G19 Advanced LightLSH48KC G19 Advanced Light.J14Series 9000 Specification Guide

Style Number Index.StyleNumber Page DescriptionLSH48KF G18 Advanced LightLSH48KFC G18 Advanced LightLSH48KFD G18 Advanced LightLSH48KR G19 Advanced LightLSH48KRC G19 Advanced LightLSM24K G20 Standard LightLSM24KC G20 Standard LightLSM24KD G20 Standard LightLSM24KF G21 Standard LightLSM24KFC G21 Standard LightLSM24KFD G21 Standard LightLSM36K G20 Standard LightLSM36KC G20 Standard LightLSM36KD G20 Standard LightLSM36KF G21 Standard LightLSM36KFC G21 Standard LightLSM36KFD G21 Standard LightLSM48K G20 Standard LightLSM48KC G20 Standard LightLSM48KD G20 Standard LightLSM48KF G21 Standard LightLSM48KFC G21 Standard LightLSM48KFD G21 Standard LightPTDMGB1 F38 Power SpherePTDMGB2 F38 Power SpherePTDMGB3 F39 Pwr Comm SpherePTDMGB4 F39 Pwr Comm SpherePTDMGB5 F39 Communic SpherePTRSGB1 F40 Power Comm PortQ9CKDC45 C132 Adjust-Hgt WksfQ9CKDS45 C132 Adjust-Hgt WksfQ9CKSC45 C132 Adjust-Hgt WksfQ9CKSS45 C132 Adjust-Hgt WksfQ9ECDC45 C133 Adjust-Hgt WksfQ9ECDS45 C133 Adjust-Hgt WksfQ9ECSC45 C133 Adjust-Hgt WksfQ9ECSS45 C133 Adjust-Hgt WksfQOCKBC45 D47 Opt Adj-Hgt WksfQOCKBS45 D47 Opt Adj-Hgt WksfQOCKDC45 D47 Opt Adj-Hgt WksfQOCKDS45 D47 Opt Adj-Hgt WksfQOCKEL25 D48 Adj-Hgt Ext WksfQOCKEL30 D48 Adj-Hgt Ext WksfQOCKER25 D48 Adj-Hgt Ext WksfQOCKER30 D48 Adj-Hgt Ext WksfQOCKSC45 D47 Opt Adj-Hgt WksfQOCKSS45 D47 Opt Adj-Hgt WksfQOECDC45 D49 Opt Adj-Hgt WksfQOECDS45 D49 Opt Adj-Hgt WksfQOECSC45 D49 Opt Adj-Hgt WksfQOECSS45 D49 Opt Adj-Hgt WksfRPXDBT C158 Bi-Level TrayRPXDBTRPXDPT D56 Bi-Level TrayRPXDMT C158, D56 Media TrayRPXDPT C158, D56 Pencil Tray.StyleNumber Page DescriptionRPXDRS C157, D55 Reference ShelfRPXFST C157, D55 Stationery InsertRPXTC24F C144 Mobile Ped TopRPXTCH24F C144 Mobile Ped TopRXADRL15 C156, D54 RailsRXADV1212 C156, D54 DividersRXADV1506 C156, D54 Dividers..ResourcesSeries 9000 Specification GuideJ15

Trademark List.® The following registered trademarks are usedunder license from Steelcase DevelopmentCorporation: Accelerate, Addition, Ally,Answer, Anthem, Arrondi, Avenir, Ballet,Brayton International, Brayton TextileCollection, Breton, Broadmoor, CaneCreek,Canto, Chancellor, Collegium, Company,Concentrx, Conjunction, Context, Criterion,Crushed Can, Decorum, Designtex, Details,Drive, Elective Elements, Ellipse, EmberChrome, Emerge, Etude, Exclamation Mark,Firstfile, Gentry, Ginkgo, Ginkgo Biloba,Hardwear, Ideo, Internode, Jersey, Kart, Kick,LaCosta, Latour, Leap, Let’s B, Lucy, Lyra,Lytyn, Manhattan Product Configuration,Maxstacker, Media Dock, Metro, Migrations,Miko, Montage, Novasuede, Oriana, Paladin,Paperflo, Parade, Paradigm, Pathways,Perfect Match, Player, Power Pincher,Protégé, Raf System, Rally, Rapport,Relevant, Reply, Revest, Secant, Segment,Sensor, Series 9000, Springboard, Steelcase,Steelcase Design Partnership, SteelcaseWorkplace Performance, Stow Davis,TeamWork, Technique, Treehouse, Trilogy,Turnstone, Underscore, Valencia, Vecta,Vectaflex, Werndl, Wizard, and Workflo.® The following is a registered trademark ofLeviton Manufacturing Company, Little Neck,NY: Decora.® The following is a registered trademark ofMicrosoft Corporation, Redmond, WA:Microsoft.® The following is a registered trademark ofPanduit Corporation, Lockport, IL: Panduit.® The following is a registered trademark ofTrav (Press), Cuneo, Italy: Assisa.® The following is a registered trademark ofVirtual Ink Corporation: mimioActive.® The following registered trademarks are underlicense from Wilkhahn Furniture Products:Avera, Confair, Senzo, Versal, and WilkhahnFS.. The following trademarks are used underlicense from Steelcase DevelopmentCorporation: 4 o’clock, à la carte,Active/Passive Shelf, Activity Products, Adia,Alcove, Alerion, Alexander Street Collection,Aliso, Allegro, Alongside, American Elect,American Tradition, Anson, Arbor,Archipelago, Archive Collection, Arriva, Ascot,Astor, Austin, Avalon, Barrymore, Berwick,Bira, Bix, Bonn, Boomerang, Booth, Bradbury,Breadbox, Brio, Buxton, Cachet, Callahan,Camber, Canopy, Cappucino, Catalina, CbP,Chester, Chorus, Chronos, Churchill, Ciao,Clarendon, Classic Rectangular, Clou,Collaboration, Collins, Cologne, Colorbox,Common (Shelf), Commons, Community,Community Base Planning, Convene, Convey,Cortex, Cosima, Croix, Cubby, Cubis,Cushion, Customiz, Dataduct, Datum, Debut,Deck, Dedoes, Detour, Detriana, DNA,Domain, Donovan, Dorchester, Downspout,Drop Top Hutch, Duospace, Eastlake,Eastridge, Eco, Ella, Elsa, Emmy, Encounter,Enea, EnSync, Ensemble, Entourage,Environmental Impact, Equinox, Escapade,Et Al, E-table, Everest, Exponents, Express12,Extreme Conditions, Fillmore, Flat Top, Fling,Flip Top, Footnote, Fortuna, Frontier, Futu,Fuji, Galilie, Galveston, Garland, Ginger,Glenwood, Go Wall, Greco, Greenbrier, Grip,Groove, Group Work, Hannah, Hatch,Hatchback, Hatteras, Health Design, Herren,Hitch, Huddleboard, Impact, Incognito, Indy,InfoWizard, InterAct, IOS, I-Solve, Jacket,Jenny, Jetty, Juice, Kelly, Kendo, Kiana,L’Attitude, Lazlo, Lean Too, Lemon, Lift-N-Slide, Lotus, Lyric, M/O, Malibu, Manhatten,Mansfield, Martini, Masque, Mingle, Monarch,Monteray, Montreal, MyWizard, Nadia, Nickel,Nine, Ontrak, Onyx, Outlook, Paloma,Parliament, Parts Advantage, Pasio,Passarelle, Patriarch, Patterson, Payback,Peek, Pendio, Personal Border, Pier Top,Pipe, Pisa, Playback, Portal, Progeny,Quotient, Radio, Rag Top, Rei, Request,Reunion, Rhine, Rialto, Ricetta, Riser, RizziArc, Rocco, RoomWizard, Rover, Runaround,Runner, Sage, Satellite, Scribe, Shadow,Shield, Shortbed, Skinny, Sidebar, Sidewalk,Sieste, Sine, Smoke, Snug, Softwork, Sonata,Spinz, Sportswear, St. Clair, Stafford,Stationkits, Stiletto, Stuttgart, Super Shelf,Surprise!, Swathmore, Switch, Tableau, Taco,Template, Terrazzo, Tessare, Theorem, Tonga,Topaz, Topo, Top Spin, Touchdown,Translations, Train, Trolly, T-Wall, Umbrella,Underline, Unison, Uno, Utility Bar, Venetia,Walden, Warehouse, Wellaver, Whittier,Windsor, and Wizard WebSigns. The following is a trademark of MicrosoftCorporation, Redmond, WA: Windows. The following is a trademark of Ultrafabrics,LLC, Elmsford, NY: Ultraleather. The following trademarks are used underlicense from Wilkhahn Furniture: Cana, Linus,Logon, Picto, Range, Stitz, Thema, Timetable,and Tubis...